PUB.

(ENROUTE)

SAILING DIRECTIONS

★

★

2011

195

 GULF OF FINLAND 

AND 

GULF OF BOTHNIA 

Prepared and published by the

NATIONAL GEOSPATIAL-INTELLIGENCE AGENCY

Bethesda, Maryland

© COPYRIGHT 2011 BY THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT

NO COPYRIGHT CLAIMED UNDER TITLE 17 U.S.C.

ELEVENTH EDITION

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office

Internet: http://bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800

Fax: (202) 512-2250 Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001
II

Pub. 195

Preface

0.0 Pub. 195, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Gulf of Finland and

Gulf of Bothnia, Eleventh Edition, 2011, is issued for use in

conjunction with Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning

Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the

Mediterranean Sea. The companion volumes are Pubs. 191,

192, 193, and 194.

0.0 Digital Nautical Chart 9 provides electronic chart coverage

for the area covered by this publication.

0.0 This publication has been corrected to 23 April 2011,

including Notice to Mariners No. 17 of 2011. 

Explanatory Remarks

0.0 Sailing Directions are published by the National GeospatialIntelligence Agency (NGA), under the authority of Department

of Defense Directive 5105.40, dated 12 December 1988, and

pursuant to the authority contained in U. S. Code Title 10,

Sections 2791 and 2792 and Title 44, Section 1336. Sailing

Directions, covering the harbors, coasts, and waters of the

world, provide information that cannot be shown graphically

on nautical charts and is not readily available elsewhere.

0.0 Sailing Directions (Enroute) include detailed coastal and

port approach information which supplements the largest scale

chart produced by the National Geospatial-Intelligence

Agency. This publication is divided into geographic areas

called “Sectors.”

0.0 Bearings.—Bearings are true, and are expressed in degrees

from 000° (north) to 360°, measured clockwise. General

bearings are expressed by initial letters of points of the compass (e.g. N, NNE, NE, etc.). Adjective and adverb endings

have been discarded. Wherever precise bearings are intended

degrees are used.

0.0 Charts.—Reference to charts made throughout this publication refer to both the paper chart and the Digital Nautical

Chart (DNC).

0.0 Coastal Features.—It is assumed that the majority of ships

have radar. Available coastal descriptions and views, useful for

radar and visual piloting are included in geographic sequence

in each Sector.

0.0 Corrective Information.—Users should refer corrections,

additions, and comments to NGA’s Maritime Operations Desk,

as follows: 

0.0 1. Toll free: 1-800-362-6289

0.0 2. Commercial: 301-227-3147

0.0 3. DSN: 287-3147

0.0 4. DNC web site: http://msi.nga.mil/NGAPortal/

0.0 DNC.portal

0.0 5. Maritime Do0.0 main web site: http://msi.nga.mil/NGAPortal/

0.0 MSI.portal

0.0 6. E-mail: navsafety@nga.mil

0.0 7. Mailing address: Maritime Domain

0.0 National Geospatial-Intelligence

0.0 Agency

Mail Stop D-44

0.0 4600 Sangamore Road

0.0 Bethesda MD 20816-5003

0.0 New editions of Sailing Directions are corrected through the

date of the publication shown above. Important information to

amend material in the publication is available as a Publication

Data Update (PDU) from the NGA Maritime Domain web site.

0.0NGA Maritime Domain Website

http://msi.nga.mil/NGAPortal/MSI.portal

0.0

0.0 Courses.—Courses are true, and are expressed in the same

manner as bearings. The directives “steer” and “make good” a

course mean, without exception, to proceed from a point of

origin along a track having the identical meridianal angle as the

designated course. Vessels following the directives must allow

for every influence tending to cause deviation from such track,

and navigate so that the designated course is continuously

being made good.

0.0 Currents.—Current directions are the true directions toward

which currents set.

0.0 Dangers.—As a rule outer dangers are fully described, but

inner dangers which are well-charted are, for the most part,

omitted. Numerous offshore dangers, grouped together, are

mentioned only in general terms. Dangers adjacent to a coastal

passage or fairway are described.

0.0 Distances.—Distances are expressed in nautical miles of 1

minute of latitude. Distances of less than 1 mile are expressed

in meters, or tenths of miles.

0.0 Geographic Names.—Geographic names are generally

those used by the nation having sovereignty. Names in parentheses following another name are alternate names that may

appear on some charts. In general, alternate names are quoted

only in the principal description of the place. Diacritical marks,

such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to

specific letters in certain foreign languages, are not used in the

interest of typographical simplicity. Geographic names or their

spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political

status of an area by the United States Government.

0.0 Heights.—Heights are referred to the plane of reference

used for that purpose on the charts and are expressed in meters.

0.0 Index-Gazetteer.—Navigational features and place-names

are listed alphabetically in the back of the book. The approximate position, along with the Sector and paragraph numbers

(e.g. 1.1), facilitate location in the text.

0.0 Internet Links.—This publication provides internet links to

web sites concerned with maritime navigational safety, including but not limited to, Federal government sites, foreign Hydrographic Offices, and foreign public/private port facilities.

NGA makes no claims, promises, or guarantees concerning the

accuracy, completeness, or adequacy of the contents of the web

sites and expressly disclaims any liability for errors and omissions of these web sites.

0.0 Light and Fog Signals.—Lights and fog signals are not described, and light sectors are not usually defined. The Light

Lists should be consulted for complete information.

0.0 Ports.—Directions for entering ports are depicted where

appropriate by means of chartlets, sketches, and photos, which

facilitate positive identification of landmarks and navigational

aids. These chartlets and sketches are not always to scale, how-
III

 Pub. 195

ever, and should be used only as a general informational guide

in conjunction with the best scale chart. Specific port facilities

are omitted from the standard format. They are tabulated in

Pub. 150, World Port Index.

0.0 Radio Navigational Aids.—Radio navigational aids are not

described in detail. Publication No. 117 Radio Navigational

Aids and NOAA Publication, Selected Worldwide Marine

Broadcasts, should be consulted.

0.0 Soundings.—Soundings are referred to the datum of the

charts and are expressed in meters.

0.0 Special Warnings.—A Special Warning may be in force for

the geographic area covered by this publication. Special

Warnings are printed in the weekly Notice to Mariners upon

promulgation and are reprinted annually in Notice to Mariners

No. 1. A listing of Special Warnings currently in force is

printed in each weekly Notice to Mariners, Section III, Broadcast Warnings, along with the notice number of promulgation.

Special Warnings are also available on the Maritime Division

web site.

0.0 Wind Directions.—Wind directions are the true directions

from which winds blow.

Reference List

0.0 The principal sources examined in the preparation of this

publication were:

0.0 British Hydrographic Department Sailing Directions.

0.0 Japanese Sailing Directions.

0.0 Various port handbooks.

0.0 Reports from United States naval and merchant vessels and

various shipping companies.

0.0 Other U.S. Government publications, reports, and documents. 

0.0 Charts, light lists, tide and current tables, and other documents in possession of the Agency.

0.0

0.0
Pub. 195 IV

0.0SECTOR LIMITS—PUB. 195
Pub. 195 V

Conversion Tables

Feet to Meters

Feet 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 0.30 0.61 0.91 1.22 1.52 1.83 2.13 2.44 2.74

 10 3.05 3.35 3.66 3.96 4.27 4.57 4.88 5.18 5.49 5.79

 20 6.10 6.40 6.71 7.01 7.32 7.62 7.92 8.23 8.53 8.84

 30 9.14 9.45 9.75 10.06 10.36 10.67 10.97 11.28 11.58 11.89

 40 12.19 12.50 12.80 13.11 13.41 13.72 14.02 14.33 14.63 14.93

 50 15.24 15.54 15.85 16.15 16.46 16.76 17.07 17.37 17.68 17.98

 60 18.29 18.59 18.90 19.20 19.51 19.81 20.12 20.42 20.73 21.03

 70 21.34 21.64 21.95 22.25 22.55 22.86 23.16 23.47 23.77 24.08

 80 24.38 24.69 24.99 25.30 25.60 25.91 26.21 26.52 26.82 27.13

 90 27.43 27.74 28.04 28.35 28.65 28.96 29.26 29.57 29.87 30.17

Fathoms to Meters

Fathoms 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 1.83 3.66 5.49 7.32 9.14 10.97 12.80 14.63 16.46

 10 18.29 20.12 21.95 23.77 25.60 27.43 29.26 31.09 32.92 34.75

 20 36.58 38.40 40.23 42.06 43.89 45.72 47.55 49.38 51.21 53.03

 30 54.86 56.69 58.52 60.35 62.18 64.01 65.84 67.67 69.49 71.32

 40 73.15 74.98 76.81 78.64 80.47 82.30 84.12 85.95 87.78 89.61

 50 91.44 93.27 95.10 96.93 98.75 100.58 102.41 104.24 106.07 107.90

 60 109.73 111.56 113.39 115.21 117.04 118.87 120.70 122.53 124.36 126.19

 70 128.02 129.85 131.67 133.50 135.33 137.16 138.99 140.82 142.65 144.47

 80 146.30 148.13 149.96 151.79 153.62 155.45 157.28 159.11 160.93 162.76

 90 164.59 166.42 168.25 170.08 171.91 173.74 175.56 177.39 179.22 181.05

Meters to Feet

Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 3.28 6.56 9.84 13.12 16.40 19.68 22.97 26.25 29.53

 10 32.81 36.09 39.37 42.65 45.93 49.21 52.49 55.77 59.06 62.34

 20 65.62 68.90 72.18 75.46 78.74 82.02 85.30 88.58 91.86 95.14

 30 98.42 101.71 104.99 108.27 111.55 114.83 118.11 121.39 124.67 127.95

 40 131.23 134.51 137.80 141.08 144.36 147.64 150.92 154.20 157.48 160.76

 50 164.04 167.32 170.60 173.88 177.16 180.45 183.73 187.01 190.29 193.57

 60 196.85 200.13 203.41 206.69 209.97 213.25 216.54 219.82 223.10 226.38

 70 229.66 232.94 236.22 239.50 242.78 246.06 249.34 252.62 255.90 259.19

 80 262.47 265.75 269.03 272.31 275.59 278.87 282.15 285.43 288.71 291.99

 90 295.28 298.56 301.84 305.12 308.40 311.68 314.96 318.24 321.52 324.80

Meters to Fathoms

Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 0.55 1.09 1.64 2.19 2.73 3.28 3.83 4.37 4.92

 10 5.47 6.01 6.56 7.11 7.66 8.20 8.75 9.30 9.84 10.39

 20 10.94 11.48 12.03 12.58 13.12 13.67 14.22 14.76 15.31 15.86

 30 16.40 16.95 17.50 18.04 18.59 19.14 19.68 20.23 20.78 21.33

 40 21.87 22.42 22.97 23.51 24.06 24.61 25.15 25.70 26.25 26.79

 50 27.34 27.89 28.43 28.98 29.53 30.07 30.62 31.17 31.71 32.26

 60 32.81 33.36 33.90 34.45 35.00 35.54 36.09 36.64 37.18 37.73

 70 38.28 38.82 39.37 39.92 40.46 41.01 41.56 42.10 42.65 43.20

 80 43.74 44.29 44.84 45.38 45.93 46.48 47.03 47.57 48.12 48.67

 90 49.21 49.76 50.31 50.85 51.40 51.95 52.49 53.04 53.59 54.13
Pub. 195 VI

Abbreviations

The following abbreviations may be used in the text:

Units

°C degree(s) Centigrade km kilometer(s)

cm centimeter(s) m meter(s)

cu.m. cubic meter(s) mb millibars

dwt deadweight tons MHz megahertz

FEU forty-foot equivalent units mm millimeter(s)

grt gross registered tons nrt net registered tons

kHz kilohertz TEU twenty-foot equivalent units

Directions

N north S south

NNE northnortheast SSW southsouthwest

NE northeast SW southwest

ENE eastnortheast WSW westsouthwest

E east W west

ESE eastsoutheast WNW westnorthwest

SE southeast NW northwest

SSE southsoutheast NNW northnorthwest

Vessel types

LASH Lighter Aboard Ship ro-ro Roll-on Roll-off

LNG Liquified Natural Gas ULCC Ultra Large Crude Carrier

LPG Liquified Petroleum Gas VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier

OBO Ore/Bulk/Oil

Time

ETA estimated time of arrival GMT Greenwich Mean Time

ETD estimated time of departure UTC Coordinated Universal Time

Water level

MSL mean sea level LWS low water springs

HW high water MHWN mean high water neaps

LW low water MHWS mean high water springs

MHW mean high water MLWN mean low water neaps

MLW mean low water MLWS mean low water springs

HWN high water neaps HAT highest astronomical tide

HWS high water springs LAT lowest astronomical tide

LWN low water neaps

Communications

D/F direction finder MF medium frequency

R/T radiotelephone HF high frequency

GMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety System VHF very high frequency

LF low frequency UHF ultra high frequency

Navigation

LANBY Large Automatic Navigation Buoy SPM Single Point Mooring

NAVSAT Navigation Satellite TSS Traffic Separation Scheme

ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System VTC Vessel Traffic Center

SBM Single Buoy Mooring VTS Vessel Traffic Service

Miscellaneous

COLREGS Collision Regulations

IALA International Association of Lighthouse

Authorities

No./Nos.

PA

Number/Numbers

Position approximate

IHO International Hydrographic Office PD Position doubtful

IMO International Maritime Organization Pub. Publication

loa length overall St./Ste. Saint/Sainte
Pub. 195 IX

Contents

Preface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II

Chartlet—Sector Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . III

Conversion Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V

Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VI

Sector 1

The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Sector 2

The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Sector 3

Russia—St. Petersburg Guba and Nevskaya Guba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Sector 4

The Aland Islands and the Adjacent Finnish Coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Sector 5

Sodra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish Coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Sector 6

Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Sector 7

Finland—West Coast—Isokari to Strommingsbadan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Sector 8

Norra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish and Finnish Coasts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Sector 9

Sweden—East Coast—Ratan to the Finnish Border . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Sector 10

Finland—West Coast—Hallgrund to the Swedish Border . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Glossaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Index—Gazetteer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Pub. 195

1.The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba

1.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 1 — CHART INFORMATION
3

Pub. 195

SECTOR 1 

THE GULF OF FINLAND—SOUTHERN SHORE—OSMUSSAAR TO ST. PETERSBURG GUBA

1.0 Plan.—This sector describes the S shore of the Gulf of

Finland including the N shore of Estonia and the adjacent

territory of Russia concluding at St. Petersburg Guba. The

descriptive sequence is E from Osmussaar Island to Mys Shepelevskiy (59°59'N., 29°08'E.). 

General Remarks

1.1 Ice.—Ice first appears in the Neva Estuary, between

St. Petersburg and Kronshtadt, and in Vyborgskiy Zaliv

(60°30'N., 28°30'E.) about the middle of November. The

spread of ice is much more rapid along the N shore than along

the S. Toward the end of December, it extends along most of

the N shore, filling the inlets; on the S shore, it does not reach

much W of Narva. 

1.1 In the middle of January, ice fills the E end of the gulf to a

position between Ostrov Moshchny (60°00'N., 27°50'E.) and

Ostrov Gogland (60°05'N., 26°53'E.), while ice along the N

shore has extended to form a wider coastal belt. On the S shore,

the ice may have spread only slightly W of Narva, but in some

years reaches longitude 26°E. By the middle of February, a

rapid W extension has taken place, with ice covering the whole

gulf E of Tallinn and reaching along the whole of the S shore,

and farther W to enclose the island of Hilumaa. The only open

part of the gulf at this time is therefore at the W end, away

from the shores.

1.1 The ice attains its greatest extent about the first week of

March, when the whole gulf is encumbered. Before the end of

March, it is in retreat E. In the middle of April, the S shore is

clear to about longitude 27°30'E; a little W of Narva, though

ice still remains between Hiiumaa and the Estonian shore.

Most of the gulf to the E of longitude 26°E is still ice encumbered, and ice persists in a wide belt along the N shore.

The subsequent dispersal of the ice is rapid and at the beginning of May, ice is only found E of longitude 26°E, particularly

between Ostrov Moshchnyy and Zaliv Primorsk (60°22'N.,

28°38'E.). By the middle of May, all ice has disappeared.

1.1 The amount of ice in any particular part of the coast at a

given time may depend very much on the direction of the wind.

For example, in Tallinn Harbor, drift ice is mostly formed by N

and NE winds; frequently this ice is driven out again by S

winds and the roadstead becomes quite safe for shipping without the aid of an icebreaker.

1.1 For information pertaining to icebreaking services, see Pub.

140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean

and Adjacent Seas.

1.1 Tides—Currents.—The fundamental circulation of the

currents in the Gulf of Finland is an inward flow of water E

along the S shore, past Tallinn, and an outward flow W along

the N shore, past Helsinki. This outward flow, turning NW at

the mouth of the gulf, passes into the N current along the E

coast of the Gulf of Bothnia.

1.1 The current in the gulf at any time depends largely on the

wind. During W and SW winds, the current sets into the gulf

along both the N and S shores. With light winds, the excess of

water driven into the gulf emerges in a W direction. With W

gales, a strong current runs into St. Petersburg Guba, S of

Kronstadt; this current runs out on the N side, continuing along

the shore of the gulf towards Mys Seyveste, with considerable

force.

1.1 If there is any N direction to the wind, a set into the bights on

the S shore of the gulf will generally be experienced.

1.1 After the break-up of the ice in the early spring, the outflow

of water from the gulf is temporarily increased.

1.1 In the passage between Lavansaari and Kurgatski Rif, in

calm weather, there is usually a weak SW current; at other

times the direction and velocity depend on the wind.

1.1 While the tidal range in this area is negligible, considerable

change in the water level may be caused by strong winds,

variation in atmospheric pressure, and the seasonal amount of

water released by the rivers.

1.1 Depths—Limitations.—All dangers along the immediate

coast from the island of Osmussaar ENE to Tallinn, a distance

of about 44 miles, are contained within the 40m curve, which

has a greatest distance from the shore of about 8 miles.

1.1 From Tallinn to Letipea Neem, there are a number of rivers

that discharge into the gulf. The coast in this area is marked

with numerous off-lying islands, shoal banks, and shoal

patches that extend up about 16 miles seaward.

1.1 Aspect.—The S coast of the Gulf of Finland consists of long

stretches of limestone cliffs rising abruptly from the sea. This

profile is prevalent in many of the coastal areas. The coastline

is well-wooded and rises to heights of 80 to 92m in some localities. 

1.1 The Estonian coast from Osmussaar Island to Tallinn

(59°27'N., 24°46'E.) ranges from a low and sandy aspect with a

border of woods to wooded hills. 

1.1 The coast between Tallinn and Letipea (59°33'N., 26°35'E.)

can be described as low, sandy, and bordered by woods, to

steep cliffs and ridges with wooded hills inland. 

1.1 Between Letipea and Mys Shepelevskiy, where this sector

concludes, the coast is low, rocky, and wooded. It is also interspersed with meadows and marshy ground. The meadows contrast with the steep stone cliffs and partially-wooded hills,

which rise to heights of 150m. 

1.1 Pilotage.—The IMO recommends that vessels constrained

by their draft or vessels not registered in one of the Baltic

states, and infrequently sailing the area, embark a deep-sea

pilot.

1.1 For information on deep-sea pilotage, See Pub. 140, Sailing

Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and

Adjacent Seas. 

1.1 Regulations.—Certain areas (restricted and semi-restricted)

in Finnish waters have been declared restricted for reasons of

navigational safety, inadequate charting, or for defense

reasons. Foreign vessels, including small craft, may not enter

these areas without permission, except to follow an officially

recognized fairway for which permission is not required.
4 Sector 1. The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

1.1 Anchoring within these areas is prohibited except in an

emergency or when authorized to do so by the appropriate

authority. However, a foreign vessel may anchor for not more

than 48 hours within a restricted area in a recognized anchorage or mooring area indicated on the charts.

1.1 Permission to stay within a restricted area or to navigate

outside the general fairways is granted on application to the

Military Area Headquarters. Applications should be made on

an official form not later than 14 days before planned entry into

the area. Applications can be made after this time to the local

Frontier Guard Authorities for a visit not exceeding 72 hours.

1.1 Vessels should consult the pilot for information on local

rules, including regulations on the operation of navigation

equipment and radios.

1.1 GOFREP, a mandatory ship reporting system under SOLAS,

has been established in the Gulf of Finland and its approaches.

This system is operated by the VTS centers at Tallinn (VHF

channel 61), Helsinki (VHF channel 60), and Saint Petersburg

(VHF channel 74).

1.1 Vessels not equipped with an Automatic Identification System (AIS) and entering the area from the W are recommended

to send a report to the relevant VTS traffic center at least 1 hour

in advance.

1.1 The W limit of the reporting area is formed by a line joining

the following points:

1. Bengtskar Light (59°43'N., 22°30'E.).

2. 59°33.3'N, 22°30.0'E.

3. 59°10.0'N, 21°30.0'E.

4. Ristna (Kopu Poolsar) (58°56'N., 22°03'E.).

1.1 For further information concerning GOFREP, see Finland in

Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic

Ocean and Adjacent Seas.

1.1 Directions.—Several IMO-adopted Traffic Separation

Schemes (TSS) form the main route through the Gulf of Finland (see paragraph 2.1).

1.1 A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS), established by the local

authorities, exists in the approaches to the Port of Tallinn. The

authorities advise that the principles of Rule 10 of the COLREGS applies to this TSS.

1.1 All of the above schemes may best be seen on the appropriate charts. 

1.1 Caution.—It is reported that all navigational aids in the S

part of the Gulf of Finland may be unreliable.

1.1 During the winter, many buoys are removed, while others

may be damaged or break adrift.

1.1 In the coastal waters within this sector, numerous logs may

be found adrift at all times of the year.

1.1 Several unexploded ordnance areas lie off the shores of the

Gulf of Finland and may best be seen on the chart.

1.1 Areas dangerous due to mines laid during World War II exist

within the Gulf of Finland. There is still a risk of danger in

these areas when anchoring or carrying out any seabed activities.

1.1 It is reported that a submarine gas pipeline is being

constructed between Russia and Germany. This pipeline will

extend in a WSW direction through the Gulf of Finland from

the vicinity of Bukhta Portovaya (60°31'N., 28°05'E.) and then

lead in a SSW direction to pass E of Faro (57°57'N., 19°10'E.).

Off-lying Islands, Islets, and Dangers

1.2 Osmussaar Island (59°18'N., 23°22'E.) (World Port

Index No. 28510) lies 4 miles NW of Poosaspea Neem (see

paragraph 1.6). The center of the island, when viewed from a

considerable distance, gives the impression that there are two

islands. Overhanging limestone cliffs on the N side of the

island rise to a height of 10m, the lower parts of which have

been undermined by the action of the sea. The W and S sides

have hills and ridges composed of gravel and sand. 

1.2 A village is situated on a hill near the middle of the island;

two windmills stand in this vicinity. A prominent white church,

with a black spire, is situated 0.5 mile SE of the village. 

1.2 Osmussaar Light is shown from a conspicuous tower, 35m

high, standing on the NW extremity of the island. A beacon

stands on the SE extremity of the island. A prominent tower is

reported to stand about 0.8 mile SE of the light.

1.2 Anchorage may be obtained off the S side of Osmussaar,

about 1.5 miles S of the light, in a depth of 27m, mud and sand.

Anchorage can also be obtained, in a depth of 13m, rock and

sand, about 3.5 miles SE of the light.

1.2 Neugrund, an extensive shoal area, lies 5 miles ENE of Osmussaar and is marked by a lighted buoy on its N side.

1.2 Suur Pakri (59°20'N., 23°54'E.) is mostly bare and flat,

with steep cliffs at the N end where it is joined by a causeway

to Vaike Pakri. A light is shown from a structure, 10m high,

standing at the N end of the island. Several villages are located

on the S part of the island.

Osmussaar Light

Suur Pakri Light
Sector 1. The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba 5

Pub. 195

1.2 Krassigaar, an extensive shoal which dries in places, lies

about 2.5 miles W of Suur Pakri. It is marked by buoys at the E

and S sides, and by a lighted buoy at the N side.

1.2 Vaike Pakri lies close E of Suur Pakri and is connected to it

by a causeway. The N end of this island is high and steep, but

the S end is low and flat. The E side of the island is hilly and

the center is wooded. There are two villages, one on the E side

and the other on the W side. A light is shown from a framework structure, 16m high, standing on the NE end of the island.

1.2 Pakri Madal, a shoal, has a depth of 6.2m. It lies about 1.5

miles N of Pakri Neem (59°23'N., 24°02'E.) and is marked by a

lighted buoy.

1.2 Caution.—A firing practice area lies centered 8 miles NE of

Osmussaar Light.

1.2 A submarine cable, which may best be seen on the chart,

extends between the SE end of Osmussaar and the mainland.

Vessels are prohibited to anchor within 0.4 mile of this cable.

1.3 Tallinna Madal (59°42'N., 24°44'E.), with a least

depth of 2.6m, lies in the N approaches to Tallinn and is the

outermost danger in this vicinity. Tallinn Light is shown from a

tower, 31m high, standing on this shoal. A racon is situated at

the light.

1.3 The islands and dangers lying S and W of this shoal are

described later in the text. 

Prangli Saar (59°38'N., 25°00'E.), a low and wooded island,

lies on the E side of the approaches to Tallinn. This island is

surrounded by foul ground and marked by lights on its NW, E,

and S sides.

1.3 Keri Saar (59°42'N., 25°01'E.), a low and rocky islet, is

located 3.5 miles N of Prangli Saar and surrounded by foul

ground. A light is shown from a prominent tower, 31m high,

standing at its SE end. A signal station is situated close to the

light.

1.3 Kuradimuna, a shallow shoal, lies 3.5 miles W of Keri Saar.

It is located on an area of foul ground and is marked by a

lighted buoy.

1.3 Nygrund, with a least depth of 4.6m, lies about 2.5 miles

SSW of Kuradimuna and is marked by a lighted buoy.

1.3 Aksi Saar, a fairly high island, lies close E of Prangli Saar

and is fronted by foul ground. A beacon (disused light tower),

15m high, stands on the SE part of this island.

1.3 Rammu Saar (59°35'N., 25°14'E.), a flat island, is located

about 4 miles SE of Aksi Saar. Foul ground fronts the N end of

this island and is marked by a lighted buoy. 

1.3 Anchorage may be obtained, in a depth of 10m, S of Rammu

Saar, about 0.5 mile offshore.

1.3 Mohni Saar (59°41'N., 25°48'E.), an island lying off Eru

Laht, has a steep bank of shingle along its SW side. Its NW end

is formed by a rocky hill and its NE side is fronted by foul

ground and shoal water.

1.3 Mohni Light is shown from a tower, 27m high, standing on

the NW extremity of the island. A signal station is situated in

the vicinity of the light. 

1.3 Caution.—A submarine cable, which may best be seen on

the chart, extends between Mohni Saar and the mainland.

Tallinn Light on Tallinna Madal

Prangli Saar NW Light

Keri Saar Light

Aksi Saar Beacon (disused light tower)
6 Sector 1. The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

1.4 Vaindlo (59°49'N., 26°22'E.) is a conspicuous rocky

islet, 8m high, lying in the central portion of the Gulf of Finland. Foul ground and foul patches extend N, NE and S from

the shores of this islet. Kakumadal, a shallow rock, lies at the

extremity of a reef which extends up to 2 miles S from the S

extremity of the islet. An isolated shoal, with a depth of 6.8m,

lies about 3 miles SE of the islet.

1.4 Vaindlo Light is shown from a tower, 17m high, standing on

the central portion of the islet. A signal station is situated at the

light.

1.4 Pohja Uhtja (59°41'N., 26°31'E.) is an extensive group of

dangerous rocks, shoals, and islets lying 9 miles SSE of

Vaindlo. This group extends for about 7 miles and is marked at

its S end by a buoy. Uhtja Light is shown from a structure, 12m

high, standing on the group, about 10 miles SSE of Vaindlo

Light.

1.4 Ostrov Rodsher (59°58'N., 26°41'E.) is a rocky islet surrounded by a reef. A light is shown from a prominent tower,

19m high, standing on the N side of this islet. A racon is

situated at the light.

1.4 Ostrova Virginy (59°57'N., 26°52'E.) consists of two rocky

islets lying 1 mile apart. They are fringed by reefs, which are

marked by buoys, and fronted by shoals. A light is shown from

a tower, 14m high, standing on the northwesternmost islet. 

1.4 Ostrov Malyy Tyuters, lying 17 miles E of Vaindlo, is a low

sandy island with a pine forest at its center. The island is surrounded by foul ground, rocky reefs, and boulders rising from

the water. 

1.4 Otrov Bolshoy Tyuters (59°51'N., 27°11'E.), lying 7 miles

ENE of Ostrov Malyy Tyuters, is moderately high and densely

wooded. A light is shown from a tower, 24m high, standing on

the summit of this island.

1.4 A shoal bank, marked by a buoy, extends up to about 2.5

miles SSE of this island. 

1.5 Ostrov Gogland (60°03'N., 26°59'E.) is 176m high

and wooded. It has three peaks and is reported to be visible

from a distance of 34 miles in clear weather. Gogland Light is

shown from a framework tower, 23m high, standing on the

heights at the N end of the island. Gogland S Light is shown

from a tower, 26m high, standing on Mys Lounatrivi (60°01'N.,

27°00'E.), the S extremity of the island. A radiobeacon is

situated at this light.

1.5 During E winds, vessels may anchor, in depths of 36 to 54m,

about 1 mile off the W side of Ostrov Gogland, but the holding

ground is not good.

1.5 Small craft can anchor, in depths of 3 to 6m, within the small

bay at Suurkyla, 1.5 miles SSE of the N extremity of the island,

but it is exposed to E winds. The bay is sheltered by a

breakwater and a village with a church stands at the head. 

1.5 Vikalla, an extensive shallow reef, lies centered 7 miles S of

the S extremity of Ostrov Gogland. The N and S extremities of

the reef are marked by lighted buoys.

Mohni Light

Vaindlo Light

Uhtja Light

Ostrov Rodsher Light
Sector 1. The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba 7

Pub. 195

Ostrov Moshchnyy (60°00'N., 27°50'E.), located 24 miles E

of Ostrov Gogland, is moderately high and wooded. Poluostrov

Promezhutchnyy, the E part of the island is connected to the W

and main part by a narrow isthmus, 5m high. Three small

peninsulas extend N from the NW end of the island. Shoals

extend up to about 6 miles S from the S end of the island and

are marked by buoys. Bashnya Lavensari Light, equipped with

a racon, is shown from a framework tower, 29m high, standing

at the N end of the island.

1.5 Anchorage can be taken in Nore Kapel’lakht, about 0.7 mile

N of the isthmus connecting the E and W parts of the island.

The anchorage has depths of 8 to 14m, fine sand, but it is exposed to N winds. 

1.5 Ostrov Malyy, lying 3 miles E of Ostrov Moschnyy, is low,

wooded, and surrounded by reefs. The E and W sections of this

island are joined by a sandy isthmus, 4m high. An islet, covered with grass, lies close W of the N extremity of the island,

which is formed by a low spit. A lighted beacon, 27m high,

stands on the W part of the island. 

1.5 Anchorage, protected from S winds, can be obtained E of the

N end of the island, in depths of 18 to 20m. 

1.5 Shoals extend up to about 7 miles NNW and 5 miles S of

Ostrov Malyy. They are marked by buoys and may best be seen

on the chart. 

1.5 Ostrov Seskar (60°02'N., 28°23'E.) is low, densely wooded,

and surrounded by foul ground. Several villages stand on its W

side. A light is shown from the SE extremity of the island.

Seskar Light is shown from a prominent tower, 30m high,

standing on the NW extremity of the island. Extensive shoals

and reefs extend up to about 4 miles seaward from the W side

of the island.

1.5 Caution.—Prohibited areas, the limits of which are shown

on the chart, lie centered 4 miles NE of Ostrov Malyy, about 10

miles W of Ostrov Moshchnyy, and in the vicinity of Ostrova

Seskar.

The Gulf of Finland

1.6 Poosaspea Neem (59°14'N., 23°31'E.) is a denselywooded cape fronted by a rocky reef. Poosaspea Light is

shown from a prominent framework tower, 16m high, standing on the cape. On the E side of the cape there is a conspicuous ridge, on which stand several prominent windmills.

Dirhami, a small fishing harbor, is situated 1 mile S of Poosaspea Neem.

The entrance to the Gulf of Finland lies between Osmussaar

Island, located 4 miles NW of Poosaspea Neem, and the island

of Russaro (59°46'N., 22°57'E.), the largest of the islands

located S of Hankoniemi.

1.6 Toomanina (59°15'N., 23°40'E.), a headland fronted by

shoals, lies 4.8 miles ENE of Poosaspea Neem. The coast between is sandy with wooded hills in places. A conspicuous

tower stands on this headland.

1.6 Keibu Laht, a bay, is entered between Toomanina and Ristinina, a precipitous point, 2.7 miles NE. This bay provides anchorage, in depths of 6 to 9m, mud and sand, sheltered from

NE, through S, to W winds. Local knowledge is advised.

1.6 Pakri Neem (59°23'N., 24°02'E.) is a headland faced by

high cliffs. Pakri Light is shown from a tower, 52m high,

standing on this headland. A signal station stands near the

light. The ruins of a disused tower are situated close W of the

light.

1.6 Paldiski Laht (59°20'N., 24°00'E.), lying 13 miles E of

Toomanina, extends SSE between Vaike Pakri and the

mainland. It is the most sheltered bay in Estonia. The E shore is

high and forms a plateau, while the S shore is low and marshy

in some places.

1.6 Caution.—Numerous sunken mines are reported to lie in the

entrance of Paldiski Laht.

Mys Lounatrivi (Gogland S Light)

Seskar Light 

Poosaspea Light
8 Sector 1. The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

1.7 Paldiski (59°21'N., 24°02'E.) (World Port Index No.

28505), a small commercial port and former Russian naval

base, is situated within Paldiski Laht. The North Harbor

consists of a small basin, protected by two moles, lying

adjacent to the town. The South Harbor, situated about 1.2

miles SE, consists of a large basin protected by a pier.

1.7 This port is under the jurisdiction of Tallinn and is considered to be part of the Port of Tallinn. 

1.7 Winds—Weather.—Winds from E cause the water in the

basin to fall while W winds cause it to rise. The maximum

difference between highest and lowest water amounts to about

0.9m.

1.7 Ice.—Paldiski Laht freezes later than other ports in the Gulf

of Finland. The ice lasts, on an average, for 33 days, but in a

mild winter there may be none. The bay is kept open by

icebreakers throughout the winter. The navigation season is

normally the period from March 15 to February 1.

1.7 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance to North Harbor is

25m wide and has a depth of 7m. The basin is about 145m long

and 37 to 73m wide. It provides 400m of quayage, with depths

of 6 to 7m alongside.

1.7 South Harbor is protected by a pier, 400m long, which extends S and SSE. It provides about 1,200m of total berthage,

with depths of 9 to 13m alongside.

1.7 The port has facilities for tanker, ro-ro, timber, bulk, general

cargo, and passenger vessels. Vessels up to 230m in length,

35m beam, and 12.2m draft can be accommodated alongside.

1.7 Aspect.—Lighted ranges indicate the approach channel and

the fairway leading to the pier. 

1.7 Pilotage.—Pilotage is available through Tallinn. Vessels

should send an ETA and request for pilotage 24 hours and 4

hours in advance. Pilots can be contacted by VHF channel 9

and board in position 59°23'N, 24°00'E. 

1.7 The port can be contacted as follows: 

1.7 Anchorage.—Designated anchorage areas lie 1.2 miles W

and 0.7 mile NW of the pier. These areas lie on both sides of

the range line and have depths of 12 to 22m, mud and sand.

Another designated area lies 1 mile NW of Pohjasadam

(59°21'N., 24°03'E.) and has a depth of 35m, sand and clay.

1.7 Small vessels may anchor SE of Vaike Pakri, in depths of 4

to 6m, mud and sand, sheltered from winds from all directions.

1.7 Caution.—A spit lies about 0.5 mile NW of the town of

Paldiski. It is formed by the remains of an old stone mole and

extends about 0.2 mile from the shore in front of an old fort.

1.7 A spoil ground area, which may best be seen on the chart,

lies in the vicinity of the pilot boarding position.

1.7 An explosives dumping area, which may best be seen on the

chart, lies close off the E side of Vaike-Pakri.

1.8 Lahepere Laht (59°22'N., 24°12'E.), entered

between Pakrineem and Lohusalunina, 4.8 miles E, is open

NW and has a bottom of rock covered with sand. The shores of

the bay are wooded. Leetse is an estate standing on the W side

of the bay, the buildings of which are visible from seaward. 

1.8 Lohusalu Laht, lying between Lohusalunina and Suurupi,

6.5 miles NE, is sheltered from offshore winds. It affords

anchorage for small vessels, in a depth of 5m, but is fringed by

shoals. A marina is situated at the W side of this bay. Turisalu,

a resort, stands on high ground, faced with reddish cliffs,

between two rivers in the S part of the bay. 

1.8 Suurupi (59°28'N., 24°23'E.) is a broad hilly promontory,

43m high. Ninamaa, a wooded headland, forms the NW extremity of this promontory and is fronted by shoals. Suurupi

Light is shown from a prominent round tower, 22m high,

standing 0.8 mile SE of this headland. 

Pakri Light

Paldiski—South Harbor

E-mail: info@portpaldiski.ee

Web: http://www.paldiski.ee

Suurupi Light
Sector 1. The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba 9

Pub. 195

1.8 Naissaar (59°34'N., 24°31'E.), lying in the middle of the entrance to Tallinna Laht, is densely wooded; the tops of the trees

rise to a height of 30m in places. From seaward, this island

shows up distinctly as a dark belt against the mainland. The E

side is sandy and hilly, but the W side is more level. A

settlement, with a red church, stands at the S end of the island.

1.8 Hulkari Ots Light is shown from a framework tower, 15m

high, standing on the SE extremity of the island.

1.8 Naissaare Kari, a reef, extends about 1.5 miles SSE from the

vicinity of Hulkari Ots Light. It has depths of 3 to 9m and may

best be seen on the chart.

1.8 Pikasaare Ots Light (59°36'N., 24°31'E.), also known as

Naissaar Light, is shown from a prominent tower, 45m high,

standing on the N extremity of the island. 

1.8 Uus Madal (59°40'N., 24°36'E.), a shoal with a least depth of

3.2m, lies in the approaches about 4.3 miles NE of Pikasaare

Ots Light and is marked by buoys.

1.8 Niassaare Madal is an extensive rocky shoal lying parallel

with and 2 miles E of the E side of the island. It is marked on

the N, W, and S sides by buoys and may best be seen on the

chart.

1.8 Kesk Madal, a shoal with a least depth of 7.4m, lies about

3.8 miles ESE of Pikasaare Ots Light and is marked on its E

side by a lighted buoy.

1.8 Aegna Saar, densely wooded, lies 7 miles E of Naissaar and

is fronted by shoals. A narrow sandy isthmus extends 0.5 mile

seaward and forms the NE extremity of this island.

1.8 Aegna Light (59°36'N., 24°44'E.) is shown from a beacon

structure, 21m high, standing on a rock about 1 mile NNW of

the island.

1.8 Kopli Laht (59°27'N., 24°39'E.) is entered between Kakumae Neem and Kopli Nina, the NW extremity of a peninsula,

2.5 miles E. Two shipyards, the buildings of which are conspicuous from seaward, are situated on the SW side of this

peninsula. A lighted range situated at the head of the bay indicates the approach channel. See the Port of Tallinn (paragraph

1.9) for further details. 

1.8 Tallinna Laht (59°36'N., 24°40'E.), entered between Naissaar and Aegna Island, extends SSE to the roadstead of Tallinna Reid. The port of Tallinn lies along the shore at the head

of this roadstead.

1.8 Vahemadal (59°31'N., 24°40'E.), an extensive shoal, lies in

the S part of Tallinna Reid, about 3.5 miles SE of the S extremity of Naissaar, and has a least depth of 3m. A light is shown

from a prominent beacon tower, 14m high, standing near the S

end of this shoal.

1.8 Leoutjevimadal (Kaguranna Madal) (59°30.8'N.,

24°36.0.'E.) lies about 2 miles W of Vahemadal. This isolated

rocky shoal has a least depth of 11m and lies within the TSS

traffic lane.

1.8 Caution.—Submarine cables are laid within about 0.2 mile

of the entrance to the northwesternmost shipyard in Kopli

Laht; the area is marked by buoys.

1.8 Submarine cables, which may best be seen on the chart, are

laid between the S end of Naissaar and the mainland.

1.8 A firing practice area lies centered about 4 miles WNW of

Pikasaare Ots Light.

1.8 A disused dumping ground area, the limits of which may

best be seen on the chart, extends about 0.6 mile seaward from

the N side of Aegna Saar.

Tallinn (59°27'N., 24°26'E.)

World Port Index No. 28480

1.9 Tallin, the capital of Estonia, is considered to be the

most important port on the S side of the Gulf of Finland. The

port is approached through Tallinn Laht and consists of several

harbor basins.

1.9 The harbors at Mugga (paragraph 1.10) and Paldiski (paragraph 1.7) are considered to be part of the Port of Tallinn.

1.9 Winds—Weather.—In Tallinna Reid, the prevailing winds

are W or SW, but NE winds are the strongest. With strong N

winds, especially during the autumn, heavy seas and swell are

produced which may interfere with vessels attempting to

maneuver in the port.

1.9 Ice.—Tallinna Laht may be frozen over in severe winters.

From mid-January through March, the port is kept open by

icebreakers, with sometimes only a single lane available to

shipping. Ice has appeared in the inlet as early as November

and has lasted until May.

1.9 Tides—Currents.—The tidal range in Tallinna Laht is very

slight. The difference of the water level is due solely to the

effects of the wind. A rise of water of about 0.4 to 0.5m from

MLW is sometimes observed during NW and W winds. The

reduced level of water is caused by SE and E winds.

1.9 Depths—Limitations.—The approaches to the port from N

and W via the Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) are deep and

clear (see Directions).

Pikasaare Ots Light

Vahemadal Light
10 Sector 1. The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

1.9 Paljassaare Sadam, formerly known as Kopli Sadam, lies at

the W side of the bay and is used by commercial vessels. There

are four berths on the S side, with depth of 3.4 to 8.7m alongside, and seven berths on the N side, with depth of 4.1 to 9m

alongside. The basin provides facilities for container, ro-ro,

and tanker vessels. Cargo vessels up to 190m in length and

8.6m draft can be accommodated; tankers up to 120m in length

and 6m draft can be accommodated.

1.9 Several basins lie close SE of this harbor and are mostly used

by naval, port authority, icebreaker, and fishing vessels.

1.9 Vanasadam, formerly known as Kesklinna, lies in the S part

of the bay and is the main commercial harbor for foreign vessels. A detached breakwater is situated at the mouth and provides two entrances. The N entrance is 116m wide and has a

depth of 11m. The S entrance is 90m wide and has a depth of

7.5m. The harbor has four basins which provide 23 berths, with

depths of 4.7 to 10.7m alongside.

1.9 There are facilities for general cargo, bulk, ro-ro, container,

and passenger vessels. Vessels up to 240m in length, 40m

beam, and 10.7m draft can be accommodated.

1.9 Miiduranna Sadam lies on the NE side of the bay, 3.4 miles

NNE of Vanasadam. This small harbor is protected by a

breakwater and is divided into two basins. Vessels up to 120m

in length, 17m beam, and 3.8m draft can be accommodated. 

1.9 Pirita is located at the E side of the bay, 2 miles S of

Miiduranna Sadam. This extensive yacht harbor is protected by

two breakwaters.

1.9 Vene-Balti Port, a shipbuilding and repair complex, lies at

the NE side of Kopli Laht. It has two main basins and several

floating docks. Vessels up to 200m in length and 6.5m draft can

be handled. A basin area, used by patrol vessels, lies S of this

shipbuilding complex.

1.9 Bekkeri and Meeruse are small harbors lying at the E side of

Kopli Laht. They are used by commercial vessels and fishing

craft. Vessels up to 140m in length, 22m beam, and 7.2m draft

can be accommodated. 

 Tallinn

Tallinn—Toompea Castle
Sector 1. The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba 11

Pub. 195

1.9 Aspect.—The lanes and separation zones of the main Traffic

Separation Schemes (TSS) located in the approaches to the

port are marked by lighted buoys and indicated by lighted

ranges and sector lights, which may best be seen on the chart

(see Directions).

1.9 Tallinna Laht Rear Range Light is shown from a prominent

round tower, 40m high, standing 1.5 miles SE of the entrance

to Vanasadam, the old harbor. Tallinna Laht Front Range Light

is shown from a tower on a dwelling, 18m high, standing 0.6

mile NNW of the rear range light. This lighted range indicates

the main fairway leading into Tallinna Laht.

1.9 For a description of the off-lying islands and islets in the

approaches, see paragraph 1.3.

1.9 The city extends on two levels along the steep rocky coast in

the SE portion of the bay. Numerous high buildings, towers,

chimneys, and masts stand in the vicinity of city. In good

visibility, the spire of Oleviste Church can be recognized from

a distance of 25 miles. It is 125m high and stands close SW of

Vanasadam harbor basin. Toompea Citadel, surrounded by a

high stone wall, is also conspicuous. It stands 0.5 mile SW of

Oleviste Church and has a church with a dark green spire. The

high ruins of a prominent monastery stand on the E side of the

bay, on the N bank of the Pirita River. A conspicuous obelisk is

situated 1 mile SW of these ruins.

1.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels, except

Estonian vessels of 300 grt and less, in Tallinn Bay, Kopli Bay,

and Muuga Bay. Requests for pilotage must be sent through the

agent 24 hours in advance to the Traffic Control Service (TCS).

Confirmation messages must be sent 6 hours and 2 hours prior

to arrival at the pilot boarding place.

1.9 Vessels must also send a report through Tallinn Coast Radio

Station or the agent 72 hours and 24 hours in advance of

arrival. The ETA report must include the draft (fore and aft),

and purpose for the port-of-call.

1.9 On approaching the port, vessels bound for Tallinn Bay and

Kopli Bay must contact the Tallinn Traffic Control by VHF.

Vessels bound for Muuga Bay must contact the Muuga Traffic

Control on VHF. Permission must be received from the TCS

before vessels can enter, leave, or shift berth in the port area. 

1.9 Pilots should be contacted by VHF through the TCS (Tallinn

on VHF channel 13 and Muuga on VHF channel 16 72). They

board, as follows:

Tallinn—Vanasadam (Old City Harbor)

Tallinn—Paljassaare Sadam

Tallinna Laht Front Range Light

Tallinna Laht Rear Range Light

Tallinn—Oleviste Church
12 Sector 1. The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

1. Tallinn Bay (call sign: Tallinn Pilot)—1.5 miles

WNW of Tallinn No. 1 Lighted Buoy (59°36.5'N.,

24°40.2'E.) or 0.5 mile S of Suurupi No. 3 Lighted Buoy

(59°30.0'N., 24°32.6'E.). 

2. Kopli Bay (call sign: Kopli Pilot)—0.5 mile S of

Suurupi No. 3 Lighted Buoy (59°30.0'N., 24°32.6'E.).

3. Port of Muuga (call sign: Muuga Pilot)—Vessels from

NW are boarded in position 59°39.0'N, 24°44.0'E. Vessels

from N or NE are boarded in position 59°39.0'N, 25°05.4'E. 

1.9 It is reported that during periods of inclement weather pilots

may request vessels to proceed a distance within the TSS before boarding. Radar-assisted pilotage is available on request. 

1.9 The port of Tallinn can be contacted by e-mail, as follows: 

1.9 Regulations.—GOFREP, a mandatory ship reporting system

under SOLAS, has been established in the Gulf of Finland and

its approaches. This system is operated by the VTS centers at

Tallinn (VHF channel 61), Helsinki (VHF channel 60), and

Saint Petersburg (VHF channel 74). For further information

concerning GOFREP and other regulations pertaining to vessels approaching the ports along the S coast of the Gulf of Finland, see General Remarks in paragraph 1.1 and Finland in

Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic

Ocean and Adjacent Seas. 

1.9 The Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) instituted by the local

authorities in the S part of Tallinn Reid is not IMO-adopted.

However, the authorities advise that the principles of Rule 10

of the COLREGS apply.

1.9 A local Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system operates in the

approaches to Tallinn Bay, Kopli Bay, and Muuga Bay. The

VTS system area is bordered connecting the following points:

1. Ninamaa (59°28.4'N., 24°21.6'E.).

2. Position 59°29.5'N, 24°20.0'E.

3. Position 59°30.5'N, 24°20.0'E.

4. Position 59°40.0'N, 24°30.0'E.

5. Tallinn Light (59°42.7'N., 24°43.9'E.).

6. Keri Light (59°41.9'N., 25°01.4'E.).

7. Position 59°41.9'N, 25°12.3'E.

8. Rammu Saar (Loodo Ots) (59°34.7'N., 25°12.3'E.).

9. Ihasalu Nina (Uitru Spit) (59°32.5'N., 25°08.6'E.).

1.9 This system (Tallinn VTS) is mandatory for the following: 

1. Vessels of 24m or more in length.

2. Vessels less than 24m in length when not under

command, when restricted in ability to maneuver, or when

having navigational equipment not in working order.

3. On request from Tallinn VTS.

All vessels within the VTS area must keep a continuous

listening watch on VHF channel 13.

Vessels are required to report to Tallinn VTS when entering

the area or leaving the port using the following format:

All vessels must then report to Tallinn VTS on VHF channel

13 when passing abeam of the following Reporting Points:

1. Tallinn No. 1 Lighted Buoy (59°36.5'N., 24°40.2'E.).

2. Suurupi No. 3 Lighted Buoy (59°30.0'N., 24°32.6'E.).

Vessels must also report immediately to Tallinn VTS in

regard to the following:

1. Any incident, accident, danger, obstacle, or sea pollution.

2. Altering from their planned route.

3. When further information is requested by the VTS.

1.9 All vessels entering the area in order to anchor must advise

Tallinn VTS of their intentions and report when anchoring or

weighing anchor.

Vessels requiring icebreaker assistance should report, either

directly to the harbormaster or through the agent, their ETA at

the meridian of Ristna Light (58°°56.3'N., 22°°03.3'E.) 24

hours in advance. The harbormaster, through the TCS, maintains control over icebreaking operations. Information pertaining to the position of the ice edge and icebreaker pilotage will

be supplied. Vessels bound for Tallinn, Kopli, or Muuga are

usually requested to wait for icebreakers in position 59°10'N,

22°00'E.

1.9 Anchorage.—The bottom in the deeper parts of the roadstead is formed by soft mud. Close in, off the E shore, it is sand

and, in places, rocks. Off the W shore it is mostly mud, sand,

and stones. 

1.9 Three designated anchorage areas, with depths of 15 to 30m,

are situated in the roadstead and may best be seen on the chart.

Area A, Area B, and Area C (dangerous cargo) lie centered 2.5

miles N, 1.9 miles NW, and 3.5 miles NW, respectively, of

Tallinn Front Range Light.

1.9 Five designated anchorage areas lie in the outer approaches

and may best be seen on the chart, as follows:

1. Area G lies centered 1 mile SW of Suurupi No. 3

Lighted Buoy (59°30.0'N., 24°32.6'E.) and has a depth of

30m, clay.

E-mail: tallinn@loots.ee

1.9 Web: http://www.loots.ee

Designator Information Required

ALFA Name and call sign or IMO identification,

or MMSI.

CHARLIE Position (Lat/Long) in two 6-digit groups.

DELTA Bearing from a clearly-identified landmark.

ECHO True course in 3-digit group. 

FOXTROT Speed in knots in 2-digit group.

INDIA Destination within the VTS area and ETA.

LIMA Route information.

OSCAR Draft in meters.

PAPA Cargo and dangerous cargo by IMO class 

and total amount.

QUEBEC Brief details of defects or restrictions of 

navigability.

ROMEO Description of pollution or dangerous 

goods lost overboard.

UNIFORM Vessel type and length.

WHISKEY Total number of persons onboard.

X-RAY Misc remarks: ice class, bunkers etc.

Designator Information Required
Sector 1. The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba 13

Pub. 195

2. Area H lies centered 1.3 miles NW of Suurupi No. 3

Lighted Buoy and has depth of 34 to 37m.

3. Area F lies centered 1.3 miles NE of Hulkari Ots

Light (59°32.5'N., 24°33.8'E.) and has depths of 17 to 33m,

mud and sand.

4. Area E, for dangerous cargo, lies centered 1.8 miles

ESE of Suurupi No. 3 Lighted Buoy and has depths of 31 to

37m, sand.

5. Area D, in Kopl Laht, lies centered 3.5 miles SE of

Suurupi No. 3 Lighted Buoy and has depths of 19 to 26m,

sand and mud.

1.9 Care is advised as obstructions have been reported to lie

within the vicinity of these anchorage areas.

1.9 Directions.—Recommended routes and Traffic Separation

Schemes (TSS), which may best be seen on the chart, lie in the

N and W approaches to Tallinn Reid.

1.9 A Precautionary Area lies centered 4.5 miles SSW of Tallinn

Light (59°43'N., 24°44'E.). A TSS, for vessels approaching

from the E, extends about 1.2 miles E from the E side of the

Precautionary Area. The inbound traffic lane is situated on the

N side of the separation zone; the outbound traffic lane is

situated on the S side of the separation zone.

1.9 Recommended Traffic Flow Routes, indicated by directional

arrows, are situated adjacent to the NE, N, and W sides of the

Precautionary Area; these routes are to be used by vessels

approaching from the NE, N, and WNW, respectively.

1.9 The main TSS, which forms the approach route from N, is

entered about 4.6 miles W of Pikasaare Ots Light (59°36'N.,

24°31'E.). It extends SSE for about 7 miles from the S side of

the Precautionary Area. The separation zone is marked by

Tallinn No. 1 Lighted Buoy (59°36.5'N., 24°40.2'E.), moored

at the N end, and by Tallinn No. 3 Lighted Buoy (59°29.8'N.,

24°45.2'E.), moored at the S end. The inbound traffic lane is

situated on the W side of the separation zone; the outbound

traffic lane is situated on the E side of the separation zone. An

Inshore Traffic Zone is located adjacent to the E side of the

outbound lane.

1.9 The alignment of the Tallinn range lights indicates the direction of the separation zone in the TSS. It should be noted that

vessels are prohibited from navigating on this alignment when

proceeding between Tallinn No. 1 Lighted Buoy and Tallinn

No. 3 Lighted Buoy.

1.9 Tallinn may also be approached from W. The TSS, forming

the route from W, is entered about 2.5 miles NW of Suurupi

Light (59°28'N., 24°23'E.). It extends E for about 7 miles, ENE

for about 5 miles, and then joins the main TSS. The seaward

entrance of the scheme is marked by Suurupi No. 1 Lighted

Buoy (59°30'N., 24°20'E.). The separation zone junction is

marked by Suurupi No. 3 Lighted Buoy (59°30.0'N.,

24°32.6'E.). The inbound traffic lane is situated on the S side of

the separation zone and passes S of Vahemadal Shoal

(59°31'N., 24°40'E.). The outbound lane passes N of Vahemadal Shoal and is situated on the N side of the separation

zone.

1.9 It should be noted that vessels constrained by their draft may

be required to deviate from the alignment of the lighted range

indicating the outbound traffic lane in order to pass clear of

Leoutjevimadal (Kaguranna Madal) (59°30.8'N., 24°36.0.'E.)

(see paragraph 1.8.).

1.9 It should be noted that the Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS)

described above are not IMO-adopted but the Estonian authorities have advised mariners that the principles of Rule 10 of the

COLREGS applies.

1.9 Caution.—A local magnetic anomaly has been reported to

exist on the E side of Tallinn Reid. 

1.9 Several obstructions lie in the S part of Tallinn Reid. They

are marked by buoys and may best be seen on the chart. 

Muuga (59°30'N., 24°56'E.)

World Port Index No. 28484

1.10 Muuga (Muuga Sadam), formerly known as Novotallinnsakiy, is a newly-developed complex lying within Muuga

Laht. It specializes in bulk grain, reefer, chemical, timber, and

vehicle cargo. 

1.10 This port is under the jurisdiction of Tallinn and is considered to be part of the Port of Tallinn. 

1.10 Winds—Weather.—The port and roadstead are unprotected

from winds out of the NW, N, and NE. Even with only moderate winds from a N direction, dangerous surges may be experienced at the berths.

1.10 Ice.—See General Remarks in paragraph 1.1 and the port of

Tallinn in paragraph 1.9. 

1.10 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance channel is authorized

for drafts up to 16.8m.

1.10 The harbor is divided into two basins by the grain pier. The

basins provide 17 berths, 79 to 330m long, with depths of 7.2

to 14m alongside. There are facilities for bulk, container, ro-ro,

reefer, ferry, and tanker vessels. The grain pier is 335m long

and has depths of 17.4 to 18m alongside. It can accommodate

vessels up to 150,000 dwt, 300m in length, 48m beam, and

16.5m draft.

1.10 An oil terminal is situated in the NW part of the W basin. It

provides a jetty, 340m long, with a depth of 18m alongside.

1.10 It is reported that a new coal terminal is in operation. It

provides three berths, with depths of 11 to 17.1m alongside.

1.10 Aspect.—Several shoals lie adjacent to the approach passages and are marked by lighted buoys.

1.10 Muuga Light (59°33'N., 24°58'E.) is shown from a prominent tower, 15m high, standing on the E part of Karbimadal. 

1.10 A lighted range, which may best be seen on the chart, indicates the entrance channel leading into the harbor. A conspicuous television tower and a prominent grain silo are situated 2

miles SW and 0.2 mile SE, respectively, of the front range

light. 

1.10 Several shoals lie adjacent to the approach and are marked

by lighted buoys.

Muuga (Port of Tallinn)
14 Sector 1. The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

1.10 Pilotage.—See Pilotage for Tallinn (paragraph 1.9).

1.10 Regulations.—GOFREP, a mandatory ship reporting system

under SOLAS, has been established in the Gulf of Finland and

its approaches. This system is operated by the VTS centers at

Tallinn (VHF channel 61), Helsinki (VHF channel 60), and

Saint Petersburg (VHF channel 74). For further information

concerning GOFREP and other regulations pertaining to vessels approaching the ports along the S coast of the Gulf of Finland, see General Remarks in paragraph 1.1 and Finland in

Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic

Ocean and Adjacent Seas.

1.10 A mandatory Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system operates

in the approaches to Tallinn Bay, Kopli Bay, and Muuga Bay.

For further information, see Regulations for Tallinn (paragraph

1.9).

1.10 Speed in the approach channel is limited to 10 knots.

1.10 Vessels greater than 25,000 grt are usually not berthed with

winds over 23 knots. With strong winds from NW, N, or NE,

vessels may be required to proceed from the berth to a safe anchorage. It is reported that large vessels are berthed at the grain

complex only during daylight, with wind velocities of not more

than 19 knots. At all times, vessels must have their main

engines available for use on 1 hour’s notice. 

1.10 It is advised that at least one-third of the vessel’s crew must

be aboard at any time, as well as either the master or the chief

officer. 

1.10 The use of tugs is reported to be mandatory for vessels over

2,000 grt.

1.10 Anchorage.—There are four designated anchorage areas.

Anchorage Area A lies 2 miles SW of Ihasaluneem

(59°32.5'N., 25°09.1'E.) and has depths of 19 to 38m, sand and

clay. It provides shelter from winds from between ENE and S.

1.10 Anchorage Area B lies 1.5 miles SSW of Prangli Saar Light

(59°36.9'N., 25°02.4'E.) and has depths of 20 to 60m, sand. It

is for vessels carrying dangerous cargo.

1.10 Anchorage Area C and Anchorage Area D lie, respectively,

1.2 miles N and 1.5 miles NE of the grain pier. These areas

have depths of 12 to 30m, sand and clay, and are situated on

either side of the entrance range.

1.10 It is reported that several additional designated anchorage

areas are located in the approaches to the port and may best be

seen on the chart. 

1.10 Directions.—Vessels from N may pass about 4 miles E of

Keri Saar and then either E or W of Aksi Saar. An alternative

route leads SE from the TSS lying in the approach to Tallinn.

The harbor is then entered from the NE. A lighted range, which

may best be seen on the chart, indicates the entrance channel

leading to the harbor complex.

1.10 Karbimadal, an extensive rocky shoal, lies about 3.3 miles

NNE of the front entrance range light and has a least depth of

1.8m. It is marked on the E side by Muuga Light and a lighted

buoy. Vessels pass NE and SE of this shoal. 

1.10 The VTS Ship Traffic Control Station may establish oneway traffic in the entrance channel with the passage of vessels

of over 25,000 dwt, or in reduced visibility (see paragraph 1.9).

1.10 Caution.—It is reported that a container terminal is being

constructed within the port.

Muuga to Mys Shepelevskiy

1.11 Ihasalu Nina (59°32'N., 25°09'E.), a headland, is

located 7 miles ENE of Muuga and surmounted by a beacon

and a tower. 

1.11 Ihaslu Laht, a bay, is entered 2 miles SW of the headland, but

is not suitable as an anchorage because it is deep and open to

the NW. A below-water reef extends up to about 1.3 miles NW

from the head of the bay.

1.11 Kaberneeme Laht (59°32'N., 25°14'E.) is entered between

Ihasalu Nina and Rammu Saar, 2.8 miles NE. This bay is not

suitable as an anchorage as it is also deep and open to the NW.

A reef, with a least depth of 0.9m, extends about 1.7 miles NW

from the head of the bay.

1.11 Rammu Saar is described with off-lying dangers in paragraph 1.3.

1.11 Koipsi Saar, lying 1 mile SE of Rammu Saar, is fairly high

with a flat top. A settlement stands on its NE side. The island is

separated from the mainland at Kaberneeme by a narrow

channel.

1.11 Kolga Laht is entered between Rammu Saar and Juminda

Nina, 9 miles ENE. Kuusalu church stands 2.8 miles S of the

head of bay and is prominent. Valkla mill and several conspicuous buildings are situated on the high coast, about 3.8 miles

NW of this church. Leesi church, also conspicuous over the

tops of the trees, stands 2.5 miles S of Juminda Nina. A prominent beacon stands near a village at the head of the bay.

Muuga (Grain Silo)

Muuga Light
Sector 1. The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba 15

Pub. 195

1.11 Juminda Nina, fronted by shoals, is a densely-wooded headland surmounted by several conspicuous gray structures and

two framework towers. A light is shown from a round tower,

24m high, standing on this headland.

1.11 Pohjar Malusi, a low and rocky island, lies 6 miles WSW of

the light near the middle of the entrance to the bay. An extensive area of islets, shoals, and rocks extends SE into the bay

from this island and may best be seen on the chart. Pedasaar, a

large islet, lies in the SW part of the bay and is connected to the

head by a shallow sandy ridge. It is densely wooded and prominent from seaward. Vessels may anchor in the W part of the

bay, but local knowledge is advised. 

1.11 Hara Laht is entered between Juminda Nina and Purekkari

Neem, about 5.5 miles E. This bay extends about 6 miles SSE

between two peninsulas. Purekkara Neem is surmounted by a

large rock and shoals, marked by a buoy at the seaward end,

extend up to about 3 miles NNW of it.

1.11 The shores of this bay are mostly sandy and rocky, and the

land is sparsely covered with pine woods. On the W side, a

range of hills stretches the whole length of the peninsula and

forms steep cliffs in places which are densely wooded. Several

villages stand along the shores of the bay. At the head of the

bay the land is low. Between Loksa, in the SE corner, and Odakivi, 3.5 miles N, the land is high, but it becomes low again

further to the N. Hara Saar, lying close off the SW shore of this

bay, is a densely wooded islet, 12m high, marked by a beacon.

1.11 Large vessels may anchor, in a depth of 40m, mud, about 0.7

miles NE of Hara Saar.

1.12 Loksa Sadam (59°35'N., 25°42'E.), a small harbor, is

situated at the head of Hara Laht. Pilots are available and may

be contacted by VHF. They board in position 59°40'N,

25°35'E. Vessels should send a request for pilotage and an ETA

through the harbormaster or the Estonian Maritime Board

Coordination Center at least 24 hours in advance.

1.12 The harbor is protected by two breakwaters. There are two

wharves, 120 and 140m long, with depths of 3.7m alongside.

1.12 It is reported that several prominent chimneys stand at a

factory in the vicinity of the harbor. 

1.12 Mohni Saar (59°41'N., 25°48'E.) is described with the offlying dangers in paragraph 1.3.

1.12 Eru Laht is entered between Purekkari Neem, on the W side,

and Mohni Saar. The W shore of the bay is wooded. The E

shore of the bay is formed by the Kamu peninsula, which is

sandy, moderately high, and covered with tall pine trees. A

prominent tower is reported to stand on the NW extremity of

this peninsula. Foul ground and rocks extend NNW between

the N end of the peninsula and Mohni Saar. The S shore of the

bay is low and partly wooded. The village of Eru stands at the

head of the bay. A beacon stands at Turbu Neem, about 4.3

miles SSE of Purekkari Neem. A river flows into the SW

corner of the bay and is fronted by foul ground. 

1.12 Anchorage may be obtained as convenient in the bay, but

vessels usually anchor about 1.5 miles N of Eru at the head.

Local knowledge is advised.

1.12 Kasmu Laht is entered between the NE extremity of the

Kamu Peninsula and Lobineem, about 1.7 miles ENE. The

shores of this bay are sandy, stony, and backed by trees. The S

shore is low. The village of Ihumae, with a prominent white

church, stands behind the trees on a steep hill, about 3 miles

inland from the head of the bay. 

1.12 Lobineem, surmounted by a tower, is rocky and, at some

distance inland, covered with trees.

1.12 Anchorage may be obtained in any part of the bay in a convenient depth. Several dangerous wrecks are reported to lie in

the vicinity of the entrance to this bay.

1.13 Vergi Sadam (59°36'N., 26°05'E.), a small fishing

and pleasure craft harbor, lies about 5 miles SE of Lobineem.

The coast between is fronted by foul ground. The N side of the

harbor is protected by an islet connected to the mainland by a

rocky reef. The E side is protected by a breakwater. A light is

shown from a tower, 11m high, standing on the NE extremity

of the islet.

1.13 The harbor has a least depth of 4m and is open to E winds. A

dredged channel, about 75m wide, leads into the harbor and is

indicated by lighted range. Local knowledge is advised.

1.13 Kalkgrund (Soemadal), an extensive shoal area, lies about

6.5 miles N of Vergi Sadam. It has a least depth of 0.5m and is

marked by a buoy. 

1.13 Vainupea (59°35'N., 26°16'E.) is located 5.2 miles E of

Vergi Sadam. A light is shown from a framework tower, 20m

high, standing on this cape. A white church, with a prominent

red roof, stands close S of the light.

1.13 Snegi Madal, an extensive shoal area, lies about 6 miles N of

Vainupea. It has a least depth of 2.6m and is marked buoys.

1.13 Pohja Uhtja, lying 6 miles E of Snegi Madal, is described

with off-lying dangers in paragraph 1.4.

Juminda Nina Light

Vergi Sadam Light
16 Sector 1. The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

1.13 Toolse Neem, surmounted by the conspicuous ruins of a

castle, is located 6.8 miles ESE of Vainupea. The coast between is formed in places by several white sand hills.

1.14 Kunda Laht (59°32'N., 26°32'E.) (World Port Index

No. 28440) is entered between Toolse Neem and Ulluneeme,

3.5 miles ENE. This bay is sheltered from S and E winds. The

E and S shores are low and covered with trees, meadows, and

swamps. A limestone ridge rises steeply about 1 mile S of the

head of the bay. The Kunda Jogi flows toward the bay through

this ridge. Several cement works, with tall chimneys, stand on

an area of high ground near the river bank, about 1.5 miles

inland. A prominent mill is situated about 1.5 miles SE of the

head of the bay. 

1.14 Extensive reefs front the shores and for the most part are

covered at HW. In the E part of the bay, the depths are more

uniform and small vessels are able to approach within 0.8 mile

of the shore.

1.14 Kunda Sadam, a small harbor, lies at the head of the bay. It

consists of two piers and is used for the export of cement. The

entrance channel is 70m wide and has a depth of 10.4m. It is

indicated by a lighted range and marked by buoys.

1.14 Pilots are available. Vessels should send a request for pilotage and an ETA by telephone or fax through the harbormaster

or the Estonian Maritime Board Coordination Center at least

24 hours in advance. They should then send a confirmation no

later than 4 hours before arrival. Pilots can be contacted by

VHF and board in position 59°38.0'N, 26°29.5'E, within

Kunda Bay; and in positions 59°27.0'N, 27°55.0'E and

59°29.0'N, 27°42.0'E, within Narva Bay.

1.14 There are three berths, 32 to 176m long, with depths of 7.5 to

9m alongside. Vessels up to 8,000 dwt, 150m in length, and 8m

draft can be accommodated. 

1.14 Vessels may anchor in depths of 12 to 14m, sand, midway

between the spar buoys marking the foul ground on either side

of the entrance channel.

1.14 It is reported that a designated anchorage area lies about 4

miles N of the port, centered in position 59°34'N, 26°32'E. 

1.14 Letipea Neem (59°33'N., 26°37'E.), fronted by foul ground,

is located 1 mile NE of Ulluneeme, the E entrance point of

Kunda Laht. Letipea Light is shown from a prominent tower,

14m high, standing on this cape.

1.14 Diomidi Madal, an extensive shoal area, lies centered 7.5

miles NE of Letipea Neem and has a least depth of 4.6m.

1.14 Neugrund, an extensive group of shallow rocks and shoals,

lies 24 miles NE of Letipea Neem and is marked by buoys on

the N, S, and W sides, and by a lighted buoy at the E side. 

1.15 Narva Laht (59°33'N., 27°30'E.), also known as Narvskiy Zaliv, lies between Letipea Neem and Mys Kurgal’skiy,

about 47 miles ENE. The coast of this bay is mainly sandy and

backed by cliffs, decreasing in height to the E; the plateau surmounting the cliffs is covered with pastureland and villages,

with small woodlands in places. The shore is fronted by shoals

and foul ground in many places.

1.15 A small craft harbor, protected by a breakwater, lies at Mahu,

4 miles ESE of Letipea Neem, and has a depth of 3m.

1.15 A cement factory, with several tall and conspicuous chimneys, is situated at Aseri, about 9.5 miles SE of Letipea Neem.

A prominent church stands about 4 miles W of Aseri.

Moldova (59°26'N., 27°03'E.) is situated 6 miles ESE of

Aseri. A light is shown from a prominent framework tower,

28m high, standing near this town. Two prominent windmills

are situated on a hill at Valaste, 15 miles E of Aseri.

1.15 A conspicuous windmill is situated at Toila, 20 miles E of

Aseri. The cliffs in the vicinity of Toila are very steep in places.

1.15 Sillamae, a resort, stands on the high sandy coast, about 8

miles E of Toila. Merikula, another resort, is situated in a

wooded area, 6.5 miles E of Sillamae. The Sinimaed Hills, parly wooded and 90m high, extend between these two resorts.

They stand about 1.5 miles inland and are conspicuous from

seaward.

1.15 Caution.—Several dangerous wrecks, which may best be

seen on the chart, lie in the SE part of Narva Laht.

1.15 Extensive areas of foul ground and shoals, which may best

be seen on the chart, extend up to 16 miles W and 15 miles N

of the peninsula forming the E side of Narva Laht. Banka

Kunda Sadam Harbor

Letipea Light

Moldova Light
Sector 1. The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba 17

Pub. 195

Namsi (59°46'N., 27°35'E.) is the outermost danger on the W

side. This bank has a least depth of 1.4m and is marked by

buoys on its N, S, and W sides, and by a lighted buoy on its E

side. For additional dangers lying in the approach Narva Laht,

see paragraph 1.4 and paragraph1.14.

1.15 A precautionary area, with a radius of 3 miles, lies centered

about 4.5 miles NE of Sillamae and may best be seen on the

chart. This area has been established due to the presence of a

sunken mine.

1.16 Silport (59°24'N., 27°45'E.), the commercial port of

Sillamae, has been established on the S coast of Narva Laht,

about 1 mile NNW of the town. It is reported to be under

continuing development.

1.16 Ice.—The port is generally free of ice all year round but

icebreaking assistance is available if required. 

1.16 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor consists of an L-shaped

jetty extending about 0.6 mile N from the shore. A finger pier

extends 0.2 mile N from the knuckle of the jetty. Lights are

shown from the heads of the jetty and the pier.

1.16 There is 1,180m of total quayage, which provides six main

commercial berths. These berths are 31 to 319m long and have

depths of 6.2 to 12.5m alongside. Facilities for general cargo,

ro-ro, oil, LPG, and container vessels are under construction.

Vessels up to 300m in length, 80m beam, and 11.9m draft can

be accommodated.

1.16 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign commercial vessels. Vessels should send an ETA and a request for

pilotage via their agent 24 hours in advance. The ETA should

be confirmed 6 hours and 2 hours prior to arrival. Vessels

should then contact the port on VHF channel 68 in order to

receive permission to enter the harbor. Pilots board 0.6 mile N

the the outer fairway buoy, which is moored about 3.5 miles

NW of the harbor.

1.16 The port of Silport can be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

1.16 Caution.—Extensive construction is being carried out in the

vicinity of the harbor. 

1.17 Narva Joesuu (59°28'N., 28°03'E.), a small commercial and fishing harbor, is situated on the SW side of the entrance of the Narva Jogi River, in the SE corner of Narva Laht.

The river mouth is narrow and fronted by a bar. A dredged

channel through the bar has a depth of 4.3m. The river

becomes wider inside the mouth and is navigable as far as the

town of Narva, 7.5 miles SE. Ocean-going vessels cannot

ascend the river above the town because of a waterfall.

1.17 The harbor is well-sheltered from all winds, but access is impossible during gales. The old town, on the W bank of the river,

is of medieval appearance and surrounded by fortified walls

and towers. There is 260m of berthage, with depths of 3 to 9m

alongside.

1.17 Narva Light is shown from a round tower, 30m high, standing on the S side of the entrance. From the vicinity of Fairway

Buoy (59°28.7'N., 28°01.1'E.), the approach track leads 0.8

mile ESE toward the coast, about 0.3 mile NNW of the entrance. A range, formed by beacon marks, then leads in a SSE

direction into the river entrance. 

1.17 The approaches are usually free of ice from the middle of

April until the beginning of November.

1.17 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot station is situated close to

the light tower. Pilots usually board vessels about 4 miles

WSW of Narva Light.

1.17 Vessels may anchor, in depths of 18 to 20m, about 2.8 miles

WNW of the light. The anchorage is open to N and W winds,

which on occasion will raise a heavy sea; however, the holding

ground is good. Small vessels may anchor, in a depth of 15m,

about 1.5 miles NW of the light.

1.17 The boundary between Estonia and Russia is situated in the

vicinity of the Narva Jogi River.

1.17 Caution.—A disused spoil area, the limits of which are

shown on the chart, lies centered about 2.5 miles NNW of the

mouth of the Narva Jogi River.

1.18 Mys Kurgal’skiy (59°47'N., 28°06'E.), the E entrance point of Narva Laht, forms the NW extremity of the

Kurgal’skiy Peninsula.

1.18 A small craft harbor, with depths of 3 to 4m, is situated at

Gakkovo, 11.3 miles N of Narva Joesuu. The approach channel

is indicated by a lighted range. Ostrov Reymosaar lies about 1

mile off the coast near this harbor. 

1.18 A light is shown from a framework tower, 37m high, standing at Kaybolova, 5 miles N of Gakkovo. A radiobeacon is

Silport (Sillamae)

silport@silport.ee

Narva Light
18 Sector 1. The Gulf of Finland—Southern Shore—Osmussaar to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

situated at this light. The coast between is fronted by foul

ground, rocks, and islets, which may best be seen on the chart. 

1.18 Caution.—A restricted area, the limits of which are shown

on the chart, extends up to 5.5 miles N from the N end of the

Kurgal’skiy Peninsula.

1.18 Extensive areas of foul ground and shoals, which may best

be seen on the chart, extend up to 16 miles W and 15 miles N

of the Kurgal’skiy Peninsula.

1.19 Luzhskaya Guba (59°44'N., 28°19'E.), at the head of

which is the mouth of Reka Luga, is entered between Mys

Kurgal’skiy and Mys Kolgompya, 14 miles ENE. A lighted

range, which may best be seen on the chart, is situated on Mys

Kolgompya and indicates the approach from the N. 

1.19 The W shore of this bay is densely wooded; along the whole

length of the E shore are Soykina Gora, which from NW and

NE appear as two separate ridges, the southernmost one being

generally about 90m high.

1.19 A light is shown from a framework tower, 41m high, standing at an elevation of about 180m at Gorki, 3 miles SW of Mys

Kolgompya. At the farm of Repino, about 2.5 miles SSW of

Mys Kolgompya, there is a prominent stone windmill. 

1.19 A harbor, known as Ruch’i, lies at the E side of the bay,

about 2 miles SW of Gorki Light. There were extensive facilities for servicing naval vessels here, but it is reported that the

harbor, for the most part, is in a state of disrepair and has been

abandoned.

1.19 Reka Vyb’ya enters the SW corner of Luzhskaya Guba, and

about 1.8 miles E is the mouth of Reka Luga. Sandhills rise

between the mouths of these two rivers.

1.19 Vessels may anchor within Luzhskaya Guba, in depths of 7

to 18m. Winds from between N and W raise a heavy sea

throughout the bay.

1.19 Caution.—The bay and its approaches are encumbered by

extensive shallow shoals which may best be seen on the chart.

These shoals extend up to about 6 miles seaward of the entrance to the bay and are marked by lighted buoys and beacons.

1.20 Reka Luga (59°40'N., 28°19'E.) (World Port Index

No. 28410), at the mouth of a river, has a natural harbor

available to small vessels.

1.20 Ice.—The harbor is usually frozen over until the middle of

April. 

1.20 Depths—Limitations.—The river mouth is fronted by a bar

across which a channel, dredged to a depth of 4.7m, extends as

far as a sawmill about 2 miles inside the entrance. The channel,

which is indicated by a lighted range and buoys, has a width of

only 40m in places.

1.20 Vessels up to 82m in length and 4.5m draft can be handled.

Vessels having the maximum draft must use tugs. The use of

tugs for vessels with drafts of less than 4.4m is left to the

discretion of the pilot.

1.20 A settlement is situated close E of the mouth of the river.

There is a red church with a prominent green roof.

1.20 It is reported that a coal terminal, known as Ust Luga, has

been constructed in the vicinity of the harbor and is capable of

handling vessels up to 50,000 dwt. An entrance channel, 2.7

miles long, leads to the terminal. It is 150m wide and has a

least dredged depth of 14m.

1.20 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for commercial vessels.

Pilots can be contacted by VHF and board outside the bar. 

1.20 Anchorage.—Vessels may anchor in the approaches, in

depths of 7 to 8m, sand, clear of the fairway.

1.20 Caution.—It is reported that several new cargo terminals are

under construction in the vicinity of the harbor.

1.21 Mys Ustinskiy (59°55'N., 28°59'E.), fronted by foul

ground and dangerous wrecks, is located 14 miles ENE of Mys

Kolgompya. A light is shown from a framework tower, 29m

high, standing on this point.

1.21 Koporskaya Guba lies between the two points and derives its

name from Koporskiy Castle, now in ruins but still prominent,

standing on a hill about 12 miles S of Mys Ustinskiy. A church,

with a green dome and spires, is situated within the ruins of the

castle; another church, with a green dome, stands close SE.

The land to the N of the castle is wooded, while meadows extend to the S. 

1.21 A tall white chimney stands at Sista Palkino, on the SE shore

of the bay, 6.5 miles S of Mys Ustinskiy. 

1.21 The former Dibicha Palace is situated about 4.8 miles SE of

Mys Kolgompya. It is a prominent white stone building with a

small tower.

1.21 Koporskaya Guba is open to N winds and, at times, SW

winds raise a choppy sea. The shores of the bay are low, rocky,

and covered with trees interspersed with meadows and marshy

ground. There are no harbors in the bay but shelter is available.

1.21 During offshore winds, anchorage may be obtained, in

depths of 11 to 18m, within the S part of the bay and in 23 to

31m, mud and sand, in the N part. 

1.21 Caution.—Foul ground and shoal patches extend up to 2

miles from the shores of the bay and may best be seen on the

chart.

1.21 The W limit of the Kronshtadt Fortified Zone lies at the E

side of Koporskiy Guba and may best be seen on the chart.

1.22 Mys Shepelevskiy (59°59'N., 29°08'E.), fronted by

foul ground and wrecks, is located 6 miles NE of Mys Ustinskiy. Shepelevskiy Light is shown from a prominent stone

tower, 36m high, standing on this point, at the N end of the

Karavalday Peninsula. It is reported that a tall, conspicuous

communications tower is situated close to the light.

1.22 Mys Osinovyy, surmounted by a beacon, is located 2.5 miles

SW of the light.

1.22 Banka Demanstey, an extensive shoal, lies centered 11 miles

W of the light. It has a least depth of 4m and is marked by

buoys.

1.22 The waters lying E of Mys Shepelevskiy are described in

Sector 3.

Shepelevskiy Light and Communications Tower
Pub. 195

2.The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba

2.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 2 — CHART INFORMATION
21

Pub. 195

SECTOR 2 

THE GULF OF FINLAND—NORTHERN SHORE—HANKO TO ST. PETERSBURG GUBA

2.0 Plan.—This sector describes the N shore of the Gulf of Finland from the cape of Hanko to Mys Stirsudden, the N entrance

point of St. Petersburg Guba. The descriptive sequence is W to

E. 

General Remarks

2.1 Winds—Weather.—Fog is frequent in the vicinity of

Hanko, particularly during April. During the period of ice

thaw, thick patches of fog have also been reported along the

inner routes as far E as Orrengrund.

2.1 Ice.—See General Remarks in paragraph 1.1.

2.1 For information pertaining to winter navigation, ice, and

Finnish icebreaking services, including internet web sites, see

Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic

Ocean and Adjacent Seas.

2.1 Aspect.—Suomen Lahti is the Finnish name for the N shore

of the Gulf of Finland. The Russians refer to it as Finskiy Zaliv.

The coast is dominated by numerous inlets and fronted by

islets, rocks, and shoals all of which extend many miles seaward in places. The coast is very rugged, but appears flat and

monotonous. Elevation differences amount to no more than 10

to 20m. Dense forest characterizes the landscape. The E

portion of the coast is not as extensively fronted with islets as

the W part. 

2.1 Natural landmarks hardly exist and are difficult to recognize

from seaward. The coast and archipelago form poor radar

images, but lights shown from many of the skerries along the

sides of the approach passages make it possible to navigate

safely. It is advisable to stay in the recommended passages and

follow the designated Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) and

routes. 

2.1 An inner passage (inshore route), authorized for drafts up to

5 or 6m, and a Winter Channel (coastal route), authorized for

drafts up to 9m, lead through the off-lying dangers. Although

both of these routes are well-defined by lighted ranges, local

knowledge is advised.

2.1 Pilotage.—The IMO recommends that vessels constrained

by their draft or vessels not registered in one of the Baltic

states, and infrequently sailing the area, embark a deep-sea

pilot. See Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North

Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent Seas for information on deep-sea

pilotage.

2.1 All ordering of local pilots throughout Finland is carried out

by the Finnpilot Order Center, Helsinki. For more information,

see Pilotage in paragraph 2.12.

2.1 Regulations.—The Finnish authorities have instituted a

system of restricted areas and semi-restricted areas throughout

the whole of Finland’s coastal waters. The limits of these areas

may best be seen on the chart. Vessels are permitted to transit

these areas only through the approved channels and with a pilot

aboard.

2.1 Vessels are permitted to anchor within a restricted area only at

specially designated anchorages for a duration of 48 hours or less.

2.1 See Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North

Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent Seas for regulations pertaining to

vessels within the waters of Finland and Russia. Vessels should

also consult the pilot as well as the local authorities for details

on local regulations.

2.1 Numerous nature reserve areas lie in the waters described

within this sector and are affected by many prohibitions and

rules. The majority of these areas are situated clear of the

recommended routes. 

2.1 GOFREP, a mandatory ship reporting system under SOLAS,

has been established in the Gulf of Finland and its approaches.

This system is operated by the VTS centers at Tallinn (VHF

channel 61), Helsinki (VHF channel 60), and Saint Petersburg

(VHF channel 74).

2.1 Vessels not equipped with an Automatic Identification System (AIS) and entering the area from the W are recommended

to send a report to the relevant VTS traffic center at least 1 hour

in advance.

2.1 The W limit of the reporting area is formed by a line joining

the following points:

1. Bengtskar Light (59°43'N., 22°30'E.).

2. 59°33.3'N, 22°30.0'E.

3. 59°10.0'N, 21°30.0'E.

4. Ristna (Kopu Poolsar) (58°56'N., 22°03'E.).

2.1 For further information concerning GOFREP, see Finland in

Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic

Ocean and Adjacent Seas.

2.1 Directions.—Several IMO-adopted Traffic Separation

Schemes (TSS) form the main route through the Gulf of Finland. These include a TSS lying centered 20 miles SW of

Russaro Light (59°46'N., 22°57'E.), a TSS lying centered 7.5

miles SSE of Porkkala Light (59°52'N., 24°18'E.), a TSS lying

centered 8 miles SSE of Helsinki Light (59°57'N., 24°56'E.),

and a TSS lying centered 6 miles SSE of Kalbadagrund Light

(59°59'N., 25°36'E.). In addition, a large Precautionary Area

lies centered 12 miles SW of Helsinki Light. All of the above

schemes and areas may best be seen on the appropriate charts.

2.1 For information concerning the Deep Water Route for loaded

vessels outbound from Primorsk, see paragraph 2.30.

2.1 For information concerning the waters lying SW of the TSS

centered 20 miles SW of Russaro Light (59°46'N., 22°57'E.)

and the Deep Water Route leading through the E part of the

Baltic Sea to the Gulf of Finland, see Sector 4 in Pub. 194,

Sailing Directions (Enroute) Baltic Sea (Southern Part).

2.1 Caution.—Many sections of the inshore channels lying

within the waters described in this sector are subject to speed

restrictions.

2.1 During the winter, many buoys are removed while others

may be damaged or break adrift.

2.1 Magnetic anomalies are reported to exist in several places

within the Gulf of Finland and may best be seen on the chart. 

2.1 In the coastal waters within this sector, numerous logs may

be found adrift at all times of the year.

2.1 Areas dangerous due to mines laid during World War II exist
22 Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

within the Gulf of Finland. There is still a risk of danger in

these areas when anchoring or carrying out seabed activities.

2.1 Due to various circumstances, including the discovery of obstructions, depths within the channels leading through the offshore dangers along this stretch of coast may change frequently. Therefore, vessels are advised to contact the local

authorities in order to ascertain the latest information, including the maximum authorized drafts.

2.1 It is reported that a submarine gas pipeline is being

constructed between Russia and Germany. This pipeline will

extend in a WSW direction through the Gulf of Finland from

the vicinity of Bukhta Portovaya (60°31'N., 28°05'E.) and then

lead in a SSW direction to pass E of Faro (57°57'N., 19°10'E.).

Hanko to Helsinki

2.2 Hankoniemi (59°49'N., 22°54'E.), the peninsula

extending SW from the mainland, is the N entrance point of the

Gulf of Finland. It is bare, rocky, and rises to a height of 14m.

The S side of this peninsula is fronted by numerous islands,

rocks, and islets, between which lie deep passages.

The 40m curve lies up to 12 miles offshore in this vicinity. A

rocky bank, with depths of less than 10m, extends up to about 8

miles S from the W extremity of the peninsula.

2.2 Russaro (59°46'N., 22°57'E.) is the largest of the islands

lying S of Hankoniemi. It is formed of granite, partly covered

by trees, and about 15m high. Foul ground fronts the island,

except on its E side. Russaro Light is shown from a prominent

tower, 21m high, standing at its S end of the island.

2.2 Lilla Tarnskar (59°45'N., 22°58'E.) lies about 1 mile SSE

of Russaro Light and is the outermost of the islets lying in the

S approach to Hankoniemi. A light is shown from a structure,

3m high, standing on this islet. A racon is situated at the light.

2.2 Georgsbank, with a least depth of 10m, lies 3.8 miles S of

Lilla Tarnskar Light. It is marked by a buoy and is the outermost shoal in this vicinity.

2.2 Caution.—Due to the large number of dangers lying S and

W of Hankoniemi, only the most prominent and outermost are

described. Vessels are advised to keep strictly to the charted

routes in the approaches. Navigation outside the recommended

approach passages should only be attempted with local knowledge.

2.3 Hanko (Hango)(59°49'N., 22°57'E.) (World Port

Index No. 28140) is kept open throughout the winter by the use

of icebreakers. It is an important railway terminus and a popular resort during the summer.

2.3 Ice.—See General Remarks in paragraph 1.1.

2.3 Depths—Limitations.—Vessels are urged to contact the

local authorities for the latest information on berths and depths

at Hanko. The fairways leading to the port require local

knowledge. 

2.3 The main fairway channel, which is authorized for drafts up

to 13m, approaches the port from the SE.

2.3 An inshore fairway, authorized for drafts up to 9m, leads

from the pilot station at Uto (see paragraph 4.3). A route,

authorized for drafts up to 7.3m, connects this 9m channel with

Hanko Outer Harbour. An outer coastal passage, authorized for

drafts up to 8.5m, and an inner coastal passage, authorized for

drafts up to 5.5m, also lead from the E to the port.

2.3 Outer Harbour is situated close W of Tulliniemi, the SE extremity of the Hankoinemi peninsula. West Harbour is situated

2.5 miles E of Outer Harbour. Fishing Harbour lies close N of

the entrance to West Harbour and its approach channel can be

used by vessels up to 4.5m draft. East Harbour, consisting of an

extensive yacht marina, is situated close E of West Harbour.

2.3 Outer Harbour provides 350m of quayage with a depth of

7.2m alongside. A jetty, with two ro-ro ferry berths, extends

from the NW side of the harbor.

2.3 West Harbour has 1,570m of total quayage, including three

ro-ro berths, with depths of 6.6 to 14.2m alongside. Great Mole

Quay, 704m long, forms the S side of the harbor and can accommodate vessels up to 6.8m draft. Germany Quay, 150m

long, is situated on the E side of the harbor and can accommodate vessels up to 5.8m draft. Notholmes Quay, 425m long,

lies on the N side of the harbor and can accommodate vessels

with drafts of 7.3 to 7.9m. Deep Quay extends NNE from the

W end of Notholms Quay; it is 300m long and has a depth of

14.2m alongside.

2.3 Kune Oy Quay (Kuningattarenvuori) is situated on the SW

side of the coast between East Harbour and West Harbour. It is

135m long and can accommodate vessels up to 6.1m draft. The

access channel leading to this quay is authorized for drafts up

to 9.1m.

2.3 There are facilities for bulk, general cargo, container, ro-ro,

and ferry vessels. Vessels up to 250m in length, 50m beam, and

13m draft can be accommodated within West Harbour.

2.3 Aspect.—The recommended routes and main channels

leading to the port are indicated by lighted ranges and marked

by buoys. Dangers lying adjacent to the fairways are marked by

lights, beacons, or buoys.

2.3 Hanko 1 Lighted Beacon is situated 2.5 miles SE of Lilla

Tarnskar Light and marks the outermost danger in the vicinity

of the entrance to the main approach passage.

2.3 A water tower and a church, both conspicuous, stand in the S

part of the town. On a N bearing, the church tower can not be

identified due to the broad water tower situated directly behind

it. A prominent multi-story white pilot station building stands

on Tulliniemi, the SE extremity of the Hankoinemi peninsula.

2.3 Pilotage.—Hanko pilot station, situated on Tulliniemi, proRussaro Light
Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 23

Pub. 195

vides pilots for Koverhar, Tammisaari, and harbors in the

Hanko-Turku region.

2.3 All ordering of local pilots throughout Finland is carried out

by the Finnpilot Order Center, Helsinki. For more information,

see Pilotage in paragraph 2.12.

2.3 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot can be contacted by VHF on

channel 16 and boards about 1.5 miles ENE of Russaro or, if

required, about 4 miles WSW of Ajax Light. 

2.3 The Port can be contacted By VHF on channel 16; 67 and as

follows:

2.3 Anchorage.—It is reported that a designated outer

anchorage area, with depths of 20 to 30m, lies centered 5 miles

S of Lilla Tarnskar Light and may best be seen on the chart.

2.3 Vessels may anchor, in depths of 29 to 31m, mud, within the

roadstead lying NW of Gustavsvarn, an island located about 1

mile S of Hanko. Anchorage may also be taken 0.4 mile WSW

of the entrance to West Harbour, in a depth of 29m.

2.3 Directions.—From the Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) in

the entrance of the Gulf of Finland, vessels should steer NNE

for about 13 miles. They should pass ESE of Georgsbank and

then approach the outer entrance of the main approach passage.

2.4 Tvarminneo (59°51'N., 23°14'E.), a peninsula, is

located about 9 miles E of the port of Hanko. The coast between is quite rocky, indented by numerous inlets, and backed

by wooded hills of moderate height. Numerous dangers, with

irregular depths between them, extend up to about 6.5 miles

seaward of the shore.

2.4 Two inshore fairway channels lead between these offshore

dangers, about 1.5 miles off the coast. The outer fairway is

authorized for drafts up to 9m and the inner fairway is authorized for drafts up to 5m. These channels are marked by

lights, ranges, beacons, and buoys, but should not be used without local knowledge. Pilots for either of these channels may be

obtained at Hanko.

2.4 Ajax Shoal (59°44'N., 23°13'E.), marked a by lighted beacon, is located on the NW side of the approaches to Tammisaari and is the outermost danger.

2.4 Segelskar (59°46'N., 23°23'E.), a rocky islet, lies in the

outer approach, E of the main fairway. A conspicuous tower,

13m high, stands on this islet.

2.4 Langden (59°47'N., 23°15'E.), a small islet, lies on the NW

side of the main fairway. Langden Light is shown from a tower

standing on this islet. A racon is situated at the light.

2.5 Pohjanlahti (59°59'N., 23°27'E.), an inlet, extends

NNE for about 8 miles from the vicinity of Tammisaari. A

railroad swing bridge and a road lift bridge span the inlet at the

N end of Tammisaari. The fjord forming the approach to this

inlet is encumbered by numerous islands, islets, rocks, and

shoals.

2.5 A main outer approach passage, about 9 miles in length,

leads NNE from the Gulf of Finland to the entrance of this

inlet. The fairway passes ESE of Ajax Shoal and Langden. It is

authorized for drafts up to 12m as far as Syndalsholm

(59°52'N., 23°15'E) and is indicated by lighted ranges. Local

knowledge is required.

2.5 Lappohja (59°54'N., 23°16'E.), Koverhar (59°55'N.,

23°19'E.), and Skogby (59°55'N., 23°19'E.), three small loading places, are situated within the approaches to Tammisaari.

2.5 The channel leading from Syndalsholm to Koverhar is authorized for drafts up to 9m. There are two quays at Koverhar.

The old quay is 250m long and the new quay is 120m long.

Vessels up to 190m in length, 23m beam, and 9m draft can be

handled. Two conspicuous chimneys and a tower stand in the

vicinity of the harbor.

2.5 The channel leading from Syndalsholm to Lappohja is authorized for drafts up to 9.4m. The harbor provides several privately-owned piers.

2.5 Skogby provides a jetty, with a depth of 7m alongside, which

can handle vessels up to 18,000 dwt and 165m in length.

2.5 It is reported that a new quay was under construction, but the

harbor remains closed to commercial shipping.

2.6 Tammisaari (59°59'N., 23°26'E.) (World Port Index

No. 28170), formerly known as Ekenas, is a small commercial

and fishing port allowing 4.6m fresh water draft at two letties.

The main channel leading from Syndalsholm (59°52'N.,

23°15'E) is authorized for drafts up to 4.9m. An overhead

cable, with a vertical clearance of 35m, spans the fjord about

0.4 mile SW of Odenso (59°56'N., 23°22'E). The harbor has

two quays, 49m and 152m long, and a small craft basin.

Hanko—West Harbour 

E-mail: port@hanko.fi

Web: http://www.porthanko.fi

Langden Light
24 Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

Vessels up to 4.6m draft can be accommodated. An anchorage, with a depth of 5.5m, lies about 3.5 miles SW of the

harbor. 

2.6 Navigatin is generally possible between the end of April and

the end of December. A waiting anchorage is established

centered in position 59°40.5'N, 23°18.5E in depths of 35-45m

for vessels approaching Tammisaari and Lappohja. 

The Tammisaari Archipelago fronts the mainland and extends up to about 6 miles offshore between the approach to

Pohjanlahti and Hoggrund (59°55'N., 24°02'E.), which lies at

the W entrance of Porkkalanselka.

2.6 The 40m curve lies 5 to 7 miles S of this archipelago; all

dangers lie within this curve. 

2.6 A fairway extends between Tammisaari and Porkkalanselka,

leading S of the islands, and is authorized for drafts up to 5m.

This fairway is intricate and, although well-marked with navigational aids, should not be attempted without local knowledge.

2.7 Jussaro (59°50'N., 23°34'E.) (World Port Index No.

28180), a rocky island, is covered with pine trees and is

swampy in places. Its S extremity is marked by a cairn. A

prominent disused light tower, 21m high, stands on the SE side

of the island.

Lill Jussaro, a small island, lies close N of Jussaro and a

sheltered harbor is formed between them. Range beacons

indicate the entrance channel. Small vessels can anchor in the

harbor, in a depths of 9m and in 5.8 tp 12m. A jetty is situated

at the W end of the harbor. An intricate passage, authorized for

drafts up to 5m, leads from seaward to this harbor. Local

knowledge is advised. 

Sundharu (59°47'N., 23°33'E.), an islet, lies about 2 miles S

of Jussaro. Jussaro Light is shown from a square tower, 24m

high, standing on this islet.

Stengrund lies about 1.7 miles NE of the light. A fishing

light is occasionally shown from a structure standing on this

rock. 

2.7 Vasterbadan (59°50'N., 23°47'E.) is a shoal with a depth of

3.7m. An above-water rock with the same name lies about 2.7

miles WNW of this shoal and is marked by a beacon. A rock,

awash, lies about 0.8 mile ENE of the beacon. 

2.8 Porkkalanselka (60°00'N., 24°10'E.), formerly

known as Baro Sound, is an extensive bay encumbered with

numerous islets and dangers. The entrance, about 10 miles

wide, extends between Hoggrund (59°55'N., 24°02'E.) and the

island of Makiluoto (59°55'N., 24°20'E.). The N shore of the

bay is indented by many small inlets. The W side is formed by

the Tammisaari Archipelago, which extends up to 6 miles S

from the coast. The E side is formed by a peninsula extending

about 7 miles SSW from the coast and terminating in Porkkalanniemi.

2.8 The islets in the bay are mostly bare and rocky. The coast is

low and wooded.

2.8 The port of Inkoo is situated in the NW part of the bay;

Kantvik (Porrkala) lies in the NE part.

2.8 Porkkala Kallbadan Reef (59°52'N., 24°18'E.), an extensive rocky shoal area, lies 3.3 miles SSW of Makiluoto. Porkkala Light is shown from a prominent tower on a dwelling,

20m high, standing on the NW side of this reef.

2.8 Haststen, a rock, lies about 3.7 miles W of the light and is

marked by a beacon. A racon is situated at this beacon.

2.8 A main passage, authorized for drafts up to 13m, leads NNE

from seaward, at the E side of the bay, to the pilot boarding

place. It passes NW of Haststen and is indicated by a lighted

range which may best be seen on the chart. A racon is situated

at the front range light.

2.8 Another passage, authorized for drafts up to 7.9m, leads

NNE from seaward and passes W of Porkkala Kallbadan Reef.

It is indicated by a lighted range situated on islets lying close to

Makiluoto.

2.8 There is also an inshore route, authorized for drafts up to 5m,

for small vessels with local knowledge.

2.9 Inkoo (60°01'N., 23°58'E.) is the collective name

given to the berthing areas situated around Fagervik, the northwesternmost inlet of the bay. The town of Inkoo, fronted by a

marina, stands about 2.6 miles NE of these berths. 

2.9 Depths—Limitations.—The main approach channel is

authorized for drafts up to 13m. The access fairway leading to

the oil terminal is authorized for drafts up to 10m.

2.9 The IVO Quay, also known as the Power Plant Quay, has

240m of berthage, with a depth of 13m alongside, and 170m of

berthage, with a depth 10m alongside.

Jussaro Light

Porkkala Light
Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 25

Pub. 195

2.9 Coal Harbour Basin provides two quays, with a depth of

7.8m alongside. Coal Quay is 180m long and Paper Quay is

145m long. The oil terminal consists of a T-shaped jetty.

2.9 Vessels up to 80,000 dwt and 13m draft can be accommodated.

2.9 Aspect.—The intricate approach fairway is indicated by

lighted ranges and marked by beacons. A conspicuous chimney, 152m high, stands at the power station.

2.9 Pilotage.—See Pilotage in paragraph 2.12.

2.10 Kantvik (Porkkala) (60°05'N., 24°23'E.) (World Port

Index No. 28185), situated at the NE end of the bay, is the site

of a sugar refinery.

2.10

2.10 Depths—Limitations.—The main approach channel is

authorized for drafts up to 10m as far as Svino (60°04'N.,

24°21'E.). The fairway leading to the berths is then authorized

for drafts up to 9.2m.

2.10 Outer Quay is 110m long and can handle vessels with drafts

up to 9.2m alongside; Inner Quay is 50m long and can handle

vessels with drafts up to 5.3m alongside; and South Quay is

60m long and can handle vessels with drafts up to 9.2m alongside. Vessels up to 200m in length and 9.2m draft can be accommodated in the harbor. 

2.10 Pilotage.—See Pilotage in paragraph 2.12.

2.10 Caution.—The main channel is subject to silting and the

local authorities should be contacted for the latest information

concerning minimum depths.

2.10 Several submarine cables and pipelines extend across the

fairways in the approaches to the harbor.

2.11 Between the island of Makiluoto, at the E side of

Porkkalanselka, and Helsinki, about 24 miles E, the coast is

fronted by numerous islets and patches of foul ground. Coastal

fairways, used by small craft with local knowledge, lie about

1.5 miles offshore and lead between these dangers. 

2.11

2.11 Espoonlahti (60°05'N., 24°40'E.), an inlet, indents the coast

about 8 miles W of Helsinki and trends in a NW direction for

almost 6 miles.

2.11 A conspicuous television mast stands at an elevation of about

300m at Esbo (60°11'N., 24°39'E.), on the N side of Espoolahti.

2.11 Helsinki Light (59°57'N., 24°56'E.), equipped with a racon,

is shown from a prominent concrete tower, 25m high with a

helicopter platform, standing about 14 miles S of the port area.

It is situated at the E end of Helsingin Matala, a shoal area with

a least depth of 10.5m.

2.11 A shoal patch, with a depth of 4m, lies about 3.7 miles NNW

of the light and is marked by a lighted beacon. Another shoal

patch, with a depth of 2.7m, lies about 1.4 miles WSW of the

lighted beacon.

2.11 Isolated depths of less than 20m lie up to about 6 miles W

and SW of Helsinki Light.

2.11 A shoal patch, with a depth of 9.7m, lies about 4.7 miles SW

of Helsinki Light. This shoal is the outermost danger in this

vicinity and is marked by a buoy.

2.11 Graskarsbadan Light (60°02'N., 24°54'E.) is shown from a

column standing on the northeasternmost of an extensive group

of rocks and shallow shoals lying about 5.4 miles NNW of

Helsinki Light.

Helsinki (60°10'N., 24°58'E.)

World Port Index No. 28190

2.12 The port of Helsinki, which is the capital of Finland,

is of considerable commercial importance. It consists of several natural harbors lying on either side of a peninsula on which

the city stands.

2.12 The port can be divided into five separate harbor areas, as

follows:

1. West Harbour (Lansistama), consisting of the basins

and berths in the W part of the port.

2. South Harbour (Etelasatama), lying on the SW side of

Katajanokka, a peninsula, which projects E from the NE part

of the city.

3. North Harbour (Sornainen Satama), fronting the NE

part of the city and situated at both sides of a peninsula,

about 1 mile N of South Harbour.

4. Herttoniemen Satama is situated 1.5 miles E of North

Harbour. This area is reported to be closed to commercial

shipping and is used only by pleasure craft.

5. Laajasalo, the oil terminal, which is situated about 1.2

miles E of North Harbour.

2.12 Lauttasaarenselka, the W roadstead, lies between West

Harbour and Lauttasaari, an island joined to the mainland by a

causeway and several bridges.

2.12 Kruunuvuorenselka, the E roadstead, lies between North

Harbour and Laajasalo oil terminal. It is enclosed by numerous

small islands and shoal patches.

2.12 Several inlets lie at either side of the peninsula on which the

city stands and may best be seen on the chart. These inlets are

encumbered by numerous islands which are connected by

bridges.

2.12 It is reported that a new harbor, with extensive facil-ities, has

been constructed at Vuosaari (60°13'N., 25°11'E.), a suburb of

Helsinki, which is situated about 7 miles NE of Harmaja Rear

Range Light (church).

Helsinki Light
26 Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

Ice

2.12 Icebreakers keep the port open all year round. Government

icebreakers assist vessels from the open sea to the harbor when

necessary.

Depths—Limitations

2.12 There are facilities for general cargo, ro-ro, container, bulk,

tanker, passenger, ferry, fishing, and cruise vessels. An extensive marina is situated near the entrance to South Harbour.

Tankers up to 200m in length and 9.6m draft can be accommodated at the oil terminals in Laajasalo. The port can accommodate vessels up to 11m draft (see Directions).

2.12 There are also several repair and building docks in the port.

The largest repair drydock, which is 222m long and 56m wide,

has a depth of 9.6m on the sill.

2.12 Numerous islands and islets front the city and lie in the

approaches to the port areas. They extend up to about 5.5 miles

S of the city and may best be seen on the chart.

2.12 The main port facilities, with alongside depths, are listed

below: 

a. West Harbor: 

1. Tammasaari Quay—135m long with a depth of

7.5m.

2. Energy Board Fuel Quay—137m long with a depth

of 9.8m. It is used for supplying Salmisaari power station.

3. Saukonpaasi Quay (private)—20m long with a

depth of 4.5m.

4. Saukko Quay—430m long, with depths of 9.2 to

10.1m, and a ro-ro ramp. It is used by container vessels.

5. Jatkasaari Quay—1,285m long, with depths of 6 to

9.5m, and a ro-ro ramp. It is used by passenger vessels.

6. Sampo Quay—187m long with a depth of 5.5m.

7. Valtameri Quay—210m long with a depth of 11m.

8. Melkki Quay—400m long with depths of 12.1 to

12.2m. It is used by container vessels.

9. Silli Quay—275m long with depths of 4 to 6m.

10. Munkkisaari Quay—618m long with depths of 7.4

to 9m. It is used by cruise ships.

11. Hietalahti Quay—170m long with a depth of 6.5m.

b. South Harbor:

1. Olympia Quay—370m long, with depths of 7.5 to

8.8m, and several ro-ro ramps. It is used by ro-ro ferries.

2. Makasiini Quay—270m long, with depths of 7.2 to

7.5m, and several ro-ro ramps. It is used by ro-ro ferries.

3. Pakkahuone Quay—135m long with a depth of

6m.

4. Lubeck Quay—95m long with a depth of 3.8m.

5. Keisarinluoto Quay—80m long with a depth of

3m.

6. Linna Quay—96m long with a depth of 3.5 to

4.5m.

7. Katajanokka Quay—810m long, with depths of 5.5

to 8.9m, and several ro-ro ramps. It is used by ro-ro ferries.

8. Passenger Cruise Terminal—280m long with depth

of 10m.

c. North Harbor: 

1. Oy partek Ab Quay—100m long with a depth of

6m.

2. Hanasaari Quay—430m long with a depths of 8.9

to 9.6m. It is used by bulk coal vessels.

3. Sompasaari Quay—1,080m long with depths of 7

to 9m. It is used by container and general cargo vessels.

4. Sornainen Quay—399m long, with a depth of

5.5m, and a ro-ro ramp.

5. Fishing Quay—210m long with a depth of 5m.

d. Laajasalo (oil terminal):

1. Shell Pier—32m long with a depth of 10m.

2. Esso Pier—30m long with a depth of 10.6m.

3. Neste Pier—58m long with a depth of 10.2m.

2.12 Vuosaari (60°13'N., 25°11'E.), a suburb of Helsinki, is situated about 7 miles NE of Harmaja Rear Range Light (church)

and is fronted on its E side by a new harbor. It is reported that

the marine facilities will be operational in. Vessels up to 230m

in length, 33m beam, and 11m draft will be handled. Entry to

the harbor may be made from the Winter Channel (coastal

route) or from seaward. For further information, see

Directions.

 Helsinki Harbor 
Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 27

Pub. 195

Aspect

2.12 Harmaja lies 4.8 miles NE of Graskarsbadan Light

(60°02'N., 24°54'E.). Harmaja Light is shown from a tower,

17m high, standing on the E part of the island. It forms the

front light of the outer approach range. The rear range light is

shown from Suomenlinna Church, a conspicuous church with a

dome, situated on the N part of an island lying 2.5 miles N.

Racons are situated at both of these range lights. This range

indicates the main approach to the port from seaward. A prominent radio mast, 30m high, stands about 1.4 miles E of the

church.

2.12 The Lutheran Cathedral, a white building, stands close inland near the head of South Harbor; its green dome is conspicuous from seaward.

2.12 The Orthodox Uspenski Cathedral, a brick building, stands

near the N side of the head of South Harbor and its green spire

is conspicuous.

2.12 Lauttasaari water tower (60°10'N., 24°53'E.) stands 7.5

miles N of Graskarsbadan Light and is very conspicuous from

seaward.

Pilotage

2.12 All ordering of local pilots throughout Finland is carried out

by the Finnpilot Order Center, Helsinki. Pilots may be ordered

by Internet Service, e-mail, facsimile, or telephone. Vessels are

no longer able to order pilotage by VHF.

 Helsinki—Lutheran Cathedral 

 Helsinki waterfront in summer
28 Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

2.12 Inbound vessels must provide 24-hour and 6-hour advance

warning of their ETA at the pilot boarding position. Vessels

must then place a binding pilotage order 3 hours prior to

arrival. Pilots will contact inbound vessels on VHF when they

are less than 1 hour from the boarding position.

2.12 Departing vessels must provide 24-hour and 6-hour advance

warning through their agent. Vessels must then place a binding

pilotage order 2 hours prior to departure.

2.12 The Finnpilot Order Center will confirm receipt of the order

using the same method as used to make the order. Orders using

the form on the Internet Service can also be confirmed by email if requested, providing an address is included. Orders

placed by telephone are not confirmed separately after the call.

2.12 Finland is divided into three Pilotage Zones, as follows:

1. Southern Pilotage Zone—includes the pilotage areas

Helsinki—North Harbor

Helsinki—South Harbor

Helsinki—West Harbor

Helsinki—Lauttasaari water tower

Harmaja Light (front range)

 Suomenlinna Light (rear range)
Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 29

Pub. 195

of Helsinki, Porkkala, Emasalo, and Hanko and can be

contacted, as follows:.

a. Telephone: 358-20754-6151

b. Facsimile: 358-20754-6161

c. E-mail: pilotorder.south@finnpilot.fi

2. Eastern Pilotage Zone—includes the pilotage areas of

Kotka (Orrengrund, Haapasaari, and Santio) and the Saimaa

Canal (Lake Saimaa). and can be contacted, as follows:

a. Telephone: 358-20754-6152

b. Facsimile: 358-20754-6162

c. E-mail: pilotorder.east@finnpilot.fi

3. Western Pilotage Zone—includes the pilotage areas

of the Archipelago (Uto, Isokari, and Mariehamn), Raumi

(Pori), Vaasa (Kristiinankaupunki and Kaskinen), Kokkola

(Pietarsaari and vessels coming and going S from Rahja),

and the Bay of Bothnia (Tornio, Oulu, Raahe, and vessels

coming and going N from Rahja) and can be contacted, as

follows:

a. Telephone: 358-20754-6153

b. Facsimile: 358-20754-6163

c. E-mail: pilotorder.west@finnpilot.fi

2.12 To provide preliminary information and to place an order for

pilotage, vessels may use the following Internet Service:

2.12 Helsinki also provides pilotage for the Hanko, Emasalo, and

Porkkala regions. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 60m

in length, vessels over 10m beam, or vessels with a summer

load salt water draft exceeding 4.5m.

2.12 Pilotage is also compulsory for vessels transporting bulk

hazardous cargo and vessels belonging to a foreign government

that are not being used in commercial operations.

2.12 Pilots board vessels, as follows:

1. For Helsinkiki, Kalkkiranta, and the rest of the Harmaja region—about 2 miles S or 6 miles SSW of Harmaja

Light (60°06.3'N., 24°58.7'E.).

2. For Inkoo, Kantvik, and the Porkkala region—in an

area lying 2.5 miles SW of Sommaro (59°55.5'N.,

24°15.5'E.).

3. For Vuosaari—in 60°04.9'N., 25°09.8'E.

4. For Porvoo, Tolkkinen, Kalkkiranta, and the Emasalo

region—about 2 miles WNW of Kalbadagrund Light

(59°59'N., 25°36'E.).

5. For Hanko—about 1.5 miles ENE of Russaro

(59°46'N., 22°57'E.) or 4 miles WSW of Ajax Light

(59°44'N., 23°13'E.). (During bad weather—in Hanko

roads).

2.12 Vessels having a draft of more than 9m, a length of more

than 160m, or a registered tonnage exceeding 18,000 tons can

be piloted through Kustaanmiekka (60°08.3'N., 24°59.7'E.),

the narrow fairway leading between the islands in the E part of

the port, only during daylight hours. The master or pilot may

also consider it necessary to request the assistance of a strong

tug. Vessels having a length of more than 201m or a registered

tonnage of more than 25,000 tons cannot be piloted through

Kustaanmiekka, even though their draft is less than 9.6m. Such

vessels will be instructed to anchor off the port.

Regulations

2.12 Gulf of Finland Reporting System (GOFREP) a mandatory

ship reporting system under SOLAS, has been established in

the Gulf of Finland and its approaches. This system is operated

by the VTS centers at Tallinn (VHF channel 61), Helsinki

(VHF channel 60), and Saint Petersburg (VHF channel 74). For

further information concerning GOFREP, see Finland in Pub.

140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean

and Adjacent Seas. 

2.12 A local Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system operates in the

approaches to the coast and can be contacted by:

2.12 VHF channels cover the main navigation routes in the

Helsinki, Emasalo, and Porkkala regions. This VTS system

consists of the following three sectors:

1. Helsinki VTS Sector 1—The approaches to the port

of Helsinki in the area between Kyto Light House, Helsinki

caisson and in the E, the area between Kaunissaari and

Kalkkiranta. The sector also include the administrative area

of the port of Helsinki. The area is bounded by lines joining

the following positions: 

a. 60°08.7'N, 24°43.5'E.

b. 59°55.5'N, 24°43.5'E 

c. 59°58.2'N, 25°20.0'E.

d. 60°10.3'N, 25°20.0'E 

e. 60°15.5'N, 25°25.0'E.

2. Helsinki VTS Sector 2 (Western)—Fairways in the

Inkoo area excluded. The area is bounded by lines joining

the following positions:

a. 59°52.1'N, 23°33.0'E.

b. 59°42.0'N, 23°33.0'E 

c. 59°55.5'N, 24°43.5'E.

d. 60°08.7'N, 24°43.5'E 

3. Helsinki VTS Sector 2 (Eastern)—Fairways in the

Emasalo area, harbor area excluded. The area is bound by

lines joining the following positions:

a. 59°58.2'N, 25°20.0'E.

b. 60°10.3'N, 25°20.0'E 

c. 60°15.5'N, 25°25.0'E.

d. 59°59.5'N, 25°44.5'E 

e. 60°12.5'N, 25°41.2'E. 

Helsinki—Orthodox Cathedral

Pilot Ordering Home Page

http://www.pilotorder.fi

E-mail: helsinki.vts@fta.fi

Web: http://www.portofhelsinki.fi
30 Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

2.12 All vessels more than 12m in length should maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF channel 71, 9, or 67 when

within the respective sectors of the system. 

2.12 All vessels more than 20m in length should report on VHF

channel 71 (Sector 1), VHF channel 9 (Sector 2), or VHF

channel 67 (Sector 3) when initially entering the VTS area.

Vessels must state their name, location, planned route, and destination. The VTS Center will confirm receipt of message and

will provide instructions.

2.12 All vessels must report 15 minutes before arriving at the

Strait of Sarkkna (60°09'N., 24°58'E.) or the Strait of Kustaanmiekka (60°08'N., 25°00'E.).

2.12 Vessels must report after berthing or anchoring. If necessary,

the VTS Center will allocate an anchorage.

2.12 The following are the mandatory reporting points for Sector

1:

1. Helsinki Light (9.6m depth )—59°56'N, 24°45'E.

2. Helsinki Light (channel depth 11m)—59°57'N,

24°57'E.

3. Kyto Light.

4. Kuiva Havonen Light.

The following are the mandatory reporting points for Sector

2:

1. Inkoo 2 Light.

2. Kalbadagrund (channel depth 9m)—60°01.6'N,

25°37.8'E.

3. Kalbadagrund (channel depth 5.3m)—59°59.1'N, 25°

32.3'E.

4. Vaarlahti, Emasalo—60°11.7'N, 25°40.0'E.

5. Merholm Light.

The following are the mandatory reporting points for Sector

3:

1. Hanko—59°39'N, 23°11'E.

2. Flackgrund—59°52.1'N, 22°49.7'E.

2.12 Vessels proceeding E via Flackgrund should report to

Helsinki VTS, on VHF channel 67, 20 minutes before passing

Flackgrund (59°52.4'N., 22°50.4'E.).

2.12 Vessels proceeding W for the open sea are not required to

report when passing Hanko.

Anchorage

2.12 A designated outer anchorage area, with depths of 22 to

45m, is centered about 1.4 miles NNW of Helsinki Light

(59°57'N., 24°56'E.) and may best be seen on the chart.

2.12 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 22m, mud and stones,

off the W side of Susisaari, about 0.6 mile SW of Harmaja

Rear Range Light (Suomenlinna Church). This is a good temporary anchorage but is open to onshore winds.

2.12 Kruunuvuorenselka, the E roadstead, affords the best anchorage, in depths of 12 to 16.5m, mud. This anchorage is

well-protected from all winds.

Directions

2.12 The main approach to the port leads in a N direction from the

Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) in the Gulf of Finland. This

route, which is authorized for drafts up to 11m, passes close E

of Helsinki Light (59°57'N., 24°56'E.) and is indicated by a

lighted range (see Aspect). It then branches NW and N, at a

junction about 3.8 miles N of the light, to approach the W and

E areas of the port.

2.12 From the junction, the main channel, authorized for drafts up

to 11m, leads NW and passes close NE of Graskarsbadarne

Light (60°02'N., 24°54'E.). It then turns in a N direction and

leads into West Harbour (Lansistama).

2.12 From the junction, the alternate channel, authorized for

drafts up to 9.6m, leads NNE. It passes close E of Harmaja

Front Range Light, through narrow passages between the islands, and into the harbors in the E part of the port.

2.12 The port may also be approached from W or E by using the

Winter Channel. This coastal fairway is authorized for drafts

up to 9m. The routes from the E and W lead in a W direction

and in a NE direction, respectively, and meet the main alternate

channel, authorized for drafts up to 9.6m, about 0.9 mile NNE

of Harmaja Front Range Light.

2.12 A secondary channel, authorized for drafts up to 9m, also

leads NNW from the alternate channel at a position about 1.5

miles S of Harmaja Front Range Light. It extends for 2 miles

and joins the Winter Channel (coastal fairway) about 0.7 mile

WNW of Harmaja Front Range Light.

2.12 Another approach route, authorized for drafts up to 7.5m,

leads NE from seaward. It passes about 2.5 miles NW of

Helsinki Light and meets the main approach channel 3.5 miles

N of the light. This route is used by passenger ferries.

2.12 The fairway channels and routes, which may best be seen on

the chart, are indicated by lighted ranges and marked by lighted

beacons and buoys. 

2.12 The seaward approach route to Vuosaari leads NE for 3

miles and N for 4 miles to the vicinity of Ytter Tjarhall Light

(60°08'N., 25°19'E.), which is equipped with a racon. The

inner part of the route, which is authorized for drafts up to

7.5m, passes close SW of the light and continues in a NW

direction for about 4.5 miles through the off-lying dangers. It

then leads in a NNE direction for about 1.5 miles to the harbor.

2.12 It is reported that a new primary seaward approach route to

Vuosaari has been established. It has a minimum width of

200m, a dredged depth of 12.5m, and is authorized for drafts

up to 11m. The route extends in a NNE direction from a

position located about 3.5 miles E of Helsinki Light (59°57'N.,

24°56'E.). It passes about 1.2 miles SSE of Lansitoukki (Vastertokan) (60°05.5'N., 25°08.0'E.) and close NNW of Itatoukki

(Oster Tokan) (60°06.0'N., 25°11.8'E.), an islet marked with a

racon. From close N of this islet the track continues in a N

direction for about 5.5 miles through the off-lying dangers. It

passes about 0.6 mile W of Estlotan (Estiluoto) (60°07.5'N.,

25°13.5'E.), an islet marked by a prominent tower; close W of

Kulva Hevonen (Torra Hasten) (60°10.5'N., 25°13.3'E.); and

close W of Krokholmen (60°11.6'N., 25°13.9'E.). From close E

of the E end of Lilla Baston (60°12.2'N., 25°12.7'E.) the route

then extends for about 1 mile in a NW direction to the harbor

entrance. Pilots for this route will board vessels about 2 miles

SSW of Itatoukki (Oster Tokan). An anchorage area has been

established along this route. It lies adjacent to the W side of the

fairway, between Kulva Hevonen (Torra Hasten) and Krokholmen. 

Caution

2.12 Numerous submarine cables and pipelines, which may best
Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 31

Pub. 195

be seen on the chart, extend between the many islands in the

harbor and the approaches

2.12 Due to silting, the authorized drafts in the approach routes

may, on occasion, be reduced. Vessels are advised to contact

the authorities in advance for the latest information concerning

depths in the approach passages.

Helsinki to Kotka

2.13 Loviisa (60°27'N., 26°14'E.), a port, lies about 40

miles ENE of Helsinki. The coast between is hilly, wooded,

and fronted by numerous islands, islets, rocks, and shoals.

These dangers lie up to 13 miles seaward of the coast and

several inshore passages lead between them. Vessels should not

attempt to enter the inshore channels without local knowledge.

2.13 The 40m curve lies up to 16 miles offshore in this vicinity.

Within this curve, the depths are very irregular.

2.13 Porvoo and Loviisa are the only ports of any importance

along this stretch of coast.

2.13 Kalbadagrund (59°59'N., 25°36'E.), an extensive reef, lies

about 20 miles E of Helsinki Light and has a least depth of 2m.

Kalbadagrund Light is shown from a prominent tower, 25m

high with a helicopter platform, standing on the S part of this

reef. A racon is situated at the light.

2.13 Shoals, with depths of 3.1m and 9.7m, lie about 4 miles E of

the light and form the outermost dangers in this vicinity. 

2.13 Porvoo Light (60°06'N., 25°36'E.) is shown from a prominent tower, 10m high, standing 6.5 miles N of Kalbadagrund

Light. A racon is situated at the light.

2.13 Soderskar Beacon (60°07'N., 25°25'E.), a disused light

tower, stands on an islet about 5.5 miles WNW of Porvoo

Light. It is 30m high and prominent.

2.13 Tiiskeri (Digskar) (60°10'N., 26°16'E.), the largest islet of a

group surrounded by foul ground, lies about 23 miles NE of

Kalbadagrund. A light is shown from a tower, with a wind generator, standing on this islet. A racon is situated at the light.

2.13 Shoals, with depths of 7.2m to 10m, lie within about 3.5

miles SW of this light and form the outermost dangers in this

vicinity.

2.13 Skarvgaddarna Light (60°11'N., 26°08'E.) is shown from a

tower standing 4.2 miles WNW of Tiiskeri. A racon is situated

at this light.

2.13 Gasskvattan Beacon (60°11'N., 26°03'E.), standing on an

above-water rock, lies 2.3 miles W of Skarvgaddarna Light. A

racon is situated at this beacon.

2.13 Emsalo (60°15'N., 25°37'E.) and Vessolandet (60°17'N.,

25°43'E.) are two large islands occupying the greater portion of

the indentation of the coast close S of Porvoo. Numerous

islands and foul ground lie between the N ends of these islands.

2.14 Porvoo (60°23'N., 25°40'E.) (World Port Index No.

28210), also known as Skoldvik, is situated 27 miles E of Helsinki. The channel leading to this oil port is kept open by icebreakers, but is affected by ice from about the middle of

December until April. For Trafic Service, see details on

Helsinki VTS. 

2.14 Depths—Limitations.—The main approach channel leading to the port is 270m wide and authorized for drafts up to

15.3m.

2.14 There are six berths for oil products and one for petrochemicals. There are LPG facilities at Berth No. 1 and Berth

No. 5. The berths have depths of 7.3 to 17.6m alongside. Vessels up to 262,200 dwt, 340m in length, and 15.3m draft can be

accommodated.

Kalbadagrund Light

Porvoo Light

Tiiskeri Light
32 Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

2.14 During the ice-free period, all berths are surrounded by oil

booms. In winter, vessels are limited to a maximum beam of

21.3m.

2.14 Aspect.—Beacons and buoys mark the dangers in the

approaches to the port. Porvoo Light along with Larsskar

Light, 3.2 miles N, forms a range, which indicates the main

approach from seaward. The route leads NNE and passes about

1.8 miles W of Kalbadagrund Light. 

2.14 Pilotage.—Pilotage is provided by Helsinki, see paragraph

2.12. Pilot boards in position 60°00.0'N, 25°33.0'E, 2 miles

WNW of Kalbadagrund Light. 

2.14 Port contact can be made on VHF channel 16; 21 and by : 

2.14 Regulations.—Vessels should send the following information to the port (Fortum Harbour) 72 hours prior to arrival:

1. Vessel’s name and nationality. 

2. Master’s name.

3. Owner or operator of vessel.

4. Telex, facsimile, and telephone numbers of vessel.

5. Draft fore and aft. 

6. Port of departure. 

7. Confirmed ETA. 

8. Quantity, type, IMO class, and UN number of cargo.

9. Quantity, type, and IMO class of cargo to be loaded.

10. Three previous cargoes.

11. If cargo tanks are inerted and confirmation that oxygen content is below 8 per cent.

12. Thrusters, bow or stern (number and effect). 

13. All equipment functioning well.

14. Quality and quantity of contained ballast water or

mixtures containing oil or chemicals to be discharged.

15. Quality and quantity of waste to be discharged.

16. Quality and quantity of bunkers to be loaded.

17. Any measures subject to permission.

18. List of equipment relating to navigation, safety, or

cargo handling not in working order.

19. If vessel is ready to load or discharge upon arrival.

2.14 Vessels should confirm the ETA 24 hours in advance and

state the vessel’s name and nationality, nrt, draft fore and aft,

ETA at pilot boarding position, and date and time of the notice.

2.14 Any change to the ETA must be forwarded immediately.

2.14 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 22m,

good holding ground, close E of the oil harbor.

2.14 A designated anchorage area, with depths of 19 to 30m, lies

centered about 3 miles NW of Kalbadagrund Light, W of the

main entrance fairway. Generally, anchorage in the outer approaches is not safe except during calm weather.

2.15 Pellinge (Suur Pellinki) (60°13'N., 25°50'E.) is the

largest island of a group which fronts the mainland and extends

E for almost 7 miles. Numerous rocks and shoal patches extend

up to about 13.5 miles S from this island, terminating in the

vicinity of Kalbadagrund Light. 

2.15 Fairways, with draft limitations of 7m and 7.3m, lead E and

S of the group. They then branch to lead in a N direction

through the E part of the islands and NE of Vatskar (60°18'N.,

26°07'E.), where they rejoin and lead ENE to Boiso (60°20'N.,

26°30'E.). A fairway, with a least charted depth of 2m, leads

through the N part of the islands. These fairways, although

well-marked by buoys, beacons, and lighted ranges, should not

be used without local knowledge. 

2.15 Kejvsalo Fjarden (60°22'N., 26°08'E.), entered about 3

miles N of Vatskar, extends about 11 miles NW. This inlet is

encumbered by numerous islets and shoals, but a fairway,

authorized for drafts up to 6.1m and marked by buoys, leads

along the NE part to Pernaja (60°26'N., 26°03'E.), an

anchorage loading place for Loviisa, located about 6 miles

from the entrance. A fairway, authorized for drafts up to 4.3m,

branches W about 2.3 miles SE of Pernaja and leads to a

loading place in Isnasvik, 3 miles SW of Pernaja. There is a

jetty, with a depth of 4.2m alongside, at Isnasvik.

2.15 Hamnskar (60°13'N., 26°18'E.), fronted by foul ground, is a

low, bare islet with a monument situated at its W side. A light,

used by fishing vessels, is shown from a structure standing on

the E side of the islet.

2.15 Tainio Light (60°13'N., 26°25'E.) is shown from a tower,

14m high, standing on a shoal at the E side of the fairway

leading to Loviisa. A racon is situated at the light. 

2.15 Skarven Light (60°18'N., 26°21'E.) is shown from a tower

standing on the N end of a group of reefs on which lie several

islets. A racon is situated at this light.

2.15 Orrengrund (60°16'N., 26°27'E.) is a low sparsely-wooded

Soderskar Beacon (disused lightower)

E-mail: skoldvik.harbour@nesteoil.com
Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 33

Pub. 195

island. It is steep-to on the W side, but foul ground extends up

to about 0.5 mile SE from the S part of the island. The island of

Baksor lies on this foul ground. A light is shown from a floodlit tower standing on the W side of the island. A prominent

tower, 23m high, is situated close NE of the light. A lighted

range is shown from the E part of the island; a racon is situated

at the front light.

2.15 Vastra Baken Light is shown from a structure standing about

0.5 mile W of the W end of Orrengrund. 

2.15 Lalatta Light (60°17'N., 26°33'E.) is shown from an islet

surrounded by foul ground. A racon is situated at this light.

2.15 Range lights are also shown from Ostergrund, an islet about

1 mile NE of Orrengrund. 

2.15 Stor Taktaren (60°20'N., 26°22'E.), with Yttre Taktaren

located close S of it, lies on the SW side of the fairway leading

to Loviisa. Foul ground extends up to 1.7 miles SE of these

islets and is marked by spar buoys. Patches of foul ground also

lie up to 1 mile E and between Stor Taktaren and Stora Rovaren, about 0.5 mile N. Range beacons are situated at various

places on these islets.

2.15 Caution.—It is reported that overhead lines, with a

minimum vertical clearance of 10.8m, extend across the channel leading to Pernaja (60°26'N., 26°03'E.).

2.16 Loviisa (Lovisa) (60°27'N., 26°14'E.) (World Port

Index No. 28220), a small port, lies at the head of Loviisanlahti

(Lovisaviken) and includes the facilities at Valkom, which is

situated on the W shore of the inlet, 2 miles S. The facilities at

Loviisa are used mostly by local coasters.

2.16 Ice.—The main navigation season lasts from the end of

April to the beginning of December. Generally, icebreakers

keep the port open all year.

2.16 Depths—Limitations.—The main approach channel leading from seaward to the berthing facilities at Valkom is authorized for drafts up to 8.5m. The fairway continuing to Loviisa is

authorized for drafts up to 4m.

2.16 North Quay is 142m long and has a depth of 8.5m alongside;

Middle Quay is 280m long and has a depth of 7.3m alongside;

Connection Quay is 115m long and has a depth of 7.3m alongside; and South Pier is 135m long and has a depth of 8.5m

alongside. There are facilities for container, ro-ro, tanker, bulk,

and general cargo vessels.

2.16 The Sawmill Wharf at Loviisa is 60m long, with a depth of

4m alongside. There is also a basin for small craft and yachts.

2.16 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots may be contacted

by VHF and generally board about 1.5 miles SSW of Orrengrund. Pilots must be requested through the Finnpilot Order

Center, Helsinki (see paragraph 2.12). 

2.16 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 17m,

mud, about 0.5 mile SW of Svartholm (60°23'N., 26°18'E.)

and, in a depth of 9m, mud, about 0.5 mile NNE of Valkom.

2.16 Directions.—From E of Tiiskeri Light (60°10'N., 26°16'E.),

an outer approach route, indicated by a lighted range, leads

about 5.5 miles NNE to the vicinity of Orrengrund and the

pilot boarding place. It passes SE of Hamnskar and NW of

Tainio Light. An intricate fairway then leads in a NNW direction to the berths. It is indicated by ranges, sector lights, and

beacons.

2.17 The coast between Loviisa and Hamina (60°34'N.,

27°12'E.), 29 miles ENE, is densely wooded, as are several of

the islands fronting it. The shore is indented by a number of

inlets. The ports are Kotka and Hamina are situated along this

stretch.

2.17 The 40m curve lies about 13 miles offshore to the W of

Ostrov Gogland, which was described in paragraph 1.5. The

depths are irregular and the dangers in this vicinity extend S to

within 2 miles NW of Ostrov Gogland.

Between Munapirtti (60°25'N., 26°30'E.) and Kotko, 8 miles

ENE, the islands, islets, and areas of foul ground extend up to

3.5 miles seaward. The outer dangers are marked by buoys,

beacons, and lights.

Mustaviiri, an island, lies 1.8 miles SE of Lalatta Light and a

conspicuous tower stands near its center. A shoal extends up to

about 2.5 miles SSW from the SW part of this island.

Kotkan Majakka Light (60°10'N., 26°39'E.) is shown from

a column, with a helicopter platform, standing on a shallow

shoal. A racon is situated at the light.

A shoal area, with depths less than 10m, extends up to about

5.5 miles SSE from the light. Banka Margasova, marked by a

lighted buoy, lies 1 mile NW of the light. 

2.17 Haapasaari (60°17'N., 27°12'E.) is one of an extensive

group of islands which, lying close to one another, appear as

one island when seen from a distance. The larger islands are

partly wooded and moderately high, while the smaller are low

and bare. 

2.17 Haapasaari is divided into E and W parts which are connected by a narrow isthmus. A prominent church, with a gray

roof, stands on the E part and a radio tower is situated on the

SW part. A prominent square tower, with a pointed roof, stands

on the NW side of the island. A light is shown from the NE

extremity of the island; another light is shown from Kivikare, a

rock lying close NE of the island.

2.17 Good anchorage can be obtained off the S side of Haapasaari, in depths of 9 to 11m, clay, but local knowledge is advised. Anchorage can be obtained about 0.4 mile N of the N

side of the island, in depths of 22 to 29m, mud. Anchorage may

also be taken about 0.4 mile E of the island, in depths of 18 to

20m, sand and stone, but this anchorage is exposed to SW

winds.

2.17 Veitkara (60°16'N., 27°15'E.), a small island, lies on a shoal

at the SE end of the group. A light is shown from its N part. A

racon is situated at the light.

2.18 Luppi (60°14'N., 27°02'E.), marked by a light, is the

outermost of the islands and shoals which extend up to about 6

miles SW from Haapasaari.

2.18 Reippo, a shoal with above and below-water rocks, lies 1.5

miles W of Luppi. Numerous dangers, including rocks awash,

extend up to about 6 miles SW from this shoal.

2.18 Tuomalamatala, a shoal with a depth of 7.9m, lies about 2.2

miles SSW of Veitkara. It is marked by a buoy and is the

outermost danger in the approach to Haapasaari.

2.18 Merikari (60°21'N., 27°06'E.), an islet, lies 5 miles NW of

Haapasaari and is marked by a light. Shoals, marked by buoys,

front this islet on its S and W sides.

2.18 Rankki (60°22'N., 26°58'E.), an island, lies near the S end

of an extensive shoal area. A light is shown from a tower, 6m

high, standing on an islet located close S of the S extremity of

the island.
34 Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

2.18 Retonpaasi (60°22'N., 27°01'E.), a rock awash, lies about

1.5 miles E of the S end of Rankki and is marked by a lighted

beacon. 

2.18 Rankin Kivikari (60°21'N., 26°57'E.), a shoal with abovewater rocks, lies about 0.8 mile SW of the S end of Rankki and

is marked by a light at the N end. A racon is situated at the

light.

2.18 Lellerinsaaret (60°24'N., 26°58'E.), a group of three islets

and foul ground patches, lies about 1.5 miles NNE of Rankki.

A light is shown from the easternmost islet of this group.

2.18 Hietakari (60°24'N., 27°00'E.) lies about 1 mile E of

Lellerinsaaret on an area of foul ground about 0.5 mile off the

W side of Kirkkomaansaari. A light is shown from this islet. 

2.18 Kiviletto (60°18'N., 26°57'E.), a shoal with above-water

rocks, lies about 4 miles NW of Luppi Light and is marked by

a light.

2.18 Ristisaari, an islet, lies 4.2 miles WNW of Kiviletto near the

S end of an area of foul ground. This foul area extends up to

about 5 miles NNW and Kaunissaari, an island, is located in its

N part. A light is shown from the N extremity of Kaunissaari

and a beacon stands on a shoal about 0.3 mile S of the S

extremity of Risisaari.

Kotka (60°28'N., 26°58'E.)

World Port Index No. 28230

2.19 Kotka, the second largest port of Finland, is situated at

the mouth of the Kymijoki River and in a bay which is protected by numerous islands and islets. The city stands on the

island of Kotka. The area is typically industrial with sawmills,

sugarmills, pulp, cellulose, fertilizer, and chemical plants.

2.19 Ice.—The main navigation season lasts from the middle of

April to the beginning of January, but the harbor is usually kept

open all year by icebreakers. The quays are kept ice free by an

underwater compressed air system which prevents ice formation.

2.19 Tides—Currents.—The water level is affected greatly by

the winds. Gales from S to SW increase the water level of the

harbor up to 0.9m above normal. Gales from N decrease the

level about 0.3m. The currents are inappreciable, but since the

Kymijoki, one of the largest rivers flowing into the Gulf of Finland from the numerous inner lakes, empties into the harbor,

the set is nearly always S.

2.19 Depths—Limitations.—The main route leading from seaward to the harbor is authorized for drafts up to 15.3m.

2.19 The port has facilities for ro-ro, bulk, tanker, general cargo,

timber, container, and passenger vessels. In addition to the

main facilities described below, several private quays and piers

are situated within the port.

2.19 The City Terminal (Kantasatama) is situated along the NE

and NW sides of Kotka. The main quays include Italaituri,

442m long, with depths of 9 to 10m alongside; Valilaituri,

420m long, with depths of 7.7 to 9m alongside; Pohjoislaituri,

200m long, with depths of 6.3 to 6.7m alongside; and Harniemenlaituri, 975m long, with depths of 6.4 to 10m alongside.

2.19 Poland Quay, a bulk terminal, is situated close W of the City

Terminal. The quay, also known as Vasikkasaaten, is 360 long

and can handle vessels up to 8.5m draft.

2.19 Hietanen, situated 1 mile N of the City Terminal, is a ro-ro

terminal. The quay is about 1,000m long and provides six

berths. Vessels up to 10m draft can be accommodated alongside.

2.19 Sunila Quay, a dry bulk terminal, is situated on the W side of

the island of Pyotinen, close E of Hietanen. The quay is 400m

long and provides three berths. Vessels up to 7.9m draft can be

handled alongside.

2.19 Mussalo (60°27'N., 26°53'E.) is situated in the SW part of

the port and includes terminals for container, dry bulk, and

liquid bulk vessels.

2.19 The container terminal basin has 1,436m of total quayage

and provides eight berths. Vessels up to 10m draft can be

handled at six of the berths and vessels up to 12m draft can be

handled at the other two.

2.19 The dry bulk terminal quay is 600m long and provides four

berths. Vessels up to 15.3m draft can be handled.

2.19 The liquid bulk (oil tanker) terminal consists of a pier which

provides two berths. Tankers up to 13.5m draft can be handled.

2.19 Vessels up to 120,000 dwt, 300m in length, and 15.3m draft

can be accommodated in the port.

2.19 The port has three floating repair drydocks. The largest can

handle vessels up to 165m in length, 28m beam, and 7.8m

draft.

2.19 Aspect.—The harbor lies at the seaward end of a heavily

wooded valley formed by the Kymijoki River. From seaward,

the islands and the coast blend together.

2.19 A prominent tower, with a chimney situated close NW,

stands in the E part of Kotka. Another prominent chimney

stands about 1 mile NNE of the tower. A conspicuous monument stands on the E part of Varissaari, an islet lying about 1.2

Kotka—City Terminal

Kotka—Hietanen (ro-ro terminal)
Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 35

Pub. 195

miles S of the tower. A prominent water tower is situated in the

W part of the city. Kotka Church stands in the NE part of the

city and is conspicuous.

2.19 The approach routes and entrance channels are indicated by

lighted ranges which may best be seen on the chart. Adjacent

dangers are marked by lights, beacons, and buoys.

2.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for the following:

1. A vessel or vessel combination with a maximum

length of over 60m or a maximum beam of over 10m or

whose greatest summer load draft in salt water is over 4.5m.

(Does not apply to vessels with an Exemption Certificate

granted by the Finnish Marine Administration.)

2. A vessel carrying bulk cargo of hazardous substances

or substances that can pollute the sea. 

3. A vessel belonging to a foreign government, which is

not used in commercial operations. 

2.19 All ordering of local pilots throughout Finland is carried out

by the Finnpilot Order Center, Helsinki. For more information,

see Pilotage in paragraph 2.12.

2.19 Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 16 or 13 and board,

as follows:

1. Vessels with a maximum draft of 10m are advised to

use the Orrengrund 10m fairway and the Orrengrund pilot

boarding position (60°15'N., 26°26'E.).

2. Vessels with a maximum draft of 15.3m using the

Mussala fairway—Kotkan Majakka pilot boarding position

(60°07'N., 26°30'E.).

3. Vessels with a maximum draft of 7.3m from or to the

E—Haapasaari pilot boarding position (60°15'N., 27°16'E.)

(closed during winter).

4. Vessels approaching from the E may embark a pilot at

Santio (60°27'N., 27°42'E.).

2.19 Regulations.—GOFREP, a mandatory ship reporting system

under SOLAS, has been established in the Gulf of Finland and

its approaches (see paragraph 2.1).

2.19 A local Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system operates within

the approach fairways of the port pilotage area. Kotka VTS can

be contacted on VHF channel 67. Radio communications are in

English, Finnish, and Swedish.

2.19 The Kotka VTS can be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

2.19 All vessels over 12m in length must maintain a continuous

VHF watch. 

2.19 All vessels over 20m in length must send an initial report to

Kotka VTS when entering the area. The report must state the

vessel’s name, location, and planned route. The VTS Center

will confirm receipt of the report and will provide the necessary information and instructions. 

2.19 The VTS Center can provide positioning assistance on request in the case of equipment malfunction.

2.19 The VTS Center may give instructions on the speed of vessels and, when necessary, prohibit overtaking in the area or

specify the right-of-way in narrow channels.

Kotka—Mussalo (container terminal)

Kotka—Mussalo (dry bulk terminal)

Kotka—Mussalo (oil terminal)

Kotka Church

kotka.vts@fta.fi
36 Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

2.19 The VTS area is bounded by lines joining the following

approximate positions:

a. 60°12.'N, 25°41.'E. (shore)

b. 60°05'N, 25°43'E.

c. 60°10'N, 26°39'E.

d. 60°12'N, 26°45'E.

e. 60°12'N, 27°17'E.

f. 60°27'N, 27°40'E.

g. 60°33'N, 27°48'E. (shore) 

2.19 Kotka VTS Reporting Points (RP) are, as follows:

1. RP No. 6—Varlaxudden, Emsalo (60°11.7'N.,

25°40.0'E.).

2. RP No. 10—Tiiskeri (60°0.9'N., 26°21.0'E.).

2.19 Vessels entering the VTS area from Russian territorial waters

should make the initial traffic report when crossing a line extending along the seaward limit of the Finnish territorial sea

and joining the following points:

a. 60°33'N, 27°48'E. (shore).

b. 60°12'N, 27°18'E.

c. 60°05'N, 26°33'E. (near NE limit of GOFREP area). 

2.19 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken by vessels with local

knowledge E of the N end of Kotka Island, in depths of 11 to

16m, clay and mud. Anchorage may also be taken, in depths of

6 to 11m, clay and sand, sheltered from all winds, off the N end

of the island.

2.19 It is reported that designated outer anchorage areas are

centered about 2 miles and 6 miles E of Tiiskeri Light

(60°10'N., 26°16'E.).

2.19 Directions.—The main route, authorized for drafts up to

15.3m, leads from the SW to the harbor. From SE of Tiiskeri

Light the channel leads in a NE direction, passing SE of Tainio

Light, NW of Kotkan Majakka Light, and SE of Banka Margasova. Off the SW side of Kiviletto, the channel turns N. It

then leads N and NNE into the harbor, passing W of Rankin

Kivikari Light.

2.19 Another route, authorized for drafts up to 10m, leads from

the W into the harbor. This route leads from E of Tiskeri Light

and joins the Winter Channel coastal fairway, passing SE of

Orrengrund and NNW of Lalatta Light. It continues in a NE

direction and passes N of Kaunissaari Light. The channel then

turns NNE and joins the main route leading into the harbor.

2.19 Two alternate fairways, authorized for drafts up to 7.3m, lead

from the S and pass through the Haapasaari group. At the N

side of the group they meet and form a single channel. This

channel then leads NW and NNW into the harbor, passing E

and N of Vahakari Light and ENE of Rankin Kivikari Light.

2.19 Caution.—An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of

33m, spans the channel in the N part of the harbor.

2.19 Several submarine cables lie in the approaches to the harbor

and may best be seen on the chart.

2.19 A submarine pipeline, which may best be seen on the chart,

leads S and SE from the harbor area to the Haapasaari group.

Hamina (60°34'N., 27°12'E.)

World Port Index No. 28240

2.20 The port of Hamina, formerly known as Frederikshamn, lies at the head and along the W side of an inlet that

indents the coast about 9 miles NE of Kotka. The shores of the

inlet are steep-to for about 1 mile within the entrance. Numerous patches of foul ground and many islets, which may best be

seen on the chart, extend across the inlet, providing shelter to

the outer part of the harbor. Most of the islets are heavily

wooded.

2.20 Ice.—The main navigation season lasts from the end of

April to the end of December. Generally, the port is kept open

all year by icebreakers.

2.20 Depths—Limitations.—The deepest passage leading to the

port is authorized for drafts up to 10m.

2.20 The Oil Terminal is situated in the S part of the port. There is

an LPG pier, 170m long, which can handle vessels up to 9m

draft. There are also three oil berths, the largest of which can

accommodate tankers up to 250m in length and 10m draft.

2.20 Palokangas Basin, lying close NNE of the Oil Terminal, has

six berths, 150 to 234m long, which can accommodate vessels

up to 10m draft.

2.20 Hiirenkari Quay, close ENE of Palokangas Basin, has five

berths, 158 to 210m long, which can accommodate vessels up

to 210m in length, with drafts of 7.9 to 8.6m.

2.20 Lakulahti Basin, close N of Hiirenkari Quay, has about 800m

of total quayage. There are eight berths which can accommodate vessels of 7.9 to 8.6m draft.

2.20 Hillo Quay, close NNE of Lakulahti, has 345m of berthage

and can accommodate vessels up to 6.9m draft.

2.20 The port has extensive facilities for LPG, oil, general cargo,

ro-ro, container, bulk, and timber vessels. Vessels up to 72,000

dwt and 10m draft can be accommodated in the harbor. 

2.20 Aspect.—Einonkarinmatala (60°26'N., 27°08'E.) is an isolated shoal marked by a light. 

2.20 Hamina is a small commercial town with several prominent

factories and sawmills. Tank farms situated in the port area are

prominent from seaward.

2.20 The approach routes and entrance channels are indicated by

lighted ranges which may best be seen on the chart. Adjacent

dangers are marked by lights, beacons, and buoys.

2.20 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots may be obtained

from Kotka (see paragraph 2.19).

2.20 All ordering of local pilots throughout Finland is carried out

by the Finnpilot Order Center, Helsinki. For more information,

see Pilotage in paragraph 2.12.

2.20 The agent should advise the port authority of the vessel’s

Hamina
Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 37

Pub. 195

ETA no later than on the Friday preceding the week of arrival.

An ETA must be given 24 hours in advance for vessels carrying IMO cargo, or by 1600 if on a day before a holiday.

2.20 The port of Hamina can be contacted VHF on channel 16,12,

13 and as follows: 

2.20 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of

14m, mud, outside the entrance of the inlet.

2.20 Within the harbor, anchorage may be taken 1.3 miles N of

the entrance, in depths of 7 to 10m, and W of the fairway in the

inner roadstead.

2.20 Directions.—The main and deepest passage leading to the

port is the continuation of the Winter Channel (coastal route).

This channel, which is authorized for drafts up to 10m, leads in

an E direction from Kaunissaari, passing S of Merikari Light. It

then turns NNE and passes SE and E of Aarholma (60°25'N.,

27°18'E.). About 1.5 miles NE of Aarholma, the channel turns

and approaches the harbor from the SE.

2.20 The most direct passage from seaward, which is authorized

for drafts up to 7.3m, leads from S, passing through the Haapasaari group and approaching the port from the SW. Vessels

with drafts up to 8.6m may enter the port by using the route

leading in an E direction from Kaunissaari and then joining the

S approach channel, about 3.5 miles N of the Haapasaari

group.

2.20 Caution.—Submarine cables and pipelines, which may best

be seen on the chart, extend across the harbor area.

2.20 Several mooring buoys are laid in the roads and in the vicinity of the berths.

Hamina to Vyborg

2.21 Between the entrances of the ports of Hamina and Vyborg (60°43'N., 28°45'E.), the coast is rocky, hilly, and predominately wooded. It is indented by several bays, inlets, and

fjords. Virolahti (60°33'N., 27°45'E.), the largest of these inlets, is entered midway along this stretch of the coast.

The boundary between Finland and Russia runs through

Virolahti.

2.21 Between Hamina and Virolahti, the coast is fronted by

numerous islets and dangers, but E of Virolahti the off-lying

features are not as numerous. There are several loading places

and anchorages along this stretch of the coast, but none of

commercial importance. 

2.21 The inshore coastal channel, leading E from S of Kuorsalo

(60°28'N., 27°23'E.) is authorized for vessels with drafts up to

7.3m, but is only available to vessels with local knowledge.

Pilots for the passage may be obtained from Hamina.

2.21 Tammio (60°25'N., 27°25'E.) is the largest of an extensive

group of barren islets and rocks. Foul ground surrounds this

group and also lies in patches within 1.3 miles N and 1.5 miles

NW and W of it. A lighted range is shown from structures

standing on the W part of Tammio and the S end of an islet

lying close W of it.

2.21 The Vasikkasaari group lies about 1 mile NE of Tammio. A

light is shown from Lotouri, a rock, lying midway on an area of

foul ground extending NW from the group.

2.21 The route, authorized for drafts up to 7.3m, passes close N of

this light and between the buoys marking the dangers extending S from Kuorsalo and N from Tammio and the Vasikkasaari

group. 

2.21 Mustamaa, an island, lies 2 miles E of the Vasikkasaari

group. It is steep-to on the W side. An above-water rock,

marked by a buoy moored close N, lies about 0.2 mile W of the

NW extremity of the island. A cairn stands on the NW

extremity and a pair of range beacons stands close NE. This

range marks the fairway, authorized for drafts up to 4.6m,

which leads through the foul ground lying between Mustamaa

and Ruissaari, an island located 0.5 mile NNW. A light is

shown from the SW extremity of Mustamaa. 

2.21 The route leading between the off-lying islands to the E of

Mustamaa is authorized for drafts up to 7.3m.

2.21 A large bay, indenting the coast in a NW direction, lies about

1 mile N of Mustamaa. It is formed by the mainland on the W

and N sides and Siikasaari, an island connected to the mainland

by an isthmus, on the E side. The bay has general depths of 11

to 18m, but is encumbered by several shoals and rocks. Fairways, authorized for drafts up to 7.3m and drafts up to 5.5m,

lead to several loading anchorages situated within the bay.

Local knowledge is required and pilots are available from Hamina.

2.21 Maringinlahti, a bay, lies on the NE side of the peninsula of

Siikasaari (60°29' 27°36'E) and is entered close E of the SE

extremity of the island. It has general depths of 4 to 11m. The

fairway leading into the bay is authorized for drafts up to 3m.

Anchorage can be taken in the N part of the bay, in a depth of

7.3m, stone and sand. Local knowledge is required.

2.21 Between the Haapasaari group and Virolahti, the offshore

area offers no recognized access to the inshore channel.

2.21 Kilpisaari (60°17'N., 27°18'E.), moderately high, is one of

the outermost islands in this vicinity and is covered with pine

trees. Itakarit and Koivuluotok are islets marked by beacons

lying 1 mile E and 3 miles NE, respectively, of Kilpisaari.

2.21 Majakartti (60°19'N., 27°35'E.), an islet, lies about 4.2

miles SE of Tammio. It is surrounded by shoals and marked by

a beacon, 24m high. Isolated shoal patches and rocks extend up

to about 6 miles ESE of this beacon. Banka Pitkyanen, the

outermost danger, is marked by a buoy.

2.22 Ostrov Sommers (60°12'N., 27°39'E.), an islet, lies

6.5 miles SSE of Majakartti and is 15m high. A light is shown

from a framework tower, 37m high, standing on the W part of

this islet.

2.22 Ostrov Malyy Sommers, a rock, lies about 0.8 mile E of the

light and is 1m high. A stranded wreck lies on a reef in the

vicinity of this rock.

2.22 Ostrov Nerva (60°15'N., 27°57'E.), an above-water rock,

lies 10 miles ENE of Ostrov Sommers. A light is shown from a

framework tower, 37m high, standing on this rock. Banka

Narvinmatala, an isolated shoal with a depth of 7m, lies about

3 miles NE of this light.

2.22 Parrio (60°28'N., 27°42'E.), an island, lies about 5 miles

ENE of Mustamaa. A beacon stands on the E side of the island

and a light is shown from the SW side. Santio lies close E of

Parrio. Both these islands are steep-to on their N and W sides,

but are fringed by dangers elsewhere. A buoy marks the S

E-mail: office@portofhamina.fi

Website: http://www.portofhamina.fi
38 Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

extremity a shoal which extends up to about 1 mile SSE from

the S side of Santio.

2.23 Ostrov Kopytin (60°26'N., 27°42'E.), an island, lies

near the center of an extensive bank of foul ground, 1.5 miles S

of Parrio. Islets and rocks extend up to about 1 mile NW and

SE from this island. Detached shoal patches, with depths of 4.5

to 7m, lie up to about 0.7 mile farther NW and 1.2 miles SE.

Lighted ranges are shown from structures standing on the

island and on the islets in this vicinity.

2.23 Huovari, an islet, is located about 2 miles S of Ostrov Kopytin. It is marked by a light and lies on the S part of a shoal

patch. Isolated shallow rocks lie up to about 1 mile W and 0.6

mile E of this shoal patch. Banka Okhtamatala, with depths of

less than 20m, lies about 4 miles E of Huovari and is marked

by a lighted buoy. 

2.23 Ostrov Kozlinyy (60°27'N., 27°47'E.), an island 24m high,

lies at the S end of an area of foul ground extending about 3

miles SE from the W entrance point of Virolahti. It forms the

SW side of Kavonselka (Reyd Shtandart). A light is shown

from the S extremity of the island.

2.23 Isolated shoals, marked by buoys, lie up to about 1.5 miles

SE and 1.2 miles SW of the light. The W side of the island is

fronted by foul ground and rocks.

2.23 Khemminginletto (60°27'N., 27°50'E.), a rock, lies 1.5

miles E of the part of Ostrov Kozlinyy and forms the E entrance point of Kavonselka (Reyd Shtandart). A light is shown

from a framework tower, 6m high, standing on this rock. 

2.23 Kavonselka (Reyd Shtandart) (60°28'N., 27°48'E.) is entered between Khemminginletto and Ostrov Kozlinyy. It extends about 2.5 miles NNW and has general depths of 7 to

27m. It was reported that this inlet is closed to navigation.

2.23 Caution.—An explosives dumping ground area, the limits of

which may best be seen on the chart, lies centered 2.3 miles N

of Ostrov Nerva.

2.24 Virolahti (60°32'N., 27°45'E.) may be entered

through a narrow channel NE of Santio. This inlet extends

about 5.5 miles from its entrance. The SE part of the inlet is

formed by three large islands, of which Ostrov Bolshoy Pogranichnyy is the southernmost. There are general depths of 4 to

9m within the inlet, which gradually shoals near its head.

Pitkyapasskiy Reyd (60°29'N., 27°56'E.) is sheltered by

Ostrov Bolshoy Pogranichnyy on the W side and by an archipelago of islands on the S side. This inlet affords safe anchorage, in depths of 11 to 13m, mud and sand. A fairway channel,

having a least depth of 6.1m, enters the inlet at the E side of the

anchorage. Local knowledge is required.

Ostrov Dolgiy Kamen (60°28'N., 27°52'E.), the main island

in the archipelago lying S of Pitkyapasskiy Reyd, is 25m high

and located 1.2 miles NNE of Khemminginletto Light.

Arkhipelag Bol’shoy Fiskar (60°29'N., 27°56'E.), a prominent group of comparatively high islets, lies centered 3.8 miles

SE of Khemminginletto Light. The islets have a reddish

appearance and are covered with low bushes. A light is shown

from a tower, 10m high, standing on Ostrov Kinima, the central islet. Shoal patches and rocks extend up to about 2 miles

N,S, and E, and 1.5 miles W of this light.

Mys Krestovyy (60°31'N., 28°14'E.) is located 12 miles

ENE of the entrance to Pitkyapasskiy Reyd. Three small peninsulas project about 1.5 miles SSE from the intervening coast

and are located equidistant from each other. Foul ground, shoal

patches, and isolated rocks front the shore and extend up to

about 4.5 miles seaward in places. The dangers lying adjacent

to the recommended routes are marked by lights, buoys, and

beacons.

2.24 The three bays formed between the three peninsulas and Mys

Krestovyy have general depths of 7 to 18m and afford safe

anchorage to vessels with local knowledge.

2.24 Mys Krestovyy, the W entrance point of Vyborgskiy Zaliv, is

low, covered with trees, and surmounted by a conspicuous

building. Its sandy extremity is barren and covered with rocks.

A shoal bank extends about 1 mile SE from this headland and

is marked by a lighted buoy.

2.24 A light is shown from a tower, 15m high, standing on a rocky

mass about 1.4 miles SE of the headland. Shoal patches and

rocks extend up to about 2 miles SE and SSE of the light.

2.24 Ostrov Malyy Fiskar, an islet fringed by foul ground, lies

about 1.5 miles offshore, 5 miles W of Mys Krestovyy Light. A

light is shown from a framework tower, 14m high, standing on

this islet.

2.24 Banka Posluoto, with a least depth of 1.6m, lies about 1.8

miles ESE of Ostrov Malyy Fiskar and is marked by a buoy.

Isolated shallow shoal patches extend up to about 3.8 miles SE

of this rocky bank.

Ostrov Rondo (60°27'N., 28°22'E.), an island fronted by

foul ground, lies 4 miles SE of Mys Krestovyy Light and is

11m high. A light (front range) is shown from a framework

tower, 10m high, standing on the N part of this island. 

2.24 Banka Ruonninmatala, with a least depth of 5.4m, lies about

2 miles W of Ostrov Rondo and is marked by a lighted buoy. 

Skala Khalli (60°24'N., 28°08'E.), a rock fringed by foul

ground, lies about 7 miles WSW of Ostrov Rondo. A light is

shown from a framework tower, 12m high, standing on this

rock.

Banka Ruismatala (60°25'N., 28°13'E.), with a depth of

less than 2m, lies about 2 miles E of Skala Khalli Light and is

marked by a buoy.

2.25 Vyborgskiy Zaliv (60°30'N., 28°22'E.) is entered E

of Mys Krestovyy and extends about 19 miles NE to the port of

Vyborg at its head. The shores of the gulf and the islands lying

within it are rocky and covered with pine forests. The gulf is

subdivided into several parts by inlets, peninsulas, and islands. 

2.25 Numerous shoal patches and dangers lie within the gulf and

the approaches. The principal dangers are marked by lights,

buoys, and beacons.

2.25 Vyborgskiy (60°32'N., 28°23'E.), a bank with drying rocks,

lies 4.4 miles N of Ostrov Rondo and is marked by a lighted

buoy, moored at its S extremity. A light is shown from a

prominent tower, 10m high, standing in the N part of the bank.

2.25 Ostrov Vikhrevoy (60°34'N., 28°26'E.), 23m high, lies

about 3 miles NE of Vyborgskiy Light. This island is fronted

by shoals. A beacon stands in its NW part and a light is shown

from its E part.

2.25 Ostrov Mayachnyy (60°34.3'N., 28°25.5'E.) lies close N of

the NW side of Ostrov Vikhrevoy. Povorotnyy Light is shown

from a tower, 13m high, standing on this rocky islet.

2.25 Banka Tarantsova lies about 1 mile NW of the light. This
Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 39

Pub. 195

isolated shoal has a least depth of 6.8m and is marked by a

buoy.

2.25 Ostrov Igrivvy (60°36'N., 28°28'E.) is low and covered with

thick woods. Foul ground extends up to 0.2 mile SE from Mys

Teykarniyemi, the SE extremity of the island, and is marked by

a lighted buoy. 

2.26 Ostrov Krepysh (60°38'N., 28°32'E.), a comparatively large island, lies on the W side of the Vysotsk harbor

area. A light (rear range) is shown from a tower, 16m high,

standing on Mys Ostryy, the SW extremity of the island.

2.26 Banka Hallikivi (Khallikivi), with a least depth of 2.5m, lies

centered about 0.5 mile SW of Mys Ostryy. A light (front

range) is shown from a tower, 4m high, standing on the N part

of this shoal and a lighted buoy marks the S part.

2.26 Banka Yalkamatala extends NW from the W side of Ostrov

Vysotskiy, an island forming the S side of the Vysotsk harbor

area. The N extremity of this shallow shoal lies about 0.6 mile

SSW of Mys Ostryy and is marked by lighted buoys.

2.26 A breakwater extends SSE from the SE extremity of Ostrov

Krepysh. A lighted buoy is moored off the seaward end of this

breakwater and marks an obstruction formed by the ruins of a

light tower. A detached breakwater lies with its N end located

about 100m SSE of the obstruction. A light (front range) is

shown from a column, 5m high, standing on the N end of this

breakwater.

2.26 Gavan Vysotsk (60°37'N., 28°34'E.) (World Port Index No.

28310) is situated in the S and central parts of Vyborgskiy

Zaliv, an extensive inlet. This harbor area is being developed as

an outer loading port for Vyborg to relieve traffic congestion

(see paragraph 2.27).

Vyborg (60°43'N., 28°45'E.)

World Port Index No. 28300

2.27 Vyborg, known in Finnish as Viipuri, lies at the head

of Vyborgskiy Zaliv, about 19 miles from the entrance. There

are two harbor areas in the port. Yuzhnaya, the SW harbor, is

the primary commercial area and is situated on the W side of

the Krepostnoy Bridge (Castle Bridge). Severnaya, the NE harbor, is situated at the E side of the bridge and is only used by

small vessels.

2.27 New port facilities have been constructed at Vysotsk, in the

S part of Vyborgskiy Zaliv to relieve congestion at Vyborg.

2.27 The port of Vyborg and Vysotsk can be contacted by e-mail,

as follows: 

2.27 Vessel Traffic Services.—The Regional Vessel Traffic

Service (VTS) for the eastern part of the Gulf of Finland are

located at:

a. Coastal VTS (operated from St. Petersburg ) VHF

channels 16 74; 10 74

b. Saint Petersburg Port VTS on VHF channels 9, 12, 16

c. Primorsk Port VTS on VHF channels 13, 68

d. Vyborg and Vysotsk Port VTS on VHF channel 69

e. Ust’-Luga VTS Port on VHF channel 2 

2.27 Winds—Weather.—Although the tidal range is small, considerable changes in the water level may be caused by strong

winds, variation in atmospheric pressure, and the seasonal

increase of water during the ice melt. The greatest change due

to weather conditions is 1.6m.

2.27 Ice.—Generally, ice appears about the middle of November

and lasts until April. The port is kept open year round with the

assistance of icebreakers.

2.27 Tides—Currents.—In the N and S entrances to Gavan Vysotsk, a strong wind-induced current may be encountered occasionally.

2.27 Signals indicating a rising or falling water level and the velocity of the current are displayed from masts on either side of

the harbor, day and night.

Vyborgskiy Light

Povorotnyy Light (Ostrov Mayachnyy)

ivs@vbgport.ru 

City of Vyborg
40 Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

2.27 Depths—Limitations.—Vyborgskiy Zaliv is divided into

several port areas by projecting points and islands, which the

main fairway passes around or between. From seaward to

Gavan Vysotsk, the fairway is authorized for a maximum draft

of 7.3m. The entrance fairway leading NE and passing S of the

SE extremity of Ostrov Krepysh is reported to be swept of a

depth of 8m.

2.27 Gavan Vysotsk is situated on the E side of a narrow passage

leading between Polustrov Vysotskiy, a point extending from

the SE side of the bay, and several islands located in the bay’s

center. This passage also carries the main channel to Vyborg.

Vessels berth head and stern-to to mooring posts, the ship’s

anchors used as necessary.

2.27 Generally, vessels up to 150m in length and 7.5m draft can

enter the port area at Vysotsk during daylight. Vessels up to

135m in length and 7m draft can enter at night. It is reported

that several quays, with depths of 8m alongside, are in

operation. It is reported that vessels with drafts up to 8.5m can

enter with special permission.

2.27 The S harbor at Vyborg provides 2,020m of quayage. The

are 13 berths, with depths of 4.2 to 8m alongside. The N harbor

is restricted by a bridge to small vessels with a maximum beam

of 7.3m. It provides 2,340m of quayage, with a depth of 3m

alongside.

2.27 Vessels up to 135m in length and 6.5m draft can enter the

port area at Vyborg during daylight. Vessels up to 125m in

length with drafts up to 6m or 105m in length with drafts up to

6.2m can enter at night.

2.27 Vessels exceeding the above dimensions must receive special

permission prior to entering the port areas. It is reported that

vessels up to 15,900 dwt and 173m in length have entered the

port areas. There are facilities for timber, bulk, general cargo,

and passenger vessels.

2.27 Aspect.—The approach routes, entrance channels, and inner

fairways are indicated by lighted ranges. The dangers lying adjacent to the fairways are marked by lights, beacons, and

buoys.

2.27 The most prominent feature in the city of Vyborg is the

castle standing on the small island which is connected to the

NE side of the Krepostnoy Bridge. Its conspicuous tower, 74m

high, dominates the surrounding area.

2.27 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot station is situated at the NW end of Ostrov Vikhrevoy. Vessels should send a

request for pilotage and an ETA 24 hours in advance. Pilots

may be contacted by VHF on chennal 10 . Vessels bound for

the Lukoil II Terminal, Vysotsk, pilot boards: 

1. In the vicinity of Khalli Lighted Buoy (60°24.5'N.,

28°05.0'E.) at the N end of the TSS.

2. In the vicinity of the Fairway Lighted Buoy

(60°26'N., 27°43'E.).

3. Vessels bound for the ports of Vyborg or Vysotsk ,

pilot boards at 0.6 mile W of the N end of Ostrov

Mayachnyy (60°34'N., 28°25'E.). 

2.27 During inclement weather, the pilot boat will lead vessels

into more sheltered waters within Bol’shoy Tranzundskiy Reid

(60°35.5'N., 28°30.0'E.) before boarding.

2.27 Regulations.—Between the inner pilot boarding place and

Banka Hallikivi, a speed restriction of 8 knots is in effect; then

through the port entrance, a speed restriction of 6 knots is in

effect. Within the intricate channel leading to the entrance of

Vybork at the N end of Vyborgskiy Zaliv, overtaking is prohibited and a speed restriction of 6.5 knots is in effect.

2.27 Entry into the port areas of Vysotsk and Vyborg may only be

carried out with special permission from the authorities when

the visibility is less than 1 mile and/or the wind is greater than

force 6.

2.27 All inbound vessels should send a message to the Port

Authority at least 48 hours in advance. In the case of their voyage being less than 48 hours, vessels should send a message

not later than 1 hour after leaving their last port of call. The

message should include the ETA at the pilot boarding place,

last port of call, volume and nature of cargo to be discharged or

loaded, details of any dangerous cargo, details of any heavy

lifts, name of charterer, length, draft, number of passengers,

and details of any services required.

2.27 Vessels entering the port areas with maximum allowable

drafts are considered to be constrained by their drafts. Such

vessels must display one black ball by day and one all-round

red light at night above the forward steaming light.

2.27 The use of tugs is compulsory for vessels over 100m in

length without a bow thruster arriving at Vyborg. Tugs are also

compulsory for vessels over 80m in length and 5m draft leaving Vyborg.

2.27 Anchorage.—Three designated anchorage areas, the limits

of which are shown on the chart, lie within Tranzundskiy Reid,

the outer roadstead located between Ostrov Igrivvy and the

entrance to the port areas. They have general depths of 14 to

18m, mud and sand.

2.27 Two designated anchorage areas, the limits of which are

shown on the chart, lie between Gavan Vystock and Vyborg.

They have depths of 11 to 17m, sand and mud, but require local

knowledge.

2.27 An anchorage area, with depths of 11 to 14m, lies adjacent to

the N side of the deep-water route (see Directions) and may

best be seen on the chart.

2.27 Directions.—The main approach from seaward is via the

Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) which leads NE from E of

Ostrov Sommers to a position located about 2 miles W of Skala

Khalli Light (60°24'N., 28°08'E.). A divided Safety Fairway,

which may best be seen on the chart, then leads to the port

entrance. This route leads ENE from the N end of the TSS

toward Ostrov Rondo. The inbound track is situated on the S

side of the fairway and passes S of Banka Ruismatala (see

Vyborg Castle and Tower
Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 41

Pub. 195

paragraph 2.24). The outbound track is situated on the N side

of the fairway and passes N of Banka Ruismatala. From the

vicinty of Ostrov Rondo, the route turns NE and N and passes

about 0.7 mile W of Vyborgskiy Bank. About 1.5 miles NNW

of Vyborgskiy Bank, the route turns NE and leads to the inner

pilot boarding place located W of Ostrov Mayachnyy. It then

continues ENE, NE, and ENE to join the entrance fairway,

passing S of Mys Teykarniyemi and between Banka Hallikivi

and Banka Yalkamatala. The entrance fairway leads ENE

between the ruins of the light tower, on the N side, and the N

end of the detached breakwater, on the S side.

2.27 The inshore channel leads 6.4 miles in a NE direction from S

of Mys Krestovyy to the inner pilot boarding place in the

vicinity of Ostrov Mayachnyy.

2.27 A deep-water route also leads into the port. This channel,

which is swept to a depth of 10.7m, is marked by buoys. It

branches NNE for about 0.7 mile from the NW side of the

Safety Fairway at a position located about 1 mile SW of Banka

Hallikivi. The channel then leads ENE for about 0.6 mile and

SE for 0.3 mile, passing N of Banka Hallikivi and SW of Mys

Ostryy. It continues E for about 0.2 mile and joins the main

fairway close outside the port entrance.

2.27 Caution.—Care should be exercised when within the harbor

areas of Gavan Vystock as numerous piles, many in a dilapidated condition, are present.

2.27 Several isolated patches, with depths of less than 10m, lie

within Tranzundskiy Reid, the outer roadstead, and adjacent to

the designated anchorage areas. 

2.27 Care should be taken when navigating in the vicinity of

Vyborgskiy Bank as vessels have frequently wrecked on this

shoal area.

2.27 A recommended route, which may best be seen on the chart,

extends in a N direction from the vicinity of Veprevskiy Light

(60°28'N., 28°26'E.) to the inner pilot boarding place located

W of Ostrov Mayachnyy. It is reported that navigation along

this route is prohibited for foreign vessels.

2.27 It is reported that extensive dredging has been carried out in

the TSS leading NE from the vicinty of Ostrov Sommers and,

in parts, has a minimum depth of 14.5m. This is to enable

deep-draft vessels to reach the new facilities at Vystock. 

Vyborg to St. Petersburg Guba

2.28 The Saimaa Canal (60°43'N., 28°45'E.) connects the

Gulf of Finland with lakes and inland waterways extending for

over 200 miles N of Lake Saimaa. It was originally opened in

1856 and extensively modified in 1968. 

2.28 The canal, which is known in Russian as the Saymenskiy

Canal, is open to international shipping. It is reached by a

channel, 8 miles long, which is entered from the fairway

leading between Gavan Vysotsk and Vyborg.

2.28 The canal, which has a total length of 23 miles, passes

through both Finnish and Russian territory. It has five locks in

the Russian area and three in the Finnish area, rising a total of

75m. Thirteen bridges cross the canal; seven of these are bascule bridges or swing bridges, with the remainder being fixed

bridges with a least vertical clearance of 25m. 

2.28 It was reported that the canal had been swept to a depth of

5.1m. Generally, navigation is limited to vessels with a

maximum draft of 4.3m, a length of 82m, a beam of 12.2m,

and a masthead height of 24.5m. Larger vessels may be

allowed to transit the canal at times but special permission

from the canal administration must be received in advance.

2.28 The canal has floodlights so that it can accommodate traffic

at night as well as in limited visibility. Transit of the canal

takes between 6 and 8 hours, depending on traffic. Speed is

limited to 6 knots in the canal and 8 knots in the lakes. With the

use of icebreakers, the season usually starts in early April and

extends into January. 

2.28 Pilotage is compulsory. Transit of the canal as far as Brusnitchnoe (60°48.6'N., 28°44.4'E.) is taken by Russian pilots.

Finnish pilots then take vessels to Malkia Lock, at the N end of

the canal. The canal is managed by the Regional Waterways

Division, Itainen Kanavatie 2, 53420 Lappeenranta, Finland,

which is part of the Finnish National Board of Navigation.

2.28 Following is the list of important ports in Saimaa Lakes

district: 

a. Imatra (61°10'N., 28°50'E.)

b. Joensuu (62°35'N., 29°45'E.)

c. Joutseno (61°08'N., 28°29'E.)

d. Kuopio (62°51'N., 27°30'E.)

e. Lappeenranta (61°04'N., 28°15'E.)

f. Puhos (62°06'N., 28°45'E.)

g. Varkaus (62°20'N., 27°50'E.) 

2.28

2.28 The area is covered by the Finnish publication “Atlas of

Saimaa Canal” and a larg scale Finnish Chart. Vessels may be

allowed to transit the canal, subject to permission of the

Authority. 

2.28

2.29 Between the main entrance to Vyborgskiy Zaliv and

Mys Stirsudden, about 29 miles SE, the coast is indented by

several bays. The shore is fronted by irregular depths and

numerous detached dangers.

2.29 Proliv Byerkezund (Koiviston Salmi) (60°28'N., 28°30'E.),

a sound, connects Vyborgskiy Zaliv with the E part of the Gulf

of Finland and provides a direct route between Vyborg and St.

Petersburg.

2.29 The mainland coast on the NE side of the sound rises gradually to a chain of hills, 55 to 85m high. Numerous houses and

villages are situated on the slopes of these hills. The three

Berezovyy islands, which are comparatively high and wooded,

form the SW side of this sound. A remarkable hill rises to a

height of 115m on Ostrov Zapadnyy Berezovyy, the outermost

island.

2.29 The sound has general depths of 14 to 33m. The fairway

channel leading through the dangers in the sound is wellmarked and available for vessels with drafts up to 9.1m.

2.29 Sheltered anchorage can be found within the sound, but S

winds cause a heavy swell in its S part and local knowledge is

required. 

2.29 Caution.—It is reported that passage through the N part of

Proliv Byerkezund is restricted to local fishing vessels and

Russian naval vessels.

2.30 Primorsk (60°22'N., 28°38'E.) (World Port Index No.

28360), a small port and oil terminal, is situated along the

shores of an enclosed bay at the E side of Proliv Byerkezund.

2.30 Ice.—In severe conditions, icebreaker assistance is provided.
42 Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 

Pub. 195

Generally, the ice season lasts from the beginning of December

to the end of April. The maximum ice coverage occurs in

March.

2.30 The Captain of the Port of St. Petersburg directs all icebreaker operations. Vessels requiring assistance should send a

request via their agent 24 hours in advance.

2.30 During the period of ice navigation, vessels proceeding to

the port are advised to send their ETA at the designated convoy

position to the Port Captain at Primorsk 48 hours, 24 hours,

and 12 hours in advance. On approaching the convoy position,

vessels should establish VHF contact with the nearest icebreaker and follow instructions. Vessels should advise Primorsk VTS (SUDS) the times of commencement and completion of icebreaker pilotage.

2.30 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by breakwaters and has depths of 5.5 to 9m, decreasing gradually

toward the shore. There are two piers with depths of 8.5 and

9.4m alongside their heads.

2.30 The oil terminal consists of a T-shaped jetty, which extends

about 0.2 mile SW from the shore, and several mooring buoys.

The head of the jetty has depths of 17.7 to 18m alongside. The

root of the jetty has a depth of 7.4m alongside. Tankers up to

about 150,000 dwt, 307m in length, 50m beam, and 15m

loaded draft can be handled.

2.30 Aspect.—A church with a prominent spire stands on the N

side of the harbor entrance.

2.30 It is reported that the Safety Fairway is marked by lighted

buoys and is indicated by a lighted range.

2.30 Pilotage.—Waiting Area No. 6, which may best be seen on

the chart, is situated 3 miles W of Ostrov Rodsher (59°58'N.,

26°41'E.). Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 50,000 dwt

and over between this waiting area, or the entrance of the TSS

located about 9 miles E of Ostrov Rodsher, and the port.

2.30 Waiting Area No. 7, which may best be seen on the chart, is

situated about 11 miles NE of Ostrov Seskar (60°02'N.,

28°23'E.), on the NW side of the Safety Fairway. Pilotage is

compulsory for vessels of less than 50,000 dwt between this

waiting area, or the beginning of the second reach of the Safety

Fairway, and the port.

2.30 Tug service is compulsory between Waiting Area No. 7 and

the port for vessels in ballast, and between Ostrov Seskar and

the port for loaded vessels.

2.30 Pilots can be contacted on VHF channels 9 and 67 and

board, as follows:

1. Vessels of 50,000 dwt and over—in position

59°59.8'N, 26°40.0'E (about 3 miles S of the S extremity of

Ostrov Gogland).

2. Vessels of less than 50,000 dwt—close SSE of Waiting Area No. 7 (60°10'N., 28°37'E.).

3. In position 60°08.0'N, 28°10.0'E (between No. 5

Lighted Buoy and No. 6 Lighted Buoy).

4. Vessels proceeding SE through Proliv Byerkezund—

in position 60°22.0'N, 28°34.5'E.

5. Vessels proceeding NW through Proliv Byerkezund—

in position 60°14.7'N, 28°50.8'E.

2.30 Vessels should sent an ETA at Waiting Area No. 7, via the

agent, to the Port Captain 48 hours and 24 hours in advance.

This ETA should be confirmed by VHF 4 hours prior to arrival.

2.30 Vessels should sent a request for pilotage to the Port Captain

24 hours before arriving at the appropriate boarding position.

This request should be confirmed by VHF 2 hours in advance.

2.30 Any changes should be sent via the agent not less than 1 hour

30 minutes in advance.

2.30 Vessels transiting the port area should contact the Port

Captain by VHF 2 hours prior to arriving at the appropriate

boarding position in Proliv Byerkezund.

2.30 Departing vessels should request pilotage in writing or by

telephone not less than 2 hours before sailing.

2.30 Regulations.—A local Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system

operates in the port area and includes the Safety Fairway,

Waiting Area No. 7, the inner and outer roadsteads, and the

waters of Proliv Byerkezund S of latitude 60°25'N.

2.30 Vessels must contact the Traffic Control Center of the

Primorsk VTS (SUDS) on VHF channel 68 (reserve channel—

VHF channel 13) 1 hour before entering the VTS area.

2.30 Vessels must, on request, advise the Traffic Control Center

of their bearing and distance from Seskar Light (60°02'N.,

28°22'E.).

2.30 Vessels should maintain a continuous listening watch on

VHF channel 68.

2.30 Vessels proceeding to Proliv Byerkezund should establish

VHF contact with Primorsk VTS when 30 miles from the port

to request permission to enter the area.

2.30 Tankers bound for the port in winter are required to be

double-hulled.

2.30 In addition to regular navigation equipment, tankers are required to be fitted with an Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS) and a Satellite System (GPS/GLONASS). If these systems are not available, they may be provided by the pilot service. 

2.30 Directions.—The main approach from seaward is via the

Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS), which leads N of Ostrov

Rodsher (59°58'N., 26°41'E.) and S of Ostrov Gogland

(60°03'N., 26°59'E.). This scheme continues in a NE direction

to the junction centered about 4 miles ESE of Ostrov Sommers

(60°12'N., 27°39'E.) and then ESE and SE to a position N of

Ostrov Seskar (60°02'N., 28°23'E.).

2.30 A Deep-Water Route has been established between the S end

of Ostrov Gogland and a position about 7 miles NW of Ostrov

Rodsher. This route, which has a least depth of 15m, passes N

of the TSS traffic lanes and is for the use of outbound loaded

vessels from Primorsk. It is 1,000m wide and may best be seen

on the chart.

2.30 A Precautionary Area has been established about 3 miles N

of Ostrov Seskar. The TSS traffic lanes and a Safety Fairway,

which leads to St. Petersburg, extend E from the E side of this

area and may best be seen on the chart (see paragraph 3.1).

Primorsk Oil Terminal (under construction) 
Sector 2. The Gulf of Finland—Northern Shore—Hanko to St. Petersburg Guba 43

Pub. 195

2.30 Primorsk Safety Fairway, which extends about 14 miles in a

NE direction and then about 4 miles in a NW direction, leads

from the NE side of the Precautionary Area to the oil terminal.

2.31 Ostrov Syarkkyaluoto (60°18'N., 28°48'E.), an islet,

lies near the outer end of an area of foul ground on the SE side

of Proliv Byerkezund. A light is shown from a framework

tower,12m high, standing on this islet.

2.31 Mys Kyurenniyemi (60°16'N., 28°55'E.) is located 4 miles

SE of Ostrov Syarkkyaluoto. A light is shown from a framework tower, 12m high, standing on this headland. Shoals extend up to about 2 miles S and SW of this light.

2.31 The 20m curve lies between less than 1 mile and about 2

miles off the W sides of the Berezovyy islands, but numerous

detached shoal patches, with depths less than 10m, lie within

about 8 miles W and SW of these islands.

2.31 Banka Shrednyaya (60°11'N., 28°20'E.), with a least depth

of 6.4m, lies about 17.5 miles WSW of Mys Kyurenniyemi and

is marked by a lighted buoy. Banka Agamemnon, with a least

depth of 8.2m, lies about 6 miles E of this isolated shoal bank

and is marked by a buoy. 

2.31 Mys Stirsudden (60°11'N., 29°01'E.), the N entrance point

of St. Petersburg Guba, is a low and rocky headland located 6

miles SE of Mys Kyurenniyemi. Gora Torkalla, a prominent

hill, is 100m high and rises 5.8 miles NNE of this headland.

2.31 Stirsudden Light is shown from a prominent tower, 28m

high, standing 0.6 mile ENE of the headland. Shoals front the

shore in the vicinity of this headland and Banka Diomid, with

depths of less than 10m, extends up to about 4.5 miles S of it.

2.31 The waters lying E of Mys Stirsudden are described in

Sector 3.

 Stirsudden Light
Pub. 195

3. Russia—St. Petersburg Guba and Nevskaya Guba

3.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 3 — CHART INFORMATION
47

Pub. 195

SECTOR 3 

RUSSIA—ST. PETERSBURG GUBA AND NEVSKAYA GUBA

3.0 Plan.—This sector describes the S and N coasts of St. Petersburg Guba and the approach from seaward to Kronshtadt that

forms part of the main shipping channel to St. Petersburg. In

addition, Kronshtadt, the S and N coasts of Nevskaya Guba, and

the port of St. Petersburg are also detailed. The descriptive sequence is from W to E. 

General Remarks

3.1 Tides—Currents.—At Kronshtadt, regular observations of the effects of wind on the water level have been made

over a period of decades. These observations indicate that there

are periodic changes in the water level due mainly to the flow

of river water into the Baltic Sea and then into the North Sea,

and due partly to meteorological conditions. The periodic

changes are relatively small and follow a definite routine,

showing two maximum and two minimum effects in each year.

The former changes occur in August, December, and January

and the latter in April, May, and October. The extreme difference in level between the maximum rise and the minimum fall

of these seasonal changes may reach 0.9m. 

3.1 The effect of the tide is small; the range at Kronshtadt due to

this cause is not more than about 0.1m. The changes due to

meteorological conditions are more pronounced at times,

especially in the mouth of the Neva, where they cause heavy

floods and serious damage.

3.1 At Kronshtadt, the water has been known to rise about 1.4m

in 6 hours due to the meteorological changes. These conditions

are more noticeable in their effect during the autumn and winter than during spring and summer. In general, E winds lower

the water level and the W winds raise it. The force of the wind

is of greater consequence than its direction. 

3.1 The water level begins to rise somewhat earlier than the

freshening or shifting of the wind, and it attains its maximum

height before the wind reaches its greatest force. Any appreciable rise of the water level is a certain indiction of W winds.

When certain conditions of wind and barometric pressure

occur at the same time, the rise of the water level may be considerable. 

3.1 At Kronshtadt, an increase of more than 3m above normal

has been recorded, and at St. Petersburg, a rise of more than

3.5m above normal has been recorded. These extreme rises,

which cause floods, are not frequent in October and November;

the maximum rise at St. Petersburg during the months of

February, March, April, and June has not exceeded 1.8m. The

maximum difference between the high and low level at

Kronshtadt in the last 100 years is 4.6m.

3.1 With winds from NNE through N to SSE, the water rises at

Kronshtadt and falls with those from other directions.

3.1 The current in Nevskaya Guba sets W in mid-channel

between Ostrov Kotlis and Mys Lisiy Nos at a velocity of

about 0.25 knot, but in the S area of the estuary it is weaker.

During light E winds, there is a W set with a velocity of about

0.5 knot and with strong winds from that direction, the set

attains a velocity, at times, of about 1.5 knots. No current is

perceptible along the shores of the estuary.

3.1 Depths—Limitations.—The Safety Fairway, which extends

between the TSS traffic lanes located off Ostrov Seskar

(60°02'N., 28°23'E.) and St. Petersburg Lighted Buoy

(60°02'N., 29°26'E.), has general depths of 20 to 31m; however, several shoal patches, wrecks, and obstructions exist

within and adjacent to the fairway. All these dangers may best

be seen on the chart. This fairway also passes through a former

Mine Danger Area, as well as the Kronshtadt Fortified Zone.

3.1 Vessels up to 260m in length, 40m beam, and 11m fresh

water draft are able to proceed to St. Petersburg.

3.1 Vessels exceeding 170m in length or with drafts of 8.5m and

over are considered to be constrained by their draft. Such vessels must display the appropriate signals. Vessels displaying

these signals are given the right-of-way. Vessels constrained by

draft must employ tugs in the narrows between Lesnoy Mol

(59°53'N, 30°12'E.) and Bolshaya Neva (59°55'N, 30°15'E.).

3.1 Pilotage.—Pilot boarding at E of St. Petersburg Lighted

Buoy (60°02'N, 29°26'E.) for St. Petersburg and Kronshtadt is

compulsory. Vessels must send an ETA at the St. Petersburg

Lighted Buoy or in ice conditions, at the ice edge, and a request for pilotage 48 hours, 24 hours, and 4 hours in advance

through INFLOT. Pilots board in the vicinity of St. Petersburg

Lighted Buoy. In bad weather, vessels may be required to follow the pilot vessel to a sheltered area.

3.1 Call sign: Saint Petersburg Pilot; VHF chennal 9 16 70. 

3.1 Port Pilot Service Controller Call sign: Petersburg Radio 21

on VHF channel on 9 67 BA NP-286(2) 2010/11.

3.1 Regulations.—GOFREP, a mandatory ship reporting system

under SOLAS, has been established in the Gulf of Finland and

its approaches. This system is operated by the VTS centers at

Tallinn (VHF channel 61), Helsinki (VHF channel 60), and

Saint Petersburg (VHF channel 74). For further information

concerning GOFREP, see Finland in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent

Seas.

3.1 Vessels bound for ports in Russia should send an ETA to the

agents 12 days, 96 hours, and 12 hours in advance. All oil, gas,

and chemical tankers should send an ETA 14 days, 72 hours,

and 12 hours in advance. 

3.1 In Kronshtadtskiy Korabelnyy Farvater and St. Petersburg

Morskoy Kanal W of the sea walls, speed is restricted to 10

knots. Within the moles and in the harbor area, speed must not

exceed 6 knots; the speed limit is 3 knots when passing vessels

secured alongside and engaged in diving operations, etc. If

steerageway can not be maintained at these speeds, tugs must

be employed.

E-mail: govva@mail.pasp.ru

Telephone: 78812 7149595

Telephone: 78812 3807064
48 Sector 3. Russia—St. Petersburg Guba and Nevskaya Guba 

Pub. 195

3.1 Overtaking in the main fairway is permitted only along the

port side of the vessels being passed. Elsewhere in the port,

overtaking is permitted on either side.

3.1 Vessels carrying explosives, inflammables, or poisonous

materials are to await instructions at the St. Petersburg Lighted

Buoy.

3.1 Vessels are urged to contact the local authorities and the pilot

for information on local navigation regulations. The use of the

vessel’s bridge equipment may be restricted. 

3.1 See Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North

Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent Seas for regulations pertaining to

vessels in Russian waters. 

3.1 Kronshtadt Fortified Zone.—See Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent

Seas for regulations pertaining to Fortified Zones. Kronshtadt

Fortified Zone is entered on pass-ing longitude 29°E.

Practically the whole of St. Petersburg Guba lies in a Fortified

Zone, which may best be seen on the chart. 

3.1 Extensive areas are prohibited to navigation, the limits of

which are subject to change without notice. Permission to enter

the Fortified Zone must be secured from the military authorities in advance, as well as permission to enter Kronshtadt or St.

Petersburg. 

3.1 Vessels must not deviate from the charted courses. A vessel

entering a prohibited area will be warned by the firing of a gun

or rocket, and such vessel must stop and await orders. Vessels

failing to heave-to may be detained.

3.1 Vessel Traffic Service.—A mandatory Vessel Traffic

Service (VTS) system, termed as Ship Traffic Control Service,

is in effect for the fairways and harbors E of St. Petersburg

Lighted Buoy. In addition to inbound and outbound vessels, the

service covers local traffic and movements within St. Petersburg harbor, as well as anchored vessels.

3.1 With a visibility of less than 2 miles, vessels navigating

between Uuzhnaya Damba (the NE entrance breakwater of St.

Petersburg) and St. Petersburg Lighted Buoy are required to

maintain a listening watch on VHF channel 12.

3.1 Anchored vessels or vessels berthed alongside are requested not

to use VHF channel 6, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 26 for intership

communications. 

3.1 Inbound vessels should request permission to proceed

through the pilot. Vessels should also contact the Ship Control

Center on VHF channel 9 when passing the reporting points

listed below , and upon berthing or anchoring:

1. St. Petersburg Lighted Buoy. 

2. St. Petersburg Kanal Buoy 24. 

3. St. Petersburg Kanal Buoy 30. 

4. The heads of the entrance breakwaters. 

3.1 Vessels intending to operate in the main ship channel between the harbor entrance and the harbor area NE of Lesnoy

Mol, should request permission to proceed before passing the

harbor entrance if inbound, and before departing berth, if outbound. 

3.1 Vessels intending to navigate between the area NE of Lesnoy

Mol and the NE end of the harbor should contact the Nevskiye

Vorota signal station before reaching the SE end of Berth 31 if

northeastbound, or before passing Nevskiye Vorota if southeastbound. In winter, permission should be obtained from the

Ship Control Center. 

3.1 The radar station is available for assistance in poor visibility. 

3.1 Storm warnings or a water rise of 1.5m above normal will be

broadcast to vessels in St. Petersburg harbor or anchorages. 

3.1 Anchorage.—Waiting Anchorage Area No. 4, which may

best be seen on the chart, lies centered about 1 mile NW of St.

Petersburg Lighted Buoy (60°02'N, 29°26'E.). It has depths of

20 to 25m, mud and sand, with good holding ground.

3.1 It is reported that Anchorage Area No. 5 and Anchorage

Area No. 5A have been established about 5 miles NNW of St.

Petersburg Fairway Lighted Buoy.

3.1 Directions.—Vessels approaching St. Petersburg Guba

should make use of the several Traffic Separation Schemes

(TSS) in the Gulf of Finland, which are best seen on the chart.

3.1 A buoyed Safety Fairway leads from the TSS traffic lanes

located at the E side of the Precautionary Area off Ostrov

Seskar (60°02'N., 28°23'E.), through the Kronshtadt Fortified

Zone, to the pilot boarding place and waiting anchorage. This

channel has a bottom width of 80m and is marked by buoys.

The Russian authorities recommend adhering to this fairway,

particularly within the Kronshtadt Fortified Zone.

3.1 Caution.—Deep-draft vessels sometimes conduct cargo

lightering operations in the vicinity of the outer anchorage prior to entering the ports.

3.1 It is reported that the buoys, lights, and beacons of the TSS

lying in the outer approach to St. Petersburg may be missing or

unlit.

3.1 There is periodic dredging of the main channel fairways in

both the approaches and the ports during the summer navigation season.

3.1 Uncharted floating aids may be established in the vicinity of

dredging operations and charted floating aids may be out of

position. Care must be exercised when navigating in the work

areas.

3.1 A number of designated spoil (dumping) ground areas lie in

the outer approaches and may best be seen on the chart.

3.1 Several restricted areas, including unexploded ordnance

areas and mine sweeping exercise areas, lie in the outer approaches and may best be seen on the chart.

St. Petersburg Guba

3.2 St. Petersburg Guba, including Nevskaya Guba, extends in an ESE direction for 35 miles from its entrance between Mys Shepelevskiy and Mys Stirsudden, 12 miles NNW.

3.2 Kronshtadtskiy Korabelnyy Farvater, about 12 miles long,

leads from the E end of the buoyed channel (Safety Fairway) to

the vicinity of Kronshtadt. The St. Petersburg Morskoy Kanal

then leads to St. Petersburg. Secondary channels, for small

craft, lie on either side of this canal.

North shore.—Mys Flotskiy, a low point, is located 4 miles

ESE Mys Stirsudden (see paragraph 2.31). A light is shown

from a framework tower, 20m high, standing on this point.

3.2 Mys Pesochnyy is located 9 miles E of Mys Flotskiy and the

coats is moderately high and predominantly wooded.

3.2 Gora Torkalla, 100m high, stands about 6 miles NNE of Mys

Stirsudden and is conspicuous, as it is the highest hill on this

part of the coast.

3.2 A conspicuous church is situated at Gorod Zelenogorsk

(60°12'N., 29°42'E.).

3.2 Between Mys Pesochnyy and Mys Dubovskiy, about 15
Sector 3. Russia—St. Petersburg Guba and Nevskaya Guba 49

Pub. 195

miles ESE, the shore is mostly sandy, with some marshy areas,

and fringed with boulders. Numerous dangers lie between Mys

Dubovskiy and Ostrov Kotlin.

3.2 A conspicuous tower stands on Mys Lisiy Nos, 4.5 miles S

of Mys Dubovskiy. The coast between is low, sandy, and

wooded. Numerous holiday resorts stand along this stretch,

some close to the shore.

South shore.—The coast is low between Mys Shepelevskiy

(see paragraph 1.22) and Mys Seraya Loshad, about 2.5 miles

ENE. At Mys Shepelevskiy, a range of low hills rises,

increasing in height as they trend E, until at Mys Krasnaya

Gorka, 4 miles farther E, they form a red sandy cliff. This cliff

is conspicuous from seaward, but invisible from W. Between

Mys Krasnaya Gorka and Bronnaya Gora, 9.5 miles E, the

coast is bordered by low, sandy hills.

3.2 Conspicuous churches are situated at Gory Valday

(59°58'N., 29°12'E.) and Bol’shaya Izhora (59°56'N.,

29°34'E.).

3.3 Ostrov Kotlin (60°00'N., 29°46'E.) is located at the

seaward entrance to Nevskaya Guba. The island is low and its

center and W parts are covered with vegetation. The W end of

the island consists of a low, rocky cape. The port of Kronshtadt

lies at the SE side of the island.

3.3 A causeway, with a road, extends in an E direction and

connects the N part of the island to Mys Lisiy Nos, on the N

shore.

3.3 An area of reclaimed land, about 0.4 mile wide, extends

SSW from the S shore of the island to the N edge of the fairway channel. Opposite this reclaimed area, a dam extends for

about 3 miles from the S shore to the S edge of the fairway

channel. 

3.3 Tolbukhin Light (60°03'N., 29°33'E.) is shown from a conspicuous tower with a dwelling, 30m high, standing on a rocky

islet, 3 miles WNW of the W end of Ostrov Kotlin.

3.3 The island is fringed by a rocky shoal which extends W from

its W side to the vicinity of the light.

3.3 Londonskaya Otmel (59°59'N., 29°30'E.), an extensive

rocky shoal, extends up to about 2.5 miles from the S shore, S

of Tolbukhin Light. Several dangers lie on this shallow shoal

and may best be seen on the chart.

3.4 Kronshtadt (59°59'N., 29°47'E.) (World Port Index

No. 28400) is situated at the E end of Ostrov Kotlin and is the

largest Russian military harbor on the Baltic. The port consists

of a town fronted by five artificial harbors. Foreign commercial

vessels may enter the harbor only with special permission.

3.4 Tides—Currents.—The current in the roadstead runs to the

E with winds from the W, at a velocity of 0.5 to 1.5 knots; after

sustained W winds bank up the water, the velocity may even

reach 3 knots.

3.4 Depths—Limitations.—Kabotazhnaya Gavan, the coaster

harbor, has depths of 1.5 to 7m, with the greatest depths being

in the S part.

3.4 Kupecheskaya Gavan, the commercial harbor, has depths of

7.3 to 9.4m in the S part and 1.8 to 5.2m in the N part.

3.4 Srednyaya Gavan, used by naval vessels, has depths of 8.5 to

10.7m in the S and E parts, but the N part is shallow.

3.4 Voyennaya Gavan, also used by naval vessels, is connected

to Srednyaya Gavan. 

3.4 Zavodskaya Gavan fronts the E side of the island and is used

by power boats. 

3.4 Vessels up to 200m in length and 8m draft can enter the port.

3.4 Aspect.—The approach channels are indicated by lighted

ranges and marked by buoys, which may best be seen on the

chart. 

3.4 A foundry chimney and the dome of the Naval Cathedral,

both prominent, are situated in the town. 

3.4 Ostrov Kronshlot, a fortified island, lies close S of the fairway, in the vicinity of the port, and is marked by lights.

3.4 For determining the error of the compass during the transit of

the roadstead, marks are placed on the outer walls of the harbor

basins indicating the true bearing of the foundry chimney.

These marks are visible from a distance of 5 miles.

3.4 Each complete 10° is shown by two white figures on a

background of black and red diagonal stripes. The intervening

degrees are shown only by the last number, with even numbers

on a black background and odd numbers on a red background.

Half degrees are marked by a small white circular disc with a

black border. 

3.4 In Bol’shoy Reyd, the bearings shown are from 079° through

E to 101°; in Malyy Reyd, from 078° through N to 355°; and in

Vostochny Reyd, from 337° to 254° through W. Separate marks

for 271° and 278° are shown on two of the piers. 

3.4 Regulations.—When approaching the harbor entrances,

proceeding through narrow passages, and generally whenever a

close-quarters situation is possible, vessels shall proceed at

slow speed and sound a prolonged blast of the whistle.

3.4 Vessels intending to enter or leave a harbor shall, at a distance of about 100m from the entrance, sound several prolonged blasts of the whistle to warn vessels on the other side of

the harbor wall. The entrance shall not be approached by vessels intending to pass through until the passage is clear; this is

Tolbukhin Light

Kronshtadt—Dome of the Naval Cathedral
50 Sector 3. Russia—St. Petersburg Guba and Nevskaya Guba 

Pub. 195

shown by a signal hoisted at the signal mast at the entrance. 

3.4 Anchoring in the roadstead of Kronshtadt is strictly prohibited. 

3.4 Directions.—Kronshtadtskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater leads

from the pilot boarding place, in the vicinity of St. Petersburg

Lighted Buoy, to the roadstead of Kronshtadt. 

3.4 Caution.—During the day, some ranges in the vicinity of the

roadstead are difficult to identify against the buildings in the

background.

3.4 A submarine cable extends SW and W into the fairway from

the port and may best be seen on the chart. 

Nevskaya Guba

3.5 Nevskaya Guba lies between Ostrov Kotlin and the

mouth of the Reka Neva. The S shore, on which there are many

villages, descends to the sea in terraces. Both the N and S

shores are densely wooded.

3.5 Between Mys Lisiy Nos and Lakhta, 6 miles ESE, the N

shore of Nevskaya Guba is low, sandy, and wooded. Off the

villages of Dubi and Verperow, about 1.2 and 1.8 miles SE of

Mys Lisiy Nos, respectively, are two low-lying rocky islets, the

easternmost of which is Ostrovki Verperluda. The white tower

of the biological institute, standing 5.2 miles E of Mys Lisiy

Nos, and Lakhtinskiy Rescue Station, now disused, situated 1.5

miles farther E, are good landmarks. Numerous holiday

resorts, some close to the shore, are situated between Mys

Lisiy Nos and Lakhta.

3.5 On the S shore, a prominent palace stands on a hill near the

town of Lomonosov, S of the E end of Ostrov Kotlin. Martyshkina Church, also prominent, is situated 1.8 miles ESE of the

palace. 

3.5 At Petrodvorets, 5 miles ESE, the former palace, with its

golden emblem, and the cathedral are conspicuous.

3.5 The St. Petersburg Morskoy Kanal connects the E end of

Kronshtadtskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater with the harbor of St.

Petersburg. This canal is about 15 miles long. It is marked by

buoys and indicated by lighted ranges which may best be seen

on the chart.

3.5 Vessels entering the canal are usually limited to a maximum

length of 260m, a maximum beam of 40m, and a maximum

fresh water draft of 11m.

3.5 Other minor channels, used by local craft, connect several

small harbors within Nevskaya Guba and may best be seen on

the chart.

3.5 Lomonosov (59°55'N., 29°46'E.) (World Port Index No.

28390) is a small naval harbor protected by two breakwaters. A

channel leads S from the main fairway at the E end of Ostrov

Kotlin to this harbor. There are depths of 3.6 to 7.2m alongside

the principal quays.

3.5 Caution.—An obstruction lies 0.4 mile N from the head of

E mole; another obstruction lies with a depth of 5.7m at the

edge of the channel from the same mole. 

St. Petersburg (59°56'N., 30°18'E.)

World Port Index No. 28370

3.6 The port of St. Petersburg (Sankt Peterburg) is situated on the banks of the Reka Neva and the islands forming its

delta. The city, which was once the capital of Russia, was previously known as Leningrad and Petrograd. The port, used by

both naval and commercial vessels, is connected by an interior

waterway canal system with the White Sea, the Caspian Sea,

and the Black Sea. 

Ice

3.6 Navigation is possible all year round with icebreaker

assistance from the end of November until about the last week

of April. Ice first begins to form in the middle of November.

The thickness of the ice averages 0.7m and is never more than

1m. 

Winds—Weather

3.6 Within Nevskaya Guba, SW and W winds prevail in winter

and represent 70 to 75 per cent of recordings. In summer, W

and NW winds prevail and represent 21 per cent and 18 per

cent of recordings, respectively. In spring, the most frequent

winds are W and represent 16 to 27 per cent of recordings. In

the fall, SW winds prevail and represent 17 to 24 per cent of

recordings. Wind force decreases in spring and summer, but

increases in the fall and winter. 

3.6 Calms are most frequent in spring and summer and represent

30 per cent of recordings. Storms are mainly recorded during

fall and winter; their occurance fluctuates around 10 per cent of

recordings. 

3.6 Storms are most frequently related to S and SW winds,

though they also occur during NW, NE, and E winds. The

duration of these storms seldom exceeds 24 hours.

3.6 The number of days with fog in Nevskaya Guba averages 57

per year. The largest number of days with fog is recorded during the September to April period, and varies from 5 to 8 days

per month. During this period, fogs are thicker and last longer.

In winter, fogs occur most frequently during E and NE winds

and more rarely during NW and N winds. In spring, fogs are

formed during SW and W winds. 

Tides—Currents

3.6 Basic level fluctuations are caused by the cumulative effect

St. Petersburg Harbor
Sector 3. Russia—St. Petersburg Guba and Nevskaya Guba 51

Pub. 195

of rollers and by the seiche phenomena. The cumulative fluctuations usually occur suddenly, last a short period of time, and

are intensive. Level increases are usually brought on by winds

of W directions and decreases by winds of E directions. The

value of these fluctuations of level seldom exceeds 0.5m in the

spring and summer, but in the fall and winter it reaches 1.2m. 

3.6 Particularly high rises of water are observed in Nevskaya

Guba, which in some years has recorded 2.5 to 3.5m, although

it was reported that the rise has been as high as 3.9m. In the

Reka Neva estuary, the strongest water level fluctuations occur

during SW fall storms. 

3.6 Seiche level fluctuations usually do not exceed 0.2 to 0.3m,

and only in isolated cases do they reach 1m. 

3.6 The current velocity of the Reka Neva averages about 2

knots, increasing to 3 knots with N winds, and becoming

weaker during W winds. 

St. Petersburg—Passenger Terminal Berths

St. Petersburg—Marine Terminal Pier

St. Petersburg—Container Terminal Berths

St. Petersburg—Container Terminal

St. Petersburg—General Cargo Berths

St. Petersburg—Bulk Berths
52 Sector 3. Russia—St. Petersburg Guba and Nevskaya Guba 

Pub. 195

Depths—Limitations

3.6 Vessels entering the port of St. Petersburg are restricted to a

maximum draft of 11m, a length of 260m, and a beam of 40m.

Ocean-going vessels enter via the St. Petersburg Morskoy

Kanal. Four other minor channels lead to the port and are used

by local small craft.

3.6 The port is separated from Nevskaya Guba by Kanonerskaya

Otmel. The canal, the main entrance channel, enters the S part

of the port. A fairway, swept to a depth of 9.8m, then leads NE

to the N part. The main harbor basins lie E of this fairway.

3.6 Between the entrance sea walls, the channel is reported to be

dredged to a depth of 11.3m.

3.6 Ugolnaya Gavan, at the S end of the harbor complex, is

bound on its SW side by Ugolnyy Mol and on its NE side by

Lesnoy Mol. This basin has an entrance, 140m wide, and

depths up to 11m alongside the quays.

3.6 An oil berth, with a depth of 10.8m alongside, is situated in

the NW part.

3.6 Reyd Lesnoyo Mola, the basin lying N of Lesnoy Mol, has

depths of 5 to 11.5m alongside the quay on the SW side.

3.6 Barochnyy Basseyn lies close NE of Reyd Lesnoyo Mola.

This basin has an entrance, 220m wide, and depths up to 11.5m

alongside the quays.

3.6 Vostochnyy Basseyn is approached via a channel, with a

dredged depth of 8.5m, which leads from the SE side of Barochnyy Basseyn and along the N side of Krivaya Damba, a detached breakwater. This basin has depths of 6 to 8m alongside

the quays.

3.6 Morskoy Kanal, leading to the N part of the port, has berths

situated along its E side with depths up to 11.5m alongside.

3.6 Gutuyevskiy Kovsh is a small basin which extends E from

the N end of the canal. This basin has depths of 4 to 7.6m

alongside the quays.

3.6 Novaya Kanonerskiy Gavan, a ship repair harbor, has depths

of 6.5 to 8m in the approach channel and 4 to 8m in the basin.

This harbor area lies between Ostrov Kanonerskiy and Ostrov

Belyy. The approach channel leads W between Bolshaya Neva

and Neviskiye Vorota, the N entrance to the port.

3.6 An international passenger terminal is situated on the N

shore of Bolshaya Neva. The berths and approach channel have

depths of 9.5m.

3.6 There is a total of 1,200m of berthage alongside the N and W

banks of the river, with depths of 4.2 to 6.1m alongside.

3.6 The port has facilities for tanker, bulk, general cargo, container, ro-ro, timber, reefer, cruise, and passenger vessels.

There are also facilities for pleasure craft and yachts.

Aspect

3.6 The entire St. Petersburg area is comparatively low, varying

from 5m high in the S and E parts, to 10m high in the N part.

The region is dominated by the delta of the river.

3.6 When approaching the port, the Admiralty, is conspicuous.

This large building is 74m high with a gilded tower and spire.

It is situated on the S bank of the Reka Neva, nearly 0.5 mile

above the Lieutenant Shmidt Bridge.

3.6 Dvoryetz Iskussrv, or Palace of Arts, formerly the Winter

Palace, stands close NE of the Admiralty.

3.6 The gilded dome of Issacs Cathedral, standing close S of the

Admiralty, is very conspicuous. Also conspicuous is the gilded

and lofty spire of the cathedral rising from the Peter and Paul

Fortress. It is situated on the opposite shore of the Reka Neva,

NE of the Admiralty.

Pilotage

3.6 See Pilotage under General Remarks in paragraph 3.1.

Departing vessels should order a pilot at least 2 hours prior to

departure. Deep-sea pilots are available upon request. 

Regulations

3.6 See Regulations under General Remarks in paragraph 3.1.

3.6 Vessels exceeding 170m in length or with drafts of 8.5m and

over are considered to be constrained by their draft and must

display the appropriate signals. Such vessels have the right of

way and must employ tugs in the narrows within the St. Petersburg Morskoy Kanal. 

Signals.

3.6 See Regulations under General Remarks in paragraph 3.1.

3.6 Storm signals are shown, by day, from the meteorological

 St Petersburg—Peter and Paul Fortress Cathedral
Sector 3. Russia—St. Petersburg Guba and Nevskaya Guba 53

Pub. 195

station at Lebyazh’ya (59°58'N., 29°26'E.) and from the lower

yardarm of a mast at Lomonosov.

Anchorage

3.6 Several anchorage (waiting) areas are situated adjacent to the

sides of the St. Petersburg Morskoy Kanal and may best be

seen on the chart.

Caution

3.6 Care is advised as the entrance channel narrows to a width of

about 70m between the sea walls, which were reported to be in

a poor state of repair.

 St. Petersburg 

St Petersburg—Spire of the Admiralty

St Petersburg—Dome of Issacs Cathedral

St Petersburg—Spire of Peter and Paul Fortress Cathedral
Pub. 195

4. The Aland Islands and the Adjacent Finnish Coast

4.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 4 — CHART INFORMATION
57

Pub. 195

SECTOR 4 

THE ALAND ISLANDS AND THE ADJACENT FINNISH COAST

4.0 Plan.—This sector describes the Aland Islands and those

dangers lying along the seaward edges of the archipelago extending from the Finnish coast. The descriptive sequence is W

from the cape of Hanko (Hangoudd) (59°49'N., 22°54'E.) to

Sodra Kvarken (60°15'N., 19°00'E.) and then E to Isokari

(60°43'N., 21°01'E.). The ports of Turku and Naantali, situated

at the SW corner of Finland, are described at the end of this

sector. 

General Remarks

4.1 Winds—Weather.—Among the islands, SW winds

prevail. Winds from SE are usually accompanied by rain and N

winds are accompanied by squalls.

4.1 Fog occurs in the spring and autumn. The fog is usually thick

and dry in the spring, and damp with fine rain in the autumn. 

4.1 Ice.—During an average winter ice forms within the inlets of

the Ahvenanmaa Islands in the middle of January, and quickly

extends around these islands and over the sea to the E of them.

By the beginning of February the whole sea area between the

Ahvenanmaa Islands and the Finnish coast is ice-encumbered. In

the middle of February, the N part of the Aland Sea and Sodra

Kvarken are ice-covered. After the middle of March the ice

begins to decrease, and by the beginning of April, the Aland Sea

and Sodra Kvarken are open. At the end of April the sea between

the Ahvenanmaa Islands and the Finnish coast is clear.

4.1 A passage is usually kept open all winter through Rodhamnsfjarden and Foglofjard as far as Turku. If the winter anticyclone to the SE extends W and N, giving a period of E winds

and cold weather over the Baltic, a great deal of ice is heaped up

on the S coast off the Ahvenanmaa Islands. On the S side of the

Aland Sea, traffic is unhindered in very mild winters.

4.1 The earliest reports of ice in the N part of the Gulf of Bothnia

occur usually in November. Ice first forms within inlets and in

shallow water along the coasts. It is slow to extend seaward but

extends quite rapidly along the coasts. By the middle of January

a continuous belt of ice surrounds most of the coasts and much

of the sea area in the gulf N of latitude 63° is frozen. Ice conditions are usually at their peak by the end of February. Normally, ice conditions improve from early March onward. Ice recedes N and has usually left Turku (60°27'N., 22°15'E.) and

Gavle (60°41'N., 17°10'E.) by 14 April. The N part of the gulf is

normally ice-free by the middle of May.

4.1 For information pertaining to winter navigation, ice, and Finnish icebreaking services, including internet web sites, see Pub.

140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean

and Adjacent Seas.

4.1 Tides—Currents.—Currents are generally dependent on the

direction of the wind, but strongly divided by the islands and

shoals. The water level is a good indication of expected winds.

A rise precedes winds from the SE or SW, and a fall precedes

those from the N.

4.1 Aspect.—The peninsula of Hankoinemi and the dangers adjacent to it are described in paragraph 2.2.

4.1 The Aland Islands, located in the entrance of the

Gulf of Bothnia, are separated from the coast of Sweden by the

Aland Sea and Sodra Kvarken. 

4.1 Saaristomeri, the waters lying between the Aland Islands and

the mainland of Finland, are encumbered by islands, islets, and

innumerable rocks and shoals.

4.1 Aland Island (Ahvenanmaa), the largest of the group, is

partially wooded and intersected by numerous inlets. It is

reported that about two-thirds of the inhabitants of the group

reside on this island and are of Swedish extraction.

4.1 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory within the archipelago

area for all merchant vessels and foreign warships; all tankers

over 15,000 dwt when loaded must carry two pilots.

4.1 The IMO recommends that vessels constrained by their draft

or vessels not registered in one of the Baltic states, and

infrequently sailing the area, embark a deep-sea pilot. Vessels

requiring deep-sea pilotage should send their request to any

coastal pilot station in Finland, at least 24 hours in advance.

4.1 All ordering of local pilots throughout Finland is carried out

by the Finnpilot Order Center, Helsinki. For more information,

see Pilotage in paragraph 2.12. 

4.1 Pilots for the archipelago area board vessels in the following

positions: 

1. For vessels approaching from S—about 3 miles SSW

of Uto.

2. For vessels approaching from W bound for Farjsundet, Degerby, and all other destinations in the E part of the

archipelago—in position 59°56.6'N, 19°57.6'E. This boarding position is also used by vessels transiting the Archipelago Sea bound for Hanko during ice conditions.

3. For vessels approaching from N—in position

60°44.47'N, 20°55.03'E (Isokari). 

4. For vessels approaching from SE—about 1.5 miles

ENE of Russaro. 

5. For the port of Mariehamn (Maarianhamina)—in

position 60°01.3'N, 19°50.3'E.

4.1 Regulations—General.—The Finnish authorities have instituted a system of restricted areas and semi-restricted areas

throughout the whole of Finland’s coastal waters. The limits of

the areas lying within the waters described in this sector may

best be seen on the chart.

4.1 Vessels are permitted to transit these restricted areas only

through an approved channel, with a pilot aboard. 

4.1 Vessels are permitted to anchor within a restricted area only

at specially designated anchorages, for a duration of 48 hours

or less. 

4.1 Areas dangerous due to mines laid during World War II exist

within the waters described in this sector. There is still a risk of

danger in these areas and anchoring or carrying out any seabed

activities are prohibited without special permission.

4.1 See Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North

Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent Seas for regulations pertaining to

vessels within the waters of Finland. Vessels should also
58 Sector 4. The Aland Islands and the Adjacent Finnish Coast 

Pub. 195

consult the pilot as well as the local authorities for details on

local regulations. 

4.1 Traffic Control.—An Archipelago Vessel Traffic Service

(VTS) system operates in the Saaristomeri area. This VTS is

mandatory and authorized to issue instructions when necessary

for the safe navigation of vessels within the area. The seaward

limits of the VTS area are Uto Island (59°47'N., 21°22'E.) and

Isokari Island (60°43'N., 21°01'E.). 

4.1 All vessels within the VTS area and those operating nearby

must maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF channel

71. The VTS Marine Traffic Center is situated at Parnaisten

(60°10'N., 21°42'E.). 

4.1 The VTS area consists of two sectors. Sector 1 extends from

the limit at Uto Island to Turku (60°27'N., 22°15'E.) and Naantali (60°28'N., 22°01'E.) along the 10m and 13m fairways.

Sector 2 extends from the limit at the island of to the intersection point at Lovskar (60°13.2'N., 21°43.6'E.) along the 9m

and 10m fairways; and from Isokari to Uusikaupunki

(60°13.2'N., 21°43.6'E.) along the 4.5m, 7m, 9m, and 10m fairways.

4.1 All vessels must provide an Advance Report at least 2 hours

before entering the VTS area by fax, telephone, or VHF. This

report must include the following designators and details: 

4.1 All vessels must then provide an Entry Report, on VHF

channel 71, when crossing the VTS area limit. This report must

include the information under designators A, D, E, and F (see

table above).

4.1 When within the VTS area, vessels should consult the pilot

for details of movement reports and reporting points along the

various fairways. Navigation assistance is available from the

VTS center and is recommended during inclement weather

conditions.

4.1 Directions.—The main offshore shipping routes leading to

ports in the Gulf of Bothnia pass W of the Aland Islands and

through Sodra Kvarken (see paragraphs 4.6 and 5.8).

4.1 Channels, requiring extensive local knowledge, lead between

the islands and dangers, and connect the Aland Islands with the

mainland. The main approaches to these channels from

seaward are, as follows:

1. From the SW—through Rodhamnsfjarden (via Nyhamn).

2. From the S—by a channel passing W of Uto

(59°47'N., 21°22'E.).

3. From the E—using the NW approaches to Hanko.

4. From the N—via Isokari.

4.1 Caution.—Strong S to SW winds cause treacherous seas

among the islands off the S and SW coasts of Finland, between

Uto (59°47'N., 21°22'E.) and Bengtskar (59°43'N., 22°30'E.).

Wave heights can increase suddenly from 4 to 6m in this area.

4.1 Local magnetic anomalies are reported to exist within several areas covered by this sector, including areas between the

SW side of the Aland Islands and the Swedish coast, as well as

about 10 miles SW and SE of Uto.

4.1 During the summer, heavy traffic, including numerous small

craft and ferries, may be encountered in the waters lying

between the Swedish coast and the E side of the Aland Islands.

Hanko to Uto

4.2 The Skerries between Hanko and Uto, about 46 miles

W, form an extension of the S coast of Finland and bound the

Gulf of Finland on the NW side. They form a chain of predominantly barren islets, rocks, and shoals lying in close proximity

to one another. Channels lead to the larger islands and to the

mainland.

4.2 The bottom consists of coarse and fine sand in places, more

frequently of mud, and yet more often of stones.

4.2 A number of dangerous shoals and areas with irregular

depths lie seaward of the Skerries and extend S as far as the

parallel of 59°35'N. Therefore, vessels entering the Gulf of

Finland on the N side are advised to remain S of the above

parallel and to pass the outer skerries at a distance of 8 to 10

miles.

4.2 Entry between the cape of Hanko and Uto should not be

attempted without local knowledge. Therefore only the most

conspicuous islands and off-lying dangers will be described.

4.2 Morgonlandet (59°46'N., 22°42'E.) is 6m high; its summit

is barren. The E part of this island is lower than the W. The

island is readily identified from seaward by its isolated position.

4.2 Dommaskar (59°45'N., 22°30'E.) is a barren islet about 6m

high. It may easily be identified from seaward by its dark color. 

4.2 Bengtskar (59°43'N., 22°30'E.) is one of the southernmost

islets in the approaches to the Gulf of Finland. Bengtskar Light

is shown from a conspicuous tower with a building and wind

generator, 46m high, standing on this islet. 

4.2 Oro (59°49'N., 22°20'E.) is partially wooded and although

lying some distance N of the outer dangers, it may easily be

identified from seaward. 

4.2 Vano Kalkskar (59°47'N., 22°05'E.) is a barren, rocky islet

about 15m high. 

4.2 Oleg (59°35'N., 21°58'E.), a shoal on which a wreck with a

depth of 12.7m lies, is the southernmost danger located

between Hanko and Uto.

4.2 Jurmo (59°50'N., 21°36'E.) rises to a height of 22m on the

Designator Details

A Name, call sign, and nationality (flag). 

B Date and time (6 digits GMT/UT).

C Position (4 digits Lat and 5 digits Long).

D Position. True bearing and distance from 

a clearly identifed landmark.

E True course (3 digits).

F Speed in knots and tenths (3 digits).

G Name of last port of call.

I Destination (port) and ETA.

L Route information (intended track).

O Draft (4 digits meters and centimeters).

P Cargo (brief details of any dangerous 

cargo).

Q Brief details of defects or limitations. 

U Vessel size and type.
Sector 4. The Aland Islands and the Adjacent Finnish Coast 59

Pub. 195

N side. A red wooden church, with a weather vane on the E

angle of the roof, stands on the N side of this island and is

visible from the channel leading between Uto and Lom

(Lohm), 21 miles NNE. 

4.3 Uto (59°47'N., 21°22'E.) is a barren, hilly island lying

on the SW side of a group. It is located at the entrance of the

channel which leads through Vidskars Fjard to Turku, 48 miles

NE. Uto Light is shown from a tower, 24m high, standing on

the summit of the island.

4.3 Range lights are shown from structures situated at the W side

of the island and indicate the main entrance route leading in a

NNE direction from seaward. Another lighted range, situated

about 4 miles NNW of Uto, indicates the main fairway leading

past this island.

4.3 Uto Harbor lies between the N side of the island and Enskar,

the N peninsula. The N side of the harbor is protected by

Ormskar, a bare and hilly island lying close NE of Enskar. The

harbor has depths of 3 to 9m, but can only accommodate small

vessels with drafts up to 3m. A channel, authorized for drafts

up to 4m and marked by a lighted range, leads to the anchorage

of the harbor. Local knowledge is required. 

4.3 Lillharun (59°44'N., 21°24'E.), an islet, 7m high, is fronted

by foul ground. It lies at the E side of the main channel and

about 3.2 miles SSE of Uto. A light is shown from a tower,

surmounted by a wind generator, standing on this islet. A racon

is situated at the light.

4.3 Grimsorar, marked by a beacon, is a group of rocks, 4 to 7m

high, lying centered 4.2 miles SSE of Lillharum.

4.3 Uto Langan (59°41'N., 21°30'E.), an islet, 3.4m high, lies

about 1 mile N of Grimsorar beacon.

4.3 A shoal, with a least depth of 6.7m, lies about 2.3 miles S of

Grimsorar beacon and is marked by a buoy.

4.3 Formansbadan, with a least depth of 0.9m, lies on the W side

of the main channel, about 3.2 miles WNW of Lillharun.

4.3 Bokullankivi Light (59°51'N., 21°25'E.) is shown from a

tower, surmounted by a wind generator, standing on an islet, 4

miles NNE of Uto. A racon is situated at the light.

4.3 Caution.—Local magnetic anomalies are reported to exist in

the area surrounding Lillharun and in another area centered

about 7 miles ESE. Other anomalies are also reported to exist

in areas lying about 10 miles SSE and WSW of Lillharun.

Uto to Mariehamn

4.4 Many islands and rocks, along with numerous shoals,

extend up to about 13 miles W from Uto. They are separated

from another group of dangers lying farther W by Kokarsfjarden (Kokarin Selka).

4.4 Vastra Morskas (59°47'N., 21°09'E.) is the largest of the

numerous islands lying up to 13 miles W of Uto. The surrounding area is encumbered with rocks and shoals. The island

is 17m high in the S part, about 13m high in the NE part, and is

covered with bushes.

4.4 Bogskar (59°30'N., 20°21'E.), a group of rocks fronted by

shoals, is the southernmost danger in the Aland archipelago.

Bogskar Light is shown from a tower with a building and wind

generator, 46m high, standing on the westernmost rock. A racon is situated at the light. On the easternmost and highest

rock, lying about 2.5 miles ENE of the light, there is a beacon.

4.4 Suomen Leijiona (59°28'N., 20°49'E.), a shoal, has a least

depth of 10.4m and lies about 14.5 miles ESE of Bogskar. SuoBengtskar

Bengtskar Light

Uto Light
60 Sector 4. The Aland Islands and the Adjacent Finnish Coast 

Pub. 195

men Leijiona Light is shown from a tower, 14m high, standing

on the S part of this shoal. A racon is situated at the light. 

4.4 Svenska Bjorn Light (59°33'N., 20°01'E.) is shown from a

tower, with a helicopter platform,32m high, standing on Sodra

Klatten, a shoal. A racon is situated at the light. Sodra Klatten,

along with Norra Klatten, another shoal lying 1 mile NW, has a

least depth of 10m. These shoals lie at the E edge of the dangers extending up to over 30 miles from the Swedish mainland.

4.4 Armbagen (59°38'N., 19°58'E.), a shoal, has a least depth of

6.7m and lies about 5 miles NNW of Svenska Bjorn Light. A

light is shown from a mast with a helicopter platform, 20m

high, standing on this shoal. A racon is situated at the light.

4.4 Caution.—It is reported that a large ODAS buoy is moored

about 17 miles SSE of Suomen Leijiona Light.

4.5 Troskeln (59°39'N., 19°50'E.), an extensive shoal,

lies about 9 miles NNW of Svenska Bjorn Light and has a least

depth of 7.6m. 

4.5 Troskeln Vastra Light (59°40'N., 19°52'E.) is shown from a

mast with a helicopter platform, 20m high, standing about 1.2

miles E of the shallowest part of the shoal, 4.6 miles NW of

Armbagen. It is reported that this light structure has been

destroyed and a lighted buoy is moored close E of the ruins.

4.5 Trosleln Ostra Lighted Beacon tands on a shoal on the NE

side of the fairway. 

4.5 Flotjan (59°49'N., 19°47'E.), a large rocky shoal, lies about

9 miles NW of Troskeln Ostra Light and is the outermost

danger in the SW approach to Foglofjard. Flotjan Light is

shown from a tower standing on the S part of the shoal. A

racon is situated at the light.

4.5 Lagskar (59°50'N., 19°55'E.), an islet fronted by an extensive area of foul ground and rocks, lies 4.5 miles ENE of

Flotjan. A light is shown from a tower, 33m high, standing on

the N side of this islet.

4.5 Nyhamn Light (59°58'N., 19°57'E.) is shown from a tower,

34m high with a wide top, standing on the S side of Lilla

Batskar, a small island lying 7.3 miles N of Lagskar. A small

harbor, used by pilot vessels, is situated at the NE side of this

island. It is reported that this light is no longer oper-ational. 

4.5 Rodhamnsfjarden (59°56'N., 19°58'E.) is entered between

Lilla Batskar and Oxbadar, a group of dangerous rocks lying

3.2 miles SSE. A main route, authorized for drafts up to 9m,

leads from seaward through this passage. The fairway is

indicated by a lighted range, but is reported to be dangerously

narrow in places for large vessels.

4.6 Offshore route.—The offshore route leading from

the S to the Gulf of Bothnia passes though the Ahvenanmeren

Deep-Draft Channel and the Aland Sea. The channel is swept

Bogskar Light

Svenska Bjorn Light

Flotjan Light

Lagskar Light

Nyhamn Light
Sector 4. The Aland Islands and the Adjacent Finnish Coast 61

Pub. 195

to a depth of 18.2m and is authorized for drafts up to 15.3m. It

can be used by all vessels.

4.6 The channel can be entered W of Bogskar Light (59°30'N.,

20°21'E.) and E of Svenska Bjorn Light (59°33'N., 20°01'E.).

It then leads 4 miles N and turns NW, passing, with a minimum

width of 1 mile, N of Armbagen Light (59°38'N., 19°58'E.), N

of Troskeln Vastra Light (59°40'N., 19°52'E.), and S of

Troskeln Ostra Light (59°40'N., 19°55'E.). The route then

continues in a NW direction, passing SW of Flotjan Light

(59°49'N., 19°47'E.).

4.6 Vessels proceeding W out of the Gulf of Finland into the

Aland Sea can pass N of Suomen Leijiona Light (59°28'N.,

20°49'E.) and join the main route in the vicinity of Bogskar

Light.

4.6 For the route and dangers lying S of Bogskar Light, see Pub.

194, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Baltic Sea (Southern Part). 

4.7 Between Nyhamn Light (59°58'N., 19°57'E.) and

Hammarudda, the SW extremity of Aland Island, 10 miles

NW, there are many off-lying dangers. The entrance fairways

leading to Mariehamn lie between these dangers and require

local knowledge.

4.7 Marhallan (60°02'N., 19°52'E.), a rock, lies about 3.5 miles

SW of the harbor entrance and 5 miles NNW of Nyhamn

Light. A light is shown from a floodlit tower standing on this

rock. 

4.7 Kobbaklintar, a group of islets lying on an area of foul

ground, is located about 0.3 mile E of Marhallan. 

4.7 Korso is the westernmost islet of this group. Two sets of

lighted ranges are shown from structures standing in this

vicinity and indicate channels leading N and S of Marhallan. A

racon is situated at the front range light.

4.7 A light is shown from Tvibenan Islet, which lies on the W

side of the main channel, 0.5 mile W of Korso. Hetronklubb

Islet lies on the E side of the channel and is marked by a

beacon. The islet of Skogo, 0.7 mile of Korso, has foul ground

extending up to about 0.3 mile NE and SE from it. 

4.7 A shoal, with a depth of 4.9m, lies between Skogo and

Vitfagelskar, another islet located 0.7 mile NE. Vitfagelskar is

marked by a cairn beacon. Another beacon, fitted with a radar

reflector, stand on the W side of the channel, about 0.3 mile E

of Skogo. 

4.7 Druvan Beacon stands on the N extremity of an islet of the

same name, about 0.3 mile N of Skogo. 

4.7 Grano, with its adjacent dangers, fronts the entrance of the

harbor and lies about 0.8 mile NE of Korso. Granoklubb and

Granskar, fronted by foul ground, lie close NW and 0.3 mile W

of Grano, respectively. A beacon stands on the N end of

Granoklubb. 

4.7 Foul ground extends about 0.3 mile S of Grano; a 5.8m shoal

lies 0.3 mile N of Grano. A 5.5m shoal lies in the fairway close

W of Granskar. A light is shown from the NE extremity of

Grano; buoys mark the surrounding dangers. 

Mariehamn (Maarianhamina)

(60°06'N., 19°55'E.)

World Port Index No. 27920

4.8 The port of Mariehamn, a major ferry terminal, is

situated on the S side of Aland Island, about 89 miles WNW of

the cape of Hanko. The town is the largest in this island group.

The small natural E and W harbors are well sheltered, but the E

harbor is now used only for small craft. An airport is situated

close N of the town.

4.8 Winds—Weather.—See the General Remarks in paragraph

4.1.

4.8 Ice.—The port is free of ice, except when the harbor is

affected by the coldest winters, and then the harbor is kept

open by icebreaker assistance.

4.8 Depths—Limitations.—The E harbor has depths of 1 to

4.5m and is used only by small craft.

4.8 The W harbor provides a total of 795m of quayage, with

depths of 5 to 7.8m alongside the berths. The oil berth at the

power station has a depth of 5m alongside; the Oil Harbor

Terminal berth has a depth of 6m alongside. There are facilities

for ro-ro, timber, general cargo, passenger, automobile ferry,

and tanker vessels.

4.8 Vessels up to 160m in length and 7m draft can be accommodated, but require twin screw propellers and a bow thruster for

safe maneuvering. Tankers up to 44,700 dwt and 6m draft have

been handled.

4.8 Aspect.—Mariehamn is difficult to view from seaward due

to the heavily-wooded hills in the vicinity.

4.8 An aeronautical light is shown from a tower standing at an

elevation of 81m in the vicinity of the airport, 2 miles N of the

town. A prominent television tower, 196m high, stands about 9

miles NE of the town and is visible from all directions from

seaward. A conspicuous water tower is situated in the town.

4.8 The fairway channels leading to the port are indicated by

lighted ranges. Dangers lying adjacent to the fairways are

marked by lights, beacons, and buoys.

4.8 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels. See

paragraph 4.1 for further details. Pilot boards at (60°02'N.,

19°53'E.). 

4.8 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available about 0.5 mile NE of

Skogo, in depths of 17 to 29m, mud and stones. The port provides well-sheltered anchorage because of the numerous offlying islands.

4.8 Directions.—Vessels can reach the port by using a main

channel authorized for drafts up to 8.2m. This channel can be

entered from seaward by steering in a NE direction, on a

lighted range, and passing close SE of Marhallan Light. It can

also be approached from S by steering in a NNE direction for

1.5 miles and passing between Masskar and Kvasten, 0.5 mile

W. This fairway then leads about 0.7 mile NNW to join the

main channel, passing between Kobbaklintar and Artskar.

4.8 A channel, authorized for drafts up to 7.3m, leads from the

W between Stora Skovgrund and Osengrund. Another channel,

also authorized for drafts up to 7.3m, leads from the SE.

4.8 A channel from Ledskar, authorized for drafts up to 3.3m,

leads close NE of Lango and then NNW to Slemmern, lying on

the E side of Mariehamn.

4.8 Caution.—Two submarine cables extend in a SW direction

from Mockelo to the W side of the port.

The Aland Islands

4.9 Betweeen Hammarudda (60°05'N., 19°46'E.), the

SW extremity of Aland Island, and the islet of Sodra Salskar
62 Sector 4. The Aland Islands and the Adjacent Finnish Coast 

Pub. 195

(Salskar) (60°25'N., 19°36'E.), 20 miles NNW, the Aland

Islands extend W about 12 miles to Yttre Borgen (Ytre

Borgen) (60°16'N., 19°16'E.), their outermost rock. 

4.9 Eckero, the largest island of the group, is separated from

Aland Island by Marsund, a narrow strait, authorized for drafts

up to 2.1m. Numerous islets, rocks, and reefs lie within this

area and many navigable channels lead between them. 

4.9 The dangers situated at the E side of Sodra Kvarken are

described beginning in paragraph 5.8. 

4.9 A channel, with a least depth of 6.1m, leads between the

islets and reefs fringing the W and N side of Eckero and into

the Gulf of Bothnia. It is marked by beacons and buoys, but

local knowledge is necessary. 

4.9 Eckero Fjord, indenting the S side of Eckero, affords

anchorage for vessels with local knowledge, in depths of 12 to

14m. The anchorage lies about 0.5 mile N of the N extremity of

the island of Torpo (60°10'N., 19°37'E.), which is located on

the W side of the entrance to the fjord.

4.9 The fairway leading to this anchorage runs ENE between

Rodskar and Vittingen and then leads E of Torpo in a NNW

direction.

4.9 The bay lying between Hammarudda and the S extremity of

Eckero, about 6 miles NW, is encumbered with a number of

dangerous shoals. 

4.9 Utbadan, an above-water rock fronted by dangers, lies about

1.5 miles WSW of Hammarudda. A lighted beacon, 6m high,

stands on this rock.

4.9 Caution.—Numerous submarine cables have been laid

across Alands Hav, between the large island of Aland and the

Swedish coast. These cables may best be seen on the chart.

4.10 Off-lying islands and dangers.—The southwesternmost danger is Gisslan (60°10'N., 19°18'E.), an islet lying

about 14 miles WNW of Hammarudda. This islet, which is

marked by a light, is fronted by foul ground extending up to

about 0.4 mile seaward.

4.10 Signilskar (60°12'N., 19°20'E.) (World Port Index No.

27870), a large island, lies about 2.5 miles NE of Gisslan. It is

separated from Eckero by a channel 4.5 miles wide, in which

lie several islets and numerous dangers. Close to the NNW side

of Signilskar, the island of Enskar provides anchorage for vessels with local knowledge within the entrance of a bay indenting its S side. 

4.10 Glasskar and Tollingarna lie 1.5 miles ESE and 2.5 miles E,

respectively, of the S extremity of Signilskar, with Tollingbadarna, marked by a light, located 0.5 mile farther E.

4.10 Batgrund, with a depth of 5.2m and marked by a buoy on its

W side, lies midway between Tollingarna and the W side of

Eckero.

4.10 Yttre Borgen (60°16'N., 19°16'E.), the westernmost danger

in this area, is located 6.5 miles NNW of Gisslan. This rock is

closely surrounded by shallow water. Lagbadan, Masskar, and

Flyttorna lie between Enskar and this rock. Sydbrotten, with a

depth of 0.6m, lies about 6 miles NNE of Yttre Borgen.

4.10 Markallarna, formed by two rocks, lies 4.7 miles NNE of

Sydbrotten. Sydbrotten and Markallarna form the outermost

dangers on the NW side of the Aland Islands.

4.10 Caution.—Submarine cables, which may best be seen on the

chart, extend between Enskar and Signilskar. They also extend

ESE and then ENE to the W side of Eckero.

4.11 The N side of the Aland Islands is moderately high

and the elevated land standing on the E side of Eckero can be

seen from a considerable distance seaward. A radio mast, 40m

high, stands at an elevation of 138m on Getaberget (60°23'N.,

19°51'E.) and is a prominent landmark. 

4.11 The area SE of a line drawn between Sodra Salskar and

Isokari (60°43'N., 21°01'E.), about 46 miles ENE, is encumbered by a myriad of islets, rocks, and reefs between which are

several hazardous, but navigable channels. In this area several

isolated dangers lie almost 5 miles NW of a line of bearing

previously mentioned, but since their positions have not been

determined accurately, mariners are cautioned to stay clear of

these dangers.

4.11 Isokari, situated 10 miles off the mainland coast of Finland,

is profusely indented and fronted by hundreds of islets, rocks,

and reefs.

4.12 Off-lying islands and dangers.—Hogsten

(60°21'N., 19°27'E.), an islet, lies about 10 miles ENE of

Market Light (60°18'N., 19°08'E.) (see paragraph 5.9) and is

marked by a beacon, 16m high. The islet of Rodakon lies on

foul ground, about 2.5 miles SSE of Hogsten. Several abovewater rocks and shallow shoals lie up to 7 miles from Hogsten

at the seaward side.

4.12 Sodra Salskar (60°25'N., 19°36'E.), a large rocky islet, lies

5.5 miles NE of Hogsten. A light is shown from a tower, 32m

high, standing on this islet.

4.12 Tartarusa, a rocky shoal with a depth of 4m, lies about 4.2

miles NNW of Salskar Light.

4.12 Ostra Malen and Vastra Malen, above-water rocks, lie about

4.5 miles W of Salskar Light and a group of shoals, with a least

depth of 1.2m, lies about 3.2 miles farther W.

4.12 Below-water rocks and shoals compound the dangers lying

within 3 miles NW and SW of Vastra Malen.

4.12 Dano Gamlan, an island, lies 4.7 miles E of Sodra Salskar

Light. A beacon stands on the W side of Mellanskar and

another on Halvman, two islets, located about 0.5 mile N and

0.5 mile NNW, respectively, of the NW extremity of Dano

Gamlan.

Iarnbodan is the southernmost of two above-water rocks

lying about 3.7 miles NNW of Halvman Beacon. Yttre MarSodra Salskar Light
Sector 4. The Aland Islands and the Adjacent Finnish Coast 63

Pub. 195

grund and Inre Margrund, each with a depth of 0.6m, lie about

1.2 miles ESE and 1.7 miles SE, respectively, of Iarnbodan.

4.12 Brunkan, an above-water rock, lies on the N side of the

coastal track about 0.5 mile NE of Mellanskar; shoals, with

depths of 0.6 to 6.1m, lie within 1 mile NE and NW of this

rock. Shoal water fringes the S side of Brunkan and is marked

by a buoy. 

4.12 Kallan (60°27'N., 19°45'E.), an islet from which a light is

shown, lies 1 mile WNW of Brunkan. 

4.12 Jarngrynnorna (60°34'N., 19°53'E.), a shoal, lies about 8

miles NNE of Mellanskar Beacon. It has a depth of 2.7m and is

marked by buoys. Isolated shoal patches, with depths of less

than 10m, lie up to about 5 miles N of this shoal.

4.13 Koxnan (Koksnan) (60°28'N., 19°57'E.), from which

a light is shown, lies about 5.5 miles ENE of Mellanskar

Beacon. Shoal water extending about 0.5 mile S from Koxnan

is marked by a buoy.

4.13 Ranno (60°32'N., 20°12'E.), with Norrskar close N, is one

of the outermost islets in this vicinity. A light is shown from a

building standing on this islet. A racon is situated at the light.

4.13 Ytterstberg (60°34'N., 20°32'E.), an above-water rock, lies

about 16 miles SW of Isokari Light; it is fringed by shoals

which extend up to about 1 mile S. A rocky shoal, with a depth

of 2.4m, and another shoal, with a depth of 4m, lie about 1.5

miles SW and 1.2 miles WNW, respectively, of Ytterstberg.

4.13 Lights are occasionally shown from Inre Bredan, an islet

lying 5.8 miles E of Ytterstberg, and from Langor, another islet

lying 4.5 miles SSE of Inre Bredan. 

4.13 Ytterstbergsbrott (60°37'N., 20°33'E.) lies about 2.2 miles

N of Ytterstberg and has a depth of 0.9m. It is one of the

outermost dangers lying NW of Saaristomeri. Numerous rocks,

shoals, and islets encumber the seaward approaches to this area

and to the SSW. 

4.13 Petterssonsgrund (60°41'N., 20°44'E.), an isolated shoal

patch, has a least depth of 8.1m, and lies about 8.5 miles WSW

of Isokari Light (60°43'N., 21°01'E.). A shoal, with a depth of

1.8m, lies about 1.2 miles SE of this patch at the NE edge of an

area of foul ground.

4.13 An extensive area encumbered with numerous islets, rocks,

and shoals lies E and SE of Petterssonsgrund.

4.13 Matinmatala, a shoal with a least depth of 2.7m, lies 2 miles

S of Isokari and is marked by a buoy.

4.13 The main approach channel from seaward in this vicinity,

which is authorized for drafts up to 10m, leads SE and passes

SW of Isokari.

Fairways from Seaward to Turku and Naantali

4.14 The following are the five main fairways leading to

the ports of Turku and Naantali, as follows:

1. From the Baltic Sea by way of Uto—a 61-mile long

fairway authorized for drafts up to 13m.

2. From the Baltic Sea by way of Uto—a 53-mile long

fairway authorized for drafts up to 10m.

3. From the Aland Sea via Nyhamn—an 83-mile long

fairway authorized for drafts up to 9m

4. From the Gulf of Bothnia via Isokari—a 58-mile long

fairway authorized for drafts up to 10m.

5. From the Gulf of Finland via Hanko—a 61-mile long

fairway authorized for drafts up to 7.5m.

4.14 The authorized drafts for the above routes are sometimes

slightly reduced for temporary periods and the authorities

should be contacted for the latest information.

4.14 See paragraph 4.1 for details concerning pilotage. The harbors are kept open all year with icebreaker assistance. Although the fairways are well marked, they are extremely long,

narrow, and intricate. Local knowledge is necessary. Pilots

should be consulted for information concerning anchorages

along the fairways. 

Turku (60°27'N., 22°15'E.)

World Port Index No. 27820

4.15 The port of Turku, formerly known as Abo, is situated

at the mouth of the Aurajoki River. The port is a major automobile ferry terminal and is connected by railways and roadways to towns in Finland, Sweden, Germany, and Russia.

There are also facilities for shipbuilding and repairs. 

4.15 Tides—Currents.—The harbor has virtually no tide and the

current is negligible.

4.15 Depths—Limitations.—The main berthing facilities are

spread along the mainland, which is fronted by several islands.

The largest of these islands are Hirvensalo (60°25'N.,

22°10'E.), Ruissalo (60°26'N., 22°10'E.), and Luonnonmaa

(60°28'N., 22°00'E.). The channels leading to the main port

complexes lead between these islands. The facilities lie at the

mouth of the Aurajoki River, along the river channel, and along

the fairway lying between the mainland and the fronting islands on either side of the river mouth. 

4.15 The entrance channel leading to the main harbor is authorized for drafts up to 10m. The entrance channel leading to

the oil terminal is authorized for drafts up to 9m.

4.15 The main harbor has a total of 5,090m of quayage and provides 39 berths, with depths of 6 to 11m alongside. There are

facilities for passenger, cruise, bulk, general cargo, container,

ro-ro, timber, ferry, oil, and LPG vessels. Generally, vessels up

to 250m in length and 10m draft can be accommodated in the

main harbor. Tankers up to 170m in length and 9m draft can be

handled at the oil terminal.

4.15 The largest drydock, generally used for building, is 365m

long and 80m wide. The largest repair drydock is 183m long

and 25.6m wide, with a depth of 8.2m on the sill.

Turku
64 Sector 4. The Aland Islands and the Adjacent Finnish Coast 

Pub. 195

4.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage from seaward is compulsory, although,

harbor pilotage is not. See paragraph 4.1 for further details.

The sea pilot will be able to advise vessels on pilot exchange

points and recommendations with regard to harbor pilotage.

4.15 Harbor pilots generally board regular vessels in the vicinity

of Kalkkiniemi Lighted Buoy T12 (60°25'.3N., 22°10.6'E.) and

deep-draft vessels in the vicinity of Kuuva Light (60°24.5'N.,

22°07.5'E.).

4.15 Regulations.—See paragraph 4.1 for details concerning the

Archipelago Vessel Traffic Service (VTS).

4.15 When passing Rajakari Light (60°22.7'N., 22°06.0'E.), all

vessels bound for the port must report to Turku Port Control on

VHF channel 12.

4.15 Tankers are prohibited from passing in Pansio Channel and

must report to Turku Port Control.

4.15 Generally, vessels are prohibited from passing in RajakariPort of Turku Channel (10m) between Kuuva Light

(60°24.5'N., 22°07.5'E.) and the port. However, minor vessels

may pass each other between Kuuva Light and Janissaari Light

(60°25.3'N., 22°10.9'E.).

4.15 Between Janissaari Light and the port, minor vessels and

cargo vessels of such size that they can pass each other safely

may do so. It is assumed that both vessels have agreed between

themselves on this matter in advance and both vessels accept

such an encounter. In addition, Turku Port Control must be

informed of this situation.

4.15 All vessels must report to Archipelago VTS Center when

entering and exiting the Turku Port Control area. 

4.15 Caution.—Several submarine cables and pipelines cross the

approach channels at numerous points along the route.

Naantali (60°28'N., 22°02'E.)

World Port Index No. 27805

4.16 Naantali, a ferry terminal and commercial bulk port,

is situated close W of Turku. There are also facilities for shipbuilding and repairs.

4.16 Tides—Currents.—The harbor has virtually no tide and the

current is negligible.

4.16 Depths—Limitations.—The main entrance channel is authorized for drafts up to 13m.

4.16 The oil terminal (Tupavuori) has three berths. No. 1 Berth is

50m long and has a depth of 7m alongside; No. 2 Berth is 80m

long and has a depth of 10m alongside; and No. 3 Berth is 70m

long and has a depth of 13m alongside.

4.16 Bulk Cargo Quay is 370m long and has a depth of 13m

alongside. Timber Quay is 110m long and has a depth of 8m

alongside. Sugar Quay is 32m long and has a depth of 4.5m

alongside.

4.16 There are three ro-ro ferry berths, up to 165m long, with

depths of 6.9m alongside.

4.16 The port provides facilities for ro-ro ferry, bulk, general

cargo, timber, and tanker vessels. Vessels up to 70,000 dwt,

250m in length, and 13m draft can be accommodated.

4.16 A fairway, authorized for drafts up to 7.7m, leads to the

shipyard. The drydock, generally used for building, is 255m

long and 70m wide, with a depth of 8.2m on the sill.

4.16 Aspect.—Several conspicuous silos stand in the vicinity of

the harbor berths.

4.16 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. See paragraph 4.1 for

further details. The sea pilot will be able to advise vessels on

pilot exchange points. Harbor pilots are stationed in the vicinity of Tupalahti Light (60°27'.4N., 22°03.6'E.).

4.16 Regulations.—See paragraph 4.1 for details concerning the

Vessel Traffic Service (VTS). In addition, see Regulations under Turku in paragraph 4.15.

4.16 Caution.—Several submarine cables and pipelines cross the

approach channels at numerous points along the route.

Naantili
Pub. 195

5. Sodra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish Coast

5.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 5 — CHART INFORMATION
67

Pub. 195

SECTOR 5 

SODRA KVARKEN AND THE ADJACENT SWEDISH COAST

5.0 Plan.—This sector describes a portion of the E coast of

Sweden between Arholma and Lovstabukten, with its limits on

the Aland Sea; and Sodra Kvarken, the main passage leading N

from the Aland Sea into the Gulf of Bothnia. The descriptive

sequence is N and NW from Arholma.

General Remarks

5.1 Tides—Currents.—Discharge from the rivers and

the general counterclockwise water circulation in the Baltic

Sea cause what the Swedes refer to as the “net current” through

the Stockholm archipelago. The “net current” is very weak,

about 0.2 knot, and is easily allowed for. However, currents

caused by weather and winds, particularly in narrow passages

such as Sodra Kvarken, may reach a velocity of several knots.

5.1 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory in Swedish coastal waters

and along certain fairways connecting ports along the coast.

The vessels subject to compulsory pilotage vary in type and

size according to location; these vessels are divided into the

following categories: 

1. Category 1—Vessels carrying or with uncleaned tanks

which last carried:

(i) liquefied gas.

(ii) liquid chemicals defined in MARPOL ’73 Supplement 2, Annex 2 as category A, B, or (if vessel does not

have a double-skin hull under all cargo tanks) C.

(iii) liquid chemicals which, according to the IMO bulk

chemical code, should be carried in Type 1 or 2 vessels. 

2. Category 2—All other chemical tankers which are

laden or have uncleaned tanks and all laden oil tankers.

3. Category 3—All other vessels. 

5.1 Generally, pilots must be requested at least 5 hours in advance stating when and the area where pilotage is required.

Any amendments should be sent at least 3 hours before the requested time. If continuous pilotage is required on voyages exeeding 12 hours, this must be reported when ordering.

5.1 Deep-sea pilots and pilotage service required outside of

normal operating hours should be ordered at least 24 hours in

advance. Vessels should establish VHF radio contact with the

pilot station before arrival. 

5.1 Application for pilotage exemption certificates for certain

fairways may be made to the pilotage authority in the area

concerned. Exemption certificates may be held for a period of

two years for certain pilotage areas and channels.

5.1 The main pilot station along this part of the coast is situated

at Svartklubben. Pilots can be contacted by VHF and board

vessels about 2 miles SE of Svartklubben Light (60°11'N.,

18°50'E.).

5.1 The Svartklubben pilotage area lies between a line extending

E from Rodhall (60°36.0'N., 17°59.5'E.) and latitude 59°50'N.

5.1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels, as follows:

1. All Category 1 vessels.

2. Category 2 vessels of over 80m length or 15m beam.

3. Category 3 vessels of over 90m length or 16m beam.

5.1 In certain pilot channels between Svartklubben and Hallstavik, pilotage is compulsory, as follows:

1. All Category 1 vessels.

2. Category 2 and 3 vessels of over 80m length, 15m

beam, and 5m draft.

5.1 In certain pilot channels between Svartklubben and Forsmark, pilotage is compulsory, as follows:

1. All Category 1 vessels.

2. Category 2 and 3 vessels of over 80m length, 15m

beam, and 4.5m draft.

5.1 All ordering of pilots from the station at Svartklubben must

be carried out through VTS Stockholm.

5.1 See Pub. 194, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Baltic Sea

(Southern Part) for information concerning VTS Stockholm.

5.1 For information pertaining to icebreaking vessels, see Pub.

140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean

and Adjacent Seas.

5.1 It should be noted that ordering of pilots in the Swedish

waters described within this sector is presently carried out

through the main VTS systems. However, it is reported that

procedures for the initial ordering of pilots via the internet will

be introduced in the near future. For additional informa-tion

concerning these procedures, see the following Swedish

Maritime Administration website:

5.1 Regulations.—Channels leading through and into the Stockholm archipelago (Stockholms Skargard) are subject to a mandatory Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system. The information centers

will pass navigational and traffic details as required. Reporting is

mandatory for vessels over 300 grt or over 50m in length, as well

as vessels under tow that have a combined length of over 50m.

5.1 See Pub. 194, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Baltic Sea

(Southern Part) for information concerning VTS Stockholm.

5.1 The Swedish authorities have instituted a system of restriced areas and semi-restricted areas throughout the coastal

waters. The limits of these areas may best be seen on the chart.

Vessels are generally permitted to transit these areas only

through the approved channels, and with a pilot aboard. For

further details, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning

Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent Seas. 

5.1 Directions.—From the vicinity of Flotjan Light (59°49'N.,

19°47'E.) (see paragraph 4.5 and paragraph 4.6), the main offshore route continues in a NW direction through the center of

the Aland Sea. It then turns N and passes though Sodra Kvarken.

5.1 Caution.—When proceeding through the Aland Sea and

Sodra Kvarken, the Swedish coast and its fringing islands will

be observed to be comparatively high, in contrast to the low

Finnish coast. With the Swedish side being steep-to, it may

tend to appear closer than the low Finnish side. Vessels should

Swedish Maritime Administration Home Page

http://www.sjofartsverket.se/en/
68 Sector 5. Sodra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish Coast 

Pub. 195

take care in ascertaining their position before altering course

toward the Finnish side of the gulf. The Stockholm archipelago

area has few distinguishing landmarks.

5.1 Special marks and buoys are occasionally placed temporarily

on and off the Swedish coast, during the summer season, for

the purpose of making surveys. Vessels are warned not to

mistake these special marks for the navigational aids. 

5.1 Fishing for herring during the autumn months is carried out

around the shoals lying N of Orskar, in the approaches to Gavlebukten, and on Finnegrunden. Vessels may encounter heavy

concentrations of fishing gear in these areas.

5.1 Several submarine cables extend across the Alands Sea and

may best be seen on the chart.

5.1 During the winter, many buoys in these waters are removed

while others may be damaged or break adrift.

5.1 In the coastal waters within this sector, numerous logs may

be found adrift at all times of the year.

5.1 Areas dangerous due to mines laid during World War II exist

within the waters described in this sector. There is still a risk of

danger in these areas when anchoring or carrying out any

seabed activities.

Arholma to Sodra Kvarken

5.2 Arholma (59°50'N., 19°07'E.), an island, lies off the

E coast of Sweden, about 20 miles W of Flotjan Light

(59°49'N., 19°47'E.). The coast between this island and

Grisslehamn, 17 miles NNW, is heavily wooded and fronted by

Bjorko and Vaddo. A prominent beacon tower, 16m high,

stands on the W and tallest part of Arholma. 

5.2 Stockholms Skargard is an area consisting of numerous

islands, islets, rocks, and shoals lying S of Arholma. It extends,

in places, up to 30 miles seaward of the mainland coast.

5.2 The Arholma entrance to Stockholm Skargard is authorized

for vessels with drafts up to 7m. The main channel from seaward leads SSE and passes close W of Simpnasklubb Light.

5.2 Stockholms Skargard and the channels passing through it are

described in Pub. 194, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Baltic Sea

(Southern Part).

5.2 Simpnasklubb Light (59°54'N., 19°05'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a prominent floodlit tower, 16m high,

standing on a rock 2.4 miles NW of the N extremity of Arholma.

5.2 Norrbadan, a rock awash, lies about 0.4 mile ENE of the

light. This rock forms the outermost danger in this vicinity and

is marked by a buoy.

Vaddo Kasberg, located on the S part of Vaddo, is 50m high

and bare on the S side of its summit. This hill is therefore conspicuous along the otherwise wooded section of coastline. A

conspicuous television tower, with aeronautical lights, stands

close N of the summit, 8.5 miles NW of Simpnasklubb Light.

5.2 In contrast to this part of the coast, Vaddo is quite rocky,

except for a moderately steep-to 3.5 mile stretch extending S of

Grisslehamn. In the vicinity of Grisslehamn, a number of

houses and other buildings are clearly visible from seaward on

the E and SE side of the town.

5.2 The Vaddo Kanal, 12 miles long, connects Stockholm Skargard to Oregrunds Skargard. It leads along the W side of Vaddo

Island and has a least depth of 2m. Several overhead cables and

bridges span the fairway of this canal.

5.2 Caution.—A defensive minefield area, through which surface navigation is permitted, lies between Arholma and Bjorko.

Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the fairway within this

area. Vessels should avoid transiting the area during thunderstorm activity.

5.2 An area in which anchoring, diving, and fishing are prohibited lies centered 13.5 miles ESE of Simpnasklubb Light

and may best be seen on the chart. A wreck with unexploded

ammunition lies in this area.

5.2 Several submarine cables, which may best be seen on the

chart, extend seaward from the E sides of Bjorko and Vaddo.

5.3 Grisslehamn (60°06'N., 18°49'E.) (World Port Index

No. 25440) is situated on the narrow isthmus connecting the N

end of Vaddo with the peninsula of Byholma. This small port

consists of two natural harbors, one on each side of the isthmus. The harbor on the W side is only used by small craft. The

harbor on the E side is used by automobile ferries and fishing

vessels.

5.3 Winds—Weather.—The easternmost harbor is open to

winds between the E and W. 

5.3 Ice.—The port is normally closed by ice from early January

to early March.

5.3 Depths—Limitations.—The easternmost harbor is entered

through a channel, which is authorized for vessels with drafts

up to 6m. Local knowledge is advised.

5.3 An automobile ferry berth, 98m long, is situated at the N

side of the harbor and has a depth of 5.5m alongside. A lay-by

quay, 160m long, is situated next to the ferry berth and has a

depth of 6m alongside. The inner part of the harbor has depths

of 2 to 4.5m alongside and provides piers for small craft and

fishing vessels.

5.3 Aspect.—Loskaret, a barren and rocky islet, lies off the N

entrance point of the easternmost harbor and is prominent.

5.3 A conspicuous radio mast stands, at an elevation of 140m,

about 0.5 mile S of the easternmost harbor.

5.3 A lighted range indicates the approach channel, but the posts

are unmarked and are reported to be difficult to make out by

day.

5.3 Regulations.—A maximum speed of 5 knots is enforced in

the vicinity of the harbor.

Simpnasklubb Light 5.3 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can anchor, in
Sector 5. Sodra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish Coast 69

Pub. 195

depths of 8 to 9m, sand and clay, W of Loskaret, but vessels

must be ready to put to sea if the wind shifts to between E and S. 

5.4 A chain of islands, of which the largest are Singo

(60°11'N., 18°46'E.) and Graso (60°24'N., 18°27'E.), extends

28 miles in a NNW direction from the N end of Vaddo. Oregrunds Skargard and Oregrundsgrepen lie between these islands and the mainland to the W. Several small harbors are

situated along the shores of these two areas of water.

5.4 Svartklubben Light (60°11'N., 18°50'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a prominent floodlit tower, 12m high,

standing on a skerry, 7m high, lying close off the wooded

island of Singo.

5.4 Stora Laget, a group of small islets, lies 2 miles N of Svartklubben Light. A racon is situated at this group.

5.4 From seaward of Svartklubben Light, an aeronautical light

shown at an elevation of 375m at Palsmoraasen (60°16'N.,

18°05'E.) may be seen.

5.4 Oregrunds Skargard (60°16'N., 18°36'E.), consisting of

the waters lying SE of Oregrund (60°20'N., 18°27'E.), is

enclosed on the E side by Singo and other off-lying islands and

on the W side by the mainland. The waters lying NW of

Oregrund are known as Oregrundsgrepen

5.4 The main entrance leading from seaward into Oregrunds

Skargard is through Jossans Inlopp, situated about 2 miles NE

of Svartklubben Light. This channel is authorized for drafts up

to 10.4m as far as Vassaro (60°15'N., 18°42'E.). The fairway

then continues NW to Oregrund and is authorized for drafts up

to 6.5m.

5.4 The secondary entrance channel leads NW and passes close

NE of Svartklubben Light. This channel, which is authorized

for drafts up to 7m, continues NW for about 6 miles and then

joins the main fairway, close SW of Vassaro.

5.4 These entrance routes are well-marked and may best be seen

on the chart.

5.4 The channels leading through Oregrunds Skargard and Oregrundsgrepen can be used to good advantage, particularly at

night and in bad weather, as an alternative to passing through

Sodra Kvarken. Good anchorage may be obtained in several

places along this route; however, local knowledge or the services of a pilot is necessary (see paragraph 5.1).

5.4 Singofjarden is the expanse of water lying W of Singo and

Fogdo; extending from it are Raggarofjarden, Galtfjarden, and

Herrang. A route, authorized for drafts up to 8.5m, leads in a S

direction from SW of Vassaro into Singofjarden.

5.4 Caution.—An area, which has not been fully surveyed,

extends up to 7 miles E of Graso (60°24'N., 18°27'E.) and may

best be seen on the chart.

5.4 It is reported that less depths than charted exist within the

main entrance channel leading from seaward into Ore-grunds

Skargard through Jossans Inlopp. The local authorities should

be contacted for the latest information concerning max-imum

authorized drafts.

5.5 Hallstavik (60°03'N., 18°35'E.) (World Port Index

No. 25460) is situated at the head of the Edeboviken, a narrow

inlet leading S from Singofjarden. This small port, which is

privately owned, exports paper and timber products.

5.5 Ice.—The harbor is normally obstructed by ice from early

January to the end of March, but is kept open by an icebreaker.

5.5 Depths—Limitations.—The main entrance channel is authorized for drafts up to 7m. Overhead cables, with a vertical

clearance of 40m, span the entrance channel and the S part of

the harbor.

5.5 The paper factory quay, at the E side of the harbor, is 310m

long and has depths of 7 to 7.5m alongside. Oil can be discharged at this quay. It is reported that pontoons are situated

between the side of the vessel and the quay for mooring

purposes.

5.5 The paper warehouse quay, at the SW side of the harbor,

forms a berth, 160m long, with two breasting dolphins, and has

a depth of 7m alongside. A ro-ro ramp, with a depth of 7.5m

alongside, is located inside the dolphins.

5.5 Clay Pier, 72m long, projects into the harbor and provides a

ro-ro berth with a depth of 7m alongside.

5.5 Vessels up to 185m in length, 28m beam, and 7m draft can

be accommodated in the harbor.

5.5 Regulations.—Tankers may enter and leave only during

daylight. Vessels over 150m in length and 20m beam may only

enter by daylight.

5.5 Speed restrictions are in force within the entrance channel.

5.5 Caution.—Numerous log rafts may be secured along the

sides of the approach channel.

5.6 Hargshamn (60°11'N., 18°27'E.) (World Port Index

No. 25480), a small harbor, lies at the W side of Galtfjarden

and exports ore products and timber.

5.6 Ice.—The harbor is normally obstructed by ice from early

January to the end of March, but is kept open by an icebreaker.

5.6 Depths—Limitations.—The main entrance channel is auSvartklubben Light

Hallstavik
70 Sector 5. Sodra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish Coast 

Pub. 195

thorized for drafts up to 8.5m. The harbor consists of a series of

berths situated along the SW shore of the mainland opposite

the island of Glotan.

5.6 Ore Quay is 95m long and has depths of 11.9 to 12.5m

alongside. A ro-ro berth is situated close E of the root of the

this quay and has a depth of 7.1m alongside. The loading conveyor travels along most of the length of the ore quay and only

the largest vessels have to shift during loading.

5.6 New Quay, 40m long, is located close WNW of Ore Quay

and has a depth of 8m alongside. A ro-ro jetty, 45m long, is

located at the E end of New Quay and has a depth of 9.4m

alongside.

5.6 Vessels up to 185m in length, 26m beam, and 8.5m draft can

be accommodated in the harbor.

5.6 Anchorage.—Vessels may anchor, in depths of 6.5 to 12m,

loose mud, within the basin lying SW of Glotan.

5.7 Oregrund (60°20'N., 18°27'E.) (World Port Index

No. 25510), a small harbor, is situated at the head of Oregrundsgrepen and protected by a breakwater, 150m long. It is

usually closed by ice from January until the beginning of April.

5.7 The belfry of the church in the town is prominent and an old

lightship stands as a monument on the E side of the entrance.

5.7 The harbor is used by fishing vessels, small craft, yachts, and

an automobile ferry. The main quay, 100m long, is situated at

the W side of the harbor basin and has depths of 2.5 to 4m

alongside. The roadstead has depths of 14 to 20m, stiff mud,

but is seldom used by vessels because the anchorage is exposed

to N winds.

5.7 Kallero (60°21'N., 18°16'E.), a small harbor, is situated

about 2.5 miles inside Kallrigafjarden, which is entered 4.5

miles WNW of Oregrund. The entrance channel is authorized

for drafts up to 4.3m. The main quay is 110m long and has

depths of 3.5 to 5m alongside. Vessels with local knowledge

can anchor, in a depth of 5m, clay and mud, off the harbor.

Forsmark (60°24'N., 18°13'E.), a small private harbor, is

situated 8 miles NW of Oregrund and serves a power station. It

is formed by a breakwater and a pier. The entrance channel is

authorized for drafts up to 5.5m. There is a quay, 95m long,

and a ro-ro ramp, with three breasting dolphins. Both berths

have depths of 6m alongside.

5.7 Caution.—It is reported that less depths than charted exist

within the entrance channel leading to Kallero and the local

authorities should be contacted for the latest information

concerning maximum authorized drafts.

5.7 A restricted area extends SE from the harbor at Fosmark

toward the entrance fairway. Entry into this area is prohibited

without permission from the authorities.

Sodra Kvarken

5.8 Sodra Kvarken (60°18'N., 19°00'E.), the main offshore passage, lies between the E edge of the dangers extending N for 20 miles from Svartklubben Light and those

dangers extending W from the Aland Islands (Ahvenanmaa).

5.8 The main channel, through which the route passes, is swept

to a least depth of 18.2m. The approaches on the N and S sides

of this channel have depths of over 100m.

5.8 Aside from occasional drift ice, the passage is normally free

from ice until the late winter freeze in March.

5.9 East side.—Solovjeva (60°11'N., 19°11'E.), marked

by a lighted beacon, lies 3 miles WNW of Gisslan Light

(60°10'N., 19°18'E.) (see paragraph 4.10) It is the southernmost danger of a line of detached rocks that extends about 7

miles SSE from Market, on the E side of the passage.

5.9 Brentonsgrund, with a depth of 4.9m; Sodra Sankan, with a

depth of 0.6m; Stor Sankan, awash; and Norra Sankan, with a

depth of 1.2m, lie, respectively, 2.3, 3.5, 5.2, and 6.7 miles N of

Solojeva. 

5.9 Market (60°18'N., 19°08'E.), an islet through which the

border between Sweden and Finland runs, lies about 7 miles N

of Solojeva. A light is shown from a tower, 14m high, at the

corner of a prominent white house standing on this islet.

5.9 Marketshaller, an above-water rock, lies about 0.7 mile NW

of Market Light.

5.9 Marketskallen Light (60°19'N., 19°02'E.) is shown from a

tower, 17m high with a helicopter platform, situated 3 miles W

of Market. A racon is situated at this light.

5.9 Sodra Kvarken Light (60°26'N., 19°05'E.) is shown from a

prominent structure, 17m high, standing on a shoal about 8

miles N of Market. A racon is situated at this light.

5.9 Caution.—Vessels are advised against passing E of Market

as the area is not well-marked nor adequately surveyed. 

5.9 An area dangerous to fishing and anchoring due to bottom

mines is formed between Understen and Market; the limits of

the area are best seen on the chart. 

Hargshamn

Market Light
Sector 5. Sodra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish Coast 71

Pub. 195

5.10 West side—Halsaren (60°13.2'N., 18°54.8'E.) is a

small pinnacle rock, 6m high, lying 4.8 miles NE of Svartklubben Light. It is dark in color and can be distinguished from

a considerable distance, particularly from the N. An isolated

shoal patch, with a depth of 9.7m, lies about 0.5 mile NE of

this rock.

5.10 Travarn, a small rocky shoal, lies about 1 mile N of Halsaren. When there is any sea, the breakers in the vicinity of this

shoal are visible from a considerable distance. 

5.10 Understen Light (60°17'N., 18°55'E.) is situated on a rocky

ledge 3.2 miles N of Halsaren. It is shown from a prominent

tower, 39m high. A dark round tower stands close W of the

light and is conspicuous in contrast to the other buildings on

the rock.

5.10 Nyberget and Oldbergsgrund, marked by buoys, lie about

1.5 and 2.2 miles NNE of Understen Light.

5.10 Oldbergsgrund Lighted Buoy (60°19'N., 18°59'E.) marks

the E side of a shoal area extending NE from Nyberget.

5.10 Hoppetsgrund (60°22'N., 18°53'E.), with a depth of 2.3m,

is marked on its E side by a buoy. This shoal lies about 5 miles

NNW of Understen Light. Baldersgrund, a rock awash, lies 1

mile NNW of Hoppetsgrund.

5.10 Grundkallen Light (60°30'N., 18°51'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 34m high with a helicopter platform, standing 8 miles NW of Sodra Kvarken. A racon is situated at this

light.

5.10 Grundkallegrund, an extensive bank, extends up to about 5.5

miles S and 3 miles SE of the light. This bank is composed of

numerous steep-to and shallow shoals, some awash. It is

marked on the E side by buoys. A conspicuous disused light

structure is reported to stand near the S end of the bank, about

4 miles SSW of Grundkallen Light.

5.10 Giffardsgrund, a group of shoals with a least depth of 1.4m,

lies about 4 miles NW of Grundkallen Light and is marked by a

buoy.

Directions.—The main offshore route continues in a NW

direction up the middle of the Aland Sea, passing NE of Simpnasklubb Light and W of Solovjeva. It then turns N and passes

E of Understen Light and between Marketskallen Light and

Oldbergsgrund Lighted Buoy, about 1.2 miles WNW. The

route then leads W of Sodra Kvarken Light and NE of Grundkallen Light.

5.10 Caution.—An area, which is incompletely surveyed, lies W

of Understen Light and extends up to 7 miles from the E coast

of Graso.

5.10 Generally, the soundings give very little warning of the close

approach to the off-lying shoals which are mostly steep-to.

Understen Light

Grundkallen Light

Orskar Light

Bjorn Light
72 Sector 5. Sodra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish Coast 

Pub. 195

5.11 Argos Grund Light (60°38'N., 18°22'E.) is shown

from a prominent structure, 18m high, standing on the N part

of a shoal about 16.5 miles NW of Grundkallen Light. A racon

is situated at this light.

5.11 Orskar Light (60°32'N., 18°23'E.) is shown from a prominent tower, 33m high, standing on the N part of Orskar.

5.11 Two prominent radio masts stand at an elevation of 120m

about 2 miles SSE of the light, on the island of Graso.

5.11 A prominent lookout tower, 15m high, is situated at the

village of Norrboda, close SSW of the radio masts. 

5.11 Bjorn Light (60°38'N., 17°59'E.) is shown from a tower,

25m high, standing on an islet lying 2.3 miles N of the mainland. This islet lies 11 miles W of Argos Grund Light at the

outer edge of the numerous rocks and shoals fronting the mainland in this vicinity. A number of conspicuous buildings are situated on the islet.

5.11 The main approach into Oregrundsgrepen, which is encumbered by numerous shoals on both sides of the passage,

lies between Bjorn Light and Argos Light. The fairway channel

continues SE to Oregrund and is authorized for drafts up to

6.5m.

5.11 For details of the waters lying W and N of Bjorn Light, see

paragraph 6.2.
73

Pub. 195

6. 

Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde

6.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 6 — CHART INFORMATION
75

Pub. 195

SECTOR 6 

SWEDEN—EAST COAST—LOVSTABUKTEN TO JARNASUDDE

6.0 Plan.—This sector describes the greater part of the Swedish

coast bordering the S portion of the Gulf of Bothnia, between

Lovstabukten and Jarnasudde (63°26'N., 19°39'E.). The descriptive sequence is S to N. 

General Remarks

6.1 Tides—Currents.—Along the Swedish shore of the

Gulf of Bothnia, the general set of the current is S in calm

weather, with a tendency to set toward the land. The currents

are affected by the wind. A change in the current often precedes a storm by an interval of several hours to a day. 

6.1 The current in the Angermanalven river sets generally S

through the estuary and is usually weak. However, during

spring freshets the current may sometimes attain a considerable

velocity at Nyland (63°00'N., 17°46'E.) and in the narrow

passages.

6.1 Near Ostra and Vastra Finngrunden (60°59'N., 18°36'E.) the

current usually sets SE or ESE, and frequently attains a rate of

1 knot. The direction varies with sudden changes of wind and

weather. In the approaches to Gavle (60°41'N., 17°10'E.), the

current is weak and its direction variable.

6.1 Pilotage.—See paragraph 5.1 and Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent

Seas for information pertaining to vessels in Swedish waters.

6.1 The main pilot stations along this part of the coast are situated at Gavle, Sundsvall, and Ornskoldsvik.

6.1 The station at Gavle provides pilotage for the area lying

between a line bearing 090° from Rodhall (60°36'N., 17°59'E.)

and latitude 62°08'N (see paragraph 6.7).

6.1 The station at Sundsvall provides pilotage for the area lying

between latitude 62°08'N and latitude 62°50'N, including

Gaviksfjarden and Angermanalven (see paragraph 6.43).

Requests for pilotage in this area must be made through the

VTS station at Gavle (see paragraph 6.7).

6.1 The station at Ornskoldsvik provides pilotage for the area

between a line bearing 140° through Norrbyskar (63°33'N.,

19°52'E.) and latitude 62°50'N (see paragraph 6.52). Requests

for pilotage in this area must be made through the VTS station

at Lulea (see paragraph 9.19). 

6.1 It should be noted that ordering of pilots in the Swedish

waters described within this sector is presently carried out

through the main VTS systems. However, it is reported that

procedures for the initial ordering of pilots via the internet will

be introduced in the near future. For additional informa-tion

concerning these procedures, see the following website:

6.1 Regulations.—Channels leading through and into the Stockholm archipelago are subject to a mandatory Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system. The information centers will pass navigational

and traffic details as required. Reporting is mandatory for vessels

over 300 grt or over 50m in length, as well as for vessels under tow

that have a combined length of over 50m.

6.1 The Swedish authorities have instituted a system of restricted areas and semi-restricted areas throughout the coastal

waters. The limits of these areas may best be seen on the chart.

Vessels are generally permitted to transit these areas only

through the approved channels, and with a pilot aboard. For

further details, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning

Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent Seas. 

6.1 Caution.—During the winter, many buoys in these waters

are removed while others may be damaged or break adrift.

6.1 In the coastal waters within this sector, numerous logs may

be found adrift at all times of the year.

6.1 Areas dangerous due to mines laid during World War II exist

within the waters described in this sector. There is still a risk of

danger in these areas when anchoring or carrying out any sea

bed activities.

6.1 Due to various circumstances, including the discovery of

obstructions, depths within the channels leading through the

offshore dangers along this stretch of coast may change frequently. Therefore, vessels are advised to contact the local

authorities in order to ascertain the latest information, including the maximum authorized drafts.

Lovstabukten to Gavle

6.2 Lovstabukten (60°38'N., 17°45'E.), a large bay, is

entered between Bjorn and a point on the mainland about 10.5

miles W. It is encumbered with numerous islets and dangers,

and should not be entered without local knowledge. The shores

of the bay are low and wooded.

 Several small harbors, mostly used by fishing vessels and

small craft, are situated within this bay. Timber rafts are assembled off some of these harbors.

Bjorn Light (60°38'N., 17°59'E.), described in paragraph

5.11, is shown from the northernmost islet of a group of dangers extending up to about 2.5 miles N from the mainland

coast, on the E side of Lovstabukten.

Boliviagrundet, a rocky shoal with a depth of 6.9m, lies

about 2.4 miles E of Bjorn Light and is the outermost danger in

this vicinity.

Campsgrund (60°42'N., 17°51'E.) lies about 5 miles NW of

Bjorn Light in the approach to Lovstabukten. This shoal has a

least depth of 8m and is marked by a lighted buoy.

6.2 Caution.—A firing and bombing practice exercise area,

which extends 1.5 miles N from the shore, is situated off Norrskaten, in the NE part of Lovstabukten, about 3.5 miles SW of

Bjorn Light.

6.3 Finngrunden (60°58'N., 18°03'E.) lies about 40

miles offshore and fronts the approach to Gavlebukten. It consists of two extensive banks of sand and gravel, which may best

be seen on the chart.

Swedish Maritime Administration Home Page

http://www.sjofartsverket.se/en/
76 Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 

Pub. 195

6.3 Ostra Banken, the outer bank, lies with its S extremity

located about 21 miles NE of Bjorn Light. A shoal patch, with

a least depth of 1.5m, lies near the S end of the bank and other

patches, with depths of 3.2 to 3.5m, are located in the N part.

The S end and E sides of this bank are marked by buoys.

6.3 The position of this bank can be easily distinguished during

daylight as the color of the water, being dark at a greater depth,

suddenly changes and becomes very light at the edges. 

6.3 Finngrundet Light (60°59'N., 18°36'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a prominent tower, 25m high, standing 27

miles NE of Bjorn and 4 miles E of Ostra Banken.

6.3 An isolated shoal patch, with a least depth of 6.6m, lies 13

miles WNW of Finngrundet Light and is marked by a buoy.

6.3 Vastra Banken, the inner bank, lies about 6 miles W of Ostra

Finngrunden and consists of several shoal patches. The northeasternmost patch has a least depth of 0.6m and is marked by a

lighted buoy moored on its E side.

6.3 Vastra Banken Light (60°53'N., 17°55'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a prominent tower, 27m high, standing on

the S part of Vastra Banken, about 21 miles WSW of Finngrundet Light. A patch lying about 2 miles NNE of this light

has a least depth of 3.2m and is marked by a buoy.

6.3 Utknallen, a shoal with a depth of 6.8m, lies about 4 miles

WNW of Vastra Banken Light and is marked by a buoy.

6.3 Blockbanken, with a depth of 5.8m, lies about 5.5 miles

SSW of Utknallen and consists of large boulders.

6.3 Sylen (61°15'N., 18°27'E.), an isolated shoal patch, lies

about 16.5 miles NNW of Finngrunden Light. It has a least

depth of 9.4m and is marked by a lighted buoy.

6.3 Directions.—The coastal route leads NW from NNE of

Bjorn Light. Vessels may pass NE of Campsgrund, SW of

Vastra Banken Light, NE of Blockbanken, and WSW of Utknallen. They may then continue NNW to a position located E

of Gashallan Light (61°01'N., 17°17'E.).

6.3 The depths along this route are irregular, especially between

Blockbanken and Utknallen, where there are isolated shoal

depths of less than 15m. 

Approaches to Gavle

6.4 Gavlebukten is a bight lying between Bjorn and Gashallan, about 30 miles NW. The coast in this vicinity is generally

low and wooded. The shores of the bight are fronted by numerous islands, islets, and shoals, which may best be seen on the

chart.

6.4 The SW part of the bight fronts the port of Gavle and is encumbered with numerous dangers, which lie up to about 8

miles offshore in places.

6.4 Iggon Light (60°52'N., 17°18'E.) is shown occasionally

from a structure standing on the E side of an island lying close

offshore, 8 miles S of Gashallan. The island is covered by dark,

dense woods and is prominent from seaward.

6.4 Vicksellsgrundet, a large bank formed by several shoals, lies

centered 3 miles NNE of Iggon Light and is the outermost

danger in this vicinity. It has a least depth of 2m and is marked

by buoys.

6.4 Eggegrund Light (60°44'N., 17°34'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 26m high, standing on the SE end of an islet

of the same name, lying about 13.5 miles WNW of Bjorn

Light. Some houses are situated near the light tower. The islet

is sandy, 5m high, partly wooded, and fringed by a narrow reef.

6.4 Purrutsgrund Light (60°47'N., 17°27'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a metal tower, 5m high, standing on a

shoal lying 4.3 miles NW of Eggegrund Light. This light marks

the SE extremity of the coastal bank, which extends up to about

4.5 miles seaward on the N side of the approach to the port of

Gavle.

6.4 Trodjehallan Light (60°48'N., 17°21'E.) is shown from a

tower, 10m high, standing on a barren rock, 4m high, lying

about 0.7 mile offshore, 3.2 miles WNW of Purrutsgrund

Light. 

6.4 Lovgrunds Rabbar is a large shoal area, with several rocks

awash, lying between 1 mile and 4 miles NE of Purrutsgrund

Light. This shoal area is steep-to on its NW side and is marked

by buoys.

6.4 Petres Bank, a detached gravel shoal, lies S of the SE end of

Lovgrunds Rabbar, 2.8 miles NNE of Eggegrund Light. It has a

least depth of 2.4m and is marked by a buoy.

6.4 Hansbadan, a shoal with a least depth of 5.9m, lies centered

1 mile ENE of Eggegrund Light and is marked at the N end by

a buoy.

6.4 Grussankan, a narrow shoal, extends about 0.5 mile SSE

from the S end of Hansbadan. It has a least depth of 10.4m and

is marked at its S end by a buoy.

6.4 Vaktaren lies about 1.2 miles S of the S end of Grussankan

Vastra Banken Light

Eggegrund Light
Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 77

Pub. 195

and 2 miles SE of Eggegrund Light. This shoal has a least

depth of 8m and is marked on its N side by a lighted buoy. It is

located at the N end of an area of foul ground and dangerous

rocks, which extends about 4 miles NNE from the mainland on

the S side of the approach to the port of Gavle.

6.5 Skraddarhallan Light (60°46'N., 17°22'E.) is shown

from a structure standing on an islet about 0.3 mile offshore, 3

miles WSW of Purrutsgrund Light.

6.5 Vitgrund and Norrskar are two low islets, fringed by shoals,

lying 1 mile E and 1.3 miles ENE, respectively, of Skraddarhallan Light.

6.5 Limo Light (60°43'N., 17°22'E.) is shown from a framework tower, 21m high, standing on an island of the same name.

The island is wooded, 15m high, and lies in the middle of the

approach, 6 miles W of Eggegrund Light.

6.5 Ytteriskan Light (60°44'N., 17°20'E.) is shown from a

metal floodlit tower, 5m high, standing on a rock lying about

1.3 miles NNW of Limo Light.

6.5 Bonan Light (60°44'N., 17°19'E.) is shown from a tower,

10m high, standing on the mainland, 0.6 mile NW of Ytterisskan Light. A prominent disued light tower with a dwelling is

located near the light.

6.5 Lovgrund, 10m high and partly wooded, lies 3.5 miles

WNW of Eggegrund Light. A chapel and some cottages stand

on the NE part of this island.

6.5 Sjalstenarna lies 2 miles W of Eggegrund Light and consists

of two bare islets fringed by partly awash rocks.

6.5 Grasjalsbadan, a wooded islet, lies 0.8 mile W of Sjalstenarne and is also fringed by rocks. Sjalstensgrund, a shoal

with a least depth of 1.4m, lies about midway between Sjalstenarna and Grasjalsbadan.

6.5 Numerous other shoals and dangers, with depths of less

10m, lie in the approaches and may best be seen on the chart.

6.5 Limo Island lies in the NE part of an extensive area of rocks

and shoals which fronts the port. Orarnas, a low and wooded

island, lies 1 mile SSW of Limo, in the S part of this area.

6.5 Holmuddsrannan (60°44'N., 17°20'E.), entered close SW

of Ytteriskan Light, is the main channel leading to the port.

This channel, which is about 1 mile long and 60m wide,

extends SW through the N part of the above area of rocks and

shoals.

6.5 Caution.—Several submarine cables lie in the approaches to

the W of Eggegrund Island and may best be seen on the chart.

6.6 Directions—Approach Routes.—There are three

main approach routes and one inshore channel leading to the

port entrance.

6.6 The East Deep-Water Route, which is authorized for drafts

up to 10.2m, leads W for about 18 miles from a position

located NE of Bjorn Light. It passes N of Campsgrund,

between Vakaren and Grussankan, and S of Eggegrund Light

to a position located 0.7 mile S of Grasjalsbadan. The route

continues WNW for about 4 miles using the white sector of

Bonan Light. It then passes close N of Ytteriskan Light and

leads SW to the outer entrance of Holmuddsrannan.

6.6 Vessels requiring more maneuvering room may head NW,

using the white sector of Skraddarhallan Light, from the position located S of Grasjalsbadan before changing course to SW.

6.6 The East Alternative Route, which is authorized for drafts

up to 9.5m, leads WNW for about 17 miles from a position

located NE of Bjorn Light. It passes NNE of Campsgrund,

between Hansbadan and Petres Bank, and NNE of Eggegrund

Light to a position located 0.7 mile S of Purrutsgrund Light.

The route then continues SW for 1.5 miles and WSW for 2.5

miles to the outer entrance of Holmuddsrannan. It passes

between Vitgrund and Lovgrund, and close N of Ytteriskan

Light.

6.6 At night, vessels may pass between Hansbadan and Petres

Bank by using the white sector of Trodjehallan Light. When

about 0.4 mile E of Purrutsgrund Light, they should change

course to the SW and follow the route leading between Vitgrund and Lovgrund. Vessels may then use the white sector of

Bonan Light to approach the outer entrance of Holmuddsrannan. This route may be used in the winter.

6.6 The North Route leads SE for about 5 miles from a position

located off Iggon Light. It passes between Purrutsgrund Light

and the SW end of Lovgrunds Rabbar. The route then leads

SW and joins the East Alternative Route. At night, the route

initially leads SE using the white sector of Eggegrund Light.

This route has a least depth of 12.9m up to the vicinity of

Purrutsgrund Light, but, after joining the East Alternative

Route it is only authorized for drafts up to 9.5m.

6.6 The Inshore Channel, which is authorized for drafts up to

3.7m, leads S and SSE for 5 miles from a position SSE of

Limo Light

Bonan Light
78 Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 

Pub. 195

Iggon Light. It passes close E of Trodjehallan Light and Skraddarhallan Light. Vessels should then steer SW to the outer

entrance of Holmuddsrannan. The channel is very narrow in

places and should be used only by small vessels. Local knowledge is advised. 

6.6 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 15

to 21m, within an area, designated A, centered 0.6 mile ENE of

Bonan Light (60°44'N., 17°19'E.). The bottom is formed of

sand and clay, with good holding ground, but this roadstead is

exposed to E winds.

6.6 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 13 to 23m, sand,

within an area, designated B, centered 2 miles ESE of Limo

Light (60°43'N., 17°22'E.). Vessels must remain clear of the

white sector of this light. During E winds, pilots are often unable to embark in this roadstead and the anchorage, designated

A, located ENE of Bonan Light is preferable.

6.6 It is reported that anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 18

to 25m, sand and clay, within an area, designated G, centered

close SW of Lovgrund, 2.3 miles NE of Limo Light (60°43'N.,

17°22'E.).

6.6 Anchorage may also be obtained off Skutskar-Harnas (see

paragraph 6.8).

6.6 Caution.—A mined area, through which surface navigation

is permitted, lies across Holmuddsrannan and the NE end of

Yttrefjarden. Vessels transiting the area during a thunderstorm

do so at their own risk.

6.6 The maximum authorized drafts stated for the approach

routes may vary due to silting and the local authorities should

be contacted prior to entry.

Gavle (60°41'N., 17°10'E.)

World Port Index No. 25590

6.7 Gavle (Gefle), one of the oldest towns in Sweden, is

situated at the mouth of the Gavle River. The port consists of

Yttrefjarden, the outer harbor and roadstead, and Inre Fjarden,

the small natural inner harbor.

6.7 Tides—Currents.—Normal HW is approximately 0.3m

above mean sea level; normal LW is approximately 0.2m

below. Gales from the NE cause an exceptionally high HW

level, which is usually followed by an exceptionally low LW

level; the former is as much as 1.2m above mean sea level

while the latter is much as 0.9m below mean sea level. 

6.7 The current in the approaches is weak and variable in direction. Within Yttrefjarden, there is a slight current generally

setting E. 

6.7 Ice.—Ice obstructs navigation from the end of January to the

end of March, but the harbor is kept open by ice breakers. 

6.7 The Swedish Maritime Administration, Ice-breaking

Division, in Gothenburg, operates 10 icebreakers all around the

Swedish Coast during the season which maintains a 24-hour

operatioon at the Center.

6.7 The icebreaker unit provides a brief account of the ice

situation for each day from the areas where they are engaged in

operations, together with instructions on safe ship routings, and

an updated ‘Ice Chart’ for winter navigation that is displayed

on Swediah Maritime Administration homepage. 

6.7 Modes of contact to the Center are:

6.7 Telephone 46-31-647780

6.7 Fax 46-31-647789

6.7 E-mail: opc@sjofartsverket.se

6.7 Website: www.sjofartsverket.se

6.7 Website: www.baltic.org

6.7 The main function of the Division is ice-breaking, that is to

break ice between open waters and the waters protected from

sea ice, pack ice, and other obsticles.

6.7 The purpose of icebreaking is to procure the effficiency of

Swedish commercial shipping by minimizing cost and

maximizing standards of service in winter months. The

services also provide an appropriate traffic restriction policy to

accomplish safe and efficient transits to and from Swedish

ports.

6.7 Restrictions are imposed to improve on safety and efficiency

of vessels traffic. Icebreaker assistance is given only to vessels

those meet with the appropriate classification society

requirements on hull integrity.

6.7 Information on ice report, restraining conditions, existing

restrictions, traffic directions, cargo limitations and

restrictions, port infrastructure, and winter navigation guidance

can be obtained from the website. 

6.7 For further details, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions

(Planning Guide) for the North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent

Seas. 

6.7 Depths—Limitations.—Yttrefjarden, the outer harbor and

roadstead of the port, can be entered via two channels. Bakharsrannan, the S channel, leads between the islands of Limo

and Orarna. It is available only for small craft, with drafts up to

2.7m, during daylight hours.

6.7 Holmuddsrannan, the N and main channel, has a dredged

depth of 10.9m and is authorized for vessels with drafts up to

10.4m. Vessels up to 220m in length may transit during

daylight.

6.7 For routes and draft limitations in the approaches, see paragraph 6.6.

6.7 Inre Fjarden, the inner harbor, fronts the town and is closed

to commercial shipping. The entrance channel is no longer

dredged and is only used by pleasure craft.

6.7 The main facilities are situated in the vicinity of Frederiksskans, at the W end of Yttrefjarden.

6.7 New Oil Quay, at the outer end on the N side, is 70m long

and has a depth of 10.8m alongside.

6.7 East Basin has a quay, 575m long, at its W side, with a depth

of 9.3m alongside. Vessels, with drafts up to 8.9m, can be

handled here. A floating quay installation, 90m long, is

situated at the E side of the basin and has a depth of 6m

alongside. A quay, 75m long, is situated at the N end of this

basin and has a depth of 8.3m alongside.

6.7 South Quay and Southwest Quay provide 570m of total

berthage, with a depth of 7.7m alongside. Vessels, with drafts

up to 7.4m, can be accommodated here. A ro-ro berth is situated at the W end of Southwest Quay.

6.7 Old Oil Quay is 85m long and has a depth of 7.7m alongside.

Coastal Tanker Quay, consisting of a wharf with a breasting

dolphin, provides 75m of berthage with a depth of 5.4m alongside.

6.7 Granudden Terminal, on the S side, has two timber product

berths. The E berth is 200m long, with a depth of 10.9m alongside; the W berth is 150m long with depth of 9.4m alongside. 

6.7 There are facilities for general cargo, bulk, tanker, ro-ro, and
Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 79

Pub. 195

timber product vessels. The port can accommodate vessels up

to 220m in length, 28m beam, and 10.2m draft.

6.7 For additional outport facilities, see paragraph 6.9.

6.7 Aspect.—The approach routes are indicated by lighted

ranges and directional sector lights. Holmuddsrannan, the main

entrance channel, is marked by lighted buoys and lighted

floodlit beacons.

6.7 Herosgrund Light is shown from a floodlit tower standing in

the vicinity of a group of shoals lying within Yttrefjarden,

about 1 mile SW of the inner entrance of Holmuddsrannan.

6.7 A prominent wind generator, 54m high, stands close N of the

New Oil Quay. A conspicuous tank farm is situated in the

vicinity of the harbor.

6.7 Pilotage.—The pilotage area for Gavle lies between a line

bearing 090° from Rodhall (60°36'N., 17°59'E.) and latitude

62°08'N.

6.7 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels, as follows:

1. All Category 1 vessels.

2. Category 2 vessels of 80m in length or 15m beam and

over.

3. Category 3 vessels of 90m in length or 16m beam and

over.

6.7 Vessels should send an ETA and request for pilotage 5 hours

in advance. All requests for pilotage in the area (including

Sundsvall, Hudiksvall, and Soderhamn) must be made through

the Gavle VTS station.

6.7 Pilots board vessels, as follows:

1. For Soderhamn and Ljusnefjarden—in position

61°12.9'N, 17°20.9'E.

2. For Gavle—close S of Grasjalsbadan (60°43.5'N.,

17°27.5'E.).

3. For Hudiksvall—in position 61°15.9'N, 17°24.0'E or,

by special arrangement, about 1.5 miles S of Hurnsudde in

position 61°35.7'N, 17°29.0'E.

6.7 Regulations.—A Reporting and Information System has

been established in the Gulf of Bothnia and is operated by Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) at Gavle and Lulea.

6.7 The system is mandatory for vessels over 300 grt, and vessels, including tows, over 45m in length.

6.7 Approaching vessels must send a report to VTS Gavle 30

minutes before passing the first Reporting Point (see below).

Vessels with an Automated Identification System (AIS) are not

obliged to send this report.

6.7 Participating vessels must report to VTS Gavle on passing

the following Reporting Points (RP):

1. RP No. 11 Vaktaren (60°42.7'N., 17°36.2'E.).

2. RP No. 12 Purrutsgrund (60°46.7'N., 17°27.5'E.).

3. RP No. 13 Valkommen (60°57.8'N., 17°15.0'E.).

4. RP No. 21 Storjungfrun S (61°06.9'N., 17°21.3'E.).

5. RP No. 22 Blomman (61°11.5'N., 17°17.5'E.).

6. RP No. 23 Hallgrund (61°15.8'N., 17°22.0'E.).

7. RP No. 31 Tihallsten (61°31.5'N., 17°19.0'E.).

8. RP No. 32 Hudiksgrund (61°35.0'N., 17°24.0'E.).

9. RP No. 41 Britas Klack (61°53.1'N., 17°27.7'E.).

10. RP No. 52 Bramon N (62°17.4'N., 17°40.4'E.).

11. RP No. 53 Astholmsudde (62°22.8'N., 17°43.8'E.).

12. RP No. 61 Hamo (62°36.6'N., 18°05.8'E.).

13. RP No. 62 Storon S (62°43.4'N., 18°12.8'E.).

14. RP No. 63 Storon N (62°47.6'N., 18°17.0'E.).

15. RP No. 64 Ramon (62°50.0'N., 17°54.0'E.).

16. RP No. 65 Brunne (62°56.0'N., 17°50.0'E.) (Outbound). 

6.7 Reports must include the vessel’s name, call sign, position,

and destination.

6.7 Vessels must report their name, position, and destination

when arriving at or leaving a berth (including an anchorage),

when changing route, when being involved in an accident (including groundings and collisions), and on the occurrence of

any defect affecting the safety of navigation. The report should

be sent 10 minutes prior to leaving a berth or an anchorage.

6.7 Participating vessels must maintain a continuous listening

watch on VHF channel 13 after the first report.

6.7 Gavle VTS may be contacted on VHF channels 13 and 16 or

by e-mail, as follows:

6.7 All vessels must proceed through Holmuddsranna, the main

entrance channel, at a slow speed.

6.7 Vessels entering Yttrefjarden have priority in the channel

over those leaving. However, towed vessels have priority over

all other vessels.

6.7 Vessels over 172m in length or 7.35m draft are prohibited

from passing through Holmuddsrannan during darkness.

6.7 Vessels with drafts over 9m must use tugs when passing

through Holmuddsrannan.

6.7 Berthing at the New Oil Quay at night is restricted to tankers

of 172m in length, 25m beam, and 7.5m draft.

6.7 Anchorage.—Three inner anchorage areas, designated D, E,

and F, are situated in the S part of Yttrefjarden. They have

depths of 11 to 15m, mud and clay, and may best be seen on the

chart. For information concerning anchorages in the outer

approaches, see paragraph 6.6.

6.7 Caution.—Prohibited anchorage areas, the limits of which

may best be seen on the chart, are situated in the SW part of

Yttrefjarden, close N of Herosgrund Light, and in the vicinity

of Holmuddsrannan, the main entrance channel.

6.8 Skutskar-Harnas (60°39'N., 17°24'E.) (World Port

Index No. 25550), a small harbor, is situated 18 miles W of

Bjorn, in the S approach to Gavle. It is well-protected by two

breakwaters. This harbor serves the towns of Skutskar and

Harnas, which stand, respectively, on its SE and W sides.

6.8 Ice.—The harbor is normally closed because of ice from

early January to early April.

Gavle

vtsgavle@sjofartsverket.se
80 Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 

Pub. 195

6.8 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is approached by using

the East Deep-Water Route for Gavle (see paragraph 6.6) and

then proceeding SW toward the port entrance. An entrance

channel, which leads S between the breakwaters, has a least

depth of 9.1m and is authorized for vessels with drafts up to

7.2m.

6.8 Several shallow areas lie within the harbor and dredged

fairways lead through them to the berths. The fairway leading

to Skutskar, situated at the E side of the harbor, has a least

depth of 8.1m. The fairway leading to Harnash, situated at the

SW side of the harbor, has a least depth of 7.1m.

6.8 Massakajen is the main wood pulp pier at Harnash. The

berth on the W side is 245m long and has depths of 6.2 to 6.8m

alongside. The berth on the E side is 95m long and has a depth

of 5.8m alongside.

6.8 Two berths at Skutskar provide 260m of total quayage and

have a depth of 8.1m alongside.

6.8 It is reported that the harbor is used only for the import of

pulpwood.

6.8 Aspect.—The entrance channel is indicated by a lighted

range and is marked by buoys. A light is shown from a mast

standing at the head of the W breakwater.

6.8 A church, with a prominent black pointed spire, stands in the

town of Skutskar. The tower and chimneys of the woodpulp

factory, standing at the SW side of the harbor, are clearly

visible from seaward. A prominent water tower is situated at

the SE side of the harbor.

6.8 Pilotage.—Pilots are provided by the Gavle pilot station.

6.8 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in depths of 15 to 17m,

clay, within an area, designated C, centered about 1.5 miles NE

of the head of the W breakwater.

6.8 Caution.—Local knowledge is required and large vessels

should not enter the harbor during darkness.

6.9 Karskar (60°41'N., 17°16'E.) (World Port Index No.

25570), an outport of Gavle, is situated in the S part of Yttrefjarden. It is approached through a channel authorized for

drafts up to 7.8m.

6.9 There is an oil pier, 195m long, with berths for tankers on

each side. The maximum permitted drafts are 6.5m on the W

side and 7.8m on the E side.

6.9 There are also two quays. One is 90m long, with a depth of

4.8m alongside; the other is 110m long, with depths of 4.8 to

6.3m alongside.

6.9 The pier at Kastet, 0.5 mile NW of Kaskar, is reported to be

disused. 

Langharen (60°41'N., 17°17'E.), another outport of Gavle,

is situated in the S part of Yttrefjarden, close E of Karskar. It

consists of a tanker terminal. The berth is 60m long and has a

depth of 10.9m alongside. Tankers up to 220m in length and

10.4m draft can be accommodated. Berthing is carried out

during daylight only and vessels enter stern first.

Gavle to Ljusnefjarden

6.10 Gashallan (61°01'N., 17°17'E.), a barren islet, lies

about 0.5 mile offshore and is 6m high. A light is shown from a

prominent tower, 8m high, standing on this islet.

Knaggen, a group of shoals, extends up to about 0.8 mile E

and SE of the light. This group has a least depth of 3.4m and is

marked by a buoy.

The approaches to Norrsundet include the area lying between Iggon Light (60°52'N., 17°18'E.) and Gashallan, about 8

miles N.

The mainland and larger islands bordering this area are

covered with forest. The shore is fronted by numerous islands,

islets, rocks, and shoals, which may best be seen on the chart.

Several anchorages and small harbors of refuge lie along this

part of the coast, but local knowledge is required for entry. 

6.10 Vicksellsgrundet, a large shoal bank, lies on the S side of the

approach and has been previously described in paragraph 6.4.

6.10 A group of small islands, islets, and shoals, which may be

best seen on the chart, fronts Norrsundet and extends about 3

miles NE from the coast.

6.11 Bjorn Beacon (60°57.0'N., 17°13.3'E.), a framework

mast, 11m high, stands on a barren islet lying on the outer part

of this group.

6.11 Forstugund, a shoal patch, lies about 1.7 miles ESE of Bjorn

Beacon. It has a least depth of 3.4m and is marked by a buoy.

Valkommen, a shoal patch, lies about 1 mile ENE of Bjorn

Beacon. It has a least depth of 7m and is marked by a buoy.

These two shoal patches form the outermost dangers in the

approach to Norrrsundet.

6.11 Saltarsfjarden (60°56'N., 17°11'E.), a bay lying close S of

Norrsundet, provides anchorage, exposed to E winds, in a

depth of 18m, sand. The entrance lies about 1.3 miles SW of

Bjorn Beacon and is encumbered by a group of dangerous

shoals, known as Saltarsgrundet, on the N side.

6.11 This anchorage is usually icebound from the end of January

to the beginning of April. The approach is indicated by range

beacons. Vessels should head in a SW direction and pass

between Forstugund and Valkommen shoals. When within

about 0.4 mile of the shore, vessels should change course and

head W into the bay. Local knowledge is advised.

6.12 Norrsundet (60°56'N., 17°10'E.) (World Port Index

No. 25610), a small and well-sheltered harbor, is situated 5

miles SW of Gashallan Light. It handles timber products.

6.12 Ice.—Ice usually obstructs the harbor from the end of

January to the beginning of April.

6.12 Depths—Limitations.—From a position located about 2

miles SSE of Gashallan Light, the main approach route leads

WSW for 5 miles between the dangers fronting the port. It

passes about 0.4 mile NNW of Valkommen shoal and Bjorn

Beacon. A dredged entrance channel, which is authorized for

drafts up to 6.4m, then continues SW and leads into the harbor.

6.12 A secondary approach route, authorized for drafts up to

5.4m, leads from S. From a position NE of Iggon Light, the

route leads in a NW direction for about 6 miles and joins the

main route, 1.3 miles NE of Bjorn Beacon. It passes close SW

of the SW side of Vicksellsgrundet, close NE of Forstugund,

and close ENE of Valkommen.

6.12 The commercial facilities are situated on the SW side of the

harbor. Trautlastingskajen, a timber-loading quay, is 91m long

and has depths of 3.5 to 4.3m alongside; and Massakajen, a

pulp quay, is 172m long and has a depth of 6.8m alongside.

6.12 Vessels up to 135m in length and 6.4m draft can be accommodated. Vessels entering at night are limited to a length of

100m. 
Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 81

Pub. 195

6.12 Aspect.—The harbor lies within an inlet, which is formed by

the island of Granskar, on the N side, and the peninsula of

Farholmen, on the S side. The island of Granskar is connected

to the mainland by causeways.

6.12 The approach route is indicated by a sector light. The entrance channel is indicated by a lighted range and is marked by

buoys.

6.12 A prominent chimney stands in the vicinity of the pulp mill

and is illuminated at night.

6.12 Pilotage.—Pilots may be obtained from the Gavle pilot

station (see paragraph 6.7).

6.12 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available close N of the island

of Dodmanskar (60°57'N., 17°12'E.), about 0.7 mile W of

Bjorn Beacon. This inner roadstead has depths of 15 to 17m,

sand, gravel, and clay.

6.12 An outer anchorage area, designated N, lies centered about 2

miles SSW of Gashallan Light (60°01'N., 17°17'E.), on the N

side of the approach track. It has depths of 16 to 20m and may

best be seen on the chart.

6.12 Caution.—It is reported that severe magnetic disturbances

have been experienced in the approach to the port.

6.13 Kuson (61°02'N., 17°14'E.), a wooded island, lies 2

miles NW of Gashallan Light. This island is 33m high and is

fringed by shoals extending up to 1.2 miles E of it.

A prominent radio mast stands 8 miles WNW of Kuson.

Sundsmars Redd (61°01'N., 17°13'E.), a sheltered roadstead, lies 2.3 miles WNW of Gasholmen Light. It is located

between the peninsula of Sundsmarnaset, 41m high, and the

SW part of Kuson. This roadstead is considered to be one of

the best refuge anchorages along this part of the coast. It is usually icebound from the middle of December to the end of April. 

6.13 The anchorage has depths of 10 to 13m, stones, sand, and

clay. It may be entered from the N via a channel leading S and

passing close W of the Kuson or from the E via a channel,

available for drafts up to 5m, leading W and passing S of

Kuson. Both channels are buoyed. A reef extends from the S

side of Kuson and constricts the fairway to a width of about

180m. Local knowledge is advised.

6.14 Between Kuson and Ljusnefjarden, about 9 miles N,

the coast is generally low and wooded. The shore is fronted by

a number of islands, islets, and shoals, which may best be seen

on the chart. Only the outer dangers are described below.

6.14 An extensive area of islets, rocks, and shoals fronts the

mainland shore to the N of Kuson and extends up to about 5

miles NNE of this island.

6.14 Tupparna (61°10'N., 17°20'E.), a low and partly wooded

islet, lies about 4 miles offshore, at the NE end of this area.

Tuppstorgrund, a shoal with a least depth of 2.4m, lies about

0.4 mile E of this islet, near the edge of the area.

6.14 Reveljen (61°07'N., 17°21'E.), a detached shoal, lies about

1.3 miles E of Tupparna. It has a least depth of 5.7m and is

marked by a buoy. 

6.14 Storjungfrun (61°10'N., 17°20'E.), a densely-wooded island, lies about 4 miles offshore and is 22m high. The W side

of the island is clear of dangers. However, the E side and S end

of the island are fronted by dangers and should not be

approached within 1 mile.

6.14 A light is shown from a prominent tower, 21m high, standing

on the NE end of the island. A number of cottages and a chapel

are situated in the vicinity of the light.

6.14 Anchorage may be obtained by vessels with local knowledge

close to the W side of this island, about 1 mile SSW of Kalkudden, the W extremity, in depths of 9 to 18m, but the bottom shelves steeply. Anchorage may also be obtained within an

area centered 1 mile NW of Kalkudden. 

6.14 Storgrundet (61°09'N., 17°27'E.), an extensive shoal, lies

centered 3 miles E of Storjungfrun and consists of gravel, sand,

and shingle. It has a least depth of 0.5m and is marked on the E

and W sides by buoys.

6.14 Enskar (61°14'N., 17°17'E.), an indented island, lies 2 miles

offshore, about 4.5 miles NNW of Storjungfrun Light. It is

located on the outer part of an extensive area of dangers fronting the coast. Klumpudden Light is shown from a structure

standing on the N part of this island.

6.14 Ellegrund, a shoal with a depth of 1.1m, lies about 0.5 mile E

of the SE end of Enskar. A detached shoal patch, with a least

depth of 8.4m, lies 0.7 mile ENE of Ellegrund and is the outermost danger in this vicinity. 

6.14 Caution.—Permanent fishing equipment may be found

around Storjungfrun.

6.14 A submarine pipeline, which may best be seen on the chart,

extends between the W side of Storjungfrun and the mainland.

Ljusnefjarden

6.15 Ljusnefjarden (61°13'N., 17°12'E.) is entered about

4 miles WNW of the N end of Storjungfrun. The approach to

the inlet lies between Storjungfrun and Enskar, 4.5 miles

NNW. The S side of the approach is comparatively free from

dangers, but on the N side, shoals extend up to about 3.5 miles

from the mainland.

The harbors of Vallvik, Ljusne, Orrskarshamnen, and Ala are

situated within this large inlet.

6.15 Blomman (61°12'N., 17°16'E.), a shoal with a least depth of

7m, lies about 2 miles S of the SW end of Enskar and is

marked by a lighted buoy. It is the outermost shoal on the SE

side of the dangers bordering the N approach to Ljusnefjarden.

6.15 Fabodvallshararna (61°11.5'N., 17°10.7'E.), a group of

wooded islets, lies near the shore, close within the S entrance

point of Ljusnefjarden.

Storjungfrun Light
82 Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 

Pub. 195

6.15 Vallvik Light (61°11.5'N., 17°10.8'E.) is shown from a

tower standing on the S end of the southernmost islet of Fabodvallshararna. 

6.15 Saggrund (61°12'N., 17°12'E.), a shoal with a least depth of

1.3m, lies about 0.5 mile NE of Fabodvallshararna and is

marked by a buoy. It is the outermost shoal on the SW side of

the dangers bordering the N approach to Ljusnefjard.

6.15 Storgrytan, a sparsely wooded islet, lies about 0.5 mile NW

of the NW end of Fabodvallshararna and steep, rugged reddish

rocks fringe its NE side. A light is shown from a structure

standing at the N extremity of this islet.

6.15 Lekskaraen, a shoal with rocks awash, lies about 0.3 mile

NNE of Storgrytan Light. It is marked by a beacon and two

buoys. 

6.15 Nestorsgrund, a shoal with a least depth of 3.3m, lies about

0.4 mile ENE of WSW Storgrytan Light and is marked by a

lighted buoy.

6.15 Abrahamsharen, an islet, lies about 1 mile ENE of Storgrytan Light, near the S end of the dangers extending S from the

mainland.

6.15 Ice.—The harbors within the inlet are usually icebound between February and April.

6.15 Aspect.—The main approach route leading into the inlet is

indicated by a lighted range and a directional sector light.

6.15 Vardberget, a rounded hill, stands on the NW side of the

inlet, 1.8 miles NW of Vallvik Light. It is 50m high and prominent from seaward.

6.15 A number of conspicuous chimneys, 65m high, stand in the

vicinity of the woodpulp factory, 0.2 mile S of Vallvik Light. A

tower is situated close S of the factory.

6.15 Pilotage.—Pilots for the harbors in Ljusnefjarden are provided by the Gavle pilot station (see paragraph 6.7). Pilotage

should be requested 24 hours in advance. It is reported that

vessels must contact VTS Gavle on VHF channel 13 prior to

entering the harbor area. Pilots board about 2.8 miles N of

Storjungfrun Light.

6.15 Directions.—The main approach route, which is authorized

for drafts up to 11.1m, leads NNW for about 10 miles from a

position located E of Gashallan Light. It passes between the

island of Storjungfrun and Storgrundet shoal. The route then

continues W for about 4.5 miles and leads into the S part of the

inlet. This section of the route passes S of Blomman and is

indicated by the white sector of Vallvik Light.

6.15 From the N, a route, which passes 1.6 miles ESE of the SE

end of Enskar, leads SSW and joins the main approach route

about 1.7 miles NW of Storjungfrun Light.

6.15 An alternate route, which is authorized for drafts up to 7.5m,

leads in a NW direction for about 7 miles to a position located

0.6 mile E of Vallvik Light, at the inlet entrance. It passes

between Reveljen and the dangers fronting the S end of Storjungfrun. The route then continues NW between the mainland

and the W side of Storjungfrun.

6.15 An inshore route, which is authorized for drafts up to 5.1m,

leads inside the dangers fronting the coast between Gashallan

Light and Storjungfrun. The channel is narrow in places and

local knowledge is required. This route is usually blocked by

ice between December and April.

6.16 Vallvik (61°11'N., 17°10'E.) (World Port Index No.

25640), a small industrial harbor, is situated near the S

entrance point of Ljusnefjarden.

6.16 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor can be entered through

two channels, which are both authorized for drafts up to 7.5m.

6.16 The shorter channel leads WNW for 0.7 mile from a position

located 0.6 mile E of Vallvik Light. It then continues SW

between Fabodvallshararna and Storgrytan. This part of the

channel is marked by buoys and is very narrow in places.

6.16 The longer channel leads NW for 1.3 miles from a position

located 0.6 mile E of Vallvik Light. It passes SW of Saggrundand and Nestorsgrund. The channel then continues SW,

rounds the N end of Storgrytan, and leads SE for 0.7 mile to the

harbor.

6.16 The main pier extends NW into the harbor and is 200m long.

It has depths of 5 to 8.1m alongside the NE side. The berth at

the SE side is 70m long and has depths of 5.3 to 7.4m alongside.

6.16 A quay extends about 190m ESE from the root of the pier on

the NE side. It has depths of 2.4 to 5m alongside, but is no

longer used by commercial vessels.

6.16 Aspect.—The inner part of the entrance channel is indicated

by a lighted range and is marked by buoys.

6.16 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in depths of 12 to 15m,

clay, N or S of Nestorsgrund, staying clear of the harbor

entrance channels.

6.16 Well-sheltered anchorage may also be obtained, in a depth of

10m, clay, about 0.3 mile WSW of Lekskaraen.

6.16 Caution.—Vessels over 5,000 dwt are advised to enter or

leave the harbor during daylight hours only.

6.17 Ljusne (61°12'N., 17°08'E.) (World Port Index No.

25650), a small commercial and fishing harbor, is situated at

the W side of Ljusnefjarden, at the mouth of a river.

6.17 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is initially approached

by using the longer channel to Vallvik. From a position located

N of Storgrytan, a buoyed fairway, which is authorized for

drafts up to 3.6m, leads W to the entrance.

6.17 The commercial quay, on the N side of the harbor, is 100m

long and has a depth of 4.5m alongside. The fishing quay, on

the S side of the harbor, is 80m long and has a depth of 4m

alongside.

6.17 A quay extends about 190m ESE from the root of the pier on

the NE side. It has depth of 2.4 to 5m alongside, but is no

longer used by commercial vessels.

6.17 Aspect.—The inner part of the entrance channel is indicated

by lighted ranges and is marked by buoys.

6.17 Anchorage.—Vessels may find well-sheltered anchorage, in

a depth of 10m, clay, W of Storgrytan.

6.18 Orrskarshamnen (61°13'N., 17°10'E.), a small

commercial harbor, is situated at the NW side of Ljusnefjarden.

6.18 Depths—Limitations.—From a position located 0.6 mile E

of Vallvik Light, a buoyed channel, 110m wide, leads in a NW

direction for about 1.5 miles to the harbor. It passes SW of

Saggrund and NE of Nestorsgrund. This channel is authorized

for drafts up to 11.1m.

6.18 A concrete pier, equipped with a conveyor system for

loading wood chips, is situated in the S part of the harbor. The

berth on the E side of the pier is 100m long and has a depth of
Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 83

Pub. 195

11.8m alongside. The berth on the W side is 90m long and has

a depth of 10.8m alongside. 

6.18 A quay, situated close NW of the pier, has a berth, 100m

long, with a depth of 10.4m alongside.

6.18 Aspect.—The inner part of the entrance channel is indicated

by a lighted range.

6.19 Ala (61°13'N., 17°10'E.), a small commercial harbor,

is situated at the N side of Ljusnefjarden.

6.19 Depths—Limitations.—From a position located 0.6 mile E

of Vallvik Light, the channel leads in a NNW direction for

about 1.7 miles to the harbor. It passes close WSW of

Saggrund and between Nestorsgrund shoal and the islet of

Abrahamsharen. This channel is authorized for drafts up to

7.4m.

6.19 A concrete pier, 160m long, extends ESE into the harbor and

is used for exporting timber products. The berth on the S side

of this pier is 120m long and has depths of 7.7 to 8m alongside.

The berth on the N side is 130m long and has depths of 5.8 to

5.9m alongside.

6.19 Aspect.—The inner part of the entrance channel is indicated

by a lighted range and is marked by buoys.

6.19 Caution.—Vessels with drafts over 5.5m must enter during

daylight.

Ljusnefjarden to Hudiksvall

6.20 Hallgrund Light (61°17'N., 17°24'E.), equipped with

a racon, is shown from a prominent floodlit tower, 23m high,

standing on a rock, awash, 4 miles NE of Enskar. Shoals, with

depth of less than 10m, extend up to about 0.8 mile NE and 0.4

mile SW of the light.

Soderhamnsfjarden (61°17'N., 17°10'E.), entered 3.5 miles

W of Hallgrund Light, extends about 5.5 miles NW. The entrance to this inlet lies between the N side of Enskar and the E

end of the Skaton Peninsula, 2.1 miles N.

The approaches and entrance to Soderhamnsfjarden are encumbered by numerous small islands, islets, rocks, and shoals,

which may best be seen on the chart.

Norrutharet Light (61°16'N., 17°18'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 10m high, standing on the N end of a small

island, 3.2 miles WSW of Hallgrund Light.

Storgrund, a shoal area with a least depth of 0.6m, lies centered 1 mile ESE of Norrutharet Light. It is marked by buoys

and is the outermost danger on the S side of the approach to the

inlet.

Otterhallan Light (61°16'N., 17°18'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a framework tower standing on a red rock

lying 1.5 miles WNW of Norrutharet Light.

6.20 Caution.—A submarine cable, which may best be seen on

the chart, extends between Hallgrund Light and the Skaton

Peninsula.

6.21 Soderhamn (61°18'N., 17°05'E.) (World Port Index

No. 25720) is situated at the head of Soderhamnsfjarden. The

port includes the facilities at Stugsund, in the NW part of the

inlet; at Sandarne, in the SW part; and at Langror, close N of

Sandarne.

6.21 Tides—Currents.—The water level normally varies from

0.6m above to 0.4 below mean level. A higher level occurs with

S and W winds, a lower level with N winds.

6.21 Currents in the approach to the inlet are negligible.

6.21 Ice.—In the Soderhamn archipelago, ice usually occurs from

early January to early April. Shipping channels are kept open

with the aid of icebreakers. 

6.21 Depths—Limitations.—The main approach route leads W

for about 5 miles from a position located 0.8 mile S of Hallgrund Light. It passes N of Storgrund, N of Norrutharet Light,

and S of the dangers fronting the S side of the Skaton Peninsula. A dredged entrance channel, which is authorized for

drafts up to 7.9m, then leads W and passes S of Otterhallan

Light. It is 1 mile long and 60m wide.

6.21 The branch channel leading WSW to Sandarne is authorized

for drafts up to 6.3m. 

6.21 The branch channel leading NW and WSW to Langror is

authorized for drafts up to 7.9m. 

6.21 The branch channel leading NW to Stugsund is authorized

for drafts up to 5.7m. The continuing channel leading NW to

Soderhamn is authorized for drafts up to 2.5m.

6.21 Soderhamn has 1,600m of berthage, with a depth of 2m

alongside. It is used only by recreational craft.

6.21 Stugsund has 900m of berthage, with depths of 5.2 to 5.9m

alongside. It has facilities for handling bulk cargoes.

6.21 Langror has a quay, 80 long, with a depth of 8.3m alongside.

It has facilities for handling oil and general cargoes. Vessels up

to 180m in length and 7.9m draft can be accommodated. 

6.21 Sandarne has a quay, 438m long, with a depth of 7.1m alongside. It has facilities for handling liquid resin.

Hallgrund Light

Norrutharet Light
84 Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 

Pub. 195

6.21 Aspect.—The entrance channels are indicated by lighted

ranges and are marked by buoys.

6.21 A prominent chimney, 75m high, stands at Sandarne; and a

number of conspicuous silos are situated at Stugsund.

6.21 Skeppskolsberget, 322m high, stands about 13.5 miles WSW

of Soderhamn. This prominent hill resembles the keel of a ship

turned bottom up.

6.21 An aeronautical light is shown from a structure, 56m high,

standing in the vicinity of the airport, about 2 miles W of Sandarne. 

6.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots must be requested

through Gavle VTS (see paragraph 6.7). Pilots may be contacted by VHF and board about 1.5 miles S of Hallgrund Light.

6.21 Regulations.—A mandatory Reporting and Information

System has been established in the Gulf of Bothnia and is operated by Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) at Gavle and Lulea. For

further information, see Gavle (paragraph 6.7).

6.21 Speed restrictions apply within the entrance channels.

6.21 From the vicinity of Otterhallan Light, vessels proceeding to

Langror must be accompanied by tugs. Vessels can berth at

Langror only during daylight.

6.21 Anchorage.—Lilljungfruns Redd, located 1 mile SW of

Norrutharet Light and 0.4 mile N of Enskar, provides anchorage, in depths of 11 to 20m, mud and rock. Vessels can enter

this roadstead through a branch channel, which is authorized

for drafts up to 8.9m, to complete loading if necessary.

6.21 Branthalls Redd lies W of the island of Branthall, 1.1 miles

WSW of Otterhallan Light. This roadstead provides anchorage,

in depths of 7 to 13m, mud. 

6.21 Prastholms Redd lies close NE of Langror. This roadstead

provides anchorage, in a depth of 7m, mud.

6.21 Caution.—During winter, an ice bridge is laid out between

Stugsund and the N side of the inlet, 100m NE. Traffic signals

are exhibited. A white light indicates that the bridge is open for

the passage of vessels. A red light indicates that the bridge is

closed and the passage of vessels is prohibited.

6.22 The coast between Hallgrund Light and the island of

Agon, 16 miles N, is greatly indented. The shore is fronted by

numerous small islands, islets, rocks, and shoals, which extend

up to 4.5 miles seaward in places and may best be seen on the

chart. Only the outermost of these dangers are described below.

Several local fishing and small craft harbors are located

along this stretch of coast but there are no commercial ports.

Yttergrund (61°18'N., 17°21'E.), a large shoal bank, lies

centered 1.8 miles WNW of Hallgrund Light. It has a least

depth of 3m and is marked by buoys. Several detached shoal

patches, with depth of less than 8m, lie between this bank and

the light.

Skroveln, a shoal with a least depth of 0.8m, lies 2.3 miles W

of Hallgrund Light and is marked by a buoy. This shoal is

located at the S end of an extensive area of foul ground, which

fronts the mainland peninsula of Stalnaset (61°19'N., 17°14'E.)

and extends up to about 2 miles seaward.

Prastgrundet (61°21'N., 17°20'E.), 10m high, lies 4.5 miles

NNW of Hallgrund Light. The greater part of this island is

wooded, but the S end is barren except for some large boulders.

A light is shown from a tower, 6m high. standing on the SW

side of the island.

6.22 Foul ground and shallow shoals extend up to about 1 mile

Vitgrund Light (61°23'N., 17°12'E.) is shown from a framework tower, 5m high, standing on the N part of an islet lying

4.7 miles NW of Prastgrundet Light. This islet lies 2.1 miles

offshore, on an extensive chain of dangers fronting the coast.

Tattingen (61°26'N., 17°17'E.), with a least depth of 5.9m,

is a large shoal bank lying 3.8 miles NE of Vitgrund Light.

This bank is located 2.3 miles offshore and is the outermost

danger in this vicinity.

Storgrund, with above-water rocks, is a shoal lying centered

about 0.7 mile SW of Tattingen. 

Fiske (61°31'N., 17°13'E.), marked by a light, is an islet

lying about 5 miles NNW of Tattingen, in the outer approach to

Enhammarsfjarden. Shoal patches, with depths of less than

10m, lie up to about 1.5 miles SE of Fiske Light.

Idensgrund, a detached shoal with a least depth of 3.6m, lies

about 1.3 miles NE of Fiske Light.

6.23 Agon (61°33'N., 17°27'E.), a wooded island, lies at

the outer end of a chain of islands, which extends E for about 7

miles from Vatnasudde, on the mainland.

6.23 Ago Light (61°32.5'N., 17°28.0'E.) is shown from a prominent round tower, 15m high, standing at the E extremity of

Agon. A disued light tower, with a dwelling, is located near the

light.

6.23 Small vessels, with local knowledge, may obtain sheltered

anchorage, in depths of 7 to 25m, gravel and mud, within a narPrastgrundet Light

Vitgrund Light
Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 85

Pub. 195

row inlet indenting the SW side of the island. A channel, authorized for drafts up to 5.8m, leads to this anchorage.

6.23 Tihalan, an islet, lies 1 mile S of Agon and is located near the

center of a group of dangers, about 3 miles long, which front

the S side of the island.

6.23 Gretasklackar (61°31'N., 17°47'E.), a group of three shoals

with a least depth of 10.3m, lies 9 miles ESE of Ago Light.

6.23 Caution.—Due to the numerous shoals lying between

Prastgrundet and the mainland, vessels passing W of this island

require local knowledge.

Approaches to Hudiksvall

6.24 Hudiksvall (61°35'N., 17°28'E.), an extensive inlet, is

encumbered by numerous small islands, rocks, and shoals,

which may best be seen on the chart. The shores are wooded

and hilly.

6.24 Iggesund and Hudiksvall are the main commercial ports

situated within this inlet. Krakon (61°34'N., 17°20'E.), Njutanger (61°36'N., 17°04'E.), Holick (61°38'N., 17°26'E.), Karingon (61°39'N., 17°14'E.), Saltvik (61°41'N., 17°15'E.), and

Lingaro (61°43'N., 17°15'E.) are harbors used only by small

craft and pleasure boats. There are also several marinas.

6.24 The approach to Hudiksvall is bordered, on the S side, by a

chain of islands extending 7 miles E from the mainland. Agon

is the outermost island of this chain (see paragraph 6.23). The

approach, on the N side, is bordered by the S side of the peninsula of Hornslandet, located 4.8 miles N.

6.24 The peninsula of Hornslandet is 115m high and partly

wooded. At a distance, from the NE, it appears to be separated

from the mainland. The E side of this peninsula is light colored

and moderately steep.

6.24 Krakskar Light (61°34'N., 17°20'E.) is shown from a prominent tower, 6m high, standing on the N extremity of Krakon,

4.3 miles WNW of Ago Light.

6.24 Holickskar Light (61°37'N., 17°27'E.) is shown from a

tower, 6m high, standing on the SW extremity of the Hornslandet Peninsula, 4.5 miles NE of Krakskar Light.

6.24 Myran (61°36'N., 17°28'E.), a group of shoals with a least

depth of 2.9m, lies about 1 mile SE of Holickskar Light and

fronts the S side of the Hornslandet Peninsula.

6.24 Olofsgrund (61°34'N., 17°28'E.), a detached shoal bank,

lies 1.4 miles N of Ago Light. It has a least depth of 5.1m and

is marked by buoys.

6.24 Hudiksgrund (61°36'N., 17°25'E.), a detached shoal bank,

lies about 1.5 miles SSW of Holickskar Light. It has a least

depth of 4.6m and is marked by a buoy.

6.24 An isolated shoal, with a depth of 9.6m, lies about 1 mile S

of Hudiksgrund, 2.8 miles NW of Ago Light, and is marked by

a buoy.

6.24 Pilotage.—Pilotage within Hudiksvall is compulsory. Pilots

must be requested through Gavle VTS (see paragraph 6.7).

Pilots may be contacted by VHF and board in the vicinity of

Hallgrund Light (61°17'N., 17°24'E.) or, by special arrangement, about 3 miles N of Ago Light.

6.24 Directions.—Two main approach routes lead from seaward

and are both authorized for drafts up to 9.9m.

6.24 Vessels may head WSW and pass between Myran shoal and

Olofsgrund shoal or they may head W and pass between the N

side of Agon Island and Olofsgrund shoal.

6.24 Vessels may then pass S and W or N of the isolated 9.6m

shoal lying 1 mile S of Hudiksgrund. Deep-draft vessels are

advised to pass S and W of the latter shoal.

Hudiksvall (61°44'N., 17°07'E.)

World Port Index No. 25780

6.25 The port, which mainly handles timber products, is

situated at the head of Hudiksvallsfjarden, about 14 miles NW

of the entrance to the inlet.

6.25 Ice.—Hudiksvallsfjarden is usually ice-covered from the

middle of December to the end of April. The channel is kept

open by icebreakers but berthing delays may occur. 

6.25 Tides—Currents.—The water level within the inlet is lowered by N winds and raised by S winds. Currents in the approaches are negligible.

6.25 Depths—Limitations.—The route leading NW from S of

Hudiksgrund has a least depth of 11m and is authorized for

drafts up to 9.9m.

6.25 The main channel leading into Hudiksvallsfjarden passes

through Saltvikssundet, a narrow passage 1.5 miles long,

located 5 miles SE of the port. Kastellholm, a small islet, lies in

the approach to the berths and buoyed channels pass each side

of it.

6.25 Oljekajen, a T-shaped oil jetty, is 69m long and has a depth

of 10.9m alongside. Tankers up to 60,000 dwt, 230m in length,

32m beam, and 9.9m draft can be accommodated.

6.25 Stenkajen, the main quay, is 400m long and has depths of 4.8

to 7.3m alongside. Kattvikskajen, with a ro-ro ramp at the S

end, is 365m long and has depths of 5.3 to 9.3m alongside.

Cargo vessels up to 30,000 dwt, 165m length, 32m beam, and

8.6m draft can be accommodated.

6.25 Aspect.—The entrance channel is indicated by lighted

ranges and marked by buoys and beacons.

6.25 Blaxasberget, 460m high, stands 11 miles WSW of Hudiksvall. This hill is precipitous on its E and S sides and is especially conspicuous from SE.

6.25 Storberget, a prominent hill, rises 8 miles W of Hudiksvall.

An aeronautical light is shown from a mast, with an elevation

of 335m, standing on the N side of this hill.

6.25 Regulations.—A mandatory Reporting and Information

Ago Light
86 Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 

Pub. 195

System has been established in the Gulf of Bothnia and is operated by Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) at Gavle and Lulea. For

further information, see Gavle (paragraph 6.7).

6.25 At night, berthing at Oljekajen, the oil jetty, is restricted to

tankers of not more than 100m in length.

6.25 Speed restrictions apply within the port.

6.25 Tugs are compulsory for cargo vessels over 8,000 tons and

tankers over 6,000 tons.

6.25 Anchorage.—Vessels may anchor, in depths of 8 to 23m,

mud and sludge, close SE of Kastellholm islet. 

6.25 Caution.—A submarine cable and a submarine pipeline,

which may best be seen on the chart, extend across the harbor

close W of the oil jetty. 

Hudiksvall to Sundsvallsbukten

6.26 Iggesund (61°38'N., 17°07'E.) (World Port Index No.

25760) is situated at the head of a narrow inlet, 5 miles S of

Hudiksvall. 

6.26 Ice.—The channel leading to Iggesund is normally obstructed by ice from January to April.

6.26 Depths—Limitations.—The routes leading from seaward

into Hudiksvall are authorized for drafts up to 9.9m.

6.26 The entrance channel leading to the harbor is authorized for

drafts up to 8m as far W as Skarnas Terminal, the commercial

facility. 

6.26 Skarnas Terminal consists of a concrete pier and a quay. The

pier, at the E side of the terminal, is 152m long and has a berth

on each side. The berth on the N side is 150m long and has a

depth of 7.9m alongside. The berth on the S side is 140m long

and has a depth of 7.9m alongside.

6.26 The quay, located W of the pier, is 240m long and has a

depth of 7.8m alongside.

6.26 Regulations.—A mandatory Reporting and Information

System has been established in the Gulf of Bothnia and is operated by Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) at Gavle and Lulea. For

further information, see Gavle (paragraph 6.7).

6.26 Vessels bound to or from Skarnas Terminal should make a

general call on VHF channel 16 prior to proceeding through

Dukarsund, the narrow entrance channel. Inbound vessels

should call when passing Bondgrund shoal (61°37'N.,

17°16'E.); outbound vessels should call before leaving the

berth. 

6.26 Aspect.—The entrance channel is indicated by a lighted

range and marked by buoys.

6.26 The buildings and chimneys, up to 125m high, of the textile

factory at Iggesund are conspicuous.

6.26 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 10 to

12m, mud, SW of Skarnas Terminal.

6.26 Caution.—It is reported that less depths than charted exist

within the entrance channel leading to Skarnas Terminal and

the local authorities should be contacted for the latest

information concerning maximum authorized drafts.

6.27 The coast between the peninsula of Hornslandet and

the S entrance of Sundsvallsbukten, 32 miles N, is mostly high

and wooded. The shore is fronted by numerous islands, rocks,

and shoals, which may best be seen on the chart. Only the outer

dangers are described below. Several small fishing boat harbors

are situated along this stretch of the coast.

Balson (61°43'N., 17°32'E.), a wooded island, lies close off

the NE side of the peninsula of Hornslandet and is fringed by

shoals. Its N and S sides should not be approached within 1

mile and its E side should not be approached within 0.5 mile.

Balson Light is shown from a prominent tower, 6m high,

standing on a rock lying close off the E side of the island.

6.27 Balsosund, a narrow passage encumbered by rocks and

shoals, separates Balson from the NE side of Hornslandet. A

buoyed channel, which is authorized for drafts up to 3.9m,

leads through this passage and may be used by small vessels

with local knowledge.

6.27 Kuggorarna, a bare islet, lies at the SW end of Balsosund. A

prominent chapel, with a belfry, stands on this islet.

6.27 Anchorage may be obtained by small vessels, with local

knowledge, in a depth of 13m, sand and stones, between the N

end of Kuggorarna and the E side of the mainland peninsula.

6.27 Arnoviken (61°43'N., 17°24'E.) lies at the NW side of

Hornslandet, 3.5 miles W of Balson. This inlet provides sheltered anchorage and is accessible to vessels of medium draft.

Halvarskar, a wooded islet, lies on the W side of the entrance

and Hastholmen, another islet, lies close off the N extremity of

Hornslandet. The best anchorage is in depths of 20 to 25m,

mud and sand, at the head of the inlet. The entrance channel is

available to vessels with drafts up to 4.9m. Local knowledge is

advised. Ice usually obstructs this inlet from November to

May.

6.28 Bergo Light (61°49'N., 17°25'E.) is shown occasionally from a structure standing on the mainland, 7 miles NW of

Balso Light. Rocks and shoals extend up to about 1 mile

seaward from the shore in the vicinity of this light.

6.28 Remmarharet (61°51'N., 17°26'E.), an above-water rock,

lies on a large shoal bank centered 2 miles NNE of Bergo

Light. A prominent beacon, 4m high, stands on this rock.

6.28 Britas Klack (61°53'N., 17°28'E.), with a least depth of

2.3m, lies 3 miles offshore, about 5 miles NNE of Bergo Light.

This shoal is marked at its S and W sides by buoys.

6.28 A detached shoal bank, with above-water rocks, lies centered

1.7 miles NNE of Britas Klack.

6.28 Glavsberget, rising 9.5 miles WNW of Bergo Light, is 187m

high and consists of several large rocky hummocks, which are

clearly visible from SE. From the E, this hill appears more

compact.

6.28 Bolleberget, rising about 14 miles NW of Bergo Light, is

294m high. This hill can be easily distinguished from the

others in the vicinity and is conspicuous from seaward.

6.28 Caution.—Eystrasaltbanken (61°46'N., 18°52'E.), a shoal

bank with a least depth of 12m, lies about 38 miles E of the NE

extremity of the island of Balson.

6.29 Stocka (61°54'N., 17°21'E.) (World Port Index No.

25800), a former commercial harbor, is situated on the S side

of a small inlet, 12 miles NNW of Balso Light. 

The inlet is sheltered by several shoals and the islets of

Ingaskar and Ronnskar, which lie in the entrance. A breakwater

extends NE from the S shore of the inlet toward Ingaskar.

There are depths of 5.5 to 6.4m, clay, gravel and stones in the

inlet, which narrows toward its head. The entrance channel,

which leads close S of Britas Klack shoal, is authorized for
Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 87

Pub. 195

drafts up to 5.4m. Ice usually obstructs the harbor from January to March. Local knowledge is required.

6.29 A pier, used for laying up, is situated in the SW part of the

harbor. The outer part of the N side of the pier provides a berth,

110m long, with a depth of 5.1m alongside. The inner part

provides a berth, 50m long, with depths of 1.9 to 3.9m. The S

side of the pier provides a berth, 65m long, with a depth of

3.8m alongside.

6.29 Anchorage may be taken, in depths of 4 to 6.5m, stone, clay,

and sand, close W of Ingaskar. 

6.29 Four prominent wind generators stand near the coast about 1

mile SSE of Stocka.

6.29 A conspicuous chimney is situated at Stromsbuck, about 1.5

miles S of Stocka. A tower stands close N of this chimney but

is prominent only when viewed from the S and SE.

6.29 Jattholmarna (61°57'N., 17°31'E.), lying about 3 miles offshore, consists of two moderately-high wooded islands, which

are separated from each other by a narrow channel. This channel may only be seen from N or S. The islands are fringed by

rocks and shoals. 

6.29 Vitorarna, consisting of two islets, lies on a shoal bank 1.2

miles N of Jattholmarna. The N and larger islet is mostly

wooded; a beacon stands on the S islet.

6.29 Hartefjarden, an inlet, indents the mainland, 2.5 miles W of

Vitorarna. Harteskar, a small islet, lies in the middle of the

entrance. Anchorage may be obtained, in a depth of 10m, sand,

within this inlet but it is open to winds from between E and S.

The entrance channel leads SW of Harteskar and is authorized

for small vessels with drafts up to 7m. Local knowledge is

advised.

6.29 Gran (62°01'N., 17°38'E.), a moderately-high wooded island, lies about 5 miles offshore, 4.5 miles NE of Jattholmarna. A small fishing harbor, protected by a breakwater, is

situated at the E side of this island.

6.29 A light is shown from a prominent framework tower surmounting a dwelling near the center of the island.

6.30 Lillgrund (62°03'N., 17°40'E.), a shoal bank with

rocks, awash, lies centered 2 miles NNE of Gran and is marked

by buoys.

6.30 Norra Myran, a shoal bank with a least depth of 3.2m, lies

centered 2.3 miles WNW of Gran and is marked by a buoy.

6.30 Hundgrund (62°07'N., 17°48'E.), with a least depth of 6m,

lies 7.5 miles NE of Gran. This shoal is the outermost danger in

this vicinity and is marked by a buoy.

6.30 Orraklinten, 242m high, rises 12.3 miles NW of Gran. This

prominent hill is very steep on its N side, but appears to have

three summits of equal elevation when viewed from the S. 

6.30 Bramon (62°13'N., 17°43'E.), 73m high and densely

wooded, lies 1.5 miles off the Bjorko Peninsula, 12 miles NNE

of Gran. A light is shown from a prominent tower, 16m high,

standing on the NE side of this island.

6.30 Revhallan, a shoal with a least depth of 0.8m, lies about 0.4

mile NE of the light and is marked by a buoy. 

6.30 Bramo Kalv, a wooded islet, lies close off the SW end of

Bramon. A light is shown from a prominent tower, 9m high,

standing on the SW side of this islet.

6.30 Bramosund lies between the mainland and the W side of

Bramon. This sound is generally clear of dangers but foul

ground fringes the mainland shore. The passage is available to

vessels with drafts up to 10m. Local knowledge is advised.

6.30 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 14 to 25m, sand

and mud over clay, close off Sanna, a village standing on the W

side of Bramon 1.2 miles N of Bramo Kalv Light.

6.30 The current sets moderately through the sound and is frequently strong. The most troublesome sea is raised by SW

winds.

6.30 Lorudden (62°14'N., 17°39'E.), a high point, is situated on

the mainland at the NW end of Bramosund and is marked by a

light.

6.30 Caution.—Several nature reserves, including the waters surrounding the island of Gran and the islets of Vitorarna, are situated along the coast between Hornslandet and the S entrance of

Sundsvallsbukten. Entry into these reserves is affected by

numerous restrictions.

6.30 Submarine cables, which may best be seen on the chart, extend across Bramosund, about 1.3 miles S of Lorudden Light.

Sundsvallsbukten

6.31 Sundsvallsbuken (62°20'N., 17°35'E.), a large bay, is

entered between the island of Bramon and the island of Aston,

9.5 miles N. Sundsvall, with its associated harbors, is the

principal port lying within this bay. A number of former timber-loading berths are situated throughout the bay but most of

these are no longer open to commercial shipping.

6.31 Astholmsudde (62°23'N., 17°44'E.) is the SE point of Aston

and the highest part of the island. A light is shown from a

structure standing on this point. A beacon, 5m high, is situated

close N of the light.

6.31 The bay is encumbered by many islands, rocks, and shoals,

which may best be seen on the chart. Only the outermost

dangers are described below.

Kattgrundet (62°16'N., 17°45'E.), with a least depth of

9.9m, lies about 3.2 miles N of Bramon Light. This shoal is the

outermost danger on the S side of the approach.

6.31 Sjogrund, a shoal patch with a least depth of 8.5, lies about

3.8 miles NW of Lorudden Light. Storgrunden, a shoal bank

with a rock, awash, lies centered about 1 mile WNW of Sjogrund. Knuten, a shoal with a least depth of 2.8m, lies near the

Bramon Light
88 Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 

Pub. 195

NW side of Storgrunden, about 1.4 miles NW of Sjogrund.

These three shoals form the outermost dangers on the S side of

the entrance.

6.31 Alnon (62°23'N., 17°28'E.), a large island, encumbers the

inner part of the bay and rises to a height of 120m in its SW

part.

6.31 Gubben Light (62°21'N., 17°35'E.) is shown from a prominent floodlit tower, 10m high, standing an islet lying 1.5 miles

ESE of the SE extremity of Alnon.

6.31 Draget, lying 1.3 miles SSW of Gubben light, is the southernmost islet of a chain of islands and islets extending up to 1.8

miles S from the SE extremity of Alnon.

6.31 A shoal, with a depth of 6.3m, lies about 0.3 mile SSW of

Draget. Vastra Asen, a detached shoal with a depth of 2.7m lies

about 0.3 mile WSW of Draget and is marked by buoy. These

two shoals form the outermost dangers in this vicinity.

6.31 Rodon, 92m high and hilly, is located 2.5 miles N of Gubben

Light and is the largest of several islands lying close off the E

side of Alnon. Its shoreline is reddish in color.

6.31 Rodogubben Light (62°23'N., 17°36'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 12m high, standing on a small islet lying

close off the SE side of Rodon.

6.31 Granon, an island marked by a light on its NW side, lies 3.5

miles NNW of Rodogubben Light. 

6.32 Draghallan Light (62°20'N., 17°26'E.) is shown

from a prominent tower, 14m high, standing on a rocky shoal

lying about 0.8 mile S of the SW extremity of Alnon. The N

side of this rocky shoal is marked by a lighted buoy.

6.32 A shoal, with a least depth of 2.7m, lies close SE of the light

and is marked by a buoy. A detached shoal patch, with a depth

of 8.2m, lies 0.4 mile N of the light and is marked by a lighted

buoy.

6.32 Alnosundet (62°26'N., 17°24'E.) is the passage lying between the mainland and the W side of Alnon. The Alnobron

Bridge spans this passage about 5.7 miles NNW of Draghallan

Light and is marked by a racon.

6.32 The navigable channel leading under the bridge is 70m wide

and has a vertical clearance of 39m.

6.32 Klingerfjarden (62°29'N., 17°28'E.) is an inlet lying

between the N end of Alnon and the head of the bay.

6.32 Anchorage.—Designated anchorage areas lie in the outer

part of the bay and may best be seen on the chart. Area A and

Area B are centered about 5 miles S and 1 mile ENE, respectively, of Gubben Light (62°13'N., 17°43'E.). Area C is centered

2 miles N of Rodogubben Light (62°23'N., 17°36'E.).

6.32 Directions.—Two approach routes, which may best be seen

on the chart, lead into the bay and converge in the vicinity of

Draghallan Light.

6.32 The main route, which is authorized for drafts up to 13m,

leads W for about 2 miles from a position located 0.6 mile SE

of Astholmsudde Light. It continues WSW for about 5 miles

and passes midway between Rodogubben Light and Gubben

Light and close SSE of the SE extremity of Alnon island. This

main route then leads SW and rounds Draghallan Light on the

S side.

6.32 Vessels, with drafts up to 8m, may use the channel leading

between the N side of Draghallan Light and the detached 8.2m

shoal patch lying 0.4 mile N.

6.32 The secondary approach route, which is authorized for drafts

up to 10m, leads NW for about 5 miles from a position located

1.2 miles E of Bramon Light (62°13'N., 17°43'E.). It passes

between the N side of Bramon island and Kattgrundet shoal.

The route then continues WNW for about 7 miles and rounds

Draghallan Light, on the S side. It passes about 0.9 mile NNE

of Knuten shoal and 0.6 mile SSW of Vastra Asen shoal.

6.32 The alternate route through Bramosund, which is authorized

for drafts up to 10m, joins this secondary route at a position

located about 4.5 miles SE of Gubben Light (see paragraph

6.31).

6.32 Caution.—Floating logs may be encountered in the approaches to Sundsvallsbuken.

6.32 A military exercise area lies in the approaches to Sundsvallsbukten. It is situated between Bramon (62°13'N., 17°43'E.)

and Skarpudden (62°29'N., 17°49'E.) and extends up to 10

miles seaward.

6.32 Several submarine cables, which may best be seen on the

chart, extend across the routes within Sundsvallsbuken.

Sundsvall (62°23'N., 17°21'E.)

World Port Index No. 25910

6.33 Sundsvall is situated at the head of Sundsvallsfjarden,

an inlet located at the W side of Sundsvallsbukten. The port

also includes the facilities at Vindskarvarv, Ortviken, Kubikenborg, Skonsberg, and Cementsilokajen, which are situated

within Sundsvallfjarden; and the harbors of Tunadalshamnen,

Johannedal, and Ostrand, which are situated in Alnosundet.

The port exports various wood products and aluminum, and

imports bauxite, oil, and fertilizers.

6.33 Ice.—The port is usually operated all year round. However,

ships may be delayed by ice from December to April.

6.33 Tides—Currents.—The greatest extremes of water level

Draghallan Light

Draghallan Light from SW
Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 89

Pub. 195

observed in Sundsvallsbukten are about 0.8m above and 1.1m

below mean sea level. Higher water levels occur with E and SE

winds, and low water levels with N and prolonged NNE winds.

The timing of high or low water is unpredictable and depends

entirely on the wind direction and velocity.

6.33 Aspect.—The approach routes and entrance channels are

indicated by directional sector lights and lighted ranges. The

fairways are marked by buoys.

6.33 Tjuvholmen, an islet 35m high, lies in the entrance to Sundsvallsfjarden and is marked by a light on its W side.

6.33 Five prominent chimneys, at an aluminum works, and a conspicuous silo stand on the S side of Sundsvallsfjarden, about

0.4 mile SSW of Tjuvholmen Light.

6.33 A conspicuous radio mast stands on a hill about 3 miles

SSW of Draghallan Light. 

6.33 An aeronautical light is shown from a conspicuous framework tower standing on the N slope of Sodra Stadsberget, 3.8

miles WNW of Draghallan Light.

6.33 A conspicuous floodlit pilot lookout tower stands on Skorven, an islet lying close off the SE extremity of Alnon.

6.33 A conspicuous church, with a square tower and a spire,

stands in the S part of Njurunda, 5.3 miles SSW of Draghallan

Light.

6.33 Depths—Limitations.—From close W of Draghallan Light,

the main route, which is authorized for drafts up to 13m, leads

2.5 miles NW to the entrance of Sundsvallsfjarden. The channel passing N of Tjuvholmen is authorized for drafts up to 12m

and the channel passing S of this islet is authorized for drafts

up to 11.3m. The channel leading to the inner part of

Sundsvallsfjarden is authorized for drafts up to 7.8m.

6.33 The channel leading into Alnosundet from the vicinity of

Tjuvholmen is authorized for drafts up to 12m as far as Tunadalshamnen, 1 mile S of the bridge. The channel continuing to

the anchorage off Ostrand, at the NW end of Alnosundet, is auhorized for drafts up to 9m. The channel leading from Ostrand

anchorage to the berths is authorized for drafts up to 7m.

6.33 Vindskarvarv, an oil terminal, is situated on the SE side of

the inlet. It has a berth, 100m long, with a depth of 12m alongside.

6.33 Ortviken, a harbor situated on the NE side of the inlet, has

three quays. They are 157m, 90m, and 160m long, with depth

of 6.9m, 6.5m, and 11.3m alongside, respectively.

6.33 Kubikenborg, a harbor situated on the SE side of the inlet,

has a quay, 153m long, with a depth of 10.1m alongside. At a

distance of 3m off the quay the depth is 11m.

6.33 Skonsberg, a harbor on the N side of the inlet, has a quay,

50m long, with a depth of 6.7m alongside.

6.33 Cementsilokajen, a harbor on the S side of the inlet, has a

quay, 15m long with two breasting dolphins, with a depth of

6.9m alongside.

6.33 Sundvall Harbor, also known as Stadshamnen, has 740m of

quayage, with depths of 5.3 to 8.1m alongside. There is also a

reserve berth, 325m long, with a depth of 3.9m alongside.

6.33 A new ferry berth, 130m long with a ro-ro ramp, has been

constructed at the Town Quay. It has a depth of 8.1m alongside

and can handle vessels with drafts up to 7.8m.

6.33 Tunadalshamnen Harbor is situated at the SW side of Alnosundet and provides three quays. Timber Quay is 195m long

and has depths of 4.5 to 7.3m alongside; Sundsvall Terminal

Quay is 660m long and has depths of 9.1 to 12.3m alongside;

and Gas Oil Quay is 62m long and has a depth of 11.8m

alongside.

6.33 Johannedal Harbor is situated on the W side of Alnosundet,

close N of the bridge. It has a timber quay, 120m long, with

depths of 2.5 to 5.5m alongside.

6.33 Ostrand Harbor, at the NW end of Alnosundet, has a quay,

52m long, with a depth of 5.8m alongside. Vessels up to 130m

in length can also berth alongside a lighter.

6.33 The port has facilities for tanker, ro-ro, container, timber,

bulk, general cargo, LPG, cruise, and ferry vessels. Tankers up

to 60,000 dwt, 250m in length, and 11.4m draft can be handled.

LPG vessels up to 200m in length and 10.4m draft can be

handled.

6.33 Pilotage.—The pilotage area for Sundsvall lies between

latitude 62°08'N and latitude 62°50'N (including Gaviksfjarden

and Angermanalven). All requests for pilotage must be made

through the VTS station at Gavle (see paragraph 6.7). 

6.33 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels, as follows:

1. All Category 1 vessels.

2. Category 2 vessels of 90m in length or 16m beam and

over.

3. Category 3 vessels of 100m in length or 17m beam

and over.

6.33 In certain channels within Angermanalven, pilotage is compulsory, as follows:

1. All Category 1 vessels.

2. Category 2 vessels of 80m in length, 15m beam, and

5m draft and over.

3. Category 3 vessels of 90m in length, 16m beam, and

5.5m draft and over.

6.33 Pilots can be contacted by VHF and board in Sundsvallsbukten, about 2.5 miles E of Gubben Light.

6.33 Regulations.—A mandatory Reporting and Information

System has been established in the Gulf of Bothnia and is operated by Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) at Gavle and Lulea. For

further information, see Gavle (paragraph 6.7).

6.33 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 29

to 32m, mud, E of Tjuvholmen islet or, in depths of 10 to 20m,

clay and mud, within Sundsvallsfjarden.

6.33 Anchorage may be obtained by vessels with drafts up to 9m

close off the quays at Ostrand. 

6.33 Caution.—Submarine pipelines, which may best be seen on

the chart, extend 0.8 mile ENE from a point located on the N

side of Sundsvallsfjarden, 0.5 mile NNW of Tjuvholmen

Light; and extend 1.2 miles ENE from the vicinity of Ostrand.

6.33 Several submarine cables and a pipeline, which may best be

seen on the chart, extend across Alnosundet.

6.34 Stockvik (62°20'N., 17°23'E.) (World Port Index No.

25900) is situated on the NW side of Ljungan Inlet, about 2

miles W of Draghallan Light. Limestone, coke, methanol, and

oil are imported here; and ammonium nitrate and carbide are

exported.

6.34 The channel leading to the anchorage from the vicinity of

Draghallan Light is authorized for drafts up to 13m. The channel leading to the berth is authorized for drafts up to 6.3m.

6.34 The harbor is protected by a detached breakwater, 200m

long. Stora Kajen, the N and main berth, is 195m long and has

depths of 6 to 6.5m alongside. A T-headed jetty, 20m long, is

situated close S of the main berth and has a depth of 4.6m
90 Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 

Pub. 195

alongside. Vessels up to 190m in length and 6.3m draft can be

handled at the port. Silting occasionally occurs at the N end of

Stora Kajen.

6.34 Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 29m, clay, close off the

harbor.

6.35 Klingerfjarden (62°29'N., 17°28'E.), lying between

the N end of Alnon and the head of Sundsvallsbukten, can be

entered from seaward and via the N end of Alnosundet. Both

routes are authorized for drafts up to 9m.

The ports of Vivstavarv and Soraker are situated in Klingerfjarden along with several small craft harbors.

The main route from seaward leads between the E side of

Alnon and the mainland to the NE. An alternative channel,

which joins the main route, passes between the E side of Alnon

and the W side Rodon islet.

6.35 Regulations.—Designated safety areas, which may best be

seen on the chart, lie S of Sundsvall Airport (62°32'N.,

17°27'E.), in the NE part of Klingerfjarden. Vessels with an air

draft height over 20m must contact VTS Gavle on VHF channel 13 or by telephone at least 2 hours prior to entering Area A,

which extends about 0.7 mile SSE from the N shore. Vessels

with an air draft over 40m must contact VTS Gavle at least 2

hours prior to entering Area B, which extends between about

0.7 mile and 1.2 miles SSE from the N shore.

6.36 Vivstavarv (62°29'N., 17°22'E.) (World Port Index

No. 26140) lies on the NW side of Klingerfjarden. Liquid resin

and paper products are exported; and fuel oil and caustic soda

are imported.

6.36 The channel leading to the anchorage is authorized for drafts

up to 9m; the channel leading to the berths is authorized for

drafts up to 7.3m.

6.36 Papperskajen, the paper quay, is 145m long and has depths

of 7.8 to 10.6m alongside. Pulp Quay is 90m long and has

depths of 4.7 to 6m alongside. Vessels up to 130m in length

can be handled with the maximum draft depending on their

length. Vessels with drafts up to 9m can anchor off the harbor

and secure to stern moorings.

6.36 Soraker (62°30'N., 17°30'E.) (World Port Index No. 26180)

lies on the E side of Klingerfjarden. Salt, fertilizer, steel, and

limestone are imported; and machine goods are exported.

6.36 The approach channel is authorized for drafts up to 5.8m.

The harbor consists of a dredged basin, 190m long and 30m

wide. The quay, situated in the inner part of the basin, is 180m

long and has a depth of 6.1m alongside. 

6.36 Vessels up to 90m in length and 5.8m draft can be accommodated. Vessels with drafts of 4m and over must be assisted

by a tug.

Caution.—Several log pond areas are situated adjacent to

the shore in the vicinity of Vivstavarv.

Sundsvallsbukten to Harnosand 

6.37 Skarpudden (62°29'N., 17°49'E.), marked by a light,

is located 6 miles NE of Astholmsudde Light.

 Nygrund, a detached shoal with a depth of 4.8m, lies about

0.8 mile SW of Skarpudden and is marked by a buoy; Isaksgrundet, a rock awash, lies about 0.5 mile ESE of Skarpudden

and is marked by a buoy; and Glogrund, a detached shoal with

a depth of 10m, lies about 0.5 mile offshore, 1.5 miles NE of

Skarpudden. 

Avikebukten (62°28'N., 17°44'E.), a large bay, is entered S

of Skarpudden. Fjardgrunden, a shoal with a least depth of

3.8m, lies in the S part of this bay, about 3 miles SW of Skarpudden Light.

Anchorage can be obtained, by vessels with local knowledge, in various locations within Avikebikten, in depths of 5 to

25m, sand.

6.37 Byviken (62°33'N., 17°53'E.), entered about 4 miles NNE of

Skarpudden Light, is clear of dangers to within 0.4 mile of its

head. This inlet affords anchorage to vessels, with local knowledge, in depths of 10 to 13m, sand and stone, but it is exposed

to winds from the SE. Norra Baden and Sodra Baden are two

islets lying close off the N entrance point.

An aeronautical light is shown, at an elevation of 270m, from

a prominent framework mast standing at Ljustorp, 15 miles

WNW of Skarpudden Light. 

Caution.—Vanta Litets Grund (62°30'N., 18°16'E.), lying

12.5 miles E of Skarpudden Light, consists of two steep-to

shoals, which are composed of stones and pointed rocks. The

northeasternmost shoal has a least depth of 6.3m; the southwesternmost shoal has a least depth of 4.1m. A light is shown

from a prominent tower, 20m high, standing on the NE shoal

and a buoy marks the SW shoal.

6.37 The depths in the vicinity of Vanta Litets Grund are very

irregular and the area should be given a wide berth.

Approaches to Harnosand and Angermanalven

6.38 The approaches to Harnosand and Angermanalven lie

between the N entrance point of Byviken and Karingbergsudden Light (62°47.5'N., 18°11.2'E.), about 18 miles NE. The

mainland coast in this vicinity is fronted by several large

islands and islets. A number of entrance channels lead between

the islands. Several small craft harbors lie along the sides of

these passages.

Harnon (62°36'N., 17°59'E.), an island lying with its S

extremity located about 5.7 miles NE of Skarpudden Light, is

moderately high, with wooded ridges separated by deep

valleys. The sides of the hills near the sea are gray, bare, and

intersected by ravines. From seaward, this island appears to be

the same height as the mainland behind it.

6.38 Storholmen Light is shown from a structure standing at the

SW end of the island. Harno Vardkasberget, a gray hill, rises

about 3.5 miles NNE of the light and is conspicuous from

seaward. It is 175m high and surmounted by a small lookout

tower. A prominent radio mast stands 0.3 mile ESE of this hill.

6.38 Harnoklubb Light (62°36'N., 18°04'E.) is shown from a

tower, 6m high, standing on a point located on the E side of the

island, 4.5 miles NE of Storholmen Light. A barron hill, 82m

high, rises close WSW of the light and is surmounted by a

beacon, 11m high. Close SE of and below the beacon is a large,

white mark, which is conspicuous from seaward.

6.38 Harno Sodra Light is shown from a tower, 6m high, standing

0.6 mile NNE of Harnoklubb Light. A conspicuous white

building, a former pilot station, is situated on the coast, 0.5

mile NNW of this light.

Lungon (62°39'N., 18°04'E.), lying 1 mile N of Harnon, is a

wooded island, which rises to a height of 50m in its N part. A
Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 91

Pub. 195

light is shown from a prominent tower, 15m high, standing on

the SE extremity of the island.

Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 8 to 15m, within Sundhamn, a narrow inlet indenting the NE side of the island. Local

knowledge is required. 

6.38 Stromskaten Light (62°40'N., 18°00'E.) is shown from a

floodlit structure standing on the SW extremity of the island.

6.38 Bogrundet, a shoal bank with rocks awash, lies about 0.3

mile off the S side of the island, 1.3 miles ESE of Stromskaten

Light. Hakansgrund, a shoal with a least depth of 2m, lies

about 0.3 mile off the S side of the island, 0.7 mile W of the SE

extremity. Both of these dangers are marked by buoys.

6.39 Hemson (62°43'N., 18°05'E.), lying close N of

Lungon, is high and hilly. The shores of this island are reddish

in color in several places. Hemsohatt, a prominent hill, rises on

the SE part of the island. It is 208m high and resembles a hat

with a wide brim. Another prominent hill, 223m high, stands

about 2 miles NNW Hemsohatt.

Utanofjarden, an inlet, indents the middle of the E side of

Hemson and provides anchorage to vessels with local knowledge. Storgrundet, a shoal with a least depth of 4.5m, lies near

the center of the entrance. The entrance channel, which is

authorized for drafts up to 6m, leads W and passes N of this

shoal. Juviken, a small bay lying on the S side of the inlet, has

depths of 15 to 25m, clay. Prasthushamn, a small bay lying on

the N side of the inlet, has depths of 12 to 20m, clay and sand. 

6.39 Two prominent radio masts stand on the shore of Prasthushamn.

Nordanoviken, a bay indenting the middle of the N side of

Hemson, provides well-sheltered anchorage, in depths of 18 to

22m, clay, within its S part. Local knowledge is required. The

N part of the bay is unsuitable because the depths are considerable. 

Storon (62°46'N., 18°13'E.), a wooded island, lies 2 miles

NE of the NE end of Hemson. It is fairly high and attains an

elevation of 56m in the N part.

Karingsbergsudden Light is shown from a point on the mainland located 1.6 miles WNW of the NE extremity of Storon.

Gronviksfjarden, a bay used only by small craft and pleasure

boats, is entered close W of this light.

Gronviksgrundet, an islet, lies 0.4 mile SSE of Karingsbergsudden Light and is marked by a beacon at its N end.

6.39 Caution.—A submarine cable, which may best be seen on

the chart, extends across the W side of Utanofjarden.

6.39 A spoil ground area, which may best be seen on the chart,

lies centered 2.5 miles ENE of Harnoklubb Light.

6.39 The approaches to Harnosand and Angermanalven lie within

the Hemson Semi-restricted Area, which includes the waters

between the islands of Storon, Hemson, Lungon, and Harnon.

The limits of this area may best be seen on the chart. Vessels

proceeding through the area must keep to the designated

pilotage routes.

6.39 For further information on restricted and semi-restricted

areas, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North

Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent Seas.

6.40 Sodrasundet (62°36'N., 17°56'E.), forming the S

approach to Harnosand, leads in a N direction between the W

side of Harnon and the mainland. An overhead cable, with a

vertical clearance of 20m, spans this passage about 3 miles N

of the seaward entrance.

6.40 An inlet, lying at the SE end of the passage, leads to Solumshamn, which is situated on the SW part of Harnon. This inlet

provides good anchorage to vessels with local knowledge, in

depths of 10 to 33m, clay and sand. Vessels should not proceed

too far inside a line joining the entrance points because two

shoals, with least depths of 7.4m and 3.6m, lie about 0.2 mile

and 0.3 mile, respectively, SSE of the N entrance point.

6.40 Anchorage can also be taken, in depths of 10 to 12m, clay

and mid, within Norra Falloviken, a narrow inlet indenting the

mainland, about 4.7 miles N of the seaward entrance. Local

knowledge is required.

6.40 Stora Inlopp (62°39'N., 18°00'E.), the principal N approach

route to Harnosand, lies between Harnon and Lungon. This

channel also provides access to Angermanalven by way of

Sannasundet and Abordssundet. The fairway has depths of 46

to 82m and is clear of dangers, except on its NE side.

6.40 Alandsfjarden (62°40'N., 17°56'E.), leading in a WNW

direction, is a continuation of Stora Inlopp. This inlet may be

entered via a channel, which is authorized for drafts up to 10m.

Local knowledge is advised.

6.40 Lungosundet (62°40'N., 18°03'E.) leads between Lungon

and Hemson. Vessels from the N, with local knowledge,

sometimes use this passage when bound for Harnosand or

Alandsfjarden. The channel is authorized for drafts up to 9.9m.

6.40 Bonskaret is a low, gray, and barren islet lying on the N side

of the entrance, close off the SE side of Hemson.

6.40 Sannasundet (62°42'N., 18°00'E.) lies between the W side

of Hemson and the mainland. This passage leads N for 4.5

miles from the W end of Lungosundet and is narrow in places.

6.40 Valon (62°44.2'N., 17°59.5'E.), an island marked by a light

at its NE end, lies at the N end of this passage. The main route

passes E of this island.

6.40 Abordssundet (62°46'N., 17°58'E.), the continuation of

Sannasundet, lies between the W side of Abordson and the

mainland. This passage leads NNW for about 3.5 miles and

narrows at its N end.

6.40 The main route from S leading into Angermanalven (see

paragraph 6.43) passes through Sannasundet and Abordssundet. It is authorized for drafts up to 10m.

6.40 Snattsundet, a narrow channel, leads between the S end of

Abordson and the N end of Hemson. It is used only by small

craft and local knowledge is required.

6.40 Anchorage.—A designated anchorage area, which may best

be seen on the chart, lies in Alandsfjarden and is centered

about 1.6 miles NW of the NW end of Harnon.

6.40 Good anchorage can be obtained in the inner part of

Alandsfjarden, in depths of 10 to 20m, mud. Anchorage can be

also taken, in depths of 12 to 14m, off Alandsbro, a village

situated at the head of the inlet, and off Nasslandssund, a

village standing close N of Alandsbro. Vessels at these anchorages may secure their sterns to dolphins.

6.40 Caution.—A submarine cable extends across Alandsfjarden,

about 0.7 mile NW of the NW end of Harnon.

6.40 A ferry runs between Hemson and the mainland in Sannasundet.

6.41 Ulvvik (62°40'N., 17°52'E.) (World Port Index No.

26280), a small harbor, is situated on the N side of Alands-
92 Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 

Pub. 195

fjarden, about 2.2 miles NW of the NW end of Harnon. The

main quay is 80m long and has depths of 6.5 to 10m alongside.

Utansjo (62°46'N., 17°56'E.) (World Port Index No. 26290)

is situated on the mainland W of the island of Abordson. The

entrance channel leading to the harbor is authorized for drafts

up to 8.2m. This small port imports oil and exports timber products.

6.41 The pulp factory quay is 120m long and has a depth of 9m

alongside. A concrete quay is situated close S of the pulp quay.

It is 113m long and has a depth of 8.5m alongside. A small

basin lying between these two quays provides a quay, 50m

long, with depths of 4 to 6m alongside.

Harnosand (62°38'N., 17°56'E.)

World Port Index No. 26240 

6.42 Harnosand (Hernosand) stands on the NW side of

Harnon. The port facilities are situated along both sides of the

narrow channel separating the NW side of the island from the

mainland. Forest products and iron oxide are exported; oil,

asphalt, sulfuric acid, and general cargo are imported.

6.42 Winds—Weather.—The harbor is considered to be one of

the best in the N part of Sweden, being easy of access, spacious, and well-protected from all winds.

6.42 Ice.—Ice obstruction normally occurs from January until

early or mid-April. However, the port is usually kept open by

icebreakers.

6.42 Tides—Currents.—Higher water levels normally occur in

the fall with S and SE winds; lower water levels occur in the

spring with N and NW winds. On the average, the annual

maximum and minimum water levels differ by about 0.8m

from the mean water level. The current in the harbor is not very

troublesome. 

6.42 Depths—Limitations.—The N and S harbors of the port are

connected by two canals, which can be used by small craft.

Vessels bound for the S harbor must enter through Sodrasundet. The main commercial facilities are situated in the N

harbor. Vessels bound for the N harbor must enter through

Stora Inlopp.

6.42 The approach channel, via Stora Inlopp, is authorized for

drafts up to 10.5m.

6.42 Oljekajen, an oil terminal, has a quay, 62m long, with a

depth of 11.2m alongside.

6.42 Djuphamnskajen, a concrete quay with a ro-ro ramp at the N

end, is 260m long and has depths of 7.5 to 8m alongside.

6.42 Norra Skeppsbron Quay is 190m long and has depths of 4.3

to 4.6m alongside.

6.42 Utspranskajen, an iron piled quay, is 169m long and has

depths of 6.3 to 8.1m alongside.

6.42 Sodra Skeppsbron, a concrete quay, is 310m long and has

depths of 4.9 to 5.7m alongside.

6.42 There are also several small craft quays, with depths of 2 to

5m alongside.

6.42 Tankers up to 200m in length and 10.5m draft can be accommodated in the port.

6.42 Aspect.—Harnosands Hamn Light (62°38.7'N., 17°57.5'E.),

a directional sector light, is shown from a prominent tower, 6m

high, standing on the NW end of Harnon at the E side of the

entrance to the harbor.

6.42 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots are provided by

the Sundsvall pilot station (see paragraph 6.33). All requests

for pilotage must be made through the VTS station at Gavle

(see paragraph 6.7). Pilots can be contacted by VHF and board

in Sundsvallsbukten, about 2.5 miles E of Gubben Light

(62°21'N., 17°35'E.).

6.42 It is reported that pilots can also be obtained from the

Ornskoldsvik pilot station (see paragraph 6.52). Requests for

pilotage must be made through the VTS station at Lulea. Pilots

can be contacted by VHF and board about 2 miles S of the

outermost shoal near Skagsudde (63°11'N., 19°01'E.).

6.42 Regulations.—A mandatory Reporting and Information

System has been established in the Gulf of Bothnia and is operated by Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) at Gavle and Lulea. For

further information, see Gavle (paragraph 6.7).

6.42 Vessels must not exceed a speed of 5 knots in the harbor

area.

6.42 Anchorage.—The roadstead lying close N of the N harbor

provides anchorage, in depths of 14 to 45m, clay.

6.42 Caution.—Two submarine cables extend across the N

harbor and may best be seen on the chart.

6.42 It is reported that a bridge is being constructed across the

fjord about 2 miles NW of Harnosand. 

Angermanalven

6.43 Angermanalven (62°48'N., 17°58'E.), with its tributaries, forms one of the largest river systems in Sweden. The

river is navigable by ocean-going vessels as far as Nyland

(63°00'N., 17°46'E.), about 20 miles above the mouth. However, it is reported that commercial vessels no longer use this

port.

6.43 The principal inlets branching from Angermanalven are

Norafjarden (62°50'N., 18°02'E.), Lugnviksfjarden (62°55'N.,

17°55'E.), and Strinnefjarden (62°58'N., 17°53'E.), on the E

side; and Bollstafjarden (62°59'N., 17°44'E.), on the W side.

6.43 Norafjarden, the entrance of which is spanned by a bridge

with a vertical clearance of 18m, and Strinnefjarden are used

only by small craft.

6.43 Numerous small harbors are situated along the river, where

both anchorage and berthing are available. However, many of

these loading places are no longer open to commercial shipping and are used only by small craft and pleasure boats.

6.43 Tides—Currents.—The water level varies between 0.5 and

0.7m above or below mean level. Higher water levels occur in

autumn, during freshets, and with S, SE, and E winds. Lower

water levels occur in early summer, and with N, NW, and W

winds. 

6.43 Ice.—Ice obstruction usually occurs from mid-January to

early or mid-April. 

6.43 In addition to the route via Stora Inlopp and Sannasundet, it

can also be entered through channels leading N or S of Storon

and N or S of a group of islets lying N of the NE end of Hemson Sannasundet and Abordssunde

6.43 The routes leading through Sannasundet and N or S of

Storon are authorized for drafts up to 10m. 

6.43 Depths—Limitations.—The river can be entered from the S

via Stora Inlopp or Lungosundet and then through Sannasundet

and Aborsundet (see paragraph 6.40).

6.43 The river can also be entered from the N through the

channels leading N and S of Storon (see paragraph 6.39).
Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 93

Pub. 195

6.43 The northernmost route leads in a W direction and passes N

of the N end of Storon and N of the islet of Gronviksgrundet. It

continues SW and passes N of a group of islets lying off the

NE end of Hemson. This route then joins the southernmost

route.

6.43 The southernmost route leads in a NW direction and passes

S of the S end of Storon. It continues W and NW, passing

between the N coast of Hemson and Hyndan, the dome-shaped

and southernmost islet of the group. This route then leads NW

for 5 miles.

6.43 All these routes leading from seaward converge close off the

NW extremity of Abordson in the vicinity of Veda (62°48'N.,

17°56'E.) and the Hogakustenbron Bridge. From the bridge,

the route leads NW and N for about 5 miles to the vicinity of

Sando (62°53'N., 17°54'E.).

6.43 The entrance route leading through Sannasundet and those

leading N and S of Storon are authorized for drafts up to 10m

as far as Sando.

6.43 The Hogakustenbron Bridge, a suspension bridge, spans the

fairway channel in the vicinity of Veda (62°48'N., 17°56'E.)

and has a vertical clearance of 40m.

6.43 The main channel (Svanosund) leads W of the island of

Sando and W of the island of Svanon, lying close N. A secondary channel leads E of these islands. The two channels rejoin

close N of Svanon and continue N and NW for about 6 miles.

6.43 The Sandobron Bridge, a high level bridge, spans the main

channel between the mainland and the W side of Sando. It has

a vertical clearance of 40m over a navigable width of 50m.

6.43 An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of 40m,

extends across the main channel at the N end of Svanon.

6.43 A bridge spans the secondary channel between the mainland

and the E side of Sando. It has a vertical clearance of 12m over

a navigable width of 62m.

6.43 The main channel leading W of Sando and Svanon is authorized for drafts up to 8.5m as far as Vaja, which is situated close

N of Dynas (62°58'N., 17°46'E.).

6.43 The secondary channel, passing E of the islands, is authorized for drafts up to 5m. However, it is reported that less water

exists in this passage.

6.43 From the vicinity of Vaja, the main channel leading into

Bollstafjarden (62°59'N., 17°43'E.) is authorized for drafts up

to 7.7m.

6.43 Aspect.—Racons are situated at the Hogakustenbron Bridge

and the Sandobron Bridge.

6.43 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots are provided by

the Sundsvall pilot station (see paragraph 6.33). All requests

for pilotage must be made through the VTS station at Gavle

(see paragraph 6.7). Pilots can be contacted by VHF and board

in Sundsvallsbukten, about 2.5 miles E of Gubben Light

(62°21'N., 17°35'E.).

6.43 It is reported that pilots can also be obtained from the

Ornskoldsvik pilot station (see paragraph 6.52). Requests for

pilotage must be made through the VTS station at Lulea. Pilots

can be contacted by VHF and board about 2 miles S of the

outermost shoal near Skagsudde (63°11'N., 19°01'E.).

6.43 Regulations.—Tankers with drafts over 7m are required to

transit Svanosund, the main channel passing W of Sando,

during daylight and accept the assistance of a tug.

6.43 Vessels must not exceed a speed of 7 knots when proceeding

between the S end of Sando and Svanon; when proceeding

through the narrow passage between the mainland and the NW

end of the island of Abordson; and when in the vicinity of the

ferry, which crosses Sannasundet, about 2 miles N of

Stromskaten Light (62°40'N., 18°00'E.).

6.43 During the period when Angermanalven can be crossed on

the ice between Frano (62°55'N., 17°51'E.) and Kinnmargen,

about 1 mile N of Svanon, vessels must adhere to the same ice

lead, which must not be make wider than 24m. On each side of

the ice lead in the vicinity of the crossing is a red post, surmounted by a triangle, 2m high. Traffic signals are displayed

from a flagstaff standing at the W side of the ice lead, By day a

black ball, or at night a red light, indicates that the lead is

closed. A red light over a white light indicates that the lead is

open for traffic. A vessel about to pass the crossing must

reduce to the slowest possible speed in good time and sound

three blasts (short-long-short).

6.43 Similar regulations are enforced for the ice lead situated in

the vicinity of Utansjo (62°46'N., 17°56'E.). By day brooms,

sufficiently tall to avoid being snowed under, and at night white

illuminated boards are set up on each side of the ice lead near

the crossing. In addition, a red light is exhibited, at an elevation

of 2m, on either side of the crossing. Vessels must reduce speed

to 5 knots while passing through this lead.

6.43 When the ice in the alternate channel leading E of Sando is

available for crossing, the passage is closed to marine traffic.

6.44 Gustavsvik (62°50'N., 17°53'E.) (World Port Index

No. 26310) is situated on the W side of the river, 2.5 miles

above the Hogakustenbron suspension bridge. This small harbor provides a drydock, with a depth of 8m over the sill. Vessels up to 18,000 dwt, 165m in length, and 21m beam can be

handled.

6.44 A concrete quay, 100m long, is situated at the E side of the

drydock and has depths of 4 to 8m alongside. Another quay,

40m long, is situated at the W side of the drydock and has a

depth of 4m alongside.

6.44 Lunde (62°53'N., 17°53'E.) (World Port Index No. 26340),

the site of a former shipyard, is a small harbor located on the W

side of the river, close S of Sando. There is a quay, 90m long,

with a depth of 4.8m alongside.

6.44 Lugnvik (62°56'N., 17°55'E.), a small harbor, is situated on

The Hogakustenbron Bridge
94 Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 

Pub. 195

the E side of Lugnviksfjarden and exports timber products. The

entrance channel leading to the harbor is authorized for drafts

up to 8.5m. Vessels should pass E of a shoal, with a least depth

of 7.9m and marked by a buoy, which lies in the center of the

entrance to the fjord. 

6.44 The main quay is 42m long and has a depth of 8.8m

alongside. Vessels up to 114m in length can be handled, with

the assistance of a tug. There is also a wooden quay, 120m

long, with a depth of 4.5m alongside. However, this quay is

reported to be in poor condition and no longer used. A large

prominent shed stands in the vicinity of the quay.

6.45 Kramfors (62°56'N., 17°48'E.) (World Port Index

No. 26380), a small harbor, is situated about 4.5 miles NW of

the island of Sando and exports timber products. The entrance

channel leading to the berth is authorized for drafts up to 6.3m.

The concrete quay is 150m long and has depths of 6.4 to 8m

alongside.

6.45 Vaja (62°59'N., 17°43'E.) (World Port Index No. 26420), a

small harbor, is situated on the SW side of Bollstafjarden, close

N of Dynas. Fuel oil is imported and timber products are exported. Several prominent buildings, chimneys, and tanks stand

in the vicinity of the berths.

6.45 The entrance channel leading to the berths is authorized for

drafts up to 8.5m. The pulp and paper factory quay is 170m

long and has depths of 8 to 9.2m alongside. There are facilities

for discharging oil at the N end of this quay. The ro-ro quay is

120m long and has a depth of 8m alongside. A quay, fronting

the former sawmill, is 136m long and has depths of 4.3 to 5.9m

alongside.

6.45 Bollsta (62°59'N., 17°42'E.) (World Port Index No. 26430),

a small harbor, is situated near the head of Bollstafjarden and

exports timber products. The entrance channel leading to the

berth is authorized for drafts up to 7.7m. The loading quay is

135m long and has depths of 6 to 8m alongside.

6.45 Caution.—Several unsurveyed areas extend up to about

200m from the shore between Kramfors and Dynas (62°58'N.,

17°46'E.). These areas, which should be avoided, may contain

the remains of mooring dolphins and ruined quays.

Angermanalven to Ornskoldsviksfjarden

6.46 Gaviksfjarden (62°52'N., 18°16'E.), a large indented

bay, is entered about 3.5 miles NNE of Storon. Its shores are

mostly steep-to. Ringkallen, a hill, rises on the E side of this

bay. It is 280m high, reddish in color, precipitous on the S side,

and has a wooded summit. A prominent radio mast stands

about 0.5 mile SSW of this hill. The bay is used only by small

craft, pleasure boats, and fishing vessels, with local knowledge.

Barstahamn (62°52'N., 18°24'E.), a small harbor of refuge,

lies about 7 miles NE of Storon and is fronted by five islets.

Barstaon, the largest of these islets, is 85m high, wooded at the

summit, and appears reddish from the S. Three approach

channels lead between the islets to the harbor. The S and E

approach channels are authorized for drafts up to 5m; and the

N channel is authorized for drafts up to 3m. Local knowledge

is advised. 

6.46 Alggrund, a rock awash, lies in the center of the S approach

channel and is marked by a buoy. Vessels should pass W of this

rock. The harbor affords anchorage, in depths of 11 to 18m,

clay and sand, about 0.2 mile E of the village. There is a small

jetty with a depth of 3m alongside. The harbor is usually clear

of ice, but during a hard winter it may be icebound during

February and March.

6.47 Hogbonden Light (62°52'N., 18°29'E.) is shown

from a prominent tower, 14m high, standing on the NE part of

an island of the same name lying 0.8 mile offshore. A conspicuous red dwelling is situated near the light tower.

6.47 The island is dome-shaped and partly wooded. It has steep

sides and may be easily identified from N or S. Dangers,

including a group of above-water rocks, extend up to about 0.5

mile SSW, S, and SSE of the S end of the island.

6.47 Hoglosmen, a partly wooded island, lies close N of Hogbonden but is lower than the latter. From SW, a conspicuous

mountain knob is visible rising from about the middle of the island.

6.47 Furan, an islet, lies close W of the N end of Hoglosmen and

is fronted on its E and S sides by foul ground. 

6.48 Edsatterfjarden (62°54'N., 18°27'E.), NW of Hoglosmen, is a narrow inlet 2.5 miles long, with steep-to shores.

There are no dangers in the entrance, but a shoal with a depth

of 9.5m lies in mid-channel 1 mile inside the entrance. Anchorage is available within the bays on the N side of its outer part,

in depths of 20 to 29m, clay and sand. The inner part of the inlet provides anchorage to vessels, with local knowledge, in

depths of 11 to 26m, but a bar, with a least depth of 4.5m, has

to be crossed. 

6.48 Algsjoberget, a conspicuous hill, stands on the S side of

Edsatterfjarden, 1.1 miles WNW Hoglosmen. It is 196m high

and flat-topped. 

6.48 Omnefjarden (62°57'N., 18°28'E.), entered 3.5 miles NNE

of Edsatterfjarden, provides several good anchorages, which

can be used by vessels with drafts up to 10m.

6.48 Skotbadan, a shoal bank with a least depth of 7m, lies

centered about 3.2 miles NNE of Hogbonden Light, in the S

approach to this inlet. Laskaren, consisting of two islets located

on a shoal bank, lies in the entrance, about 0.8 mile NE of the S

entrance point. Orana, a group of islets connected by foul

Hogbonden Light
Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 95

Pub. 195

ground and shoals, lies within 1 mile of the head of the inlet.

6.48 Small vessels, with local knowledge, may obtain anchorage,

in depths of 10 to 11m, clay, off the village of Omne, near the

head of the inlet that trends S from the head. Anchorage is also

available, in depths of 14 to 18m, clay, off Maviken, a small

craft harbor located on the N side of the inlet. Vessels entering

may pass either N or S of Laskaren and Orana. 

6.48 Caution.—Several islands along this stretch of coast, including Hogbonden, Hoglosmen, Furan, and Gnaggen have

been designated as nature reserves. 

6.49 Gnaggen Light (62°57'N., 18°37'E.) is shown from a

structure standing on the N part of a small island of the same

name lying 6 miles NE of Hogbonden Light. A detached shoal,

with a least depth of 11.5m, lies about 1 mile E of the light.

Storgrund, with rocks awash at its SW end, lies between 0.5

mile and 1.5 miles SW of Gnaggen Light. This shoal bank is

marked at the SW end by a buoy.

6.49 The mainland coast between Gnaggen Light and Skagsudde,

about 18 miles NE, is mostly high and wooded. The shore is

fronted by a chain of large islands and numerous rocky shoals

through which several channels pass. A number of small craft

harbors, fishing boat harbors, and marinas are situated among

these islands. Only the outer islands and dangers are described

below.

6.49 Ulvoama (63°01'N., 18°38'E.) consists of Norra Ulvon and

Sodra Ulvon, two large wooded islands, which are separated

from each other by Ulvosundet, a narrow strait. The S end of

Sodra Ulvon is situated 1.5 miles N of Gnaggen Light.

6.49 Norra Ulvo Kasberg, a flat-topped hill, rises near the N end

of Norra Ulvon, the N island. It is 141m high and conspicuous

from seaward.

6.49 Askaret, a bare light-colored island, lies across the NE entrance of Ulvosundet and is marked by a light at the N side.

This narrow strait can be entered by small vessels with local

knowledge. Entrance channels pass N and S of Askaret and are

authorized for drafts up to 6m and 4m, respectively. Anchorage

can be obtained, in depths of 18 to 25m, clay, off Ulvohamn

(63°01'N., 18°39'E.), a small fishing harbor situated on the N

side of the strait. The entrance channel at the SW end of the

strait is authorized for drafts up to 2.5m. 

6.49 Ytternasan Light (62°58'N., 18°33'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 8m high, standing on the N entrance point of

Omnefjarden, 2 miles WNW of Gnaggen Light.

6.49 Ullangersfjarden (63°01'N., 18°25'E.), a large inlet entered

2.5 miles N of Ytternasan Light, is deep and clear of dangers.

Norrfjarden and Dockstafjarden indent the N side of this inlet.

6.49 Mjallomberget, 282m high, rises on the S shore of the inlet,

4.7 miles WNW of Ytternasan Light. This hill is prominent

from seaward and its summit is surmounted by a conspicuous

mast.

6.49 Valaberget, 151m high, rises on the S part of the peninsula

situated between Norrfjarden and Dockstafjarden, 5.7 miles

NW of Ytternasan Light. Varnsberget, 265m high, stands 0.7

mile NNW of Valaberget. These two hills are visible from seaward but are reported to be not easy to identify at a distance.

6.49 Skuleberget, 296m high, stands about 1.3 miles N of the

head of Dockstafjarden, 2.7 miles NNW of Varnsberget. This

hill, with a flat top and steep sides, is easy to identify, but it is

hidden by other hills when bearing more than NW.

6.49 Ice usually obstructs navigation from January to April within

the inlet. 

6.49 Askja (63°01'N., 18°13'E.), a small harbor, lies at the head

of the inlet. There is a quay, 45m long, with depths of 3 to 4m

alongside. Vessels may anchor off the harbor, in depths of 9 to

15m, clay.

6.49 Docksta (63°03'N., 18°20'E.), a former loading place, lies at

the head of Dockstafjarden and contains a small shipyard. Anchorage can be taken by large vessels, in depths of 10 to 16m,

clay, secured to stern moorings.

6.49 The channels leading to Askja and Docksta are authorized

for drafts up to 10m.

6.49 Caution.—Two submarine power cables, which may best be

seen on the chart, extend WSW between the SW side of Sodra

Ulvon and the mainland.

6.50 Flasan Light (63°01'N., 18°41'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 7m high, standing on an islet of the same

name lying 0.7 mile E of the N end of Sodra Ulvon, 4.6 miles

NNE of Gnaggen Light.

Storgrunden, a large shoal with a least depth of 6.5m, lies

centered about 1.5 miles off the E side of Sodra Ulvon, 2.3

miles S of Flasan Light.

Varnsinsklubbarna, fringed by foul ground, lies about 2.1

miles NE of the N extremity of Norra Ulvon and at the NE end

of a chain of islets and shoals, which extends between 1.2

miles and 5 miles NNE of Flasan Light.

Skagsudde Light (63°11'N., 19°01'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 26m high, standing on a point at the S end of

a small relatively low peninsula. The peninsula may be identified by its dark trees and, on nearer approach, by Skag Beacon, which consists of a stack of poles in the form of a cairn.

This beacon stands on a barren hill, which rises about 1 mile

NNW of the point. An area of foul ground, with two islets,

extends up to about 2 miles WNW of the point.

Skaghallan Light (63°11'N., 19°00'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a prominent tower, 6m high, standing on

the westernmost rock of Sjalbadarna, an area of above-water

rocks and foul ground lying centered 0.5 mile SSW of Skagsudde Light.

Skommarskaten Light (63°12'N., 18°53'E.), marking the

Ytternasan Light
96 Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 

Pub. 195

W side of the entrance to Ornskoldsvikfjarden, is shown from a

prominent tower, 7m high, standing on the SE end of a mainland peninsula, 3.7 miles WNW of Skagsudde Light.

It is reported that two conspicuous wind generators stand

close WNW of Skommarskaten Light.

Raskarson (63°12'N., 18°53'E.), lying 0.5 mile SSE of

Skommarskaten Light, is marked by a light on its NE side and

by a floodlit beacon on its NW side.This small island is the

northernmost of a chain of islands, islets, and foul ground,

which extends SSW for about 6 miles. Skrubban, the

southernmost island of the chain, lies 3.5 miles NE of the N

extremity of Norra Ulvon. Some of the islands and islets in this

chain are prominent from seaward due to their dark color.

6.50 Directions.—An inshore passage, authorized for drafts up to

10m, leads along this part of the coast. The route leads N and

passes W of Hogbonden, Hoglosmen, and Furan. It continues

NNE and passes W of Skotbadan and between Ytternasan

Light and the SW end of Sodra Ulvon. The route then leads

NNE and passes close W of Norra Ulvon. It continues NE

across the outer approach to Natrafjarden and passes W of the

chain of islands extending SSW from the vicinity of Skommarskaten Light. The route then leads through a narrow passage lying between Skommarskaten Light and the NW side of

Raskarson. Local knowledge is advised.

6.51 Kopmanholmen (63°10'N., 18°35'E.) (World Port

Index No. 26710) is situated at the NW end of Natrafjarden,

about 6 miles NNW of the N extremity of Norra Ulvon. This

small port exports timber products and imports salt and fertilizer.

6.51 Ice.—Ice usually obstructs navigation from the middle of

January to the middle of April.

6.51 Depths—Limitations.—Vessels from seaward should pass

between Skrubban and Varnsinsklubbarna. Algon, 156m high,

is an island lying in the approach, 2.5 miles SE of the port. The

entrance channels leading W and N of this island are authorized, respectively, for drafts up to 10m and 9m.

6.51 The factory pier in the S part of the harbor provides two

berths. The outer berth is 98m long and has depths of 9.2 to

9.5m alongside. The inner berth is 73m long and has depths of

4 to 6m alongside. Vessels up to 160m in length and 9m draft

can be accommodated.

6.51 Aspect.—Balesudden, 116m high, rises at the S end of a

peninsula, about 3.5 miles E of the port. This hill is easily

identified by its reddish color and by its shape which, in certain

lights, resembles the gable of a house.

6.51 Regulations.—A mandatory Reporting and Information

System has been established in the Gulf of Bothnia and is operated by Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) at Gavle and Lulea. For

further information, see Lulea (paragraph 9.19).

6.51 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor within the inner part of the

fjord, in a depth of 30m, clay and sand, but the roadstead is

exposed to SE winds.

6.51 Caution.—Submarine pipelines associated with a fish farm,

which may be best seen on the chart, extend across the inner

part of Natrafjarden. 

Ornskoldsvik (63°17'N., 18°43'E.)

World Port Index No. 26730 

6.52 Ornskoldsvik is situated at the NW end of Ornskoldsvikfjarden, about 9 miles NW of Skagsudde Light. This

sheltered port exports timber products and engineering goods

and imports oil, chemicals, and general cargo.

The port also includes the loading places situated at Domsjo

(63°15.8'N., 18°44.0'E.), Alfredshem (63°15.9'N., 18°42.9'E.),

Horneborg (63°16.6'N., 18°43.0'E.), and Jarved (63°16.7'N.,

18°44.8'E.).

6.52 Winds—Weather.—Strong SE winds raise the water level

up to 0.5m above normal and N winds lower it a similar

amount.

6.52 Ice.—The port is usually kept open all year round except

during extreme ice conditions, which may occur from January

to March.

6.52 Depths—Limitations.—Ornskoldsvikfjarden is entered between the E side of Raskarson and the S end of the island of

Malmon, lying about 0.5 mile NE. Vessels from seaward approaching this entrance should head in a NW direction and

pass about 1 mile SW of Skaghallan Light.

6.52 The route through the fjord leads N for about 2.3 miles and

then in a WNW direction for 5.5 miles. The fairway channel

leading to Ornskoldsvik and the other loading places is authorized for drafts up to 10m.

6.52 There are two main quays at Ornskoldsvik. Stenkajen, with a

ro-ro ramp at the N end, is 345m long and has a depths of 7.5

to 9.1m alongside. Sliperikajen is 165m long and has depths of

5 to 6m alongside.

6.52 There are two timber-product quays at Domsjo. Export

Quay, 130m long, has a depth of 7.2m alongside; and FS Quay,

100m long, has a depth of 4.8m alongside.

6.52 There are two piers at Alfredshem. The North Pier, used for

handling chemicals, is 200m long and has depths of 5 to 6m

alongside. The South Pier, used for handling oil, is 135m long

and has depths of 7 to 8.5m alongside.

6.52 There are five main quays, with a ro-ro ramp, at Horneborg.

The largest berth is 162m long and has a depth of 11m alongside. There is also an oil terminal jetty, with berthing dolphins.

It is 70m long and has a depth of 10m alongside.

6.52 There is a T-shaped oil jetty at Jarved. It is 100m long and

has a depth of 10.5m alongside.

6.52 Vessels up to 213m in length, 30.5m beam, and 10m draft

can be accommodated within the port.

Skagsudde Light
Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 97

Pub. 195

6.52 Aspect.—Faleberget (63°13'N., 18°40'E.), rising about 6

miles W of Skommarskaten Light, is 233m high and has steep

sides. This hill is visible from a considerable distance to seaward, but is not easily distinguished from the other hills in the

vicinity.

6.52 Asberget (63°18'N., 18°40'E.) stands 5 miles N of Faleberget. This hill is 217m high and a radio mast is situated on

the summit. It is the westernmost of three large hills which,

though visible from seaward, are not easily distinguished. 

6.52 Hornoberget (63°16'N., 18°50'E.), rising 4.2 miles NNW of

Skommarskaten Light, is 131m high. This hill, which has a flat

top, falls steeply on its E side to a somewhat lower and long

plateau. Because of its peculiar form, the hill can easily be

identified when approaching Ornskoldsvik.

6.52 A conspicuous radio mast stands on a hill, on the S side of

the narrows at Bonassund, about 2.6 miles SW of Hornoberget.

6.52 Pilotage.—The main pilot station at Ornskoldsvik provides

pilotage for the area between latitude 62°50'N (not including

Gaviksfjarden and Angermanalven) and a line bearing 140°

through Norrbyskar (63°33'N., 19°52'E.). All requests for

pilotage must be made through the VTS station at Lulea (see

paragraph 9.19).

6.52 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels, as follows:

1. All Category 1 vessels.

2. Category 2 vessels of 90m in length or 16m beam and

over.

3. Category 3 vessels of 100m in length or 17m beam

and over.

6.52 In certain channels for Angermanalven, pilotage is compulsory, as follows:

1. All Category 1 vessels.

2. Category 2 vessels of 80m length, 15m beam, and 5m

draft and over.

3. Category 3 vessels of 90m length, 16m beam, and

5.5m draft and over.

6.52 Pilots can be contacted by VHF and board about 2 miles S of

the outermost shoal near Skagsudde (63°11'N., 19°01'E.).

6.52 Regulations.—A mandatory Reporting and Information

System has been established in the Gulf of Bothnia and is operated by Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) at Gavle and Lulea. For

further information, see Lulea (paragraph 9.19).

6.52 Vessels must not exceed a speed of 7 knots when passing

through the narrows at Bonassund (63°15.5'N., 18°46.1'E.).

6.52 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in depths of 13 to 28m,

clay and mud, in the N part of Ornskoldsviksfjarden, clear of

the pipelines. Vessels can also anchor, in a depth of 20m, clay,

off Domsjo, with their sterns moored to dolphins.

6.52 It is reported that two designated anchorages, with depths of

22 to 30m and diameters of 0.5 mile, lie in the approaches and

may best be seen on the chart. Anchorage A and Anchorage B

lie centered, respectively, about 2.1 miles WSW and 2.8 miles

S of Skagshallan Light.

6.52 Caution.—Two submarine power cables, which may best be

seen on the chart, extend NNW between the NW side of

Raskarson island and the mainland.

6.52 A submarine pipeline extends across the channel in the

vicinity of the narrows at Bonassund (63°15.5'N., 18°46.1'E.).

6.52 A spoil ground area, which may best be seen on the chart,

lies close E of Alfredshem.

6.52 Numerous mooring buoys are situated adjacent to the shore

in the vicinity of Alfredshem.

6.52 A submarine cable and two pipelines, which may best be

seen on the chart, extend across the fjord close S of Alfredshem (63°15.9'N., 18°42.9'E).

6.52 A submarine pipeline extends 0.3 mile S from the shore in

the vicinity of Ornskoldsvik and may best be seen on the chart.

Ornskoldsviksfjarden to Jarnasudde

6.53 Sjalnoudde (63°20'N., 19°15'E.), a wooded point

with steep light-colored sides, is located 10 miles NNE of

Skagsudde Light. The coast between is wooded and fronted by

numerous islets, rocks, and shoals.

Sjalnoudde, with the hills rising N of it, appears to be higher

than Skagsudde. It is reported that several prominent wind

generators stand in the vicinity of the point.

6.53 Mosjobergen rises 6.5 miles W of Sjalnoudde. The SE part

has a round bare yellowish summit, 97m high. The NW part is

formed by a wooded plateau, 155m high, which falls on its S

side nearly perpendicularly from the summit for some distance

and then slopes more gradually. This hill is visible from seaward and forms the best landmark along this stretch of coast. 

6.53 Skags Flaser Light (63°12.4'N., 19°05.2'E.) is shown from

a structure, 6m high, standing on the N part of an islet, 2.3

miles NE of Skagsudde Light.

6.53 Storgrund (63°12'N., 19°07'E.), a shoal with a least depth of

3.9m, lies about 1 mile SE of Skags Flaser Light and is marked

by a buoy. Klinten, a shoal with a depth of 6.9m, lies 1 mile E

of Skags Flasor Light and is marked by a buoy. 

6.53 Nygrund, a shoal with a least depth of 1.4m, lies about 1.2

miles NNE of Klinten and is marked by a buoy.

6.53 Sjalbadan Beacon (63°15'N., 19°12'E.), 8m high and

equipped with a racon, stands on an islet lying 4 miles NE of

Skags Flasor Light. Finngrundet, a shoal area with rocks,

awash, extends up to about 1.5 miles ENE of the beacon and is

marked by two buoys. 

Skagshamn (63°13'N., 19°02'E.), a well-protected fishing

harbor, lies 1.3 miles W of Skags Flasor Light. The channel

leading through the coastal dangers is authorized for drafts up

to 6m as far as the anchorage and up to 3m as far as the berths.

Local knowledge is required. Ice usually obstructs navigation

in the channel from February to April. 

6.53 Anchorage may be obtained in the roadstead, in a depth of

30m, clay, and within the inner harbor, in a depth of 7m, clay. 

Bergofjarden (63°15'N., 19°02'E.), entered 1.5 miles N of

Skags Flasor Light, provides excellent shelter to small vessels.

Skedet (63°15'N., 19°01'E.), a small harbor, is situated on

the W side of this inlet. The entrance channel is authorized for

drafts up to 4m. Local knowledge is required. The inlet can be

obstructed by ice from the middle of November to May.

Anchorage may be obtained, in a depth of 10m, mud, off

Skedet. 

Fanbyviken (63°20'N., 19°13'E.), a narrow inlet, is entered

1 mile W of Sjalnoudde. It provides anchorage to small vessels

with local knowledge, in depths of 12 to 18m, clay. The entrance channel is authorized for drafts up to 6m. The inlet is

only 300m wide and does not afford much swinging room.

6.53 Caution.—Local magnetic anomalies exist between Skagsudde Light and Sjalnoudde.
98 Sector 6. Sweden—East Coast—Lovstabukten to Jarnasudde 

Pub. 195

6.54 Husum (63°20'N., 19°09'E.) (World Port Index No.

26790) is situated 2.5 miles W of Sjalnoudde and 4.5 miles

NNW of Sjalbadan Beacon. This small port imports limestone,

sodium sulphate, and cement and exports timber products and

turpentine.

6.54 Ice.—The harbor is often obstructed by ice from January to

April. It is kept open except in extreme ice conditions.

6.54 Tides—Currents.—Higher water levels occur with protracted SE winds; and lower water levels occur with N winds.

The current caused by the outflow of the rivers at the head of

the inlet can be somewhat troublesome when mooring, especially in the spring.

6.54 Depths—Limitations.—From seaward, vessels should

approach the harbor by heading W and passing about 1.2 miles

S of Sjalnoudde. The main entrance channel is authorized for

drafts up to 10.5m.

6.54 An inshore route, which leads NE and inside the outer

dangers, is authorized for drafts up to 6m. Local knowledge is

required.

6.54 In the S part of the harbor a pontoon jetty provides a berth,

90m long, with a depth of 10.2m alongside. It is connected to

the shore by a bridge, 130m long.

6.54 Ravarukajen, a concrete quay, is situated close N of the

pontoon jetty. The outer berth is 180m long and has a depth of

10.8m alongside. The inner berth has a fixed ro-ro ramp at the

N end. It is 65m long and has a depth of 9m alongside.

6.54 Utlastningskajen, situated close N of Ravarukajen, is another

concrete quay, with a ro-ro ramp at the S end. It is 300m long

and has depths of 7 to 9m alongside.

6.54 Aspect.—The woodpulp factory and chimney standing on

the E side of the harbor are conspicuous from seaward. A

number of prominent tanks are located in the vicinity of the

quays.

6.54 Pilotage.—Pilots are provided by the station at Ornskoldsvik

(see paragraph 6.52). All requests for pilotage must be made

through the VTS station at Lulea (see paragraph 9.19).

6.54 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 7 to

17m, mud, in the harbor roadstead, but it is open to SE winds.

6.55 Between Sjalnoudde (63°20'N., 19°15'E.) and the SW

approaches to Norra Kvarken (63°35'N., 20°52'E.), 30 miles E,

a number of shoals and banks lie between 5 and 15 miles off

the coast. These dangers are mostly steep-to and great care is

necessary when navigating in their vicinity. Only the outermost

are described below. 

6.55 Vallinsgrundet Light (63°19'N., 19°25'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 20m high, standing on a pinnacle rock lying

about 5 miles E of Sjalnoudde.

6.55 It is reported that a designated anchorage area, with a

diameter of 0.5 mile, lies centered about 3.5 miles W of Vallinsgrundet Light.

6.55 Norra Langrogrunden (63°19'N., 19°41'E.) and Sodra

Langrogrunden, 1 mile S, are located 7 miles E of Vallinsgrundet Light. These shoals and the waters lying E of them are

described beginning in paragraph 8.2.

6.55 Degerfjarden (63°24'N., 19°20'E.) is a large bay entered

between Sjalnoudde and Langroudden, 8 miles NE. Anchorage

may be obtained by vessels with local knowledge, in a depth of

18m, sand, close NNW of an islet lying on the E side near the

head of the bay. The entrance channel, which passes close E of

Sjalnoudde, is authorized for drafts up to 6m. With S winds, a

swell sets into the anchorage and the holding ground cannot be

depended on.

6.55 Langroudden (63°24'N., 19°30'E.) is a low and wooded

point, but, in clear weather, it is very prominent from seaward.

6.55 Caution.—Firing practice, with live ammunition, occasionally takes place within an area extending 5 miles between ESE

and SSE from a point located on the W side of Degerfjarden,

about 7.5 miles N of Sjalnoudde.

6.56 Nordmalingsfjarden (63°28'N., 19°33'E.) is entered

between Langroudden and Jarnasudde (63°24'N., 19°39'E.), a

low wooded point located 4 miles ENE. This inlet is encumbered with numerous shoals in the S part, but there is an extensive clear area in the N part. Ice usually obstructs navigation in

the inlet from December to April.

6.56 Storbadan Light (63°25'N., 19°35'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 16m high, standing on an islet of the same

name lying in the center of the entrance, 1.8 miles WSW of

Jarnasudde.

6.56 The main channel leading N into Nordmalingsfjarden passes

E of Storbadan Light. The fairway is authorized for drafts up to

7m as far as Rundvik and up to 3.7m as far as Notholmen.

Local knowledge is required.

6.56 Vessels with local knowledge may obtain anchorage, in

depths of 4 to 13m, mud, N of Flasarna, a group of three islets

lying about 6 miles NNW of Jarnasudde.

6.57 Rundvik (63°32'N., 19°27'E.) (World Port Index No.

26800), a small loading place, is situated on the W side of

Nordmalingsfjarden about 2 miles from its head. Vessels can

anchor, in depths of 4.5 to 6m, clay and sand, off the harbor.

6.57 A concrete pier provides berths on both sides. The N berth is

100m long, with depths of 3.2 to 5m alongside the inner part;

the outer part, 70m long, has depths of 5 to 8m alongside. The

S berth is 110m long, with depths of 3.9 to 5m alongside the

inner part; the outer part, 70m long, has depths of 6 to 8m

alongside. A mooring dolphin, marked by a light, is situated

close off the pierhead. Several large sheds and a prominent

chimney stand in the vicinity of the pier. Vessels up to 165m in

length and 7m draft can be accommodated.

Notholmen (Nordmaling) (63°34'N., 19°29'E.) (World Port

Index No. 26810), a small harbor, lies at the head of the inlet.

Vessels with local knowledge may anchor, with stern moorings, in depths of 4 to 12m, close S of the harbor. There is a

concrete quay, 127m long, with depths of 4 to 4.5m alongside.
99

Pub. 195

7. 

Finland—West Coast—Isokari to Strommingsbadan

7.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 7 — CHART INFORMATION
101

Pub. 195

SECTOR 7 

FINLAND—WEST COAST—ISOKARI TO STROMMINGSBADAN

7.0 Plan.—This sector describes the W coast of Finland and the

contiguous off-lying area in the Gulf of Bothnia between

Isokari (60°43'N., 21°01'E.), at the N side of the Aland Islands,

and Strommingsbadan, in the vicinity of the S approach to

Norra Kvarken. The descriptive sequence is N. 

General Remarks

7.1 The Finnish coast is low and difficult to make out

from seaward. It is fronted by numerous islands, rocks, and

shoals extending as far as 12 miles offshore. It should be noted

that this coast has not been completely surveyed, and that dangers in addition to those shown on the chart may exist. Vessels

lacking local knowledge should exercise the appropriate caution. 

7.1 Winds—Weather.—The great volume of water entering the

Gulf of Bothnia from many rivers causes a uniform S surface

movement during calm weather. This prevailing current in the

gulf usually causes vessels from Sodra Kvarken to Norra

Kvarken to be set E of their course towards the dangers off the

Finnish coast.

7.1 Along the Finnish coast, there is a current setting to the N

and during the autumn a branch of the N current sets W of the

Aland Islands and then toward the Finnish shore. Under normal

conditions the current has a velocity of not more than 1 to 2

knots. The currents in the Gulf of Bothnia have seldom been

observed to exceed 1.5 knots.

7.1 A dominant factor in the movements of the current is the

wind direction, which can cause great irregularities in the pattern of the currents in these waters. The currents are not only

affected by the local winds, but also from those of other localities. A change in the current often precedes the striking of a

storm by several hours. During gales the current generally sets

with the wind, from 1 to 2 knots in the open sea and from 3 to 4

knots near shore.

7.1 The tidal range in these waters is of little consequence, but

considerable change in the water level may be caused by strong

winds, atmospheric pressure, and the seasonal amount of water

released by the rivers. A combination of these factors raises or

lowers the water in the Gulf of Bothnia, from the mean water

level, by as much as 0.1m, although at the heads of the inlets it

may be much more under exceptional circumstances. For

example, at Haparanda, located at the head of the gulf, the level

may change by up to 1.5m. 

7.1 Ice.—See General Remarks in paragraph 1.1 and 4.1.

7.1 For information pertaining to winter navigation, ice, and

Finnish icebreaking services, including internet web sites, see

Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic

Ocean and Adjacent Seas.

7.1 Depths—Limitations.—The coast between Isokari

(60°43'N., 21°01'E.) and Sappi (61°29'N., 21°21'E.), about 45

miles NNE, is almost entirely fronted by foul ground, small

islands, islets, rocks, and shoals. The depths are uneven and

vessels operating within the 40m curve risk the possibility of

encountering unsurveyed dangers in some localities. This

curve lies as far as 15 miles offshore in places.

7.1 The low coast between Sappi and Kasko (62°23'N.,

21°14'E.), about 54 miles N, has foul ground extending as far

as 10 miles from the mainland. Numerous islands and islets

also front the shore. The depths are uneven and vessels operating between Sappi and Kasko are also advised to stay, as

nearly as possible, in depths of not less than 40m. 

7.1 Between Kasko and Strommingsbadan (62°59'N., 20°45'E.),

the groups of islets and shoals fronting the coast become wider,

with the outermost lying as far as 18 miles from the mainland.

The coast of the mainland is low, wooded, and appears to

passing vessels to be farther away than it really is. The depths

are irregular off this part of the coast and the charted soundings

too scattered to be relied upon during periods of low visibility.

In this area, vessels are advised to stay outside the 40m curve

for safe navigation.

7.1 Several inshore routes lead between the dangers fronting the

mainland coast. However, these channels, which are mostly

narrow and tortuous, are used only by shallow draft vessels

with local knowledge. 

7.1 Pilotage.—See paragraph 1.1 and paragraph 4.1 for information concerning pilotage and VTS systems in the vicinity of

Isokari, the Aland Islands, and the Saaristomeri area, including

the approaches to Uusikaupunki.

7.1 Regulations.—See paragraph 7.12 for information concerning the West Coast Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system, which

operates off the SW coast of Finland between Rauman Mjakka

Light (61°09'N., 21°10'E.) and Kaijakari (61°37'N., 21°22'E.).

7.1 See paragraph 10.1 for information concerning the Bothnia

Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system, which operates off the

NW coast of Finland. This system is mandatory and includes

the routes leading to Kasko (Kaskinen) and Kristinestad (Kristiinankaupunki).

7.1 See paragraph 1.1 for regulations regarding restricted areas

and semi-restricted areas in Finnish waters.

7.1 Caution.—During the winter, many buoys are removed

while others may be damaged or break adrift.

7.1 Numerous logs may be found adrift at all times of the year in

the coastal waters described within this sector.

7.1 Areas dangerous due to mines laid during World War II exist

within these waters. There is little risk for surface navigation

but risk of danger in these areas still exists when anchoring or

carrying out any seabed activities.

7.1 Due to various circumstances, including the discovery of obstructions, depths within the channels leading through the offshore dangers along this stretch of coast may change frequently. Therefore, vessels are advised to contact the local authorities in order to ascertain the latest information, including the

maximum authorized drafts.

Isokari to Uusikaupunki and Rauma

7.2 Isokari (60°43'N., 21°01'E.) is an island lying about
102 Sector 7. Finland—West Coast—Isokari to Strommingsbadan 

Pub. 195

12 miles W of Uusikaupunki. The pilot station, a yellow onestory building, is situated on the E side of the island.

7.2 A reef extends about 0.5 mile S from the S side of the island.

Santkari, an islet, is located on this reef and is marked by a

beacon. Foul ground, on which several above-water rocks lie,

extends between 0.3 mile and 2.5 miles NW from the NW side

of the island.

7.2 A light is shown from a prominent tower, 37m high, standing

on the island.

7.2 Sandback (60°46'N., 20°45'E.), a rock awash, is the outermost danger in this vicinity. It lies on a bank about 8.5 miles

WNW of Isokari. A light, equipped with a racon, is shown

from a tower, 8m high and surmounted by a helicopter platform, standing on the rock.

7.2 A shoal bank, with a least depth of 6.8m, extends 1.5 miles

NW from the light and is marked by a buoy.

7.2 Numerous dangers, which extend up to about 10 miles

seaward, front the mainland coast in vicinity of the approaches

to Uusikaupunki and Rauma. Only the outermost are described

below.

7.2 Merikivi, a detached shoal with a least depth of 7.8m, lies

about 2.5 miles S of Sandback Light. Etela Sandback, a rock

0.6m high, lies about 1 mile N of this rock and is fringed by

shoal water. 

7.2 Melanderinmatala, a rocky shoal with a least depth of 6.8m,

lies about 4 miles SE of Sandback. Between the two are several

shoals with depths of 2.5 to 8.8m. 

7.2 Ljungberginkivi, with a depth of 6.5m, lies 2.3 miles W of

Isokari. A light is shown from a structure standing on the N

side of this shoal.

7.2 Ahlstedtinmatala, with a depth of 7.8m, lies 4 miles ENE of

Sandback Light and is marked by a buoy. 

7.2 An isolated shoal, with a depth of 9.6m, lies 4.5 miles NE of

Sandback Light. 

7.3 Vekara (60°51'N., 21°01'E.), an island surrounded by

shoals, lies 7.5 miles N of Isokari. A beacon stands on this

island but it is reported to be totally obscured by trees.

7.3 Sammo (60°51'N., 21°06'E.), an islet fronted by shoals, lies

2.3 miles E of Vekara. A light is shown from a framework

structure, 8m high, standing on this islet.

7.3 Kajakulma Light (61°00'N., 21°11'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a tower, 6m high, standing on an islet

lying close N of a small island, about 10 miles NNE of Vekara.

7.3 A chain of islets, rocks, and shoals, which may best be seen

on the chart, extends between Vekara and this Kajakulma

Light.

7.3 Hylkkari Light (60°57'N., 21°10'E.) is shown from a tower,

6m high, standing on the NW side of a small island, 2.7 miles

SSW of Kajakulma Light. The island is fronted by shoal banks

on its NW, N, and E sides.

7.4 Lyokki Tower (60°56'N., 21°08'E.), a prominent

conical structure 16m high, stands on one of a group of small

islets lying 1.4 miles SSW of Hylkkari Light.

7.4 Harmaatietot (Harmaatletot), consisting of a number of islets

lying on an extensive area of rocks and shoals, is centered 2.3

miles SSW of Lyokki Tower.

7.4 Aukkomatala, an isolated shoal with a depth of 6.5m, lies

about 3.2 miles NW of Lyokki Tower.

7.4 Suomenkari, one of the outermost dangers in this area, has a

depth of 7.8m. This isloated shoal lies about 6 miles WNW of

Lyokki Tower and 3 miles W Aukkomata.

7.4 Karlssoninmatala, the northwesternmost of a group of three

shoals, is one of the outermost dangers in this area. This shoal

has a depth of 9m and lies about 5.5 miles W of Kajakulma

Light. Karlinmatala, with a depth of 5.3, and Jonssoninmatala,

with a depth of 1m, lie 0.4 mile S and 1 mile ESE, respectively,

of Karlssoninmatala.

7.4 A detached shoal, with a depth of 7.8m, lies about 1 mile

Isokari Light

Sandback Light

Lyokki Tower
Sector 7. Finland—West Coast—Isokari to Strommingsbadan 103

Pub. 195

NNW of Kajakulma Light and is marked by a buoy. It is

located at the W end of Vanhanpudanmatala, a chain of dangers which extends about 3 miles WNW from the mainland.

7.4 A detached shoal, with a depth of 8.5m, lies about 1.9 miles

NW of Kajakulma Light and is marked by a buoy. It is located

at the N end of a chain of dangers extending about 2 miles S.

7.5 Laitakari Light (61°03'N., 21°13'E.), a fishing light,

is occasionally shown from a framework structure, 8m high,

standing on the E side of an islet. A framework beacon, 5m

high, is situated close W of the light.

7.5 A detached shoal, with a depth of 7.1m, lies about 3.5 miles

NW of Kajakulma Light and is marked by a buoy. This shoal is

located at the outer end of a group of dangers extending about

3 miles W from Laitakari Light. A beacon stands on an abovewater rock lying in this group, about 1.2 miles W of Laitakari

Light.

7.5 A detached shoal, with a depth of 5m, lies about 1.8 miles

WNW of Laitakari Light and is marked by a buoy. Another

detached shoal, with a depth of 9.3m, lies about 2.7 miles NW

of Laitakari Light.

7.5 Rihtniemi Light (61°05'N., 21°18'E.), a rear range light, is

shown from a rectangular structure standing on the NW side of

a mainland peninsula, 3.4 miles NE of Laitakari Light.

7.5 Rauman Majakka Light (61°09'N., 21°10'E.), equipped

with a racon, is shown from a tower, surmounted by a helicopter platform, standing on Outomatala, an isolated shoal lying

5.5 miles NW of Rihtniemi Light.

7.5 Reilander, with a depth of 6.5m, lies 2.4 miles SSW of Rauman Majakka Light, near the W end of a chain of shoals

extending about 5.5 miles WNW from the vicinity of Rihtniemi Light.

Sextantinmatala (61°07'N., 21°05'E.), a rocky patch with a

depth of 8.5m, lies 3.2 miles SW of Rauman Majakka Light

and 1.4 miles WSW of Reilander. This detached shoal is the

outermost danger in this area.

7.6 Kylmapihlaja Light (61°09'N., 21°18'E.) is shown

from a prominent tower on a dwelling, 32m high, standing on a

small island, about 4.2 miles E of Rauman Majakka Light. 

7.6 Santakari Tower (61°07'N., 21°17'E.), situated on an islet

about 1.4 miles NNW of Rihtniemi Light, is 19m high and

prominent. It consists of a red wooden hexagonal tower with a

pointed roof topped by a vane.

7.6 Nurmes Light (61°12'N., 21°20'E.) is shown from a prominent framework tower, 12m high, standing at the W side of a

large island, about 3 miles NNE of Kylmapihlaja Light.

7.6 Nurmeksen Matala, an extensive shoal with shallow rocks,

extends 3 miles WNW and 3.2 miles NW from the vicinity of

Nurmes Light. The outer edges of this shoal are marked by

buoys.

7.6 Caution.—An ammunition dumping ground area, the limits

of which may best be seen on the chart, lies centered 21 miles

NW of Sandback Light.

7.6 A submarine cable, which may best be seen on the chart,

extends seaward from the mainland in the vicinity of Rihtniemi

Light.

Approaches to Uusikaupunki and Rauma

7.7 The coastal route leads 23 miles NNE from N of

Sandback Light (60°46'N., 20°45'E.) to WNW of Rauman

Majakka Light (61°09'N., 21°10'E.).

The main approach route from W to Uusikaupunki, which is

authorized for drafts up to 10m, leads SE from seaward and

passes NE of Sandback (60°46'N., 20°45'E.) and SW of Isokari

(60°43'N., 21°01'E.). From a position about 1 mile SSE of

Isokari rear range light, the route continues in a NE direction

for 6.5 miles to a position close SW of Hylkiletto (60°46'N.,

21°13'E.). It then leads 1.2 miles N, 0.8 mile NE, 2 miles ENE,

and about 1 mile SE through a buoyed channel to the harbor

entrance fairways.

An alternate approach route from W leads about 10 miles E

from a position 3.7 miles SSW of Sandback Light. It passes S

of Sandback and Isokari. This route is authorized for drafts up

to 8m and joins the main Uusikaupunki approach channel.

Rauman Majakka Light

Kylmapihlaja Light

Santakari Tower
104 Sector 7. Finland—West Coast—Isokari to Strommingsbadan 

Pub. 195

The main approach route from N to Uusikaupunki, which is

authorized for drafts up to 9m, leads SE from seaward to a

position about 0.4 mile NW of Kajakulma Light (61°00'N.,

21°11'E.). It then continues for about 20 miles in a S direction,

passing between the numerous offshore islets and shoals, to

join the main Uusikaupunki approach channel close NE of

Pohjamatala (60°45'N., 21°11'E.).

There are two main approach routes leading from seaward to

Rauma. The S route, which is known as the Rauma Channel, is

authorized for drafts up to 10m. It leads ESE and passes about

1.2 miles WSW of Rauman Majakka Light (61°09'N.,

21°10'E.) and NE of Reilander. At a position located about 1.7

miles NW of Rihtniemi Light (61°05'N., 21°18'E.), the route

enters a buoyed channel and then leads about 1.5 miles ESE, 3

miles ENE, and 0.7 mile NE to the harbor basins.

The N route, which is known as the Valkeakari Channel, is

authorized for drafts up to 7.5m. From a position located about

2.7 miles NE of Rauman Majakka Light (61°09'N., 21°10'E.),

this route leads about 3.8 miles ESE and passes 1.5 miles NNE

of Kylmapihlaja Light (61°09'N., 21°18'E.). It then leads 0.5

mile SSE through a narrow, buoyed fairway and passes close E

of the island of Valkeakari. The route continues SE for about

1.8 miles to the harbor basins.

An offshore track, which is authorized for drafts up to 5.5m,

connects the main N approach route to Uusikaupunki with the

two main approach routes for Rauma. From a position 1.6

miles NW of Kajakulma Light, the track leads 2.3 miles N and

passes 2 miles W of Laitakari Fishing Light (61°03'N.,

21°13'E.). It then continues 4.5 miles NNE and joins the two

main routes in the vicinity of Rauman Majakka Light.

Several secondary channels, which are available for vessels

with light drafts and local knowledge, branch off the main

approach routes and may best be seen on the charts. 

Uusikaupunki (60°48'N., 21°24'E.)

World Port Index No. 27790

7.8 Uusikaupunki lies about 12 miles ENE of Isokari. The

port area is composed of the island of Hanko and the shore

fronting the W side of the town. The island is joined to the

town by a causeway.

7.8 Ice.—The harbor is kept open all year with icebreaker assistance.

7.8 During the winter, if the ice situation is difficult in the Gulf

of Bothnia, the traffic proceeds through Sararistomeri and via

Uto.

7.8 Depths—Limitations.—The main approach route from seaward is authorized for drafts up to 10m (see paragraph 7.7).

7.8 The inner harbor has three quays. Hepokari Quay, with a roro berth at the S side, is 90m long and has a depth of 7m

alongside; Telakka Quay is 150m long and has a depth of 5m

alongside; and Saunasilta Quay, used by coasters, is 60m long

and has a depth of 3.5m alongside.

7.8 The buoyed channel leading to the inner harbor is authorized

for drafts up to 7m.

7.8 The Esso Harbor Quay is 40m long and has a depth of 5m

alongside. The buoyed channel leading to this harbor is authorized for drafts up to 5m.

7.8 Kemira Harbor Quay is 340m long and has a depth of 10m

alongside. The harbor channel leading to this quay is authorized for drafts up to 10m.

7.8 There are facilities for passenger, general cargo, LPG, bulk,

chemical, timber, and ro-ro vessels. Vessels up to 40,000 dwt,

200m in length, and 10m draft can be accommodated in the

port.

7.8 Aspect.—The main approach channels are indicated by

directional sector lights and lighted ranges, and are marked by

buoys and beacons. A conspicuous television mast stands in

the vicinity of the town. 

7.8 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots are provided by

the Turku pilot station. Vessels should send a request for

pilotage and an ETA at least 12 hours in advance. Pilots may be

contacted by VHF and board about 3 miles WNW of Isokari.

7.8 Regulations.—Vessels with drafts greater than 8m must not

exceed a speed of 7 knots in certain parts of the main approach

route.

7.8 See paragraph 4.1 for information concerning VTS systems

in the vicinity of Isokari, the Aland Islands, and the Saaristomeri area, including the approaches to Uusikaupunki.

7.8 Anchorage.—Good sheltered anchorage is available, in a

depth of 7m, clay, close SW of Hepokari Quay.

7.8 Caution.—During N and E winds, the water level can fall

about 0.4m below normal, which may sometimes delay deeplyloaded vessels reaching the port.

7.8 It is reported that submarine pipelines lie in the vicinity of

the channel leading to Esso Harbor Quay.

7.8 The approach channels are well-marked, but care should be

exercised as they are fringed by dangers, and are tortuous in

places.

Rauma (61°08'N., 21°30'E.)

World Port Index No. 27780

7.9 Rauma, situated 20 miles NNE of Uusikaupunki, lies

at the head of a bight, which is encumbered by islets and reefs.

The port exports paper products and imports oil, coal, and

grains.

7.9 Ice.—The port is kept open all year with the assistance of an

icebreaker service. Since the adjacent sea area is wide and the

archipelago protects the harbor from pack ice belts, it is not too

difficult to keep the port open.

7.9 Tides—Currents.—The tidal range is about 0.5m. 

7.9 Depths—Limitations.—Rauma Channel, authorized for

drafts up to 10m (see paragraph 7.7), is the main approach

route from seaward.

7.9 The port consists of inlets lying on the N and S sides of the

Iso-Hakuni Peninsula. The N inlet provides access to a shipyard and a small craft harbor.

7.9 The principal commercial berths are situated along the S side

of the peninsula, within a basin at its W end, and within a basin

at its SE end. 

7.9 Suoja Coal Quay, at the S side of the SE basin, is 110m long

and has a depth of 5.7m alongside. Chemical Berth K1 and

Chemical Berth K2, at the N side, are 90m and 130m long,

respectively, and have depths of 5.1m and 7m alongside.

7.9 Oil Quay, at the SW end of the SE basin, is 200m long and

has a depth of 9.1m alongside.

7.9 Laitsaari Quay, at the S side of the peninsula, is 285m long
Sector 7. Finland—West Coast—Isokari to Strommingsbadan 105

Pub. 195

and has a depth of 9m alongside. Central Quay, close W of

Laitsaari Quay, is 410m long and has depths of 6.1 to 6.9m

alongside.

7.9 Six ro-ro berths are situated alongside the S side of the

peninsula. They are 130 to 225m long and have depths of 6.2 to

10m alongside.

7.9 Petajas Bulk Quay, at the N side of the W basin, is 314m

long and has a depth of 11m alongside. Container Quay, at the

S side, is 130m long and has a depth of 10m alongside.

7.9 It is reported that the Container Quay is being extended and

two additional ro-ro berths are under construc-tion at the W

end of the peninsula.

7.9 There are facilities for container, ro-ro, general cargo, bulk,

chemical, oil, and timber product vessels. Tankers up to 180m

in length and 8.8m draft can be handled. Cargo vessels are

limited only by the authorized approach draft.

7.9 Aspect.—The main approach channels are indicated by

directional sector lights and lighted ranges, and are marked by

buoys and beacons. A conspicuous silo stands in the NW part

of the harbor.

7.9 Pilotage.—Vessels should send a request for pilotage and an

ETA at least 12 hours in advance of arrival. For information

required to be included in the message, see Pilotage under

Mantyluoto (paragraph 7.12).

7.9 Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 13 and board about

2.5 miles NW or 4 miles WSW of Kylmapihlaja Light

(61°08.7'N., 21°18.4'E.).

7.9 Regulations.—The Rauma Sector of the West Coast Vessel

Traffic Service (VTS) extends S from latitude 61°22'N to the

vicinity of Rauman Majakka Light (61°09'N., 21°10'E.) and

includes the harbor of Rauma. For details of this VTS system,

see paragraph 7.12

7.9 A designated restricted area, which may best be seen on the

chart, covers the approaches to the port. Vessels must remain

within the authorized route channel in this area.

7.9 Caution.—A submarine pipeline and a submarine cable,

which may best be seen on the chart, extend across the channel

from the NW end of the Iso-Hakuni Peninsula.

7.9 A designated nature reserve area, within which numerous

restrictions apply, surrounds the island of Hylkikarta

(61°07'N., 21°21'E.) in the S approach to the port.

Rauma to Mantyluoto

7.10 The coast between Rauma and Mantyluoto, about 29

miles N, is fronted by numerous islands, rocks, and shoals,

which may best be seen on the chart. These dangers extend up

to about 8 miles seaward in places. Only the outer dangers and

significant landmarks are described below.

Kalla Light (61°16'N., 21°21'E.) is shown from a

framework tower, 10m high, standing on the NW side of an

islet lying 4.5 miles N of Nurmes Light (61°12'N., 21°20'E.).

Ulko-Royska, with a least depth of 5m, lies about 1.8 miles

W of Kalla Light. This detached shoal is marked by a buoy and

is the outermost danger in this vicinity.

Olkiluoto (61°14'N., 21°27'E.), a small craft harbor, is situated on the S side of the W part of a peninsula. An approach

route, authorized for drafts up to 5m, leads from a position

about 4 miles SW of Kalla Light. This route, which is marked

by buoys and range beacons, leads ENE and ESE for about 6.5

miles to the harbor. Local knowledge is required. 

Eurajoki (61°15'N., 21°30'E.), a small craft harbor, is situated on the N side of a peninsula. An approach route, authorized for drafts up to 6m, leads from a position about 2 miles

NW of Kalla Light. This route, which is marked by buoys and

range beacons, leads SE and ESE for about 5.5 miles to the

harbor. Local knowledge is required.

Pietari (61°21'N., 21°23'E.), a small islet, lies 4.5 mile N of

Kalla Light. A conspicuous beacon, consisting of poles with

red and white supports forming a pyramid 18m high, stands on

this islet. 

Caution.—A submarine cable, which may best be seen on

the chart, extends seaward from the vicinity of Kalla Light.

7.11 Sappi Light (61°29'N., 21°21'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 31m high, standing on the NW side of an island lying in the S approaches to Mantyluoto, about 12.5 miles

N of Kalla Light.

An extensive shoal area, with depths of less 10m, extends up

to about 3.5 miles W and 5.5 miles SW of Sappi Light. The

outer edge of this shoal area is marked by a buoy. An area, with

depths less than 20m, extends up to about 5 miles WNW of the

light and is also marked by a buoy. 

Kaijakari Light (61°37'N., 21°22'E.) is shown from a

framework tower, 16m high, standing on an islet in the N

Courtesy of the Port of Rauma

Rauma Harbor

Courtesy of the Port of Rauma

Rauma
106 Sector 7. Finland—West Coast—Isokari to Strommingsbadan 

Pub. 195

approaches to Mantyluoto, 8.5 miles N of Sappi Light.

Kupeli Light (61°38'N., 21°20'E.), equipped with a racon, is

shown from a mast, 7m high, standing 1.3 miles NNW of

Kaijakari Light. Shoals extend between these lights and are

marked on the seaward side by buoys.

7.11 Sumparbadar, a group of shoals with depths of less than

10m, extends up to about 4 miles NW of Kupeli Light.

Morris Lighted Beacon (61°35'N., 21°25'E.) is shown from

a mast, 10m high, standing in the S approach to Mantyluoto,

2.6 miles SSE of Kaijakari Light. It is equipped with a racon.

Porin Majakka Light (61°42'N., 21°14'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a prominent structure with a wind generator, 18m high, standing 5.2 miles NW of Kupeli Light.

Mantyluoto (61°36'N., 21°29'E.)

World Port Index No. 27750

7.12 Mantyluoto (Pori), lying 55 miles NNE of Isokari,

fronts the N side of an island of the same name. It is the outport

for Pori, which is situated 10 miles SE along the shallow

estuary of the Kokemaenjoki. A fishing harbor fronts the SE

end of Reposaari, an island lying close NW of Mantyluoto.

Tahkoluoto, the deep-water terminal for Pori, lies 3 miles NW

of Mantyluoto, at the NW extremity of Reposaari.

7.12 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are from the SW.

7.12 Ice.—The harbor is closed by ice for only a short time in

winter, and in very favorable winters it is never closed. This is

because of the area of open sea on one side and the currents

setting up in the inner side by the discharge of the Kokemaenjoki (River Kumo) at the head of the bight. Icebreakers

are available if required. 

7.12 Depths—Limitations.—Kallo, an islet, lies close off the

NW extremity of the island of Mantyluoto to which it is connected by a causeway. Kolmikulma, a shoal bank with a least

depth of 0.8m, lies in the approach, about 0.5 mile W of the N

end of Kallo. The harbor entrance lies between the heads of

two breakwaters, which extend about 400m N from Kallo and

about 500m S from the S end of Reposaari.

7.12 The main approach channel, which is authorized for drafts

up to 10m, leads ENE for 3.5 miles and NE for 2 miles from

the pilot boarding place. It passes close SE of Morris Lighted

Beacon and close SE of Kolmikulma shoal bank. An entrance

fairway then continues NE between the breakwaters and into

the harbor.

7.12 An alternate approach channel, which is authorized for drafts

up to 6.5m, leads E and SE from a position 1.8 miles SW of

Kaijakari Light. It passes NE of Kolmikulma shoal bank and

then joins the main approach channel.

7.12 The river has a depth of 2m; Pori is only used by recreational

craft. The harbor at Reposaari has 250m of berthage, with

depths up to 4.5m alongside, and is used by fishing vessels

with drafts up to 3.9m.

7.12 The harbor at Mantyluoto provides 2,000m of main quayage,

with depths of 6.5 to 11.2m alongside. There are facilities for

general cargo, ro-ro, container, bulk, and timber vessels. Vessels up to 10m draft can be handled.

7.12 Tahkoluoto(61°38'N., 21°24'E.) (World Port Index No.

27755), the deep-water terminal, can be approached by two

channels. The N channel, which is authorized for drafts up to

15.3m, leads SE for 7 miles from a position about 1.5 miles

NW of Porin Majakka Light. It passes close NE of the latter

Sappi Light

Kaijakari Light

Porin Majakka Light

Courtesy of Port of Mantyluoto

Mantyluoto from E
Sector 7. Finland—West Coast—Isokari to Strommingsbadan 107

Pub. 195

light and leads to the turning basin at the N side of the harbor.

7.12 The S channel, which is authorized for drafts up to 10m,

leads 2 miles in a NE direction from a position about 1.5 miles

SW of Kupeli Light. It passes close SE of the latter light and

leads to the turning basin.

7.12 There are two berthing complexes at Tahkoluoto. The Oil

Terminal, with an L-shaped pier, is situated at the NE side of

the harbor. It has a berth, 145m long, with a depth of 11.5m

alongside and can handle vessels with drafts up to 10m. A bulk

quay is situated close W of the oil berth on the inside of a

breakwater. It has a berth, 120m long, with a depth of 11.5m

alongside.

7.12 The Coal Terminal is situated at the W side of the harbor. It

has a quay, 450m long, with a depth of 17.5m alongside. Vessels up to 120,000 dwt and 15.3m draft can be handled.

7.12 Aspect.—The approach channels are indicated by lighted

ranges and marked by buoys, which may best be seen on the

chart.

7.12 A prominent chimney stands on the NE side of Reposaari,

about 1 mile NNW of the root of the breakwater. A prominent

radio mast stands on the S side of Reposaari, about 0.2 mile

NW of the root of the breakwater. A conspicuous water tower,

64m high, is situated about 2 miles SE of Mantyluoto. A shipyard, which is used for the construction of offshore platforms,

is situated at the NE side of Mantyluoto harbor.

7.12 Two bridges span the river 1.5 miles E of the breakwaters. 

7.12 A conspicuous chimney stands on the W side of the harbor at

Tahkoluoto.

7.12 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels should send a

request for pilotage and an ETA 24 hours prior to arrival. The

pilot station provides pilots for Mantyluoto, Tahkoluoto, and

Reposaar.

7.12 Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 13 and board about

4.3 miles WSW of Morris Lighted Beacon. Vessels bound for

Tahkoluoto are boarded about 1.2 miles WNW of Porin

Majakka Light (61°42'N., 21°14'E.).

7.12 The request for pilotage message should include the following information:

7.12 Regulations.—The West Coast Vessel Traffic Service (VTS)

system operates in this area and is divided into two sectors.

This system, which is mandatory, is managed by the West

Coast VTS Center at Mantyluoto.

7.12 Pori VTS Sector extends N from latitude 61°22'N to the

vicinity of Kaijakari (61°37'N., 21°22'E.) and includes the

harbors of Mantyluoto, Tahkoluoto, and Merikarvia.

7.12 Rauma VTS Sector extends S from latitude 61°22'N to the

vicinity of Rauman Majakka Light (61°09'N., 21°10'E.) and

includes the harbors of Rauma, Olkiluoto, and Eurajoki.

7.12 All domestic and foreign merchant and state vessels within

the VTS area shall maintain a continuous listening watch on

VHF channel 9. Such vessels shall also report to the West

Coast VTS Center on VHF channel 9 using the following

format: 

7.12 Vessels must send an Advance Report 2 hours prior to

entering the VTS area. This report should include the

information for designators A, B, C, E, F, I, L, O, P, Q, and U.

7.12 Vessels must send an Entry Report when entering the VTS

area. This report should include the information for designators

A, D, E, and F.

7.12 Vessels must send a Movement Report when passing the

following Reporting Points:

1. At position 61°46.4'N, 21°05.9'E or position

61°30.8'N, 21°00.3'E (12 miles before passing Kaijakari

Island).

2. At position 61°08.8'N, 20°45.3'E or position

60°57.0'N, 21°08.8'E (12 miles before passing Rauman

Majakka Light). 

3. When passing Kalla (61°16'N., 21°22'E.).

7.12 Vessels anchoring or berthing within the VTS area must

report and provide the information for designators A, B, and D.

7.12 Vessels leaving must send a Departure Report. The report

should include the information for designators A, B, G, I, L, O,

P, and Q. This report may be sent by fax or telephone.

7.12 A Navigation Assistance Service is available and is recommended during reduced visibility or in the case of navigation

deficiencies. This service is available on request or if the VTS

Center considers it necessary.

7.12 The West Coast VTS may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

Designator Information Required

A Name, call sign, and flag. 

B Time (date and time—6 digits). 

G Last port of call.

I Destination and ETA. 

O Draft (maximum).

P Cargo and brief details of any dangerous cargo or harmful substances.

Q Brief details of any defects. 

Designator Information Required

A Name, call sign, and flag. 

B Time (date and time— 6 digits). 

C Position (4-digit latitude plus N and 5-

digit longitude plus E).

D Position (3-digit true bearing and distance in miles from landmark).

E True course (3 digits). 

F Speed in knots and tenths (3 digits). 

G Last port of call. 

I Destination and ETA (format as B).

L Route (intended track).

O Max draft (meters/centimeters-4 digits).

P Cargo and brief details of any dan-gerous

cargo or harmful substances.

Q Brief details of any defects, damage, or

deficiencies. 

U Vessel size and type. 

westcoastvts@fma.fi
108 Sector 7. Finland—West Coast—Isokari to Strommingsbadan 

Pub. 195

7.12 Anchorage.—Anchorage may taken, in a depth of 7m, mud,

in an area lying 0.3 mile E of the SE end of Reposaari. However, strong winds from SW to W cause heavy seas in this

roadstead.

7.12 Caution.—Anchorage is prohibited within an area, which

may best be seen on the chart, lying close E of the breakwater

heads due to the existence of submarine pipelines and cables.

7.12 A spoil ground area, which may best be seen on the chart,

lies close NW of Tahkoluoto.

7.12 A dangerous wreck is reported to lie close SE of the main

approach channel in the vicinity of Morris Lighted Beacon.

Mantyluoto to Kristinestad

7.13 The coast between Mantyluoto (Pori) and Kristinestad, about 40 miles N, is fronted by numerous islands, rocks,

and shoals, which may best be seen on the chart. These dangers

extend up to about 9 miles seaward in places. Only the outer

dangers and significant landmarks are described below. 

7.13 Fadikari (61°44'N., 21°18'E.), a shoal patch, lies near the

outer edge of the coastal bank, 2.3 miles ENE of Porin

Majakka Light. It has a depth of 4.8m and is marked by a buoy.

7.13 Karviankivi, a pinnacle rock with a depth of 6.3m, lies 5.5

miles NNW of Fadikari. It is located near the outer edge of the

coastal bank and marked by a buoy.

7.13 Stakki (61°51'N., 21°18'E.) is the westernmost of a group of

islets lying centered from 2 to 5 miles offshore, 8.5 miles NE

of Porin Majakka Light. Shoals, with depths of less than 5m,

extend up to about 2.5 miles WSW and 1.5 miles W of this

islet. A prominent pyramid beacon, 14m high, stands on an

islet lying at the S end of the group.

7.13 Hiidensilta, an extensive area of shallow shoals, lies centered

2.5 mile NW of Stakki. A patch, with a depth of 4.5m, is

located at the seaward edge of this area. It lies about 4.3 miles

WNW of Stakki and is marked by a buoy.

7.13 An isolated shoal patch, with a depth of 9.4m, lies about 6

miles WNW of Stakki and is the outermost danger in this

vicinity.

7.13 Merikarvian Majakka Light (61°56'N., 21°17'E.), which is

equipped with a racon, is shown from a mast standing on the N

part of Hiidensilta, 5.6 miles NNW of Stakki.

7.13 Yttergrund Light (61°59'N., 21°18'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 41m high, standing on an island lying close

off the mainland, 3 miles NNE of Merikarvian Majakka Light.

7.13 Silverbergsgrund, a shoal with a depth of 3.9m, lies about 2

miles WSW of Yttergrund Light.

7.13 Rakaren, a large shoal, lies centered 5.5 miles NW of

Yttergrund Light, near the edge of the shallow coastal bank. It

has a least depth of 0.8m and is marked by two buoys.

7.14 Merikarvia (61°51'N., 21°29'E.), a small mainland

harbor, is situated 5 miles E of Stakki and sheltered by Brando,

an island lying close offshore. It is used by coasters and recreational craft. A quay, which fronts a sawmill, can handle vessels

up to 115m in length.

7.14 A main approach route, which is authorized for drafts up to

4.5m, leads E for about 3.5 miles from a position located 3

miles WNW of Merikarvian Majakka Light. The route passes

N of the light and then leads SE for about 8 miles to the harbor.

The channel is indicated by lighted ranges and marked by

buoys. Local knowledge is required.

7.14 Small vessels can anchor, in a depth of 10m, within an outer

roadstead lying about 2.5 miles NW of Brando.

7.14 Kassala (61°57'N., 21°21'E.), a small fishing harbor, lies 6.5

miles NNW of Merikarvia. It can be entered through a partly

buoyed channel, which is authorized for drafts up to 3.3m. This

channel branches NNE from the main route leading to Merikarvia at a position about 1.2 miles SE of Merikarvian Majakka Light.

7.14 Sideby (Siipyy) (62°02'N., 21°20'E.), a small town, is situated about 3.5 miles NNE of Yttergrund Light. It may be identified by a conspicuous yellow church, with a black roof and

steeple, standing at an elevation of 61m. 

7.15 Kristiinankaupungin Majakka Light (62°12'N.,

21°10'E.), equipped with a racon, is shown from a prominent

tower with a helicopter platform, 20m high, standing in the

approach to Kristinestad, about 14 miles NNW of Yttergrund

Light.

Merikarvian Majakka Light

Yttergrund Light

Merikarvia
Sector 7. Finland—West Coast—Isokari to Strommingsbadan 109

Pub. 195

7.15 Hoijers, a shoal with a least depth of 3.9m, lies centered 5.5

miles SSW of Kristiinankaupungin Majakka Light. It is located

about 5 miles offshore and marked by two buoys.

7.15 Mossbada, a large shoal area with a least depth of 2.3m, lies

centered 3 miles N of Kristiinankaupungin Majakka Light. It is

located 5 miles offshore, at the outer edge of the coastal bank,

and is marked by buoys.

7.15 Harkmeri (62°12'N., 21°20'E.) is an islet lying 4.3 miles

ESE of Kristiinankaupungin Majakka Light, in the approach to

Kristinestad. A conspicuous pyramid beacon, 19m high with a

ball topmark, stands on the N end of this islet.

7.15 Norra Storbadan (62°12'N., 21°20'E.), a rocky and shallow

shoal, lies 2.5 miles ENE of Kristiinankaupungin Majakka

Light and is marked by a prominent lighted beacon. Its N end

is marked by a buoy.

7.15 Phavuori (Botomsberg) (62°17'N., 21°39'E.), a hill 130m

high, stands 7.5 miles E of Kristinestad and is a conspicuous

landmark. It is the only high land in this vicinity and appears as

three separate hills from a distance of about 20 miles. An

aeronautical light is shown from a mast standing on the SE side

of the middle hill. 

Kristinestad (Kristiinankaupunki)

(62°17'N., 21°24'E.)

World Port Index No. 27680

7.16 Kristinestad is situated at the head of Stads Fjard, a

small and narrow inlet. It is fronted by numerous small islets

and rocks. The inner harbor lies within the inlet at the E side of

the Bjornon Peninsula. The outer harbor lies at the W side of

the peninsula, about 1.8 miles SW of the town center.

7.16 Winds—Weather.—The outer roadstead is protected from

winds from all directions except those from SSW; however,

these winds do not raise a heavy sea. The inner harbor is wellprotected from all directions. 

7.16 Ice.—Depending on the ice, the port usually closes at the

end of December and reopens during April. The outer harbor

may be kept open for a longer period.

7.16 Depths—Limitations.—The main approach route leading

to the inner harbor from seaward is authorized for drafts up to

5m. This route leads in an ENE direction for 4.7 miles from a

position located 2.3 miles S of Kristiinankaupungin Majakka

Light (62°12'N., 21°10'E.). It then continues NNE for 1.5 miles

and N for 2.3 miles to the harbor entrance. This route passes

close N of the islet of Harkmeri.

7.16 An alternate route, which is authorized for drafts up to 5m,

may only be used by day. This route leads SE for 3.5 miles

from a position located 2.5 miles NNW of Kristiinankaupungin

Majakka Light. It passes close S of Mossbada shoal and close

NE of Norra Storbadan Lighted Beacon. The route then continues SSE to join the main channel.

7.16 The inner harbor has a wooden quay, 75m long, with a depth

of 4.6m alongside, and a stone quay, 250m long, with a a depth

of 5.6m alongside. Vessels up to 130m in length and 5m draft

can be accommodated.

7.16 The main approach route leading to the outer harbor from

seaward is authorized for drafts up to 12m. This route leads in a

NE direction for 6 miles from a position located 2 miles SW of

Kristiinankaupungin Majakka Light. It passes close NW of the

latter light and close NW of Norra Storbadan Lighted Beacon.

7.16 The outer harbor has a T-shaped coal pier, with a depth of

12m alongside, and a T-shaped oil jetty, with a depth of 10m

alongside. Bulk vessels up to 240m in length and 12m draft can

be accommodated; and tankers up to 23,000 dwt can be

handled.

7.16 Aspect.—The approach routes are indicated by lighted

ranges and beacons. The inner channels are marked by buoys

and beacons.

7.16 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, which are provided by the station at Vassa (see paragraph 8.18), may be

contacted by VHF and board about 2 miles SW of Kristiinankaupungin Majakka Light (62°12'N., 21°10'E.). The port can

be contacted on VHF channel 24. 

7.16 Regulations.—The approach route leading to Kristinestad

(Kristiinankaupunki) is situated within Sector A of the Bothnia

Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system. This system operates off

the NW coast of Finland and is mandatory. For further details

of the VTS system, including reporting procedures, see paragraph 10.1.

7.16 Anchorage.—Anchorage, with good shelter and good holding ground, is available, in a depth of 9m, mud, about 1.5 miles

S of the inner harbor entrance.

Kristinestad to Strommingsbadan

7.17 The coast between Kristinestad and Strommingsbadan (62°59'N., 20°45'E.), about 42 miles N, is fronted by

Kristiinankapungin Majakka Light

Harkmeri Beacon
110 Sector 7. Finland—West Coast—Isokari to Strommingsbadan 

Pub. 195

numerous islands, rocks, and shoals, which may best be seen

on the chart. These dangers extend up to about 17 miles seaward in places. Only the outer dangers and significant landmarks are described below. 

7.17 Salgrund Light (62°20'N., 21°12'E.) is shown from a prominent tower, 25m high, standing at the SW end of an island of

the same name.

7.17 Storremmargrund Light (62°20'N., 21°13'E.), equipped

with a racon, is shown from a floodlit tower, 7m high, standing

0.7 mile E of Salgrund Light.

7.17 Storgrund (62°19'N., 21°05'E.), one of the outermost dangers in this vicinity, lies 3.5 miles WSW of Salgrund Light.

This shoal has a least depth of 3.4m and is marked by two

buoys. A detached patch, with a least depth of 7.2m, lies about

1.6 miles WNW of Storgrund.

7.17 Yttergrund, another of the outermost dangers in this vicinity,

lies about 5 miles offshore, 6.5 miles NW of Salgrund Light.

This rocky shoal has a least depth of 4.9m and is marked by a

buoy.

Caution.—A local magnetic anomaly exists within the area

extending 2 miles W and 4 miles SW of Strommingsbadan.

7.18 Kasko (Kaskinen) (62°23'N., 21°14'E.) (World Port

Index No. 27670) is situated on the W side of the island of

Kasko, about 8 miles NW of Kristinestad. This small port

consists of a natural harbor lying between the islands of Kasko

and Esko (Eskilso), close W of the town.

7.18 Winds—Weather.—The harbor is well-sheltered from all

winds. 

7.18 Ice.—During the winter this port is usually the northernmost

within the Gulf of Bothnia to be kept open by icebreakers.

7.18 Depths—Limitations.—The main approach route leads NE

for about 4 miles from a position located 5 miles SW of Salgrund Light. The entrance channel then leads in a N direction

between Salgrund Light and Storremmargrund Light. The

route is authorized for drafts up to 9m as far as the Deep Water

Quay and then for drafts up to 6m as far as the Inner Harbour

Quay.

7.18 Deep Water Quay is 250m long and has depths of 8 to 10m

alongside. Outer Harbour Quay is 35m long and has a depth of

6.5m alongside. Inner Harbour Quay is 160m long and has a

depth of 6m alongside. Vessels up to 185m in length and 9m

draft can be handled.

7.18 Aspect.—The approach and entrance channels are indicated

by lighted ranges and marked by buoys.

7.18 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted

by VHF and board about 5.5 miles SW of Salgrund Light.

They are provided by the station at Vaasa (see paragraph 8.18).

7.18 Regulations.—The approach route leading to Kasko (Kaskinen) is situated within Sector A of the Bothnia Vessel Traffic

Service (VTS) system. This system operates off the NW coast

of Finland and is mandatory. For further details of this VTS

system, including reporting procedures, see paragraph 10.1. 

7.18 The Port can be contacted on: 

7.18 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, in depths of 15 to

20m, within an area lying about 3 miles WSW of Salgrund.

Anchorage may also be obtained, in a depth of 5m, clay, within

the harbor, off the middle of the town.

7.19 Gashallan (62°35'N., 21°03'E.) is the westernmost of

a group of islets lying about 3 miles offshore, 15 miles NNW

of Salgrund Light. A red and white two-story former pilot

watch house stands on this islet. It is 11m high and conspicuous from seaward. 

7.19 Shoals, with depths of less than 5m, extend up to about 2.5

miles SW, W, and NW of Gashallan. A detached patch, with a

depth of 9.8m, lies about 3.5 miles W of Gashallan.

7.19 Skomakarsgrund, with a depth of 3.7m, and Rosengrund,

with a depth of 4m, lie, respectively, about 5.5 and 4.2 miles S

of Gashallan. These shoals lie about 3 miles offshore and are

marked by buoys. 

7.19 Judasternarne (62°40'N., 20°45'E.), with a least depth of

2.5m, lies 9 miles offshore, about 10 miles NW of Gashallan,

and is marked by a buoy. A lighted buoy is moored about 1.3

miles NW of this shoal.

7.19 Eriksson, a large shoal area, lies centered 2.5 miles E of

Judasternarne. It has a least depth of 1.9m and is marked by

three buoys. A shoal area, with depths of 8.3 to 9.8m, lies

centered 1.7 miles SE of Judasternarne.

7.20 Sjogrund (62°47'N., 20°32'E.), with a least depth of

8.2m, lies 9 miles NW of Judasternarne and is marked by a

buoy. This shoal is located 16.5 miles W of the mainland and is

the outermost danger in along this stretch of coast.

7.20 Storkallegrund, an extensive shoal flat, lies with its outer part

located 9 miles N of Judastenarne, about halfway between

Sjogrund and the mainland.

7.20 Strommingsbadan (62°59'N., 20°45'E.) is a small islet

lying 18.5 miles N of Judasternarne. Above-water rocks lie 1

mile S and 1.2 miles SSE of this islet. A light is shown from a

Salgrund Light

E-mail: info@kaskinen.fi

Web: http://www.kaskinen.fi

Strommingsbadan Light
Sector 7. Finland—West Coast—Isokari to Strommingsbadan 111

Pub. 195

prominent tower, 13m high, standing on this islet.

7.20 Vesterhallan, a rock, lies about 0.5 mile WSW of the light. It

has a least depth of 5.5m and is marked by a buoy. Karpoff, a

shoal, lies about 1.5 miles SSW of the light. It has a least depth

of 2.3m and is marked by a buoy. 

7.20 Strommingsbadan lies near the NW edge of a shoal, with a

least depth of 2.5m, which extends for about 2.3 miles in a

general N-S direction and is nearly joined to another shoal,

with a least depth of about 2.4m, which extends N for an

additional 1.5 miles.

7.20 A description of the waters lying N of Strommingsbadan,

begins in paragraph 8.13.
Pub. 195

8. Norra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish and Finnish Coasts

8.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 8 — CHART INFORMATION
115

Pub. 195

SECTOR 8 

NORRA KVARKEN AND THE ADJACENT SWEDISH AND FINNISH COASTS

8.0 Plan.—This sector describes Norra Kvarken and the parts of

the E coast of Sweden and the W coast of Finland bordering on

that passage. The descriptive sequence is NE from Jarnasudde,

on the Swedish side, then N from Strommingsbadan, on the

Finnish side. The routes through Norra Kvarken are then described. 

General Remarks

8.1 Norra Kvarken, the narrowest part of the Gulf of

Bothnia, connects Bottenhavet (Selkameri), the S part of the

gulf, with Bottenviken (Perameri), the N part. This passage

comprises the waters on either side of Holmoarne, a group of

islands lying between 4 and 10 miles off the Swedish mainland. These islands divide Norra Kvarken into two main channels, Vastra Kvarken and Ostra Kvarken. Norra Kvarken extends about 40 miles NE from Bonden (63°26'N., 20°03'E.)

and Norrskar Light (63°14'N., 20°36'E.), and is encumbered

with numerous islands, rocks, and shoals. 

8.1 The Swedish coast, between Jarnasudde (63°26'N., 19°39'E.)

and Ratan (64°24'N., 20°54'E.), about 48 miles NE, is indented

by numerous fjords, bays, and coves into which several rivers

flow. Many detached dangers front the coast. 

8.1 On the Finnish side of Norra Kvarken, to the SE, an extensive area, containing numerous islands, rocks, and shoals, extends about 60 miles NE between Strommingsbadan (62°59'N.,

20°45'E.) and Hallgrund (63°39'N., 22°25'E.). The coast here

is also indented by many fjords, bays, and coves. A few

streams discharge along this coast.

8.1 Several commercially-important ports and loading places are

situated in the inlets on both coasts. The principal ports are

Umea, in Sweden, and Vaasa, in Finland. 

8.1 The channels leading to the ports are marked by aids. Lights

and buoys mark some of the dangers adjacent to the main channels of Norra Kvarken. 

8.1 Both coasts are comparatively low and heavily wooded. 

8.1 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the S to SW prevail over

the Gulf of Bothnia in the summer months, but N winds are

quite common in June. The winds show a tendency to flow

parallel to the coasts in either direction in the Gulf of Bothnia.

8.1 There is a tendency for cloud coverage to be greater with

onshore winds than with offshore winds; this, combined with

the fact that the predominant winds are from a W quarter,

explains the more cloudy conditions on the Finnish coast, compared with the Swedish coast of the Gulf of Bothnia.

8.1 Fog is most frequent in April and least frequent in August.

Good or very good visibility is common over this sector.

Records show that about 80 per cent of observations show

visibility greater than 10 miles during summer. 

8.1 Snowfall is a common cause of poor visibility, especially

from December to April.

8.1 The region is very cold during winter and the average air

temperature is below freezing from late October to the middle

of April. 

8.1 Humidity is usually high in the winter and comparatively

low in spring and summer.

8.1 Ice.—See General Remarks in paragraph 1.1 and paragraph

4.1.

8.1 For information pertaining to winter navigation, ice, and

Finnish icebreaking services, including internet web sites, see

Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic

Ocean and Adjacent Seas. 

8.1 Pilotage.—See Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning

Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent Seas for general

information on pilotage within Finnish and Swedish waters.

See also paragraph 1.1 and paragraph 5.1.

8.1 Deep-sea pilots for the Baltic Sea should be ordered through

the Malmo, Lulea, or Stockholm pilot stations at least 24 hours

in advance. 

8.1 The main pilot stations along the Swedish part of the coast

are situated at Umea and Ornskoldsvik (63°17'N., 18°44'E.).

All requests for pilotage must be made through the VTS station

at Lulea.

8.1 The pilotage area for Ornskoldsvik lies between a line

bearing 140° through Norrbyskar (63°33'N., 19°52'E.) and

latitude 62°50'N (see paragraph 6.49).

8.1 The pilotage area for Umea lies between a line bearing 140°

through Norrbyskar (63°33'N., 19°52'E.) and latitude 64°03'N

(see paragraph 8.9).

8.1 The main pilot station along the Finnish part of the coast is

situated at Vassa (see paragraph 8.18 and paragraph 10.1). 

8.1 It should be noted that ordering of pilots in the Swedish

waters described within this sector is presently carried out

through the main VTS systems. However, it is reported that

procedures for the initial ordering of pilots via the internet will

be introduced in the near future. For additional informa-tion

concerning these procedures, see the following website:

8.1 Regulations.—See Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning

Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent Seas for regulations

pertaining to vessels within the waters of Sweden and Finland.

8.1 See paragraph 10.1 for information concerning the Bothnia

Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system, which operates off the

NW coast of Finland. This system is mandatory and includes

the routes leading to Vaasa and the main shipping routes situated in the S part of Norra Kvarken.

8.1 See paragraph 1.1 for details of restricted areas and semirestricted areas in these waters.

8.1 Several offshore islands, islets, and rocky shoals within these

waters have been designated as nature reserves. Landing is

prohibited and many restrictions apply.

8.1 Caution.—The coast of Finland, bordering on the Gulf of

Bothnia, has not been thoroughly surveyed. Dangers may exist

Swedish Maritime Administration Home Page

http://www.sjofartsverket.se
116 Sector 8. Norra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish and Finnish Coasts 

Pub. 195

outside the charted and described off-lying dangers. Vessels

should proceed with care when approaching this coast.

8.1 During the winter, many buoys are removed while others

may be damaged or break adrift.

8.1 In the coastal waters within this sector, numerous logs may

be found adrift at all times of the year.

8.1 Areas dangerous due to mines laid during World War II exist

within these waters. There is still a risk of danger in these areas

when anchoring or carrying out any seabed activities. 

8.1 Due to various circumstances, including the discovery of obstructions, depths within the channels leading through the offshore dangers along this stretch of coast may change frequently. Therefore, vessels are advised to contact the local authorities in order to ascertain the latest information, including the

maximum authorized drafts.

Sweden—Jarnasudde to Umea

8.2 The depths lying between Jarnasudde and Ratan are

very irregular. The depths surrounding the detached offshore

dangers may vary between 11m and 90m.

8.2 Foul ground fringes the coast, and numerous shoals and

rocky patches, lying close together in some places, extend up

to 8 miles offshore. Other detached rocks and shoals lie up to

13 miles offshore.

8.2 The dangers fronting the coast may best be seen on the chart

and only the outermost are described below. Most of these offlying dangers are steep-to and great care is necessary when

navigating in their vicinity.

8.2 Jarnasudde (63°26'N., 19°39'E.), the E entrance point of

Nordmalingsfjarden, is low and wooded. 

8.2 Jarnashamn (63°26'N., 19°41'E.), a small harbor, lies in an

inlet on the E side of Jarnasudde. Small vessels, with drafts up

to 4.5m, can use the narrow entrance channel. Ice obstructs

navigation in the fairway from the middle of December to May.

Local pilots may be obtained through the pilotage area of

Ornskoldsvik. Anchorage can be taken within the harbor, in

depths of 4 to 7m, clay and mud. Local knowledge is advised.

8.2 Norra Langrogrundet (63°19'N., 19°41'E.), a bank with

shallow ledges and rocks awash at its N end, lies 6.5 miles S of

Jarnasudde. A light, equipped with a racon, is shown from a

prominent tower, 21m high, standing at the N end of this bank.

8.2 Sodra Langrogrundet, a rocky bank with a least depth of

4.9m, lies 2 miles S of Norra Langrogrundet and is marked by

a buoy at its W end.

8.2 Elinsgrund (63°18'N., 19°53'E.), an isolated shoal, has a

depth of 5.9m and lies about 5.5 miles E of Norra Langrogrundet Light.

8.3 Bonden (63°26'N., 20°03'E.) is a moderately-high red

rock resembling, from a distance, the ruins of an old castle.

This rock lies 10.5 miles E of Jarnasudde and is fronted by a

reef on its S side. A light is shown from a prominent tower,

20m high, standing on the rock.

8.3 A detached shoal patch, with a depth of 8m, lies about 3

miles NE of Bonden.

8.3 The area surrounding Bonden is a designated nature reserve

and numerous restrictions apply. Landing is prohibited without

permission.

8.3 Sydvastbrotten (63°25'N., 20°02'E.), consisting of two

light-colored rocks lying close together, is located about 1.5

miles SSW of Bonden Light and fronted by foul ground on its

N side. A shoal, with a depth of 7.9m, lies 0.4 mile S of these

rocks.

8.3 Tjaruskarssund (63°28'N., 19°46'E.) is the SW entrance

point of Orefjarden. The coast extending between this point

and Jarnasudde is thickly wooded. The shore is fronted by

several islets and numerous rocks and shoals.

8.3 Efesgrund (63°23'N., 19°47'E.), a detached shoal with a

depth of 6.4m, lies about 5 miles S of Tjaruskarssund and is

marked by a buoy.

8.3 Lordagshallan (63°26'N., 19°54'E.), a rocky shoal area, lies

centered about 3.5 miles W of Bonden. It dries in places and is

marked by a beacon.

8.3 Bondensgrund (63°28'N., 19°46'E.), a detached shoal

patch, lies 4 miles ESE of Bonden Light and has a least depth

of 2.4m. 

8.3 Sydostbrotten Light (63°21'N., 20°11'E.), equipped with a

racon, is situated 7 miles SE of Bonden Light. It is shown from

a prominent tower, 34m high, standing on Vernersgrundet, a

detached shoal patch.

8.3 Sydostbrotten (63°23'N., 20°07'E.), an extensive chain of

shoals, lies with its NE end located about 4.3 miles NNW of

Sydostbrotten Light. It extends SW for about 5 miles and is

awash in places.

8.4 The coast between Tjaruskarssund and Blagrundsudde (63°36'N., 20°00'E.), about 10 miles NE, is indented by

many shallow inlets. The shore is fronted by small islands,

islets, and numerous shoals, which extend up to about 8 miles

seaward and may best be seen on the chart.

8.4 Orefjarden (63°30'N., 19°48'E.), a fjord, lies between the

mainland, on the W side, and a chain of islands and islets

extending S, on the E side.

8.4 Snoan (63°29'N., 19°54'E.) lies 5 miles NW of Bonden

Light and is the most easily-recognized island of the chain. It is

1.3 miles long, moderate high, and has a flat top with lightcolored slopes. A chapel is situated near the S end; a light is

shown from the SE side of the island.

Orefjarden may be approached from the S by a buoyed channel, which is authorized for drafts up to 4m. Local knowledge

is required. There are also a number of shallow alternate passages, which lead through the offshore dangers. This fjord is

usually closed by ice from the middle of December to the middle of April.

8.4 Kylorn (63°32'N., 19°46'E.), a former timber-loading place,

Bonden Light
Sector 8. Norra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish and Finnish Coasts 117

Pub. 195

is situated on the NW side of Orefjarden and provides an anchorage, in depths of 5 to 10m, mud and sand. 

8.5 Norrbyskar (63°33'N., 19°52'E.), a former timberloading place, is situated in the NE part of the fjord. It is now

only used by small craft, including a ferries and recreational

boats. There is a quay, 53m long, with depths of 3.7 to 4.3m

alongside. The anchorage has depths of 7 to 13m, clay, mud,

and stones. Local knowledge is required.

8.5 Hornefors (63°37'N., 19°54'E.), a former timber and pulploading place, is situated in Vasterfjarden, an inlet indenting

the mainland about 3 miles NNE of Norrbyskar. The main

quay provides 170m of berthage at its outer end, with a depth

of 6.9m alongside. Vessels up to 105m in length and 6.3m draft

can be handled. The main approach channel, authorized for

drafts up to 6.3m, leads NW from a position 5.5 miles NE of

Bonden Light. Ice usually obstructs the harbor from January to

April. Local knowledge is required.

8.5 An outer anchorage lies N of Ronnskar, an island located

close S of the harbor entrance, in a depth of 8m, clay and mud.

8.5 Prominent radio masts, 60 to 75m high, stand 4.5 miles SW,

1.5 miles NNE, and 7 miles ENE of Hornefors.

8.5 It is reported that commercial traffic ceased. Hornefors is

now completely disused.

Approach to Umea 

8.6 The coast between Blagrundsudde and the SW

entrance point of Umeafjarden, about 6.5 miles NE, is very

irregular. The shore is fronted by numerous dangers, which

may best be seen on the chart.

Norrmjole, a small fishing harbor, lies about 3 miles W of

the SW entrance point of Umeafjarden.

Umea (63°49'N., 20°16'E.), a moderate-sized town, stands at

the head of Umeafjarden, about 10 miles above the entrance.

This fjord is divided near the mouth into Osterfjarden and

Vasterfjarden by Obbolaon, the largest of several islands lying

within it. Both of these fjords are encumbered by numerous

islets, rocks, and shoals.

The commercial port facilities, which are described in paragraph 8.9, are situated within Osterfjarden, the easternmost

fjord. Vasterfjarden, the westernmost fjord, is only navigable in

Strombacksfjarden, its S part.

8.6 Simphamn (63°40'N., 20°14'E.), a pleasure craft harbor, is

situated on the W side of Vasterfjarden, near the S end of

Strombacksfjarden. An approach channel, which is authorized

for drafts up to 4m, leads N from seaward to the harbor. Small

vessels may anchor, in depths of 4 to 5.5m, mud, off the harbor.

Local knowledge is advised.

8.7 Gunvorsgrund Light (63°29'N., 20°27'E.), equipped

with a racon, is shown from a prominent tower, 23m high,

standing on a shoal lying 11.5 miles ENE of Bonden Light.

8.7 Vaktaren Light (63°37'N., 20°25'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a prominent tower, 21m high, standing on

a shoal 7.5 miles N of Gunvorsgrund Light and 4 miles SE of

the S end of Obbolaon.

8.7 Numerous dangers lie in the approach to Umeafjarden. They

extend up to about 5 miles seaward and may best be seen on

the chart.

8.7 Bredskar (63°39.6'N., 20°19.3'E.), a moderately-high and

mostly bare island, lies close off the SE end of Obbolaon.

Range lights and range beacons are situated on this island.

8.7 Storbranningen Light (63°38.3'N., 20°22.0'E.) is shown

from a prominent tower, 8m high, standing 2 miles NW of

Vaktaren Light.

8.7 Lillbadan Light (63°38.9'N., 20°20.5'E.) is shown from a

prominent white hut, with a radar reflector, standing on an

above-water rock 0.9 mile NW of Storbranningen Light.

8.7 Petlandskar (63°39.3'N., 20°23.9'E.), a small island, lies 1.3

miles NE of Storbranningen Light. Range lights are situated on

this island.

8.7 Revet Light (63°39.3'N., 20°20.4'E.) is shown from a

prominent floodlit tower, 11m high, standing 0.4 mile N of

Lillbadan Light.

8.7 Fjardgrund Light (63°40.1'N., 20°20.5'E.) is shown from a

prominent floodlit tower, 21m high and adjoining a house,

standing 0.8 mile N of Revet Light.

8.8 Directions.—There are three channels leading into

Umeafjarden, all of which join at a position W of Fjardgrund

Light (63°40.1'N., 20°20.5'E.).

 The main deep-water channel leads NNW from SE of

Vaktaren Light (63°37'N., 20°25'E.).

8.8 The main coastal passage leads to the vicinity of Vaktaren

Light. Vessels should steer in a NE direction to pass SE of the

S end of Lordagshallan Shoal and NW of Bonden Light. They

should then steer in an ENE direction for a position about 1.5

miles N of Gunvorsgrund Light. From this position vessels

should steer in a NE direction for about 4.5 miles, using the

white sector of Bergudden Light (63°47.5'N., 20°50.5'E.), situated on the NW side of Holmen, until they reach a position

about 5 miles SE of Vaktaren Light.

8.8 Vessels should then head in a NNW direction and pass 0.3

mile WSW of Vaktaren Light. They should continue NNW,

using the white sector of Fjardgrund Light or the Hillskar

Lighted Range (63°40.8'N., 20°20.7'E.), until the alignment of

Bredskar Lighted Range (63°39.7'N., 20°19.9'E.), is reached.

8.8 Vessels proceeding to the ferry terminal should remain on

the Hillskar Lighted Range and continue in a NNW direction

for about 3 miles.

8.8 Other vessels should steer in a NW direction, using Bredskar

Lighted Range, and pass close NE of Storbranningen Light

Fjardgrund Light
118 Sector 8. Norra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish and Finnish Coasts 

Pub. 195

(63°38.3'N., 20°22.0'E.) and close SW of Revet Light

(63°39.3'N., 20°20.4'E.). When within about 0.3 mile of Bredskar Island, vessels should change course and steer in a N

direction in order to pass about 0.3 mile W of Fjardgrund

Light. They should then continue to follow the buoyed fairway

into the port.

8.8 A secondary channel leads in a N direction from a position

about 6 miles SSW of Vaktaren Light. Vessels should use the

Bredskarssund Lighted Range (63°39.8'N., 20°18.8'E.) until

they reach a position about 2.8 miles W of Vaktaren Light.

They should then continue in a N direction through the buoyed

fairway, using the range beacons situated on the W end of

Bredskar Island. When within about 0.3 mile of Bredskar

Island, vessels should change course as necessary to pass W of

it. After passing between the NW side of the island and the SE

end of Obbolaon, vessels should steer NE and join the main

channel at a position about 0.3 mile W of Fjardgrund Light.

8.8 Another secondary channel leads in a W direction from a

position about 6 miles E of Petlandskar Island. Vessels should

approach, using the Petlandskar South and East Range Lights,

and pass close N of the island. They should then steer in a

WNW direction, using the Petlandskar South and East Range

Lights, astern, and pass close SSW of Fjardgrund Light.

Vessels should then join the main channel at a position about

0.3 mile W of Fjardgrund Light.

8.8 Vessels may also approach the port via the recommended

track (Deep-Water Route) that is used for passing through

Ostra Kvarken (see paragraph 8.24). Such vessels should

depart the recommended track when about 2.5 miles SW of

Nordvalen Light. They should head NNW and then in a NW

direction using the white approach sector of Vaktaren Light.

Umea (63°42'N., 20°21'E.)

World Port Index No. 26890

8.9 The commercial facilities of Umea are situated at the

S end of Osterfjarden. The town of Holmsund stands at the E

side and is fronted by the harbor of Umea Hamn. Hillskar ferry

terminal is situated at the E side of a narrow peninsula, which

extends SSW from Holmsund. The town of Obbola stands at

the W side. Timber products are exported; and cement, grain,

and petroleum products are imported.

8.9 Ice.—Generally, the port is kept open year round. During

severe ice conditions, the harbor may be closed for short

periods.

8.9 Tides—Currents.—There is a range of about 0.6m between

mean and ordinary low water. Strong S and SE winds cause

higher water levels; N and NW winds cause lower water levels.

The greatest range occurs in the spring and fall.

8.9 Within the harbor entrance channels, there is always a strong

outgoing current. At the beginning of June, during the spring

flood, this current attains a velocity of 4 knots.

8.9 Depths—Limitations.—The main approach channel is authorized for drafts up to 11m as far as a position W of Fjardgrund Light. The secondary channel leading from S through

Bredskarssund is authorized for drafts up to 4m. The secondary

channel leading from E via Petlandskar is authorized for drafts

up to 4.3m.

8.9 There are three main berths, with ro-ro ramps, at Umea

Hamn (Holmsund). Pirkajen Quay is 168m long and has a

depth of 10m alongside; North Quay is 360m long and has

depths of 5.5 to 7.9m alongside; and South Quay is 150m long

and has a depth of 11m alongside. The fairway leading to these

berths is authorized for drafts up to 10.2m.

8.9 Stormskar Oil Terminal, in the S part of Umea Hamn, consists of a berth, 80m long, with a depth of 11.1m alongside.

The fairway leading to this terminal is authorized for drafts up

to 10.2m.

8.9 At Obbola, there is a T-shaped oil terminal jetty, 70m long,

with a depth of 11m alongside. The fairway leading to this jetty

berth is authorized for drafts up to 10.2m. Vessels up to 40,000

dwt and 200m in length have been handled.

8.9 There is also a chemical quay, 85m long, with depths of 4.5

to 6m alongside. The fairway leading to this quay is authorized

for drafts up to 4.7m.

8.9 The ferry terminal at Hillskar has four berths. The largest

berth is 160m long and has a depth of 7.5m alongside.

8.9 Holmen road bridge spans the port at the N end of

Holmsund. The W section has a vertical clearance of 10m; the

E section has a vertical clearance of 7m. The channel leading N

of the bridge is used only by small craft.

8.9 Patholmensviken, a small craft harbor, lies 1 mile NNE of

Hillskar ferry terminal. It is protected by a breakwater and has

depths of 2 to 4m. Bredvik, a yacht harbor, lies close S of Obbola.

8.9 There are facilities for general cargo, bulk, ferry, tanker, and

ro-ro vessels in the port. Tankers up to 57,000 dwt, 215m in

length, and 10.2m draft have been accommodated.

8.9 Aspect.—Djaknebolsklinten, 132m high, stands 5 miles SW

of Umea. This wooded hill has three peaks, of which the

westernmost is the tallest. It is conspicuous from seaward,

particularly from the S.

8.9 A water tower and a factory building standing in Obbola are

conspicuous from seaward. A water tower surmounted by a

structure resembling a beacon, a radio mast, and a watch tower

stand in the N part of Holmsund and are all prominent.

8.9 A conspicuous wind generator, 53m high, stands on a breakwater, which extends S from the vicinity of Hillskar ferry

terminal.

8.9 The approach channels are marked by lighted ranges, buoys,

and beacons (see paragraph 8.8).

8.9 Pilotage.—The pilotage area for Umea lies between a line

bearing 140° through Norrbyskar (63°33'N., 19°°52'E.) and

latitude 64°03'N. All requests for pilotage must be made

through the VTS station at Lulea (see paragraph 9.19).

8.9 Pilotage is compulsory, as follows:

1. All Category 1 vessels.

2. Category 2 vessels of 80m in length and over or 15m

beam and over.

3. Category 3 vessels of 90m in length and over or 16m

beam and over.

8.9 In certain channels between Vaktaren and Skagsudde/Rundvik, pilotage is compulsory, as follows:

1. All Category 1 vessels.

2. Category 2 vessels of 80m in length, 15m beam, and

5m draft and over.

3. Category 3 vessels of 90m in length, 15m beam, and

5.5m draft and over.

8.9 The pilot can be contacted by VHF and boards in the vicinity
Sector 8. Norra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish and Finnish Coasts 119

Pub. 195

of Vaktaren Light (63°37'N., 20°25'E.). In bad weather, the

pilot generally boards in the entrance fairway.

8.9 Regulations.—A mandatory Reporting and Information

System has been established in the Gulf of Bothnia and is

operated by Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) at Lulea and Gavle.

For further information, see Lulea (paragraph 9.19).

8.9 It is reported that tankers over 13,000 dwt and 7.6m draft

bound for Stormskar Oil Terminal and cargo vessels over 8.5m

draft bound for Umea Hamn are restricted to daylight movements.

8.9 Anchorage.—Vessels waiting for the pilot may anchor, in

depths of 18 to 25m, about 1.5 miles SE of Vaktaren Light.

8.9 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 14 to 18m, close N of

Bredskar Island. Anchorage can also be taken, in depths of 15

to 16m, clay and mud, close E of Obbola, about 0.8 mile below

the Holmen road bridge. 

8.9 Directions.—Three entrance channels, which may best be

seen on the chart, lead into the port (see paragraph 8.8).

8.9 Caution.—Several submarine cables, which may best be

seen on the chart, lie across the channel close S of the Holmen

road bridge.

8.9 A submarine outfall pipeline, which may best be seen on the

chart, extends SE into the fairway from the S part of Obbola.

Anchorage is prohibited within 150m above and 100m below

this pipeline.

8.9 A mined area, which may best be seen on the chart, lies

across the main fairway about 0.7 mile N of Bredskar Island.

Navigation is permitted, but anchorage and fishing are prohibited due to the possible presence of sub-surface mines. Passage through the area during thunderstorms may also be dangerous. 

Sweden—Umea to Ratan

8.10 Norrfjarden (63°52'N., 20°45'E.), a small local ferry

harbor, is situated about 15 miles NE of Osterfjarden. The

coast between, which forms the W side of Vastra Kvarken, is

indented by several other fjords and is mostly low and thickly

wooded. The shore is fronted by numerous small islands,

rocks, and shoals. Norrfjarden is protected by a curved breakwater, 100m long, and has depths up to 4m.

8.10 Taftelandet (63°47'N., 20°33'E.) is an irregularly-shaped

peninsula, which separates Taftefjarden, on the W side, from

Safvarfjarden, on the E side. A lighted range, for the use of

fishing vessels, is shown from Rovogern (63°44'N., 20°32'E.),

one of several islets lying close off the SW side of the peninsula. 

8.10 Bjuren (63°45'N., 20°36'E.), an island, lies in the SW part of

Safvarfjarden. Anchorage can be taken by small vessels between this island and the Taftelandet, in a depth of 5m, mud.

Local knowledge is required as the channel is narrow and

intricate. It can be used by small vessels with drafts up to 3.9m.

Several pairs of range beacons mark the fairway.

8.10 Tarngrunden (63°48'N., 20°47'E.) lies 2.5 miles offshore,

6.2 miles NE of Bjuren. This shoal lies at the edge of the

coastal bank and is marked by a buoy.

8.10 Karingskar (63°54'N., 20°51'E.), a high and almost bare

islet, lies about 1 mile offshore, 3.3 miles NE of Norrfjarden. A

rocky shoal extends about 1 mile E from this islet and is

marked by a buoy.

8.11 Brednoret (63°56'N., 20°48'E.), a small loading

place, is situated on the W side of Nyhamnsfjard, 2 miles NW

of Karingskar. Ice usually obstructs this fjord from December

to the middle of May. Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of

6m, sand and clay, close SW of Farskaren, two islets lying

about 0.5 mile SE of the village. Two entrance channels,

available to small vessels with drafts up to 5m, lead to the

anchorage. Vessels may approach from E and pass N of Karingskar or from S and pass W of this islet. Numerous dangers

lie in the approaches and local knowledge is required. 

8.11 Ratan (64°24'N., 20°54'E.), a small natural harbor, is situated about 5 miles NNE of Karingskar and is described in

paragraph 9.2.

8.11 For Vastra Kvarken and Ostra Kvarken, see paragraph 8.23

and paragraph 8.24, respectively.

Finland—Strommingsbadan to Vaasa

8.12 The Finnish coast, from a point on the mainland 15

miles SE of Strommingsbaden, trends very irregularly NE for

about 60 miles to a point on the mainland located 2.5 miles E

of Hallgrund (63°39'N., 22°25'E.), which is described in paragraph 10.2.

Many fjords, bays, and coves, which may best be seen on the

chart, indent this entire stretch of coast. Hundreds of islands,

islets, rocks, and other dangers encumber these inlets, fringe

the shore, and extend up to about 30 miles seaward. Several

large areas lying among these dangers have not been fully

surveyed.

8.12 Only the outermost dangers are described below. These

dangers form the SE side of Ostra Kvarken, which is the E part

of Norra Kvarken. Most of the outermost dangers, islands, and

islets fronting this coast are located near the entrances to

several channels leading to the port of Vaasa.

8.12 Vaasa is the only place of commercial importance along this

coast. Several small loading places are situated in the fjords NE

of Vaasa. A description of the coast extending N of Hallgrund

begins in paragraph 10.2. 

8.12 Caution.—This part of the Finnish coast is low and wooded,

and lacks good natural landmarks; it appears to passing vessels

to be farther away than it actually is.

8.13 Strommingsbadan (62°59'N., 20°45'E.), an outer

danger, lies about 25 miles WSW of the port of Vaasa and is

described in paragraph 7.20. 

8.13 Depths among the maze of islands and dangers extending

between Strommingsbadan and Hallgrund are very irregular. 

8.13 Ronnskaret (63°05'N., 20°48'E.), a large group of islets and

rocks, lies centered about 6 miles NNE of Strommingsbadan.

Storsanden, the outermost islet is located 5.8 miles N of

Strommingsbadan. 

8.13 Falliskar Beacon (63°04'N., 20°48'E.), a prominent landmark, stands on an islet of the same name within the group, 5.3

miles NNE of Strommingsbadan.

8.13 Norrskar (63°14'N., 20°39'E.), lying 16 miles NNW of

Strommingsbadan, consists of two islands and several rocky

islets, which are located on a reef about 3.5 miles in diameter.

8.13 Norrskar Light (63°14'N., 20°36'E.) is shown from a prominent tower, 21m high, standing on the westernmost island.

8.13 Norrkallan Light is shown from a tower, 9m high, standing
120 Sector 8. Norra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish and Finnish Coasts 

Pub. 195

on a rock, awash, about 0.6 mile W of Norrskar Light, at the

outer edge of the reef.

8.13 Vasterkallan, with a depth of 8m, lies about 2 miles WNW of

Norrskar Light. This isolated shoal is marked by a buoy. A

detached shoal patch, with a least depths of 8.9m, lies about 4

miles NW of Norrskar Light.

8.13 Nygrund, with a depth of 2.9m, lies 1.5 miles S of Norrskar

Light. This outer shoal is marked by a buoy. 

8.14 Lotsgrund Light (63°11'N., 20°43'E.) is shown from

a beacon structure standing 4 miles SE of Norrskar Light.

8.14 Skvattan Beacon (63°07.8'N., 20°41.9'E.), equipped with a

racon, stands on a small islet lying about 3.2 miles S of Lotsgrund Light.

8.14 Vaasa Light (63°14'N., 20°55'E.), equipped with a racon, is

shown from a prominent tower, 20m high, standing 8.5 miles E

of Norrskar Light.

8.14 Utgrynnan Light (63°21'N., 20°46'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a prominent tower, 23m high, standing on

an outer reef 8.1 miles NNE of Norrskar Light.

8.14 Rabergskallan, a detached shoal with a least depth of 0.7m,

lies about 2.5 miles SSE of Utgrynnan Light and is marked by

a buoy.

8.15 Valassaaret (63°25'N., 21°05'E.), a group of islands

and islets, lies centered about 10 miles NE of Utgrynnan Light

and is surrounded by reefs. 

8.15 Valassaaret Light (63°25'N., 21°04'E.) is shown from a

prominent framework tower, 36m high, standing on the S part

of Storskar, the largest island.

8.15 Reefs, with above-water rocks, extend up to about 3.5 miles

NE of Storskar and are marked by two buoys.

8.15 An area of foul ground and shallow rocks extends up to

about 8.5 miles W of Valassaaret Light and may best be seen

on the chart. Medelkallen, a group of above-water rocks, lies in

this area, 6 miles WSW of the light.

8.15 Ritgrund Light (63°26'N., 21°30'E.) is shown from a prominent pyramidal tower, 18m high, standing on an islet 12 miles

E of Valassaaret Light. The islet is fronted by shoals and foul

ground, which may best be seen on the chart. 

8.15 Detached shoal patches, with depths of 9.7m, lie about 4

miles NNE and 9.5 miles NW of Ritgrund Light.

8.15 Mickelsorar (63°26'N., 21°46'E.) is a large group of islands,

islets, rocks, and shoals lying centered about 7 miles E of

Norrskar Light

Vaasa Light

Utgrynnan Light

Valassaaret Light
Sector 8. Norra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish and Finnish Coasts 121

Pub. 195

Ritgrund Light. Detached shoal patches, with depths of less

than 10m, extend up to 4 miles N of this group. They lie about

11 miles NE of Ritgrund Light and may best be seen on the

chart.

Stubben (63°31'N., 22°10'E.), located about 18 miles ENE

of Ritgrund Light, consists of Lillskar and Storskar, two small

islands; a small islet; and several rocks. A shoal, with a depth

of 9m, lies about 1 mile N of Lillskar and is marked by a buoy.

A light is shown from a prominent square tower, 14m high,

standing on Lillskar, the westernmost island. A conspicuous

wooden tower, 17m high, is situated on the middle of Storskar,

the easternmost island.

8.15 Helsingkallan (63°36'N., 21°50'E.), a group of rocky shoals

with a least depth of 2.2m, lies about 9 miles NW of Stubben

Light and 13 miles offshore. This group is marked near the

center by two buoys and at the NW side by a lighted buoy.

8.15 Caution.—Numerous uncharted dangers may lie between

Helsingkallan and the Mickelsorar group.

8.15 A nature reserve area, within which numerous restrictions

apply, surrounds the Valassaaret group. 

8.16 Kantlax (63°25'N., 22°17'E.), a village, stands on the

mainland and is fronted by a loading roadstead. Good sheltered

anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 11m, sand and clay, close

off the NE extremity of Storon, an island lying close offshore.

Local knowledge is required and pilots are available from

Vaasa. The anchorage can be reached by using a branch

channel, which is authorized for drafts up to 3m. It leads from

the NE approach route to Vaasa at a position about 1.7 miles

SSW of Stubben Light and is marked by buoys and beacons. 

8.16 Munsalan (63°23'N., 22°18'E.), situated 1.5 miles S of

Kantlax, consists of an oil jetty, 30m long, and two mooring

buoys. It is approached via a buoyed fairway, authorized for

drafts up to 7m, which branches off from the outer part of the

channel leading to Hellnas. 

8.16 Hellnas (63°17'N., 22°14'E.), a village situated on the mainland about 20 miles NE of Vaasa, is the loading place for the

sawmills in the vicinity. The protected roadstead lies about 0.7

mile N of the village. A branch channel leads from the NE approach route to Vaasa. Vessels with drafts up to 7m can be

taken to within 3.2 miles NNE of the roadstead; vessels with

drafts up to 3.8m can be taken to the anchorage area in the

roadstead. 

8.16 Monassundet (63°29'N., 22°19'E.), an inlet extending about

4 miles SE, is entered 4 miles SE of Stubben Light. An anchorage, with depths of 9 to 11m, lies about 1 mile within the entrance near the village of Monas. An approach channel, suitable for vessels with drafts up to 4m, leads 3 miles SE to the

narrow entrance. The inlet is only used by small craft and recreational boats.

Hallgrund (63°39'N., 22°25'E.), a small islet, lies about 10

miles NE of Stubben Light and is described in paragraph 10.2.

Approaches to Vaasa

8.17 Several approach routes lead toward Vaasa through

the many islands, islets, and dangers lying off the coast. The

two main channels and the two secondary channels are described below. The other inshore passages are only used by

small craft with local knowledge. 

Two main routes leading from the NW are each about 27

miles in length. Norrskar South passes S of Norrskar Light and

is authorized for drafts up to 8.5m. Norrskar North passes N of

of Norrskar Light and is authorized for drafts up to 9m.

Norrskar South, the first main route, leads from a position

about 4 miles S of Norrskar Light (63°14'N., 20°36'E.). It leads

6 miles NE, using the white sector of Vaasa Light (63°14'N.,

20°55'E.), and passes close NW of Lotsgrund Light (63°11'N.,

20°43'E.). The route then leads about 5 miles ESE, using

Norrskar Lighted Range astern, until a position 3 miles SE of

Vaasa Light is reached. It continues for 6.3 miles in a SE direction through a partly-buoyed channel. The route then leads 1

mile ESE and passes close NNE of Glasrund Front Light

(63°06'N., 21°11'E.), which is equipped with a racon. It continues 3.7 miles ENE, 1 mile SE, and 5.5 miles ESE through a

narrow channel to the port.

8.17 Norrskar North, the second main route, leads from a position

about 4.3 miles SW of Utgrynnan Light (63°21'N., 20°46'E.)

and 4.4 miles NNE of Norrskar Light. It leads in a SE direction

for about 9 miles to a position close NE of Vaasa Light. The

route then continues in a SE direction for about 3 miles and

joins the first main channel.

8.17 An alternate fairway, which is authorized for drafts up to

4.5m, leads SE for 11 miles from a position 0.7 mile SE of

Vaasa Light. It passes close SW of Korso Light (63°11'N.,

Ritgrund Light

Stubben Light (Lillskar)
122 Sector 8. Norra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish and Finnish Coasts 

Pub. 195

21°09'E.) and joins the main channel about 4 miles ENE of

Glasrund Front Light.

8.17 Ronnska, a secondary route, which is authorized for drafts

up to 4m, leads from a position 6 miles WSW of Faliskaret

Beacon (63°04'N., 20°48'E.). It is mostly used by small vessels

with local knowledge. The route leads in a general ENE direction for about 17 miles and passes through the Ronnskaret

group of islets. It then joins the first main channel close NNE

of Glasrund Front Light. 

8.17 Ritgrund, another secondary route, which is authorized for

drafts up to 4.8m, leads from a position 5 miles NNW of Ritgrund Light (63°26'N., 21°30'E.). The route leads in a general

S direction for about 25 miles, passing between the island of

Vallgrund and the mainland, to join the main channel. A road

bridge, with a vertical clearance of 24m and an opening 60m

wide, spans the channel. It connects the SE end of the island of

Vallgrund to a causeway extending W from the mainland.

8.17 Stubben, an inshore route, used in daylight only, leads from a

position about 2 miles N of Stubben Light (63°31'N.,

22°10'E.). It leads S and SW for 26 miles, passing S of the

Mickelsorar group (63°26'N., 21°46'E.), and then joins the

secondary channel leading S from Ritgrind Light. This inshore

route is authorized for drafts up to 7m as far as Stor Ljusen

(63°26.0'N., 22°05.5'E.) and then for drafts up to 3.6m.

8.17 Regulations.—The approach route leading to Kristinestad

(Kristiinankaupunki) is situated within Sector A of the Bothnia

Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system. This system operates off

the NW coast of Finland and is mandatory. For further details

of the VTS system, including reporting procedures, see paragraph 10.1.

8.17 Caution.—It is reported that, due to more frequent surveys,

the Finnish Board of Navigation advises deep-draft vessels

approaching from the NW to use the route leading N of Norrskar in preference to the one passing to the S.

8.17 A designated restricted area surrounds the island of Norrskar

(63°14'N., 20°36'E.). 

Vaasa (63°06'N., 21°35'E.)

World Port Index No. 27650

8.18 Vaasa, formerly known as Nikolaistad, is situated on

the Finnish coast bordering on Norra Kvarken. The port area

comprises the facilities at the outer harbor of Vaskiluoto, those

at Palosaari to the N, and those at the inner or town harbor.

8.18 Ice.—The harbors have been closed to navigation because of

ice on dates varying between December 25 and January 25, and

were reopened on dates ranging from March 31 to May 16.

Icebreaker service is furnished at the beginning and end of the

ice season. 

8.18 Tides—Currents.—The water level in the harbors rises with

S winds and falls with N winds. 

8.18 Depths—Limitations.—The main approach channel is

authorized for drafts up to 9m (see paragraph 8.17).

8.18 The island of Vaskiluoto lies close W of the town of Vaasa

and is connected to it by a causeway. A road bridge links the

island to the town and also to the mainland on the S side.

8.18 Palosaari Harbor lies close NW of the N part of the town. It

provides a quay, 65m long, with a depth of 3.7m alongside.

The main fairway leading to this harbor from Vaskiluoto is

authorized for drafts up to 4.2m.

8.18 Town Harbor fronts Vaasa. It provides 500m of total

quayage, with depths up to 5m alongside.

8.18 Vaskiluoto Harbor is situated on the SW side of the island

and is the site of the main commercial facilities. It is protected

by a detached breakwater lying on the N side of the entrance

channel.

8.18 Coal Quay is 145m long and has a depth of 10m alongside.

8.18 Reins Quay is 240m long and has depths of 6 to 8m alongside.

8.18 Ferry Pier has two ro-ro berths, 128m and 140m long, with

depths of 5.7m alongside.

8.18 North Pier is 180m long and has depths of 6.4 to 9.6m alongside. It has ro-ro berths on each side of its root.

8.18 South Pier is 180m long and has depths of 6.4 to 9.6m alongside.

8.18 Oil Pier is 105m long and has a depth of 10m alongside.

8.18 There are facilities for ro-ro, passenger, automobile ferry,

bulk, tanker, and general cargo vessels. Vessels up to 200m in

length and 9m draft can be accommodated.

8.18 Aspect.—The approach channels are marked by directional

sector lights, lighted ranges, buoys, and beacons (see paragraph

8.17).

8.18 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots are provided by

the Vaasa Sea Pilot Station (see paragraph 10.1).

8.18 Vessels must send a request for pilotage 24 hours prior to

arrival at the boarding place. A confirmation must be sent 6

hours in advance and any changes after this time must be

forwarded not later than 3 hours before arrival. In the Gulf of

Bothnia, the binding order for a pilot must be made by telephone to the appropriate pilot station 3 hours before arrival.

8.18 Pilots can be contacted by VHF and board about 1.8 miles

NE of Lotsgrund Light (63°11'N., 20°43'E.) or 2.5 miles NW

of Vaasa Light (63°14'N., 20°55'E.).

8.18 Vessels approaching from the NE may request a pilot from

the station at Tankar (63°57'N., 22°51'E.) (see paragraph 10.1).

Such requests must be made 24 hours in advance and arrangements may be made to embark the pilot in the vicinity of

Stubben Light (63°31'N., 22°10'E.). Vessels approaching from

the S may arrange to embark the pilot about 5.5 miles SW of

Salgrund Light (62°20'N., 21°12'E.).

8.18 Regulations.—The approach route leading to Vassa is

situated within Sector B of the Bothnia Vessel Traffic Service

(VTS) system. This system operates off the NW coast of

Finland and is mandatory. For further details of the VTS system, including reporting procedures, see paragraph 10.1.

8.18 A speed limit of 10 knots is in effect for the section of the

channel between Nygrund (63°07.6'N., 21° 20.2'E.) and the

port. It is reported that a speed limit of 8 knots applies to

vessels with drafts over 8m.

8.18 At night, tankers carrying more than 4,000 tons of oil are

prohibited in the section of the channel between Nygrund

(63°07.6'N., 21°20.2'E.) and Vaasa.

8.18 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken as directed by the

pilot.

8.18 Caution.—A submarine track guide cable has been established in the fairway between Nygrund (63°07.6'N., 21°

20.2'E.) and Nagelprick, 3.5 miles ESE, to assist navigation.

The use of this guide system is only possible with a special
Sector 8. Norra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish and Finnish Coasts 123

Pub. 195

receiver. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in this part of

the channel.

Norra Kvarken

8.19 Norra Kvarken, the narrowest part of the Gulf of

Bothnia, includes the waters extending about 40 miles NE from

a line joining Bonden (63°26'N., 20°03'E.), Sydostbrotten

(63°21'N., 20°11'E.), and Norrskar (63°14'N., 20°36'E.). It is

encumbered with numerous islands, islets, rocks, and shoals.

The part of the Gulf of Bothnia situated S of Norra Kvarken

is known in Swedish as Bottenhavet and in Finnish as Selkameri. The part of the gulf situated N of Norra Kvarken is

known in Swedish as Bottenviken and in Finnish as Perameri.

8.19 Holmoarne (63°40'N., 20°52'E.), a group of islands and

rocks, divides Norra Kvarken into two channels or passages.

Vastra Kvarken, on the W side, leads between the group and

the dangers fronting the coast of Sweden; Ostra Kvarken, on

the E side, leads between the group and the dangers fronting

the coast of Finland.

8.19 Great care is necessary when navigating within both Vastra

Kvarken or Ostra Kvarken, particularly during foggy weather,

which is not infrequent. Mariners should bear in mind that the

currents are uncertain and their movements sometimes precede

the wind.

8.20 Holmon (63°47'N., 20°54'E.), the northernmost and

largest island of the Holmoarne group, lies about 4 miles off

the Swedish coast. The summit of this island is situated in the

N part. It is 24m high and consists of a bare ridge surrounded

by woods. Several houses, a lookout tower, and a church, with

a high pointed tower, stand on this ridge and are prominent

from seaward.

8.20 A chain of small islets, rocks, and shoals extends about 5

miles NE from the N end of the island and is marked at its

outer edge by a buoy. 

8.20 Byviken (63°48'N., 20°52'E.), a small harbor protected by

breakwaters, lies within a narrow bay at the NW end of the

island. It has a depth of 4m and is used by fishing vessels and

pleasure craft. The bay is exposed to winds and heavy seas

from the N and NE. Vessels with local knowledge can anchor,

in a depth of 20m, sand, close off the W shore of the bay.

8.20 A conspicuous radio mast stands close E of Byviken. 

8.20 Bergudden Light (63°47.5'N., 20°50.5'E.) is shown from a

prominent wooden tower, 18m high, standing on the NW side

of Holmon.

8.20 Lillhallansgrund (63°49'N., 20°52'E.), a shoal with a least

depth of 5.9m, lies about 1 mile N of Byviken and is marked on

its SW side by a buoy. 

8.20 Falkgrund (63°51'N., 20°53'E.), a shoal with a least depth

of 9.9m, lies 2.3 miles NNW of the N extremity of Holmon and

is marked by a buoy. Shoal patches, with depths of 7.6m and

9.4m, lie about 0.6 mile ESE and 0.7 mile SSW of Falkgrund. 

8.20 Stora Fjaderagg (63°48'N., 21°00'E.), a mostly barren island, lies 1.5 miles NE of the NE extremity of Holmon. A

chapel, some fishing huts, and a beacon, 7m high, are situated

on the S side of the island. A prominent tower, formerly a

lighthouse, 13m high, stands on the summit of the island.

8.20 An extensive shoal bank fronts the N and E sides of Stora

Fjaderagg. Lillgrund, an above-water rock, and Osterbadan, a

shoal with a depth of 6.9m, lie about 1 mile N and 1 mile E,

respectively, of the island. 

8.20 Vessels can take anchorage, in depths of 9 to 16m, sand,

about 0.3 mile S of the S end of Stora Fjaderagg. They must

approach from the E and take care to avoid the reef extending

up to about 1.5 miles from the E side of the island.

8.20 Angeson (63°44'N., 20°54'E.), low and wooded, lies close S

of Holmon Island. Rocks and shoals extend up to about 1.8

seaward of the W side of this island and up to 4 miles seaward

of the E side. These dangers are marked by buoys and may best

be seen on the chart. 

8.20 Grossgrunden (63°39'N., 20°51'E.), low and wooded, lies

close S of Angeson and is fronted by shoals on each side. A

beacon, with a radar reflector, stands on a group of abovewater rocks about 1.5 miles WSW of the N end of this island.

8.20 Jagaroren (63°41'N., 20°55'E.), a shoal, lies about 1.6 miles

ENE of the N end of Grossgrunden. A disused light tower, 12m

high, stands on this shoal and is equipped with a racon.

8.21 Holmogadd (Gadden) (63°36'N., 20°47'E.), the

southernmost island of the group, is bare except for a few

clusters of low trees and bushes. It is separated from the S end

of Grossgrunden by Gaddstrommen. A conspicuous tower, 8m

high, stands on the N part of the island.

8.21 A light is shown from a prominent granite tower, 20m high,

standing on the S end of the island. Some dwellings are situ- Bergudden Light

Stora Fjaderagg Tower
124 Sector 8. Norra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish and Finnish Coasts 

Pub. 195

ated close to the light tower and a cain stands on the beach

close S of them.

8.21 Gaddstrommen, a narrow passage leading between reefs, is

the only navigable channel through the island group. It is

marked by beacons and only used by small craft with local

knowledge.

8.21 A rocky coastal bank extends about 2 miles S and 2.5 miles

SE from the S end of Holmogadd. It is marked by buoys and

may best be seen on the chart.

8.21 Huginsgrund (63°34'N., 20°46'E.), a shoal with a depth of

5.9m, lies 2 miles S of Holmogadd Light, at the edge of the

bank, and is marked by a buoy.

8.21 Regulations.—The main shipping route in the S part of

Norra Kvarken is situated within Sector B of the Bothnia Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system. This system operates off the

NW coast of Finland and is mandatory. Northbound vessels entering Norra Kvarken, with destinations of Tornio, Rahja,

Raahe, Pietarsaari, Oulu, Kokkola, or Kemi, are requested to

make an advance report when 20 miles S of Nordvalen Light

(63°32'N., 20°47'E.). For further details of the VTS system,

including reporting procedures, see paragraph 10.1.

8.21 Caution.—Submarine cables, which may best be seen on the

chart, extend between the NE side of Holmon and Stora

Fjaderagg, and between the SE side of Holmogadd and Nordvalen Light.

8.21 A restricted area, within which entry is prohibited without

permission, surrounds the island of Holmogadd and the S part

of Grossgrunden.

8.21 A designated nature area, within which numerous restrictions apply, has been established around the E part of Holmon,

most of Angeson, Grossgrunden, Holmogadd, and a large

number of the adjacent skerries and rocks.

8.21 Due to the numerous off-lying dangers, vessels proceeding N

in the gulf are advised to keep at least 4 miles from the E side

of the Holmoarne group.

8.22 Nordvalen Light (63°32'N., 20°47'E.), equipped with

a racon, is shown from a prominent floodlit tower, 26m high,

standing 3.5 miles S of Holmogadd Light and 11 miles N of

Utgrynnan Light.

8.22 A chain of rocks and shallow shoals extend up to about 7

miles S of Nordvalen Light. The outer shoals are marked by

buoys and may best be seen on the chart.

8.22 Gerdasgrundet lies 1.5 miles SSW of Norvaken Light. This

shoal has a least depth of 4.8m and is marked by a buoy.

8.22 Vastra Snipansgrundet, with a least depth of 2.3m, lies 6.2

miles SSW of Nordvalen Light. This shoal, which is the southeasternmost danger lying in the entrance to Ostra Kvarken, is

marked by two buoys.

8.22 Odelgrund (63°25.5'N., 20°34.0'E.), with a depth of 11.9m,

lies about 7 miles NW of Utgrynnan Light (63°21'N., 20°46'E.)

and 8.5 miles SW of Nordvalen Light. This shoal lies at the

outer edge of a bank extending SE from the vicinity of Gunvorsgrund Light (63°29'N., 20°27'E.) and is marked by a

lighted buoy.

8.22 Waldersgrund, a detached shoal with a depth of 11.9m, lies

about 1 mile ESE of Odelgrund and is marked by a buoy.

8.23 Vastra Kvarken (63°42'N., 20°43'E.) is bordered on

the W side by the dangers fronting the Swedish coast and on

the E side by the Holmoarne group (see paragraph 8.20). This

passage leads in a general NNE direction for 23 miles from a

position 5 miles SE of Vaktaren Light (63°37'N., 20°25'E.) to

the vicinity of Karingskar (63°54'N., 20°51'E.).

8.23 A coastal passage leads to the vicinity of Vaktaren Light (see

paragraph 8.8).

8.23 The recommended route, which may best be seen on the

chart, leads NNE using the white sector of Bergudden Light

(63°47.5'N., 20°50.5'E.). When about 2 miles from the light

tower, vessels should steer more to the N and adjust their

course in order to pass WNW of the light and ESE of Tarngrunden (see paragraph 8.8).

8.23 The route then leads in a NNE direction and passes close

WNW of Lillhallansgrund and Falkgrund. After passing Falkgrund, vessels should steer more to the NE and head for a

position 2.3 miles ESE of Karingskar. They should then head

NNE using the white sector of Bergudden Light, astern.

8.23 Vessels entering from the N should head in a SSW direction

using the white sector of Bergudden Light. When about 7 miles

from the light structure and E of Karingskar, they should head

SW to pass close W of Falkgrund shoal. The route then leads

SSW and passes close WNW of Lillhallansgrund and about 0.4

mile WNW of Bergudden Light. When about 1.5 miles SSW of

the light, vessels should adjust course and steer in a SSW

direction using the white sector of Bergudden Light, astern.

8.23 Pilotage.—The pilotage area for Umea lies between a line

bearing 140° through Norrbyskar (63°33'N., 19°52'E.) and

latitude 64°03'N. The main boarding station is in the vicinity of

Vaktaren Light. All requests for pilotage through Vastra Kvarken must be made through the VTS station at Lulea (see

paragraph 9.19).

8.23 Caution.—Submarine cables, which may best be seen on the

chart, lie across the N part of the passage. They extend NW

between the NE side of Holmon, in the vicinity of Byviken

harbor, and the mainland coast of Sweden.

8.23 A submarine cable, which may best be seen on the chart, lies

across the S part of the passage. It extends WNW between the

W side of Holmogadd and the mainland coast in the vicinity of

Umea.

8.23 Buoys moored within Vastra Kvarken are sometimes displaced by drift ice in the early part of the navigation season,

and may also be fouled by timber rafts.

Holmogadd Light
Sector 8. Norra Kvarken and the Adjacent Swedish and Finnish Coasts 125

Pub. 195

8.23 An area, within which anchoring, fishing, and diving are prohibited, extends across Vastra Kvarken in the vicinity of Bergudden Light and may best be seen on the chart.

8.24 Ostra Kvarken (63°33'N., 20°51'E.), the main

offshore passage in Norra Kvarken, is bordered on the NW side

by the dangers fronting the S and E sides of the Holmoarne

group and on the SE side by the dangers fronting the coast of

Finland.

8.24 Depths—Limitations.—A Deep-Water Route, which is

marked by buoys, has been established through Ostra Kvarken.

It extends for about 8 miles SW and 7 miles ENE of Nordvalen

Light (63°32'N., 20°47'E.) and has a least depth of 16.2m.

8.24 The recommended track passing through Ostra Kvarken is

authorized for drafts up to 13m.

8.24 Directions—Vessels should proceed in a N direction up the

gulf to a position located about 8 miles WNW of Norrskar

Light (63°24'N., 20°36'E.). The recommended track then leads

NE from this position to the S entrance of the Deep-Water

Route. It passes about 6 miles SE of Sydostbrotten Light

(63°21'N., 20°11'E.), close SE of Odelgrund (63°25.5'N.,

20°34.0'E.), and close NW of Waldersgrund, using the white

sector of Nordvalen Light (63°32'N., 20°47'E.).

8.24 From a position about 5 miles SW of Nordvalen Light, the

recommended track (Deep-Water Route) leads in a NE

direction to pass close WNW of the shoals lying SW of the

light. It then rounds the light, at a distance between 0.2 mile

and 0.6 mile, and leads ENE toward a position located 11.7

miles NNE of Valassaaret Light (63°25'N., 21°04'E.), using the

white sector of Nordvalen Light, astern.

8.24 Vessels bound for Umea or intending to use the coastal route

through Vastra Kvarken should depart the recommended track

(Deep-Water Route) in a NW direction when about 2.5 miles

SW of Nordvalen Light.

8.24 Caution.—A submarine cable, which may best be seen on

the chart, lies across the passage. It extends NNW from the

vicinity of Ritgrund Light (63°26'N., 21°30'E.), rounds the

island of Stora Fjaderagg, and extends W to the mainland coast

of Sweden.

8.24 Care should be taken when approaching the S part of the

passage as the Swedish side, being high, may tend to appear

closer than the low Finnish side.
127

Pub. 195

9.

Sweden—East Coast—Ratan to the Finnish Border

9.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 9 — CHART INFORMATION
129

Pub. 195

SECTOR 9 

SWEDEN—EAST COAST—RATAN TO THE FINNISH BORDER

9.0 Plan.—This sector describes the E coast of Sweden up to the

N part of the Gulf of Bothnia. The descriptive sequence is NNE

from Ratan to Ranefjarden, then E to the Finnish border. 

General Remarks

9.1 The water in the N part of the Gulf of Bothnia is discolored and almost fresh because of the numerous rivers discharging into it. 

The coast of Sweden between Ratan and Tomsvarten

(64°58'N., 21°23'E.), about 67 miles NNE, is fronted by numerous islands, rocks, and shoals. Although soundings off this

part of the coast are very irregular, vessels should remain in

depths of not less than 50m to ensure that they stay a safe

distance from all off-lying dangers. 

9.1 Between Pitea (65°19'N., 21°29'E.) and the Finnish border,

shoals lie as far as 20 miles seaward of the outermost islets.

Consequently, when vessels are in the vicinity of these dangers, the coast will be visible only in very clear weather. The

depths are irregular. In a few places soundings give good warning of approach to dangers. However, for the most part, the

shoals are steep-to.

9.1 In thick weather, the greatest care should be taken when

approaching the land. Off this coast, the water is very muddy,

especially during and just after freshets in the rivers, making it

impossible to detect dangers by discoloration.

9.1 Pilotage.—See paragraph 1.1, paragraph 5.1, and Pub. 140,

Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and

Adjacent Seas for general information on pilotage.

9.1 The main pilot stations along this part of the coast are

situated at Skelleftehamn and Lulea. All requests for pilotage

must be made through the VTS station at Lulea.

9.1 The pilotage area for Skelleftehamn lies between a line bearing 152° from position 65°24'N, 21°49'E and latitude 64°03'N.

The pilotage area for Lulea lies between a line extending 152°

from position 65°24'N, 21°49'E and the Finnish border. For

further information, see paragraphs9.10 and paragraph 9.19.

9.1 It should be noted that ordering of pilots in the Swedish

waters described within this sector is presently carried out

through the main VTS systems. However, it is reported (2007)

that procedures for the initial ordering of pilots via the internet

will be introduced in the near future. For additional information concerning these procedures, see the following website:

9.1 Regulations.—See paragraph 1.1 and Pub. 140, Sailing

Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and

Adjacent Seas for regulations per-taining to vessels in Swedish

waters, including restricted areas and semi-restricted areas.

9.1 Caution.—Parts of the coast and some areas off the coast are

incompletely surveyed.

9.1 Special marks and buoys are occasionally placed temporarily

on and off the coast, during the summer season, for the purpose

of making surveys. Vessels are warned not to mistake these

special marks for the navigational aids. 

9.1 During the winter, many buoys in these waters are removed,

while others may be damaged or break adrift.

9.1 In the coastal waters within this sector, numerous logs may

be found adrift at all times of the year.

9.1 Areas dangerous due to mines laid during World War II exist

within these waters described in this sector. There is still a risk

of danger in these areas when anchoring or carrying out any

seabed activities. 

9.1 Due to various circumstances, including the discovery of obstructions, depths within the channels leading through the

offshore dangers along this stretch of coast may change frequently. Therefore, vessels are advised to contact the local

authorities in order to ascertain the latest information, including the maximum authorized drafts.

Ratan to Skelleftehamn

9.2 Rata Storgrund (63°59'N., 21°07'E.), with a least

depth of 2.7m, lies about 6 miles E of the mainland coast. This

shoal area consists of rock and shingle, and is marked on its W

side by a buoy. A light is shown from a prominent tower, 17m

high, standing on the S and shallowest part of the shoal.

Rickleagrunden, a group of shoals, lies centered about 5.5

miles N of Rata Storgrund Light. The group has a least depth

of 2.9m and is marked by a buoy moored on its W side.

Rataskar Light (64°00'N., 20°54'E.) is shown from a tower

on a building, 8m high, standing on the W side of a wooded

island of the same name lying close off the coast, 5.5 miles W

of Rata Storgrund Light.

9.2 Ratan Sodra Light is shown from a tower standing on the

mainland 0.2 mile W of the S extremity of Rataskar. 

9.2 Ratan (64°24'N., 20°54'E.) is a small natural harbor situated

on the mainland. It lies abreast the middle of the sound between the coast and the island of Rataskar, close E.

9.2 The harbor can be approached from the SSE or the NE via

Swedish Maritime Administration Home Page

http://www.sjofartsverket.se Rataskar Light
130 Sector 9. Sweden—East Coast—Ratan to the Finnish Border 

Pub. 195

channels, which are available to vessels with drafts up to 2m.

The main quay is 95m long and has a depth of 4.5m alongside.

9.2 It is reported that the harbor is no longer open to commercial

shipping and is used only by recreational craft.

9.2 Rataskar Beacon, octagonal shaped with a high pointed roof,

is conspicuous. The prominent yellow lookout tower of the

former pilot station is situated close S of this beacon. A

number of knobby mountain tops are visible in clear weather

behind the beacon; however, at close range, these mountain

tops are obscured by the coastal land.

9.2 A large white spot on Norrklubb, the N part of Rataskar, is

conspicuous. It is painted on a cliff and partially obscured by

bushes. Norrklubb Beacon, a round-topped cairn, 4m high,

stands on the N extremity of Rataskar and is prominent.

9.2 Dodmanskar, an islet overgrown with brush, lies about 1

mile NNE of Norrklubb. A conspicuous large and dark rock,

with a flat top, is located at the E side of this islet. 

9.2 Soderklubb Beacon, a round-topped cairn, 4m high, stands

on an islet lying close S of Rataskar. 

9.2 Vessels with local knowledge can anchor in the N roadstead

between the mainland and Norrklubb, the N part of Rataskar.

This anchorage has depths of 10 to 13m, clay, but is exposed to

N winds.

9.2 Anchorage may also be obtained in the harbor, between

Rataskar and the mainland, in a depth of 4m, clay.

9.3 Rataskar Anchorage (64°02'N., 20°55'E.) lies about

2 miles NNE of Rataskar. It is the loading place for Dalkarlsa,

which stands 3 miles NW. The roadstead has a depth of 7m,

sand, and is suitable for vessels with drafts up to 5m. It is

exposed to SE and E winds. The anchorage can be approached

from the SE, but local knowledge is required. 

9.3 Sikea (64°09'N., 20°59'E.), a very small natural harbor, is

situated near the head of Sikeafjarden, about 10 miles N of

Ratan. The fairway leading to the harbor passes N of Rickleagrunden and is authorized for vessels with drafts up to 4.6m.

There is a pier, 93m long, with a depth of 3m alongside. The

harbor is no longer open to commercial shipping and is only

used by recreational craft.

9.3 Vannskaren Light (64°10'N., 21°08'E.) is shown from a

tower, 11m high, standing on the outermost of a group of treeless islets situated about 4 miles E of Sikea.

9.4 Gumboda (64°14'N., 21°06'E.) is a small natural harbor situated within Gumbodafjarden, 3.5 miles NNW of Vannskaren Light. Approach channels lead from the S, passing W of

Vannskaren Light, and from the E, passing N of the light. The

S fairway is available to vessels with drafts up to 6.5m. The E

fairway is available to vessels with drafts up to 4.9m. Local

knowledge is required. 

9.4 The harbor is closed to commercial shipping and used only

by recreational craft. It is reported that tugs towing timber

occasionally find refuge here. 

9.4 Gumbodahamn affords anchorage to vessels with local

knowledge inside Sparren, in depths of 6 to 10m, sand and

clay. Vessels can also anchor, in depths of 16 to 24m, clay,

about 0.2 mile W of Lilla Vannskar, which lies 0.6 mile WNW

of Vannskaren Light. 

9.4 Bodbergen, 58m high, stands 1 mile NNE of the head of

Gumbodafjarden. This hill has two rocky summits, the westernmost of which is the higher and conspicuous from seaward. 

9.4 Vardstuteberg and Markberget, 95m and 104m high, stand

about 3 and 4 miles NE, respectively, of the head of Gumbodafjarden. Both of these rocky crests are conspicuous from seaward. 

9.5 Lovsele (64°18'N., 21°15'E.) is a loading place within

Lovselefjarden, which is entered about 8 miles NNE of

Vannskaren Light. 

 Knavringen, with a least depth of 7.9m, lies about 2 miles S

of Blekeudden, the E entrance point of the fjord. Kallan, a rock

awash, lies close N of Knavringen. A main channel leads from

S and passes W of Kallan. Local knowledge is required. The

fairway is available to vessels with drafts up to 4.9m. There is a

quay, 150m long, with a depth of 4.8m alongside, but only 50m

of berthage along the central part is available.

9.5 The harbor is closed to commercial shipping and used only

by recreational craft. 

9.5 Anchorage can be obtained by vessels with local knowledge

within the fjord, in depths of 5 to 8m, mud, but the roadstead is

exposed from S.

9.5 Varberget is a bare, conspicuous summit, 46m high, rising

close to the shore, 2.7 miles NE of the W entrance point. Storklubben, an islet, lies about 0.2 mile SSE of the W entrance

point and can be easily recognized. 

9.6 Sorkallen (64°14'N., 21°28'E.), with a least depth of

6.2m, lies about 5 miles offshore, 10 miles NE of Vannskaren

Light. 

9.6 Trindkallen (64°16'N., 21°31'E.), with a least depth of

4.3m, lies about 2.5 miles NNE of Sorkallen. These shoals

form the outermost dangers in this vicinity.

Kallviken (64°20'N., 21°22'E.) a loading place, is entered

3.5 miles NE of Lovsele. The main approach route to the roadstead leads from S. Vessels can use the fairways passing either

E of Kallviksklubben (64°18'N., 21°23'E.) or W of Laskar

(64°18.2'N., 21°21.4'E.). The least depth in these entrance

channels is 3.9m. 

The roadstead has depths of 3 to 4.5m, clay and sand. It is

very confined and can only accommodate a few small vessels.

Vessels can also anchor, in a depth of 9m, near the mouth of the

fjord.

9.6 Viksberget (64°21'N., 21°22'E.), a narrow rocky ridge with

two prominent summits, is 60m high.

9.6 Bredberget, 71m high, rises about 1 mile NNE of Viksberget. This prominent hill is steep on its N side but slopes to

the S.

9.6 Oxberget, 33m high, is steep on its SW side and surmounted

by a white cairn beacon. This hill stands on the E side of the

entrance to Kallviken. Kallviksskar, an islet, lies close inshore

on the W side of the entrance. It is also marked by a white cairn

beacon. 

9.7 The coast between Kallviken and Bjuroklubb, 11

miles NNE, is wooded and fronted by numerous shoals, which

extend up to 3 miles offshore in places. 

9.7 Blackkallen Light (64°20'N., 21°31'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 13m high, standing on a rock fronted by

shoals about 1.5 miles offshore, 3.5 miles ENE of Kallviken.

9.7 Grundskaten (64°26'N., 21°37'E.), the SE extremity of Bju-
Sector 9. Sweden—East Coast—Ratan to the Finnish Border 131

Pub. 195

ron, a wooded peninsula, is located 6.5 miles NNE of Blackkallen Light. This point is fronted by a reef, which extends 0.5

mile seaward and is marked by a buoy. Shoals with depths of

less than 10m front the coast between the light and Grundskaten and extend up to about 3 miles offshore in places.

9.7 Bjuroklubb (64°29'N., 21°35'E.) is a steep point, 43m high,

which forms the end of a narrow promontory extending 1.5

miles NNW from the N side of Bjuron. A light is shown from a

prominent stone tower, 8m high, standing on the point, with a

yellow house situated very near it. A light is also shown from a

structure situated on the NE extremity of the point.

9.7 An area of shoals lies centered about 1.5 miles E of

Bjuroklubb Light and is marked on its W side by a buoy. 

9.7 Hokmarksberget, located 8 miles WSW of Bjuroklubb Light,

consists of two hills, which lie in a N and S direction. The W

side is steep and shows up well from seaward, especially when

N of Bjuroklubb. 

9.7 Kulberget, standing about 4 miles SW of the N extremity of

Bjuroklubb, has several summits. The southwesternmost

summit, 65m high, is the tallest and a prominent radio mast is

situated 1 mile E of it.

9.8 Gardfjarden (64°28'N., 21°43'E.), an inlet, lies on

the N side of Bjuron, about 0.7 mile SSW of Bjuroklubb Light.

Vessels can anchor, in depths of 9 to 14m, clay and sand,

within this inlet, but winds between N and NNE raise some

sea.

9.8 The roadstead within the inlet can be approached through

two channels. Local knowledge is required. An inshore fairway

leading from SE passes between the E side of Bjuron and the

off-lying shoals. Another fairway leads from NE. Vessels with

drafts up to 6.8m can reach the anchorage.

9.8 Bjuroklubb Harbor, a small oil depot, is situated at the SE

end of Gardfjarden. There is a quay, 70m long, with depths of 5

to 6.2m alongside. The channel leading to the quay is available

to vessels with drafts up to 4.8m.

9.8 Ice is an obstruction to navigation in this area from the end

of November to the beginning of May. 

9.8 Anchorage may also be obtained by vessels with local knowledge, in depths of 7 to 12m, clay and sand, within Brattasfjarden, an inlet lying close W of Gardfjarden. The fairway

leading to this anchorage is available to vessels with drafts up

to 6.1m.

9.8 Caution.—A magnetic anomaly is reported to exist off

Bjuroklubb. 

9.9 Vanoren (64°32'N., 21°33'E.), the E extremity of a

low wooded peninsula, lies on the N side of Gardfjarden, 2.5

miles NNW of Bjuroklubb Light. It is fronted on the NE side

by shoals, which extend about 1 mile seaward and are marked

by a buoy.

9.9 Skotgronnan (64°36'N., 21°30'E.), fronted by shoals, is a

low, sandy island with a knoll on its SW end lying about 7.5

miles NNW of Bjuroklubb Light and 1.3 miles off the coast. A

beacon, fitted with a radar reflector, stands near its N end.

9.9 Skelleftebukten (64°41'N., 21°15'E.), a bay 5 miles long,

lies at the mouth of the Skelleftealv, the principal river along

this part of the coast. It is encumbered by numerous islets,

rocks, and shoals, which may best be seen on the chart.

9.9 The bay is entered between Korsoren, a small peninsula

lying 3 miles W of Skotgonnan, and Skelleftenaset, a large

peninsula located about 5 miles NNW.

9.9 Burea (64°37'N., 21°14'E.), a former small port, is situated

in the SW part of Skelleftenbukten. A conspicuous church,

with a red roof and black spire, stands in the town. The harbor

is now only used by recreational craft.

Skelleftehamn (64°41'N., 21°14'E.)

World Port Index No. 27080

9.10 Skelleftehamn (Skelleftea), a large industrial harbor,

is situated on the N side of Skelleftebukten. This harbor is the

port for Skelleftea, a town standing on the N bank of the river,

8 miles NW.

9.10 Ice.—The port is usually closed by ice from the beginning of

December to the middle of May. 

9.10 Tides—Currents.—Ordinary HW and LW are about 0.5m

above and below mean water level, respectively. The water

level usually rises in the autumn with SE and SW winds, and

falls with prolonged N and NE winds. Lower water levels usually occur in the spring and early summer. The average annual

maximum and minimum water levels deviate 0.6m from the

mean level. 

9.10 With the breaking up of ice in the spring, the outgoing river

current runs strongly for about 4 to 6 weeks and may attain a

velocity of 1.5 to 2 knots. 

9.10 Depths—Limitations.—Most of the port facilities are situated on the shores of Kallholmsfjarden. This inlet lies between

Nasdden, on the NE side, and a narrow peninsula formed by a

line of connected former islands on the S side. The narrow

peninsula projects 1.5 miles SE from the head of the bay and

ends at Ronnskar. 

9.10 The port may be approached from either E or SE through

routes, which are shown on the chart. The approach from E,

which is suitable for vessels with drafts up to 11m, is recommended, especially in poor visibility. The approach from SE

can be used by vessels with drafts up to 7m.

9.10 The channel leading from E passes at least 1 mile clear of the

fronting dangers. The channel leading from SE passes between

Skotgronnan and the mainland.

9.10 The principal facilities at Skelleftehamn, on the N and W

sides of Kallholmsfjarden, are described below:

1. The oil quay is 70m long and has a depth of 10.2m

alongside. It can handle tankers up to 200m in length and

9.3m draft.

2. Siporexkajen, a cement berth, is 47m long and has a

Bjuroklubb Light
132 Sector 9. Sweden—East Coast—Ratan to the Finnish Border 

Pub. 195

depth of 5.8m alongside. The channel leading to this berth is

available to vessels with drafts up to 5.5m.

3. The general cargo quay is 375m long and has depths

of 6.4 to 9m alongside. There are also two ro-ro berths with

depths up to 9.3m alongside. Vessels up to 25,000 dwt, 160m

in length, and 8.5m draft have been handled at this quay.

9.10 The principal facilities at Ronnskar, at the S end of Kallholmsfjarden, are described below:

1. North Quay is 580m long and provides five berths

with depths of 5.7 to 13.4m alongside. Vessels up to 40,000

dwt, 200m in length, and 11m draft have been accommodated at this quay.

2. South Quay, a T-shaped pier with dolphins, provides a

berth, 120m long, with a depth of 9m alongside.

9.10 The pier at Orviken has a berth, 75m long, with depths of 3.4

to 4.6m alongside. It is in poor condition and no longer used by

commercial vessels.

9.10 Aspect.—Gasoren Light (64°40'N., 21°19'E.) is shown from

a prominent tower, 13m high, standing about 0.8 mile E of

Ronnskar. A prominent dwelling, with a red roof, is located

near the light.

9.10 Sor-Olsgrundet Light, equipped with a racon, is shown from

a structure, 12m high, standing about 1 mile S of Ronnskar.

9.10 Bureberget, a dark wooded hill, stands on the SW side of the

bay, 4.5 miles SSW of Gasoren Light. It is 99m high and prominent from seaward. This hill slopes gradually on the S side and

a radio mast, 32m high, is situated close SE of the summit.

9.10 Noppelberget rises 1.2 miles NNE of Skelleftea. This hill is

bare, light gray, and rocky. It is 140m high and easily identified

from the SE. 

9.10 A conspicuous chimney, 145m high, and a prominent warehouse, 300m long, are situated on Ronnskar and may be seen

from a considerable distance to seaward.

9.10 A conspicuous radio mast, 60m high, stands near Orviken

about 3 miles W of Gasoren Light.

9.10 A church, a water tower, and a radio mast, which are all

prominent, are situated at Skelleftehamn. 

9.10 Pilotage.—A main pilot station is situated at Skelleftehamn.

Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 13 and board about

2.5 miles E of Gasoren Light. Requests for pilotage must be

made through the VTS station at Lulea.

9.10 The pilotage area lies between a line bearing 152° from position 65°24'N, 21°49'E and latitude 64°03'N. Pilotage is compulsory within this area for the following:

1. All Category 1 vessels.

2. Category 2 vessels of 80m in length, 15m beam, and

5m draft and over.

3. Category 3 vessels of 90m in length, 16m beam, and

5.5m draft and over.

9.10 In certain channels between Nygran and Pitea, pilotage is

compulsory for the following:

1. All Category 1 vessels.

2. Category 2 and 3 vessels of 70m in length, 14m beam,

and 4.5m draft and over.

9.10 Pilots for Pitea are also provided by this station and board

about 5 miles E of Gasoren Light. 

9.10 Regulations.—A mandatory Reporting and Information

System has been established in the Gulf of Bothnia and is operated by Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) at Gavle and Lulea. For

further information, see Lulea (paragraph 9.19).

9.10 Anchorage.—The outer anchorage lies in position 64°40'N,

21°19'E and has depths of 11 to 26m. 

Skelleftehamn to Pitea

9.11 The coast between the entrance to Skelleftehamn and

Nygran (65°01'N., 21°42'E.), about 22 miles NNE, is wellwooded and fronted by numerous small islands, islets, rocks,

and shoals.

9.11 Kagnashallan Light (64°45'N., 21°18'E.) is shown from a

structure standing on the E extremity of Kagnaset. Kagnaset is

an area that appears from E as a chain of sloping hills, high to

the S, but steeper at the N end.

9.11 Finnhallan (64°47'N., 21°15'E.), standing on the N side of

Kagnaset, rises above the cliffs and is wooded. Two abovewater rocks lie at the foot of this prominent hill.

9.11 Armbagen (64°41'N., 21°26'E.), with a least depth of 8.5m,

lies about 3 miles ENE of Gasoren Light and is marked by a

buoy on the SE side. Villan, with a depth of 9.7m, lies about

1.7 miles N of Armbagen. Fordarvet, with a depth of 6m, lies

about 4.5 miles Nof Armbagen. It lies 3.2 miles offshore at the

E end of the foul ground fronting Kagnashallan Light and is

marked by a buoy. Utiken, with a depth of 10m, lies 3.5 miles

NNE of Fordarvet and about 6 miles offshore.

9.11 The above four shoals form the outermost dangers along this

part of the coast. Numerous shoal patches lie inside of these

dangers and may best be seen on the chart.

9.11 Kagefjarden (64°49'N., 21°07'E.), an inlet situated SW of

Ostnaset, is entered 5 miles NW of Kagnashallan Light.

9.11 Bergskaret (64°48'N., 21°07'E.), a partly-wooded islet, lies

on the S side of the entrance to Kagefjarden, 6 miles NW of

Kagnashallan Light. A sector light, which indicates the entrance route, is shown from a tower, 7m high, standing on this

islet.

9.12 Kagehamn (Storkage) (64°50'N., 21°02'E.) (World

Port Index No. 27090), a small port used for exporting timber,

is situated on the S side of Kagefjarden.

9.12 Tides—Currents.—Strong S winds cause higher water

levels and N winds cause lower water levels. The current in the

entrance channel is not troublesome.

Gasoren Light
Sector 9. Sweden—East Coast—Ratan to the Finnish Border 133

Pub. 195

9.12 Ice.—The port is usually closed by ice from November to

the middle of May. 

9.12 Depths—Limitations.—Kagefjarden can be entered from

the NE or ESE. A marina is situated at the former W quay at

Kagehamm. The main E quay is 200m long and has a depth of

7.2m alongside. Two cross quays, 30m and 40m long, are

situated at the ends of the main quay and have depths of 3.5 to

7.2m alongside. Vessels up to 8,000 dwt, 110m in length, and

6.7m draft can reach the harbor and berth alongside.

9.12 Pilotage.—Pilots are available from the station at Gasoren

(Skelleftehamn) and must be ordered through VTS Lulea.

Local knowledge is required.

9.12 Anchorage.—Vessels may anchor, in depths of 9 to 18m,

clay, off the NW point of Bergskaret or, in depths of 16 to 24m,

sand, close NE of the islet.

9.13 Romelson (64°53'N., 21°17'E.), lying 6.3 miles NE of

Bergskaret Light, is a high wooded island of dark appearance.

It is tallest in the center and drops off toward the N end. The

land behind this island has several mountain hillocks. 

9.13 Hamnskaret, a small islet, lies about 0.5 mile off the middle

of the E side of Romelson. A few trees and a white hut with a

black roof stand on this islet.

9.13 Utkiken, with a least depth of 10m, lies about 6 miles SE of

Romelson and is the outermost shoal in this vicinity.

9.13 Furuogrund (64°55'N., 21°14'E.), a former timber-loading

place, is situated 0.5 mile NW of Romelson. The small natural

harbor is now only used by recreational craft. The channel

leading to the harbor from SE is available to small craft with

drafts up to 5.5m. Local knowledge is required.

9.13 Byske (64°57'N., 21°14'E.), a small craft harbor, is situated

at the head of Byskefjarden, 2 miles N of Furuogrund. Vessels

may obtain anchorage, in a depth of 7m, off the entrance to

Byskefjardento. Local knowledge is required because of the

shoals in the approaches.

9.13 A prominent church, with a white tower surmounted by a

spire, stands in the town at Byske. A large warehouse and a

conspicuous red sawmill, with a chimney, are situated at

Ytterstfors, on the W side of Byskefjarden.

9.13 Norra Degerberget, standing 9.5 miles NW of Byske, is

217m high and has a bare rocky crest. This hill is steep on the S

side and sloping on the N. It can be easily identified from SE

and, because of the shape, it is often referred to as “Likkistan”

or “The Coffin.”

9.13 Sidra Degerberget, rising about 2 miles SW of Norra Degerberget, is the tallest of the two hills. This hill is 229m high, but

it is rounded, wooded, and not so easily distinguished from

seaward.

9.14 Brannfors (65°01'N., 21°24'E.), a small craft harbor,

is situated at the head of Abyfjarden, 6 miles NE of Byske. A

channel, which is available to vessels with drafts up to 7.3m,

leads through the numerous shoals lying in the approach. Local

knowledge is required. There is a quay, 180m long, with depths

of 2.7 to 4.6m alongside, but most of the wharves are derelict. 

9.14 Selaxgrundet, with a depth of 8.8m, lies about 4.2 miles SE

of the entrance to Abyfjarden and is the outermost shoal in this

vicinity.

9.14 It is reported that a prominent radio mast, 60 high, stands

about 3 miles NNE of Brannfors.

9.14 Ronnskar (65°02'N., 21°33'E.), an island lying 4 miles ENE

of Brannfors, is wooded except at its SE end. A chapel, some

buildings, and a beacon, 17m high, are situated on the SE part

of this island.

9.14 Kinnbacksfjarden (65°03'N., 21°28'E.) is a good harbor of

refuge lying close WNW of Ronnskar. Local knowledge is

essential. A channel, available to vessels with draft up to 3.5m,

leads from seaward to an anchorage, with depths of 5 to 12m,

mud and sand.

9.15 The approaches to the ports of Pitea and Lulea are encumbered by numerous islands, islets, rocks, and shoals, which

may best be seen on the chart. Only the outermost dangers are

described below.

9.15 Nygran Light (65°01'N., 21°42'E.), equipped with a racon,

is shown from a prominent tower, 21m high, standing on a

shoal about 7.5 miles E of Brannfors. The light tower has a

helicopter landing platform and is floodlit. 

9.15 Norstromsgrund Light (65°07'N., 22°19'E.), equipped with

a racon, is shown from a prominent tower, 29m high with a

helicopter platform, standing about 16.8 miles ENE of Nygran

Light.

9.15 Norstromsgrund (65°10'N., 22°25'E.), an extensive shoal

with a least known depth of 1.5m, lies with its shallowest part

located about 4 miles NE of Norstromsgrund Light. Grytet, a

detached shoal patch with a least depth of 6.4m, lies 2.3 miles

NE of Norstromsgrund Light.

9.15 Rodkallen (65°19'N., 22°22'E.), one of the outermost islets

in the approaches, lies 12.5 miles NNE of Norstromsgrund

Light. It is mostly barren and fronted by foul ground.

9.15 Rodkallen Sodra Light (65°19'N., 22°22'E.) is shown from

a yellow and red building, 18m high, standing on the S part of

the islet. The metal framework tower of a former light is situated 0.4 mile NW of Rodkallen Sodra Light. It is 21m high and

prominent. A number of huts and a chapel stand between the

two structures. 

9.15 Borussiagrund Light (65°21'N., 22°16'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a prominent floodlit tower, 17m high,

standing 3.5 miles NW of Rodkallen Light.

9.15 Simpgrund (64°58'N., 22°04'E.), an isolated shoal patch,

lies about 10 miles ESE of Nygran Light. It has a least depth of

7m and is marked by buoys. 

9.16 Falkensgrund (65°01'N., 22°41'E.), a detached shoal

patch, lies about 11 miles SE of Norstromsgrund Light. It has a

least depth of 9.4m and is marked by a buoy.

9.16 Svalansgrund (65°05'N., 22°38'E.), a detached shoal patch,

Norstromsgrund Light
134 Sector 9. Sweden—East Coast—Ratan to the Finnish Border 

Pub. 195

lies about 5 miles NNW of Falkensgrund. It has a least depth of

7.9m and is marked by a buoy. 

9.16 Edvardsklack (65°15'N., 22°34'E.), a shoal with a least

depth of 4.6m, lies about 6.5 miles SE of Rodkallen Light.

9.16 Edvardsgrundet, a shoal with a least depth of 2.4m, and

Marakallen, a shoal with rocks awash, lie about 2.5 miles NW

and NE, respectively, of Edvardsklack. 

9.16 Farstugrundet Light (Farstugrunden) (65°20'N., 22°45'E.),

equipped with a racon, is shown from a tower, 25m high,

standing 9.5 miles E of Rodkallen Light.

9.16 Grillklippan (65°23'N., 22°31'E.), a small islet, lies about

6.5 miles WNW of Farstugrundet Light. A racon is situated on

this islet.

9.16 Larsgrundet Light (65°28'N., 22°28'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 18m high, standing on a small islet, 11 miles

NW of Farstugrundet Light.

9.16 Kadetten (65°23'N., 22°41'E.), an isolated shoal with a least

depth of 7.8m, lies about 4 miles NNW of Farstugrundet Light

and is marked by a buoy.

9.16 Smaskaren (65°29'N., 22°44'E.), a small island, lies 9 miles

N of Farstugrundet Light; a chapel stands on its SE end.

9.16 Kallen (65°28'N., 22°43'E.) is a moderately-high barren

rock lying close S of Smaskaren. It can be easily identified up

to a distance of 4 miles by vessels approaching from E.

9.16 Manshallorna and Bjasshallen are two small above-water

rocks lying, respectively, 0.6 mile E and 1.3 miles NE of

Kallen.

9.16 Jacksgrundet, with a depth of 6.8m, and Vasterbotten, with a

depth of 9.8m, are two isolated shoal patches lying, respectively, about 0.9 mile SE and 1.7 miles ESE of Kallen.

9.16 Uddskaret lies about 5 miles NNE of Kallen. A prominent

chapel stands near the S end of this island.

9.16 Hollorsgrundet, an extensive shoal, lies 3.5 miles E of

Uddskaret and has a least depth of 6.4m.

9.16 Caution.—Several areas, within which surveys are not complete and uncharted shoals may exist, lie in the inner approaches to Pitea and Lulea, and may be seen on the chart.

9.16 Restricted areas, which may best be seen on the chart, lie

within the inner approaches to Pitea and Lulea. See Pub. 140,

Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and

Adjacent Seas for information and regulations pertaining to

restricted areas and semi-restricted areas in Swedish waters.

Pitea (65°19'N., 21°29'E.)

World Port Index No. 27190

9.17 Pitea is situated about 18 miles NNW of Nygran Light

and on the NE side of Inrefjarden. The port consists of Pitea

Sodra Hamn, the inner harbor; Skuthamn, a harbor situated on

the NE side of Yttrefjarden; and Haraholmen, a deep-water

harbor, lying 6 miles SE of Pitea at the NW end of Bondon, a

low wooded peninsula.

9.17 Ice.—The harbors and loading places in the approach to

Pitea are normally blocked by ice from the middle of December to early May; however, Haraholmen is kept free of ice. 

9.17 Tides—Currents.—The water level may vary from 0.9m

below mean level to 0.9m above. Winds from the N cause

lower water levels and winds from the S cause higher water

levels. The variations in level are greatest in the spring and fall.

Deviations up to 1.2m have been observed.

9.17 The current from the Pitealv River sets through the inner

fjords, attaining at times, in the spring and fall, a velocity of 2

to 3 knots.

9.17 Depths—Limitations.—Pitea Sodra Hamn, the inner harbor, has depths of 5.2 to 5.8m, but is closed to commercial

shipping. A channel, which is authorized for vessels with drafts

up to 4.8m, leads through Munksundet to this harbor. 

9.17 Skuthamn provides 435m of total berthage, with depths of 4

to 6.3m alongside, but the quays are in poor condition. This

harbor is only used as a reserve waiting area for small vessels.

A channel, which is authorized for vessels with drafts up to

5.3m during daylight, leads through Pitsundet to this harbor.

9.17 Four approach channels lead from seaward to Bondofjarden

on the NE side of which lies Haraholmen (65°14'N., 21°38'E.). 

9.17 The main channel leading from seaward to Haraholmen

passes about 1 mile E of Nygran Light (65°01'N., 21°42'E.). It

continues NNW for about 11.5 miles and then leads NE for

about 2.5 miles across the fjord. This route is available to

vessels with drafts up to 11.5m.

9.17 A secondary channel passes about 5 miles E of Nygran

Light. It continues N for 6 miles and then NW for about 7

miles along the NE part of the fjord before joining the main

channel. This route is available to vessels with drafts up to

10m.

9.17 Two side channels, available to vessels with drafts up to 6m,

lead W of Nygran Light and join the main channel at Leskar

Light (65°08'N., 21°38'E.).

9.17 Haraholmen Oil Quay is 60m long and has a depth of 12.5m

alongside. It can accommodate tankers up to 75,000 dwt, 240m

in length, and 11.5m draft.

9.17 Haraholmsajen, the main quay, is 580m long and has a depth

of 12.4m alongside. A ro-ro ramp projects from the center of

Rodkallen Sodra Light

Rodkallen Disused Light Tower
Sector 9. Sweden—East Coast—Ratan to the Finnish Border 135

Pub. 195

this quay and propellers, installed below it, are used to keep the

berths free of ice.

9.17 Aspect.—Kalen, a wooded hill with gradual slopes, is one of

the most conspicuous features along this part of the coast. It is

130m high and rises about 9.5 miles NW of Nygran Light. 

9.17 Hogberget, standing 2 miles NE of Kalen, is 85m high. This

hill is considerably smaller and more thinly wooded than

Kalen. It appears from some directions to have several summits.

9.17 Degerberget, standing about 10 miles NNE of Hogberget,

rises on the E part of Pitholm. It is 80m high with two summits.

This hill slopes toward the S and is steeper toward the N. From

the S, to the W of Nygran Light, a notch is visible on the E side

of the southernmost summit.

9.17 Leskar Light is shown from a prominent tower, 9m high,

standing on the easternmost of two wooded islets lying close

together, 7.5 miles NNW of Nygran Light. The westernmost

islet is considerably the larger and more densely wooded. 

9.17 Renoragrundet Light, equipped with a radar reflector, is

shown from a tower standing 3.8 miles NNW of Leskar Light.

9.17 The approach routes and entrance fairways are indicated by

lighted ranges and marked by buoys and beacons.

9.17 Pilotage.—Pilots for Pitea are provided by the main pilot

station at Skelleftehamn. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 13 and board about 2.5 miles E of Gasoren Light. Requests

for pilotage must be made through the VTS station at Lulea.

Vessels must forward a request for pilotage at least 5 hours

prior to arrival. See paragraph 9.19 for more information. 

9.17 Regulations.—A mandatory Reporting and Information

System has been established in the Gulf of Bothnia and is operated by Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) at Gavle and Lulea. For

further information, see Lulea (paragraph 9.19).

9.17 Anchorage.—Javrefjarden affords anchorage, in depths of

14 to 19m, mud, about 2 miles WSW of Leskar Light, but it is

exposed to E and S winds.

9.17 Anchorage may also be obtained, in depths of 9 to 11m,

mud, W of Huvan (65°13.8'N., 21°34.5'E.), an island lying at

the N end of Bondofjaren, but S winds raise some sea.

9.17 Vessels can anchor off Skuthamn, on the E side of Yttrefjarden, in depths of 7 to 9m, mud.

9.17 Caution.—A submarine cable, which may best be seen on

the chart, lies in the outer approaches and extends between

Ronnskar and Nygran Light.

Pitea to Lulea

9.18 An inshore channel, suitable for vessels with drafts up

to 3.3m, leads between Pitea and Lulea. Local knowledge and

large scale Swedish charts are required for this route. The fairway leads for about 26 miles in a NE direction from Bondofjarden through the numerous islands and shoals fronting the

mainland. It approaches Lulea via Germandofjarden and the

narrow passage of Tjuvholmsundet (65°32.5'N., 22°11.1'E.). It

is reported (2001) that the latter narrow passage has a depth of

only 3m.

9.18 Caution.—Vessels over 15m in length or 4m beam must

report on VHF channel 14 to the Vessel Traffic Service (VTS)

system Traffic Information Center at Lulea (see paragraph

9.19) before attempting to transit the narrow passage of Tjuvholmsund.

9.18 In Tjuvholmsund, the current may at times be extremely

swift and unpredictable, attaining a velocity of 3 knots during

spring freshets.

9.18 It is reported (2002) that less depths than charted exist within

the entrance channels leading to Pitea and the local authorities

should be contacted for the latest information concerning maximum authorized drafts.

Lulea (65°35'N., 22°10'E.)

World Port Index No. 27220

9.19 Lulea, the northernmost port in Sweden, stands on a

peninsula at the SE end of Lulefjarden. It is one of the principal

ports in the country. The harbor serves as the S outlet for one of

the largest iron ore mines in the world situated at Kiruna 146

miles NNW. The N outlet is at Narvik in Norway.

Ice

9.19 The approaches to the port are usually closed to navigation

by ice from the beginning of January to the end of April. In

unusually warm winters, the harbor can be kept open during

the entire winter. An icebreaker is available. 

Tides—Currents

9.19 Water level normally varies between 0.8m below mean level

with N winds and 0.9m above mean level with S winds, but in

strong wind conditions the level can vary by up to 1.4m above

or below mean level.

9.19 Within Sandoleden the current is unpredictable but may

attain a velocity of 3 knots during the flood tide at springs. 

Depths—Limitations

9.19 The Southeast Approach Channel, which forms the main

deep-water entrance route, is known locally as Sandoleden.

However, strictly speaking, the name applies only to that part

of the route located NW of Vitfagelrannan Light.

9.19 From seaward, this channel leads in a NW direction for 20

miles to the port. The fairway passes about 1 mile NE of Farstugrundet Light (65°20'N., 22°45'E.), close NE of Larsgrundet

Light (65°28'N., 22°28'E.), and close NE of Vitfagelrannan

Light (65°29.2'N., 22°25.5'E.). It then continues via a channel,

which is dredged to a depth of 12.2m, through the narrow cut at

Klubbnaset (65°30'N., 22°22'E.) and across Sandofjarden to

the port.

9.19 This route is authorized for vessels with drafts up to 11.1m.

Vessels larger than 45,000 dwt and all tankers are limited to a

maximum draft of 11.1m.

9.19 The South Approach Channel, the secondary entrance route,

is known locally as Sandgronnleden. From seaward the fairway

passes about 1.5 miles W of Norstromsgrund Light (65°10'N.,

22°25'E.) and leads NNE for 7.5 miles. It then leads N for

about 5 miles and passes 1.5 miles W of Rodkallen Sodra Light

(65°19'N., 22°22'E.). The fairway continues NNE for about 5

miles passing, 1.5 miles E of Borussiagrund Light (65°21'N.,

22°16'E.) and through a narrow cut, dredged to a depth of 10m,

lying between the shoals fronting the SE end of Grasjalgrundet
136 Sector 9. Sweden—East Coast—Ratan to the Finnish Border 

Pub. 195

(65°24'N., 22°17'E.) and the NW end of Sandgronnorna

(65°23'N., 22°23'E.). It then leads NE for 3 miles and N for 2.5

miles, passing SE and E of Junkon, to join the main deep-water

route (Southeast Approach Channel) close SE of Vitfagelrannan Light (65°29.2'N., 22°25.5'E.). This route is authorized

for vessels with drafts up to 8.7m.

9.19 The principal facilities of the port are situated along the NE

and E sides of Grasjalfjarden, to the S of the town, and along

the NW side of Sandofjarden, to the SE of the town.

9.19 Lulefjarden, with depths of 7 to 9m, lies N of Grasjalfjarden.

The passage connecting these two parts of the harbor is

spanned by a bascule bridge. The bridge opening has a navigable width of 30m. The vertical clearance, when the bridge is

closed, is 7.3m. It is reported that Lulefjarden is now only used

by recreational craft.

9.19 The main facilities in Sandofjarden are, as follows:

1. Victoriahamnen is situated at the easternmost end of

the peninsula of Svarton. The outer quay is 770m long and

has depths of 9 to 12.3m alongside. The inner basin quay is

150m long and has a depth of 7.8m alongside.

2. Malmhamn (Sandskar), an ore quay, is situated 0.7

mile E of Victoriahamnen. It is 250m long and has a depth of

12.1m alongside. 

3. Stromoren lies between Victoriahamnen and Uddebo

Hamn. It contains a pier and a small craft harbor. The quay at

the S side of the pier, which is equipped with a ro-ro ramp, is

120m long and has a depth of 9m alongside.

4. Uddebo Hamn is situated at the SE end of the

peninsula of Svarton, 0.6 mile WNW of Victoriahamnen.

The Old Oil Quay is 20m long and has a depth of 7.8m

alongside. It can accommodate tankers up to 215m in length

and 7.4m draft.

5. The New Oil Quay is 60m long and has a depth of

12.2m alongside. It can accommodate tankers up to 45,000

dwt, 299m in length, and 11.2m draft.

9.19 The main facilities in Grasjalfjarden are described below.

There are six quays on the NE and E sides, as follows:

1. The Jarnverket Quays (SSAB Quay) is 498m long and

has a depth of 8m alongside.

2. The Malmka Quayj (LKAB Quay) is 415m long and

has a depth of 13m alongside.

3. The Cement Quay is 60m long and has a depth of 9m

alongside.

4. The SJ-Kolkaj Quay is 190m long and has a depth of

6m alongside.

5. The Djupkajen Quay is 150m long and has a depth of

8m alongside.

6. The Hamnoiren Quay is 100m long and has a depth of

6m alongside.

9.19 There are facilities for tanker, ro-ro, bulk, general cargo, and

timber vessels. Vessels up to 110,300 dwt, 265m in length,

38.5m beam, and 11.1m draft have been accommodated in the

port.

Aspect

9.19 Mattsundberget (65°°33'N., 21°°56'E.) rises about 5.2 miles

WSW of Lulea and is best seen from the ESE. This hill is

143m high, with a long slope on its S side. A prominent radio

mast stands 0.8 mile SW of the summit.

9.19 Hertsoberget (65°°36'N., 22°°12'E.), 77m high, rises about 1

mile NNE of Lulea. This hill slopes gradually S, but is steeper

on the N side, and is best seen from SE.

9.19 Vitfagelrannan Light (65°29.2'N., 22°25.5'E.) is shown from

a prominent tower, 15m high, standing 1.5 miles NW of Larsgrundet Light. 

9.19 A conspicuous water tower, 61m high, is situated about 1

mile SW of Lulea, at Bergnaset. A radio mast, 41m high,

stands close to the tower.

9.19 The main channels are indicated by lighted ranges, sector

lights, and beacons, which may best be seen on the chart. The

dredged fairway is marked by lighted buoys and cairns.

Pilotage

9.19 The station at Lulea provides pilotage for the area between a

line extending 152° from position 65°24'N, 21°49'E and the

Finnish border. All requests for pilotage for Lulea, Skelleftea,

Umea, and Ornskoldsvik must be made through the Lulea VTS

station.

9.19 Call Sign: Lulea Pilot, for Umea, Skelleftea, and for

Ornskoldsvik on VHF channel 11. 

9.19 Pilotage is compulsory in the area for vessels, as follows:

1. All Category 1 vessels.

2. Category 2 vessels of 80m in length and over or 15m

Lulea—Malmhamn Ore Quay

Lulea—Victoriahamnen
Sector 9. Sweden—East Coast—Ratan to the Finnish Border 137

Pub. 195

beam and over.

3. Category 3 vessels of 90m in length and over or 16m

beam and over.

9.19 In certain channels between the Finnish border and a line extending 148° from position 65°45'N, 22°41'E, pilotage is compulsory for the following vessels:

1. All Category 1 vessels.

2. Category 2 and 3 vessels of 70m in length and over,

14m beam and over, and 4.5m draft and over.

9.19 Pilots can be contacted by VHF and board vessels about 2

miles SW of Rodkallen Sodra Light (65°19'N., 22°22'E.) or 1

mile E of Farstugrunden Light (65°20'N., 22°45'E.).

9.19 The station also provides deep-sea pilots for the Baltic Sea. 

Regulations 

9.19 A Reporting and Information System has been established in

the Gulf of Bothnia and is operated by Vessel Traffic Services

(VTS) at Lulea and Gavle.

9.19 The system is mandatory for vessels over 300 grt; and vessels, including tows, of over 45m in length.

9.19 Vessels must report to VTS Lulea on the VHF channel 14

when passing the following Reporting Points (RP):

1. Farstugrunden (65°20.4'N., 22°46.6'E.)—Inbound

only

2. Rodkallen Sodra (65°18.0'N.,22°18.4'E.)—Inbound

only.

3. Larsgrundet (65°27.5'N., 22°30.0'E.)—Inbound only.

4. Klubbnaset (65°30.0'N., 22°22.9'E.)—Inbound and

outbound.

5. Dynan (65°24.7'N., 22°21.8'E.)—Inbound and

outbound.

6. Persgrundet (65°27.4'N., 22°26.3'E.)—Inbound and

outbound. 

9.19 Reports must include the vessel’s name, call sign, position,

and destination.

9.19 Vessels must report their name, position, and destination

when arriving at or leaving a berth (including an anchorage),

when changing route, when being involved in an accident (including groundings and collisions), and on the occurrence of

any defect affecting the safety of navigation. The report should

be sent 10 minutes prior to leaving a berth. 

9.19 Participating vessels must maintain a continuous listening

watch on the assigned VHF channel after the first report.

9.19 Smaller vessels than those described above, which are fitted

with VHF, should maintain a continuous VHF watch on

channel 14 and 16.

9.19 Lulea VTS may be contacted by e-mail:

9.19 The VTS area is contained within a line joining the

following positions:

1. Kalkholmen (65°32.1'N., 22°25.5'E.).

2. Storbrandon SW (65°29.1'N., 22°30.2'E.).

3. Storbrandon S (65°28.8'N., 22°33.7'E.).

4. Kluntama W (65°27.6'N., 22°36.0'E.)..

5. Kluntama SE (65°27.2'N., 22°37.8'E.). 

6. 65°26.6'N, 22°45.0'E, (8 miles N of Farstugrunden

Light.

7. A radius of 7 mile arc centered on Grillklippan Light

(65°22.7'N., 22°31.0'E.) joining positions (6) and (8)

8. Position 65°22.7'N, 22°14.2'E. 

9. Liljeudden (65°25.1'N., 22°14.0'E.).

10. Germandon (65°28.8'N., 22°10.3'E.).

11. Lulnaset (65°30.5'N., 22°08.0'E.). 

9.19 Sandoleden is considered to be that part of the fairway

leading from Vitfagelrannan Light through the dredged narrow

cut at Klubbnaset and across Sandofjarden.

9.19 Vessels with drafts exceeding 3.5m are not permitted to pass

each other within Sandofjarden.

9.19 In order to assist in steering through Sandoleden, vessels

over 150m in length must show a blue light at night on the

forestay in the vicinity of the jackstaff.

9.19 Large vessels must not attempt to transit Sandoleden during

winds of Force 8 and above.

9.19 A local mandatory Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system is

operated from a Traffic Information Center at the combined

harbor office and pilot station at Lulea. The area covered extends inward to Lulea from Rodkallen (65°19'N., 22°22'E.), in

the S approach, and from Farstugrunden Light (65°20'N.,

22°45'E.), in the SE approach. There is radar coverage of the

area.

9.19 The system is mandatory for vessels over 300 grt and vessels, including tows, of over 45m in length.

9.19 Vessels are required to maintain a constant listening watch

on VHF channel 14 while in the area and to report, as follows:

1. 30 minutes before arrival at the first Reporting Point

(see list below). Vessels equipped with an Automated

Identification System (AIS) are exempt from this report.

2. On entering or leaving the VTS area.

3. On passing certain Reporting Points (see list below). 

4. On arrival at or departure from a berth or anchorage. 

5. In the occurrence of any defect affecting the vessel’s

safe navigation or maneuverability.

9.19 The VTS Traffic Information Center will, on request, maintain a watch on VHF channel 16 for those vessels unable to

operate watches on dual VHF channels.

9.19 Vessels over 15m in length or 4m beam must contact the

VTS Traffic Information Center prior to attempting the passage

through Tjuvholmsundet (see paragraph 9.18). 

9.19 The VTS Traffic Information Center will provide, on request, information concerning ice conditions, traffic, and navigational aids. 

9.19 The Reporting Points (RP) are, as follows: 

1. Farstugrunden (65°20.0'N., 22°47.0'E.).

2. Larsgrundet (65°27.5'N., 22°30.0'E.).

3. Klubbnaset (65°30.5'N., 22°22.0'E.).

4. Rodkallen (65°18.1'N., 22°18.4'E.).

5. Dynan (65°24.7'N., 22°21.8'E.).

6. Persgrundet (65°27.4'N., 22°26.3'E.).

Anchorage 

9.19 Vessels waiting to enter the port may anchor, in a depth of

24m, clay, about 2 miles N of Farstugrunden Light (65°20'N.,

22°45'E.).

9.19 Large vessels may anchor, in depths of 21 to 33m, about 1

mile SE of Larsgrundet Light (65°28'N., 22°28'E.), on the N

side of the main channel.

vtslulea@sjofartsverket.se
138 Sector 9. Sweden—East Coast—Ratan to the Finnish Border 

Pub. 195

Caution

9.19 Local magnetic anomalies exist in the vicinity of the South

Approach Channel.

Lulea to the Finnish Border

9.20 The coast between Lulea and the Finnish border,

about 50 miles ENE, is fronted by numerous islands, rocks,

and shoals. These dangers, which may best be seen on the

chart, extend up to 20 miles offshore. The islands are wooded

and not easily distinguished from seaward. Only the outermost

dangers are described below.

Maloren (65°32'N., 23°34'E.), located 23.5 miles ENE of

Farstugrunden Light (65°20'N., 22°45'E.), is the southernmost

of the islands lying off the coast between Lulea and the Finnish

border. This island is composed of sand and fronted by foul

ground. It lies near the W end of an extensive shoal area.

9.20 Maloren Light (65°32'N., 23°34'E.), equipped with a racon,

is shown from a prominent tower, 17m high, standing on the

NE side of the island.

9.20 A light is also shown from a structure situated on the W side

of the island. A conspicuous chapel, with a spire and a belfry,

stands on the island, along with numerous houses and huts.

9.21 Lutskarsgrund Light (65°40'N., 23°20'E.) is shown

from a prominent tower, 14m high, standing on a rock, 10

miles NNW of Maloren Light.

9.21 Storo Light (65°42'N., 23°06'E.) is shown from a prominent

tower, 10m high, standing at the S extremity of a peninsula, 6

miles WNW of Lutskarsgrund Light. 

9.21 Halsoklippor Light (65°43'N., 23°27'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a prominent tower, 6m high, standing on

a rock, 4.5 miles NE of Lutskarsgrund Light. 

9.21 Trutskarsbaden Light (65°44'N., 23°23'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 7m high, standing on a rock, 4.5 miles NNE

of Lutskarsgrund Light. 

9.21 Vippgrund Light (65°45'N., 23°28'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a framework tower standing on a small

island, 1.6 miles N of Halsoklippor Light. 

9.21 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained, during good

weather, in a depth of 20m, about 3.5 miles SW of Maloren.

9.21 Caution.—Vessels should not attempt to approach the coast

from seaward between Farstugrundet Light (65°20'N.,

22°45'E.) and Maloren, except by the authorized channels and

routes. No authorized channels or routes exist between Maloren and Kemi 1 Light (65°23'N., 24°06'E.) (Finnish), 16 miles

SSE.

9.22 Sandskar (65°35'N., 22°45'E.), lying 5 miles NE of

Maloren, may be identified by its light-colored sand hills, 21m

high. This island is partly wooded and a narrow tongue of land

with a few trees extends 1.5 miles N from its main body. The

isthmus by which this tongue is joined to the N side is bare and

light-colored. The S extremity of the island is also mostly bare,

with a chapel and some huts standing close to the edge of the

woodland. 

9.22 Sjoasen (65°32'N., 23°21'E.), with a least depth of 7.6m, is

an isolated shoal lying about 5 miles W of Maloren Light.

9.22 Launaja, with a least depth of 4.2m, and Kanningen, with a

least depth of 7.7m, lie, respectively, about 3 miles and 7 miles

SE of Maloren Light.

9.22 Flatbotten, with a least depth of 7.7m, lies 3 miles NNW of

Maloren Light. Torget, with a least depth of 7.4m, lies 1 mile

NW of Flatbotten. Nordvastgrundet, with a least depth 4.4m,

lies centered 1.5 miles W of Torget and is marked by a buoy at

its SE end.

9.22 Utbredan, with a least depth of 6.7m, lies about 7.3 miles

WNW of Maloren Light. Karten, with a least depth of 5.8m,

lies 1.1 miles W of the N end of Utbredan.

9.22 Dynan, with a depth of 6.8m, lies 1.3 miles WNW of Karten.

Another detached shoal patch, with a depth of 7.8m, lies 1 mile

NW of Karten.

9.22 Stolpgrundet, with a least depth of 7.4m, lies about 5 miles

W of Utbrendan. A detached patch, with a depth of 7.8m, lies 1

mile NNE of this shoal.

9.22 The above shoal patches form the outermost dangers in this

vicinity.

9.22 Caution.—Restricted areas, which may best be seen on the

chart, lie within the inner approaches to Torehamn and Kalix.

See Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent Seas for information and

regulations pertaining to restricted areas and semi-restricted

areas in Swedish waters.

9.22 Magnetic anomalies exist in the vicinity of the islands

fronting Torehamn and Kalix.

9.23 Torehamn (65°54'N., 22°39'E.) (World Port Index

No. 27250) is a loading place at the head of Torefjarden, which

is entered about 5 miles E of Ranefjarden. There is a small

natural harbor which handles lumber, cement, fertilizer, flour,

and general cargo. 

9.23 Ice.—Ice usually obstructs navigation in Torefjarden from

the beginning of November to the middle of May. 

9.23 Tides—Currents.—Winds from N lower the water level by

as much as 1.8m and S winds raise water levels as much as

1.7m. 

9.23 Depths—Limitations.—The recommended track, which

may best be seen on the chart, leads 34 miles in a NW direction

from a position 1.5 miles SW of Maloren Light. It passes between Torget and Nordvastgrundet Shoals, 1.5 miles SW of

Lutskarsgrund Light, and close SW of Storo Light. The route

leads through Gunnarsfjarden (65°37'N., 23°26'E.), Storofjarden (65°44'N., 23°00'E.), and Ranofjarden (65°45'N.,

Maloren Light
Sector 9. Sweden—East Coast—Ratan to the Finnish Border 139

Pub. 195

22°57'E.) before finally turning NNW along the E side of Torefjarden to the port.

9.23 The fairway channel is authorized for drafts up to 8m as far

as the anchorage located in the bight NW of Skagsudden

(65°42'N., 23°06'E.). From this anchorage to the port the fairway is authorized for drafts up to 6m.

9.23 The main quay is 186m long, with depths of 6.5 to 8m alongside. There is also a small craft harbor with a depth of 2m.

9.23 Aspect.—Palangeberget (65°48'N., 22°57'E.) is a prominent

flat-topped hill, 106m high. Rormyrberget, 78m high, is the

prominent summit of the island of Ranon (65°43'N., 22°55'E.).

9.23 The approach channel is indicated by lighted ranges and

sector lights. The fairway is marked, in places, by buoys and

beacons.

9.23 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots must be requested

through the Lulea VTS station and will board vessels about 1

mile E of Farstugrunden Light (65°20'N., 22°45'E.) (see paragraph 9.19).

9.23 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained by vessels with

local knowledge in the bight NW of Skagsudden (65°42'N.,

23°06'E.), where there is good shelter, in depths of 14 to 22m,

mud. 

9.23 Anchorage may be obtained by vessels with local knowledge, in a depth of 9m, mud, about 0.5 mile N of Stora Faron

(65°42'N., 22°44'E.), an island lying in the S part of Torefjarden. The fairway leading to this anchorage has a least depth

of 6.4m.

9.24 Karlsborg (65°48'N., 23°17'E.) (World Port Index

No. 27280), an important timber-exporting center, is the port

for Kalix, which stands on the E side of Kalix Alv, 5 miles NW. 

Ice.—Ice usually obstructs navigation from the beginning of

November to the end of May. 

9.24 Tides—Currents.—The maximum observed range of water

level is 1.5m above and below mean water level. The greatest

variation occurs in September and October. A rise of the water

level is caused by strong S and SW winds, and a fall is caused

by strong N and NW winds. 

9.24 During freshets and in mid-summer a strong current setting

out of Kalix Alv may be experienced in the approach to the

river entrance, but it is not sufficiently strong enough to hinder

navigation. 

9.24 Depths—Limitations.—The recommended track, which

may best be seen on the chart, leads 7.5 miles NNW from a

position 1 mile NNW of Maloren Light to a position NE of

Vikstromsgrundet Shoal. It then leads N for about 2.5 miles to

a position about 1 mile S of Halsoklippor Light (65°43'N.,

23°27'E.). The route continues in a NW direction for 4.5 miles,

passing close SW of Trutskarsbaden Light (65°44'N.,

23°23'E.), into Repskarsfjarden. The facilities at Karlsborg, at

the NW end of Repskarsfjarden, and Axelsvik, at the NE side,

can then be easily entered.

9.24 The main approach channel leading from seaward (Maloren)

to Gunnarsfjarden is authorized for drafts up to 8.8m. The

channel from Gunnarsfjarden to Repskarsfjarden is authorized

for drafts up to 6.6m. The main fairway leading to Karlsborg

from Repskarsfjarden is authorized for drafts up to 5.7m. A

buoyed channel, which is authorized for drafts up to 1.5m,

leads up the river to a small craft harbor at Kalix.

9.24 The main facilities at Karlsborg consist of Massakajen, a

wood pulp quay fronting the sulphate factory, which is 140m

long and has a depth of 6.9m alongside, and Trakajen, a stone

and concrete quay, which is 270m long and has a depth of 6.2m

alongside.

9.24 The main facilities at Axelsvik (65°46'N., 23°22'E.) consist

of an oil quay, 60m long, with a depth of 10m alongside. Tankers up to 25,000 dwt and 6.6m draft can be handled, but the

berth is very exposed.

9.24 Aspect.—Golihatten, a wooded hill, 69m high, stands 2

miles N of Axelsvik and is prominent. 

9.24 Two chimneys stand in the SW part of Karlsborg and are

prominent from seaward. The pulpmill chimney is red and 52m

high and the sawmill chimney is yellow and 42m high. 

9.24 The approach channel is indicated by lighted ranges and sector lights. The fairway is marked, in places, by buoys and beacons.

9.24 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots must be requested

through the Lulea VTS station and will board vessels about 1

mile E of Farstugrunden Light (65°20'N., 22°45'E.) (see paragraph 9.19).

9.24 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 13

to 14m, mud, in the S part of Repskarsfjardean, about 0.9 mile

W of Trutskarsbaden Light (65°44'N., 23°23'E.).

9.24 Anchorage may be obtained by small vessels, in depths of 8

to 10m, mud, within Rossorsundet, about 1.8 miles SSW of

Karlsborg.

9.25 Inshore route.—An inshore route, well marked by

buoys, leads from Lulea to Harparanda (65°50'N., 24°08'E.),

about 50 miles ENE. It is used by small vessels, with local

knowledge, and is authorized for drafts up to 3.2m.

9.25 Several shallow entrance channels branch off from this inshore route and lead to numerous small craft harbors. Most of

these small harbors were former timber-loading places that are

now used only by local fishing vessels and recreational craft.

9.26 Sandvik (65°44'N., 23°46'E.) (World Port Index No.

27330), a small timber-loading place, is situated on the N side

of the island of Seskaro, at the head of Sanviken. A concrete

quay, 150m long, fronts a sawmill and has depths of 5.4 to

5.7m alongside. The entrance channel, which is authorized for

drafts up to 3.2m, leads off the inshore route.

Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 8 to 11m, mud, on the

SE side of Sandviken, close to the quay.

Granviken Anchorage, with depths of 6 to 9m, consists of an

area lying N and on either side of Koijuluoto, an islet located

0.6 mile NNW of the quay at Sandvik.

9.26 Haparanda (65°50'N., 24°08'E.), a small Swedish frontier

town, is situated on the W bank of the Tornealven River, 1.2

miles above the mouth. The depth in the river and the small

harbor is only 1.5m. This town is connected by bridges to Tornio, a Finnish town standing on the E bank.

The border between Finnish and Swedish waters in this vicinity extends S, close to the meridian of 24°10'E.
141

Pub. 195

10. 

Finland—West Coast—Hallgrund to the Swedish Border

10.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 10 — CHART INFORMATION
143

Pub. 195

SECTOR 10 

FINLAND—WEST COAST—HALLGRUND TO THE SWEDISH BORDER

10.0 Plan.—This sector describes the Finnish coast bordering on

the Gulf of Bothnia between Norra Kvarken and the Swedish

border, at the head of the gulf. The descriptive sequence is N

from Hallgrund, an islet lying near the coast in the NE part of

Norra Kvarken. 

General Remarks

10.1 This section of the coast of Finland forms the E shore

of Bottenviken, the N part of the Gulf of Bothnia. Like the

coast to the S, it is low and has few natural landmarks. Vessels

must rely almost exclusively on lighthouses, beacons, and

other aids to navigation. 

10.1 Ice.—See General Remarks in paragraph 1.1 and paragraph

4.1.

10.1 For information pertaining to winter navigation, ice, and

Finnish icebreaking services, including internet web sites, see

Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic

Ocean and Adjacent Seas.

10.1 Pilotage.—The Baltic Pilotage Authorities Commission, a

regional organization, recommends that vessels constrained by

their draft, or vessels not registered in one of the Baltic States

and infrequently sailing the area, take a deep-sea pilot. 

10.1 See Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent Seas for information on deep-sea

pilotage. 

10.1 Vessels desiring deep-sea pilotage to any coastal pilot station

in Finland should send a request at least 24 hours in advance.

Deep-sea pilots are normally available from the main pilot

stations at Tankar and Vaasa.

10.1 Within the Gulf of Bothnia, pilots for Finnish ports are provided by three main pilot stations, which are described below. 

1. Perameri Sea Pilot Station (Bothnia Pilot) is situated

on Hailuoto (65°03'N., 24°46'E.) (see paragraph 10.10). It

provides pilots for Kemi, Oulu, Raahe, Rahje, and Tornio.

Generally, pilots for Kemi and Tornio board vessels about

2.5 miles SW of Kemi 2 Light (65°30'N., 24°22'E.). Pilots

for Oulu board vessels with drafts of between 8m and 10m

about 4.5 miles W of Oulu 1 Light (65°11'N., 24°30'E.) and

vessels with drafts of less than 8m about 7.5 miles SW of

Oulu 1 Light. 

2. Tankar Sea Pilot Station is situated on Tankar

(63°57'N., 22°51'E.) (see paragraph 10.4). It provides pilots

for Kokkola, Pietarsaari, and Rahja. Generally, pilots board

vessels about 1.5 miles WSW of Kallan Light (63°45'N.,

22°31'E.) or about 3.6 miles NNW of Tankar Light.

3. Vaasa Sea Pilot Station is situated at Vassa (see

paragraph 8.18). It provides pilots for Kasko (Kaskinen),

Kristinestad (Kristiinankaupunki), and Vassa. Generally,

pilots board about 1.8 miles NE of Lotsgrund Light

(63°11'N., 20°43'E.) or 2.5 miles NW of Vaasa Light

(63°14'N., 20°55'E.). For further information, see paragraph

8.18.

10.1 All vessels must send a request for pilotage 24 hours prior to

arrival at the appropriate boarding place. A confirmation must

be sent 6 hours in advance and any changes after this time must

be forwarded not later than 3 hours before arrival. In the Gulf

of Bothnia, the binding order for a pilot must be made by telephone to the appropriate pilot station 3 hours before arrival.

10.1 Regulations.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system,

Bothnia VTS, has been established off the NW coast of Finland. This system, which is mandatory, provides vessels with

information to assist safe navigation. The VTS Area is divided

into four sectors, as follows:

1. Sector A—Routes leading to Kasko (Kaskinen) and

Kristinestad (Kristiinankaupunki).

2. Sector B—Routes leading to Vaasa and lying in the S

part of Norra Kvarken.

3. Sector C—Routes leading to Kokkola and Pietarsaari.

4. Sector D—Routes leading to Kemi, Oulu, Raaha, and

Tornio.

10.1 The above sectors extend seaward to the international boundary with Sweden.

10.1 All merchant (commercial) and state vessels shall report on

VHF channel 67 in accordance with the rules below and keep a

continuous listening watch. Pleasure craft, equipped with VHF,

are also requested to keep a continuous listening watch on

VHF channel 67.

10.1 Reports are acknowledged by the VTS Center, which provides information on other vessels, fairway channel and

weather conditions, and additional factors affecting safe navigation. The languages used are Finnish, Swedish, and English.

10.1 Vessels shall report as follows:

1. While in Sector B, northbound vessels entering Norra

Kvarken, with destinations of Tornio, Rahja, Raahe, Pietarsaari, Oulu, Kokkola, or Kemi, are requested to make an Advance Report when 20 miles S of Nordvalen Light (63°32'N.,

20°47'E.). The VTS Center will forward the information in

the Advance Report to the Pilotage Service and the Icebreaker Service. This Advance Report does not exempt vessels

from making other mandatory reports.

2. All vessels calling at ports within the VTS Area shall

report 1 hour prior to arrival at the pilot boarding position.

Vessels exempted from pilotage assistance are also obliged

to report.

3. All vessels shall report on approaching the port.

4. All vessels intending to anchor shall report on anchoring.

5. All vessels shall report on leaving a port.

6. All vessels shall report on leaving an anchorage.

7. All passenger vessels maintaining a regular scheduled

service between Finnish and Swedish ports in Norra Kvarken should report only in cases when their time of arrival or

departure differs by 30 minutes or more from the normal

timetable. Any change of timetables should be reported to

the VTS Center in advance.

8. All vessels entering or leaving a shipping route (channel) but not calling at an official pilot boarding position and
144 Sector 10. Finland—West Coast—Hallgrund to the Swedish Border 

Pub. 195

all vessels crossing the shipping route shall report 1 hour

before they enter or leave the route.

9. All vessels shall report when their ETA is changed by

30 minutes or more, when they are navigating in a deviant

manner, or when they observe anything affecting safe navigation.

10.1 All reports to the VTS Center, including the Advance Report, shall state the following:

1. Vessel’s name, call sign, and type.

2. Location (Latitude and Longitude or Reporting

Point).

3. Course and speed.

4. Port of departure and/or destination and ETA(LT).

5. Whether vessel requires pilotage assistance.

6. Draft in the fairway (meters and centimeters).

10.1 See paragraph 1.1 for details concerning restricted areas and

semi-restricted areas within Finnish waters. 

10.1 Caution.—The area has not been thoroughly surveyed. Offlying dangers may exist to seaward of those charted. Most of

the coast is fringed by close-lying islands, islets, rocks, and

shoals. The recommended routes leading to the ports and

loading places are described and should be strictly followed.

Vessels without local knowledge should proceed with caution

when approaching this coast.

10.1 Due to various circumstances, including the discovery of obstructions, depths within the channels leading through the offshore dangers along this stretch of coast may change frequently. Therefore, vessels are advised to contact the local authorities in order to ascertain the latest information, including the

maximum authorized drafts. All depths are to be considered as

in fresh water.

Hallgrund to Pietarsaari

10.2 Hallgrund (63°39'N., 22°25'E.) is a small and low islet lying about 2.5 miles offshore on the W side of the approach to Uusikaarlepyy. It is fronted by shoals on the N and E

sides.

10.2 Socklothallan, a large islet with several small islets lying

close off its S end, is located close to and extends about 0.3

mile S from Hallgrund. Tuvan, a small islet, lies about 0.2 mile

NE of Hallgrund. Torson, a wooded island, lies 2 miles SSW of

Hallgrund.

10.2 Hallgrund Light is shown from a framework tower standing

on Socklothallan. Hallgrund Beacon, a conspicuous pyramidshaped tower, 21m high, is situated 0.2 mile S of the light.

10.2 A partly-buoyed approach channel, authorized for drafts up

to 4m, leads in a S direction and passes E of Hallgrund and

Torsen. This channel leads to the anchorage for Uusikaarlepyy.

Vessels, with local knowledge, may anchor, in depths of 12 to

14m, clay, about 0.7 mile E of the S end of Torson.

10.2 Uusikaarlepyy (63°31'N., 22°32'E.) (World Port Index No.

27580), a small town, is situated 3 miles from the mouth of a

shallow river estuary and cannot be reached by ocean-going

vessels.

10.2 Kallan Light (63°45.2'N., 22°31.5'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 19m high, standing on Kallan, an abovewater rock lying about 0.5 mile off the S end of an extensive

area of foul and rocky ground.

10.2 Hellstenen, another above-water rock, lies on the foul

ground about 0.8 mile NNE of Kallan. Storviken, an isolated

rock that covers 0.7m, lies 0.5 mile N of Hellstenen.

10.2 Nygrundet Light (Pietarsaaren Majakka) (63°44'N.,

22°32'E.) is shown from a prominent yellow tower standing on

a rocky shoal, awash, about 0.7 mile SSE of Kallan Light. A

racon is situated at this light.

10.2 Alholmsfjarden, within which the port of Pietarsaari is

situated, lies about 8 miles NE of Hallgrund and 4 miles SE of

Hallgrund Beacon

Kallan Light

Nygrundet Light
Sector 10. Finland—West Coast—Hallgrund to the Swedish Border 145

Pub. 195

Kallan Light. It is part of a large bay filled with numerous

wooded islands, rocks, and shoals.

10.2 Masskar Tower (63°44'N., 22°35'E.), a red structure with a

gray pointed roof, stands on Masskar Island, about 2 miles SE

of Kallan Light. It is 21m high and prominent from seaward. 

10.2 The main entrance into Alholmsfjarden leads between

Kallan Light and Nygrundet Light. The outermost danger on

the N side of the approach is an isolated shoal, lying about 1.3

miles NNW of Kallan Light. It has a least depth of 7.5m and is

marked by a buoy.

10.2 Storgrundet, a detached shoal bank, lies about 3 miles SW of

Kallan Light and is the outermost danger on the S side of the

approach. It has a least depth of 3.2m and is marked by buoys.

10.2 Gammalgrundet, with depths of less than 2m, is an extensive

shoal lying on the S side of the entrance. It is situated on a

large shallow bank, which extends about 3.5 miles N from the

mainland. 

Pietarsaari (63°41'N., 22°40'E.)

World Port Index No. 27570

10.3 Pietarsaari, formerly known as Jakobstad, is situated

within Alholmsfjarden, about 8 miles NE of Hallgrund. This

sheltered harbor lies on the NW side of Adholme and E of

Adon, a peninsula located 1 mile W. 

10.3 Depths—Limitations.—The main approach channel from

seaward leads between Kallan Light and Nygrundet Light. The

entrance fairway, which is authorized for drafts up to 9m,

passes between numerous islets and shoals fronting the harbor.

The principal facilities are described below. 

10.3 The Ro-Ro Quay is 160m long and has a depth of 7.4m

alongside. Laucko Quay is 150m long and has a depth of 9m

alongside. It is used as an oil berth and can handle tankers up to

200m in length.

10.3 New Quay is 200m long and has a depth of 7.4m alongside.

Allhomen Pier provides a ro-ro berth. It has depths of 4.9m

alongside the E side and 6m alongside the W side.

10.3 Vessels up to 47,940 dwt, 217m in length, and 9m draft have

been accommodated in the harbor.

10.3 Aspect.—The main entrance fairway leading to the harbor is

indicated by lighted ranges and marked by lights, buoys, and

beacons.

10.3 The commercial harbor is situated on the NW side of Leppaluoto, a peninsula extending 2 miles N of the town.

10.3 The spire of a church and a water tower situated in the S part

of the town are conspicuous from seaward. A prominent chimney stands 2.5 miles N of the church spire.

10.3 The Port can be contacted on: BA NP-286(2) 2010/11

10.3 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots are provided by

the Tankar Pilot Station (Bothnia Pilot). For further information, see paragraph 10.1.

10.3 During inclement weather, vessels may be directed to a more

sheltered area by VHF.

10.3 Regulations.—The main routes leading to Pietarsaari are

situated within Sector C of the Bothnia Vessel Traffic Service

(VTS) system. This system operates off the NW coast of Finland and is mandatory. For further details of the VTS system,

including reporting procedures, see paragraph 10.1.

10.3 At night tankers carrying more than 4,000 tons of oil are

prohibited from navigating in the channel between the oil berth

and the sea.

10.3 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge may anchor N

of Masskar, in a depth of 16m, mud. Anchorage may also be

taken in the roadstead about 1.5 miles E of Masskar, in depths

of 11 to 12m. 

Pietarsaari to Kokkola (Ykspihlaja)

10.4 Kokkola Light (64°00'N., 22°52'E.), equipped with a

racon, is located 17.5 miles NNE of Kallen Light. It is shown

from a prominent tower, 23m high, standing on the W side of

Kredens Shoal. The coast between is fronted by numerous

small islands, islets, rocks, and patches of foul ground extending up to about 11 miles offshore.

10.4 Orgrundet Beacon (63°47'N., 22°33'E.), 12m high, stands

on the N extremity of Orgrundet Island, about 2.2 miles NNE

of Kallan Light.

Masskar Tower

E-mail: satama@pietarsaari.fi

Web: 

http://www.portofpietarsaari.fii

Kokkola Light
146 Sector 10. Finland—West Coast—Hallgrund to the Swedish Border 

Pub. 195

Lillgrundet (63°51'N., 22°37'E.), marked by range beacons,

is situated about 6.4 miles NNE of Kallan Light and surrounded by foul ground.

10.4 An inshore channel leading from sea to Ykspihlaja, which is

authorized for drafts up to 3m, passes S and E of Lillgrundet. It

is suitable only for small vessels during daylight.

10.4 Koppargrundet Beacon (63°55.7'N., 22°43.1'E.), consisting of a prominent steel mast, stands in an islet about 5.8 miles

SW of Kokkola Light.

10.4 Tankar (63°57'N., 22°51'E.) lies about 3 miles SSW of

Kokkola Light and is fronted by shoals extending up to about

1.7 miles seaward. A main pilot station (Bothnia Pilot) is

situated on this island. A harbor used by small craft is located

at the E side.

10.4 Tankar Light is shown from a prominent metal tower, 29m

high, standing near the center of the island.

10.4 A secondary passage leading from sea to Ykspihlaja, which

is authorized for vessels with drafts up to 5.2m, is entered

about 2 miles NW of Tankar. It passes NE of the island and

joins the primary channel close NE of Repskaret, 3.5 miles SE.

The fairway is indicated by a lighted range, buoys, and beacons.

10.4 Trullevin (63°57'N., 23°03'E.), marked by range beacons, is

a small island lying about 5.8 miles SE of Kokkola Light.

10.4 An inshore channel leading from sea to Ykspihlaja, which is

authorized for drafts up to 2.5m, passes close W of this island.

It is indicated by range beacons and is partly buoyed.

10.4 Caution.—An explosives dumping area, which may best be

seen on the chart, lies centered 13 miles NW of Kokkola Light.

Kokkola (Ykspihlaja) (63°51'N., 23°06'E.)

World Port Index No. 27560

10.5 The harbor of Kokkola (Ykspihlaja), formerly known

as Karleby, is situated 2.5 miles W of the town and 20 miles

NE of Hallgrund. It lies between the mainland and an island,

and is divided into two parts by a breakwater.

10.5 The principal imports handled are oil, liquid chemicals, and

zinc concentrates. Timber products and zinc are exported.

10.5 Winds—Weather.—Winds, from NW through N to NE,

sometimes cause a heavy sea in the harbor.

10.5 Ice.—Ice obstructions exist from December through April;

however, efforts are made to keep the harbor open by means of

icebreakers. Ice class restrictions apply in winter.

10.5 Tides—Currents.—The water level may vary as much as

0.6m, depending on the wind. 

10.5 Depths—Limitations.—The main approach channel, which

is authorized for drafts up to 13m, leads from the NW and

passes close SW of Kokkola Light. Local knowledge is

required to enter the harbor. For the secondary entrance channels, see paragraph 10.4. The principal facilities are described

below. Depths are to be considered as in fresh water. 

10.5 Deep Quay is 600m long and has a depths of 11 to 13m

alongside.

10.5 Outokumpu Quay is 210m long and has a depth of 11m

alongside. 

10.5 Kemira Quay, a liquid chemical and gas berth, is 160m long

and has a depth of 9.5m alongside.

10.5 Oil Quay, at the S side of the breakwater, is 83m long and

has a depth of 9.5m alongside.

10.5 Shore Quay is situated in the S part of the harbor. The N side

is 100m long and has a depth of 7.1m alongside. The S side is

320m long and has a depth of 9.5m alongside.

10.5 Ro-Ro Quay, in the S part, is 85m long and has a depth of

6m alongside.

10.5 Stone Quay, in the S part, is 137m long and has a depth of

7.1m alongside.

10.5 There are facilities for LPG, tanker, general cargo, bulk, and

ro-ro vessels. There are no restrictions for length or beam.

Tankar Light

Kokkola

Kokkola (General Port)
Sector 10. Finland—West Coast—Hallgrund to the Swedish Border 147

Pub. 195

Vessels with drafts (fresh water) up to 13m can be

accommodated.

10.5 Aspect.—The main fairway channel is entered from NW of

Kokkola Light. It is indicated by lighted ranges and marked by

lighted buoys and beacons.

10.5 Bergbadan Beacon, equipped with a racon, stands on an islet

at the S side of the main channel, about 2 miles SSE of Kokkola Light.

10.5 A water tower and several prominent tanks and chimneys

stand in the vicinity of the harbor area. 

10.5 The Port can be contacted on: 

10.5 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots are provided by

the Tankar Pilot Station (Bothnia Pilot). For further information, see paragraph 10.1.

10.5 Arrangements may be made to embark the pilot in the

vicinity of Kokkola Light.

10.5 Regulations.—The main routes leading to Kokkola are situated within Sector C of the Bothnia Vessel Traffic Service

(VTS) system. This system operates off the NW coast of Finland and is mandatory. For further details of the VTS system,

including reporting procedures, see paragraph 10.1.

10.5 Inbound tankers carrying more than 4,000 tons of oil are

prohibited from entering any of the approach channels at night.

Tankers departing the port are permitted to use the main channel at night.

10.5 Caution.—Vessels may experience difficulties while berthing alongside the quays during strong N winds.

10.5 It is reported that an all-weather terminal quay (covered) is

under construction within the port.

Kokkola (Ykspihlaja) to Raahe

10.6 Ykskivi Shoal (64°13'N., 23°11'E.), lying about 15

miles NNE of Kokkola Light, has a least depth of 4.2m.

10.6 Ohtakari (64°05'N., 23°24'E.), a small island lying close

offshore, is located 15 miles ENE of Kokkola Light. A fishing

light is occasionally shown from the E side of this island. 

10.6 A line of shoals, with depths of less than 10m, extends SE

between Ykskivi Shoal and Ohtakari.

10.6 Himanka (64°04'N., 23°39'E.) lying 6.5 miles ESE

Ohtakari, is a loading place situated near the mouth of a river.

It lies in the E part of the head of a bay, which is fronted by a

chain of small islands, islets, and rocks. There is a wharf with a

depth of 1.8m along-side. Anchorages are available in the

immediate approach. A fairway channel, authorized for drafts

up to 4.2m, leads from seaward as far as the anchorages.

Pilotage is compulsory and pilots may be obtained from the

station at Tankar. 

10.6 The intervening coast between Himanka and Rahja, 10 miles

NNE, is low and much indented by small bays and inlets. The

shore is fronted by numerous small islands and rocks. The 10m

curve lies up to 5 miles off this part of the coast. 

10.6 Ulkokalla (64°20'N., 23°27'E.), 6m high, lies 10 miles NE

of Ykskivi Shoal and about 10 miles offshore. A light is shown

from a prominent tower, 14m high, standing near the N side of

this islet. A house with a red roof is situated close to the light.

10.7 Hevoskari (64°12'N., 23°34'E.), lying about 7.5 miles

NE of Ohtakari, is the outermost of the islands fronting this

part of the coast. 

10.7 Maakalla, 6m high, lies 2 miles SE of Ulkokalla. A light is

occasionally shown from this barren islet.

10.7 Both of these islets are fronted by foul ground and surrounded by shoals and rocky patches, with depths of less than

10m, lying up to about 3 miles seaward.

10.7 Only vessels with local knowledge should pass between

Ulkokalla and the mainland shore. 

10.7 Rahja (64°12'N., 23°44'E.) is a small timber-loading place

situated about 28 miles NE of Kokkola. Two quays on the SW

side of the harbor provide 265m of commercial berthage for

vessels with drafts up to 8.5m. Three anchorages, with depths

of 6 to 11m, lie within an inlet W of Rahja but are suitable only

for small vessels. Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be obtained from the Tankar pilot station. 

Lepanen (64°14'N., 23°39'E.), marked by a light, is the

northernmost of a chain of small islands extending from the

shore. Aijankallio Beacon, equipped with a racon, is located

Kokkola—Deep Quay

E-mail: satama@kokkola.fi

Website: http://www.portofkokkola.fii

Ulkokalla Light
148 Sector 10. Finland—West Coast—Hallgrund to the Swedish Border 

Pub. 195

about 1 mile W of Lepanen. Roima Lighted Beacon, equipped

with a racon, is located about 1 mile ENE of Lepanen. The

main channel leading from sea to Rahja, which is authorized

for drafts up to 8.5m, passes close SW of the island and is

indicated by lighted ranges. 

10.7 Kalajoki (64°16'N., 23°56'E.), a small craft harbor, is situated about 7 miles NE of Rahja, at the head of a bay. The coast

in this vicinity is fronted by a flat which has depths of less than

5m and extends up to about 4 miles seaward. Above and

below-water rocks extend up to about 1.5 miles NNW from

Lehtoniemi, the W entrance point of the bay. Local knowledge

is required for entry. 

10.7 Pertunmatala (64°21'N., 23°54'E.), lying 4.5 miles NNE of

Lehtoniemi, is a small group of above and below-water rocks

located about 1.2 miles offshore.

10.8 Nahkiainen Light (64°37'N., 23°54'E.) is shown

from a prominent tower with a helicopter platform, 24m high,

standing on Ulkonahkiainen, a rocky shoal area. Detached

shoal patches, with depths of less than 10m, extend up to about

2 miles seaward of the light. They are marked by buoys and

may best be seen on the chart.

10.8 An isolated shoal patch, with a depth of 7.3m, lies 4.5 miles

SSE of the light.

10.8 Raahe Light (64°39'N., 24°14'E.), equipped with a racon, is

shown from a prominent tower, 24m high, standing 9 miles

ENE of Nahkiainen Light.

10.8 Maanahkiainen, a detached shoal, has a least depth of 3.5m

and lies about 3 miles SSW of the light.

10.8 Caution.—A local magnetic anomaly exists within a small

area located 9 miles SSW of Nahkiainen Light. 

10.8 A local magnetic anomaly exists in the area lying between

Nahkiainen Light and Raahe Light.

Raahe (64°41'N., 24°25'E.)

World Port Index No. 27530

10.9 Raahe is situated 15 miles ENE of Nahkiainen Light.

The coast in this vicinity is fronted by many small islands,

islets, and shoals. Rautaruukki, the outer harbor, is protected by

detached breakwaters which have been formed by causeways

joining several islets. Lapaluoto, the inner harbor, is protected

by a number of small islands. The town stands 2.5 miles NE of

the port.

10.9 Winds—Weather.—The harbors are, to a great extent, protected against N, E, and S winds and to some degree against W

winds. 

10.9 Ice.—The harbor is kept open year round with icebreaker

assistance.

10.9 Tides—Currents.—There are no regular tides or currents. 

10.9 Depths—Limitations.—The main approach channel leading from seaward, which is authorized for drafts up to 8m,

passes N of Nahkiainen Light and close S of Raahe Light. 

10.9 The principal wharves include Lapaluoto Quay, which is

100m long and has a depth of 8m alongside; Import Quay,

which is 370m long and has a depth of 8m alongside; Export

Quay, which is 270m long and has a depth of 8m alongside;

Nahkiainen Light

Raahe Light

Courtesy of Port of Raahe

Raahe
Sector 10. Finland—West Coast—Hallgrund to the Swedish Border 149

Pub. 195

and Oil Quay, which is 207m long and has a depth of 8m

alongside. There are facilities for tanker, bulk, ro-ro, and general cargo vessels. Vessels up to 40,000 dwt, 200m in length,

and 8m draft can be accommodated in the port.

10.9 Aspect.—On approaching the coast, a range of hills, 100 to

120m high, can be seen rising about 7 miles inland, 10 miles

SSE of the town.

10.9 The main entrance channel is indicated by lighted ranges,

lighted buoys, and beacons. Heikinkari Light, the front range

light, is situated 3.4 miles E of Raahe Light and is equipped

with a racon.

10.9 A church, with a conspicuous tower, stands in the town and a

square water tower is situated 0.3 mile SW of it. A prominent

chimney, 110m high, stands 2.5 miles SW of the church in the

vicinity of the harbor.

10.9 The Port can be contacted on: 

10.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots are provided by

the Perameri Pilot Station (Bothnia Pilot) located at Hailuoto

(see paragraph 10.10). For further information concerning

pilotage in the approaches, see paragraph 10.1.

10.9 Arrangements may be made to embark pilots about 1.2 miles

WSW of Raahe Light (64°39'N., 24°14'E.).

10.9 Regulations.—The main routes leading to Raahe are

situated within Sector D of the Bothnia Vessel Traffic Service

(VTS) system. This system operates off the NW coast of Finland and is mandatory. For further details of the VTS system,

including reporting procedures, see paragraph 10.1.

10.9 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken seaward of Raahe

Light, in depths of 15 to 20m. Vessels, with local knowledge,

may also obtain sheltered anchorage S of the fairway, in a

depth of 11m, about 0.6 mile NE of Heikinkari Light. 

Raahe to Oulu

10.10 The coast extends in a general NE direction from

Raahe to Oulu, a distance of 32 miles. The intervening coast is

indented by several bays and a number of rivers flow into the

sea in this area. The 10m curve lies up to 9 miles offshore. 

Tauvo (64°49'N., 24°33'E.), a peninsula, projects from the

mainland about 8 miles NNE of Raahe. It is fronted by rocks

extending up to about 1 mile seaward. A light is shown from a

prominent framework structure, 30m high, standing near the

NW extremity of this peninsula. 

10.10 Hailuoto (65°03'N., 24°46'E.), a low and wooded island, lies

with its S extremity located 8.5 miles N of Tauvo. 

10.10 Marjaniemi Light (65°02'N., 24°34'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 25m high, standing on the W extremity of

Hailuoto.

10.10 Pilotage.—Pilotage is provided by Bothnia Pilot from the

main pilot station situated near the W point of Hailuoto island

and close by Marjaniemi Light (65°02'N., 24°34'E.). This

station provides pilots for Raahe, Rahja, Oulu, Kemi, and the

Tornio/Roytta Channels (see paragraph 10.1). 

10.10 Merikallat (65°02'N., 24°05'E.), a shoal area of sand and

stones, lies between 10 and 14 miles W of Hailuoto. It has a

least depth of 6.7m and is marked by buoys. 

10.10 Artunmatala (65°15'N., 24°07'E.), with a least depth of 8m,

lies about 17 miles NNW of Marjaniemi Light. This shoal,

which is marked by a buoy, is the outermost patch with a depth

of less than 10m lying off this stretch of coast.

10.10 Oulu 1 Light (65°11'N., 24°30'E.), equipped with a racon, is

shown from a prominent tower, 24m high, standing about 9

miles N of Marjaniemi Light.

10.10 Oulun Portti Lighted Beacon is situated 3.4 miles W of this

light. An isolated shoal patch, with a depth of 8.2m, lies about

0.6 mile S of the lighted beacon and is marked by a buoy.

10.10 Oulu 2 Light (65°10'N., 24°35'E.) is shown from a prominent tower, 24m high, standing 2.3 miles ESE of Oulu 1 Light. 

10.10 Oulu 3 Light (65°09'N., 24°40'E.) is shown from a prominent tower, 24m high, standing 2.5 miles SE of Oulu 2 Light.

10.10 Luodematala Light (65°10'N., 25°00'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a structure, 29m high, standing 10.3

miles E of Oulu 2 Light.

Directions.—The waters fronting Oulu are encumbered by

numerous islets, rocks, and shoal areas. Recommended routes

E-mail: satama@raahe.fi

Website: http://www.portofraahe.fi Tauvo Light

Marjaniemi Light on Hailuoto
150 Sector 10. Finland—West Coast—Hallgrund to the Swedish Border 

Pub. 195

(channels), which may best be seen on the chart, lead through

these dangers and obstructions to the port.

 The fairways are indicated by lighted ranges and marked by

buoys and beacons. 

10.10 The main approach channel from seaward, which is authorized for drafts up to 10m, is entered about 24 miles WNW of

Marjaniemi Light. This route leads E for about 20 miles and

passes close S of Oulun Portti Lighted Beacon and 0.5 mile S

of Oulu 1 Light. It then leads in a SE direction for about 24

miles, passing NE of Hailuoto, to the port. The fairway passes

close NE of Oulu 2 Light and close SW of Oulu 3 Light.

10.10 Two alternate channels, which are authorized for drafts up to

8m, lead N or E of Merikallat shoal and merge together. This

route then leads NE for about 7 miles and joins the main

channel 1.5 miles SW of Oulu 1 Light.

10.10 Another alternate channel, which is authorized for drafts up

to 6.1m, leads about 6 miles SE. This route passes close N of

Oulu 1 Light and joins the main channel about 0.5 mile NW of

Oulu 2 Light.

10.10 A secondary channel, which is authorized for drafts up to

4.2m, is entered about 6 miles SW of Marjaniemi Light. This

route leads N and NE for about 14 miles. It passes 1.6 miles W

of Marjaniemi Light and joins the main channel in the vicinity

of Oulu 3 Light.

10.10 Another secondary channel, which is authorized for drafts up

to 3.5m, is entered about 8 miles NW of Marjaniemi Light. It

leads 6 miles ESE and joins the first secondary channel 3.2

miles NNW of Marjaniemi Light. The secondary channels are

used only in daylight.

10.10 A shallow inshore channel, for small craft with local knowledge, leads from Raahe to Oulu. It passes between the S side

of Hailuoto and the mainland.

10.10 A main coastal route, which is authorized for drafts up to

10m, leads between the approaches to Oulu and the approaches

to Kemi. This channel leaves the main approach route about

4.3 miles SE of Luodematala Light and leads NE and E for 3

miles through a narrow passage. It then leads about 27 miles in

a NW direction to a position 4.5 miles W of Harkaletto Light

(65°30'N., 24°50'E.). From this position the channel leads 7

miles W to join the main approach route for Kemi (see paragraph 10.13).

10.10 Caution.—Local magnetic anomalies exist within an area,

the limits of which are shown on the chart, centered 9 miles W

of Tauvo Light.

Oulu (65°01'N., 25°28'E.)

World Port Index No. 27520

10.11 Oulu, formerly known as Uleaborg, lies on the S side

of the Oulujoki River (Ulea River), about 10 miles E of Hailuoto. It is an important harbor and industrial city. 

10.11 Ice.—The port is normally closed for almost half the year by

ice, but icebreakers are available.

10.11 Depths—Limitations.—The main channel leading from

seaward to the port is authorized for drafts up to 10m (see

paragraph 10.10).

10.11 The port consists of five harbor areas, which provide faciliOulu 1 Light

Oulu 2 Light

Oulu 3 Light
Sector 10. Finland—West Coast—Hallgrund to the Swedish Border 151

Pub. 195

ties for general cargo, ro-ro, bulk, tanker, chemical, and timberproduct vessels.

10.11 Pateniemi lies 5 miles NNW of the town. A channel, which

is authorized for drafts up to 6.3m, leads N to this harbor.

There is a berth, 85m long, with a depth of 6.3m alongside. It is

reported that this harbor is no longer open to commer-cial

shipping.

10.11 Toppila lies 1.5 miles NW of the town. Toppila Quay, 990m

long, is situated on the N side of this harbor and has a depth of

6.1m alongside. Hietasaari Quay, 600m long, is situated on the

S side and has a depth of 6.1m alongside. It is reported that this

harbor is used only for the discharge of cement.

10.11 An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of 50m,

spans the entrance to Toppila harbor.

10.11 Vihreasaari lies at the SW extremity of the southernmost

islet fronting the town. Oil Quay, 72m long and T-shaped, is

situated on the N side of this harbor and has a depth of 10m

alongside. Bulk Quay, 150m long, is situated on the S side and

has and a depth of 10m alongside.

10.11 Oritkari lies 1 mile SW of the town on the S bank of the

river. Main Quay, situated at the S side, is 270m long and has a

depth of 9m alongside. North Quay, situated at the N side, is

170m long and has a depth of 10m alongside. There are also

three ro-ro berths, with depths of 7 to 10m alongside.

10.11 Nuottasaari lies 0.5 mile WSW of the town on the S bank of

the river. Nuottasaari Quay, 320m long, has a depth of 6.4m

alongside. Two chemical quays, situated close W, have depths

of 7.5m and 9.5m alongside.

10.11 Vessels up to 50,000 dwt, 200m in length, and 10m draft can

be accommodated within the port.

10.11 Aspect.—The recommended entrance channels are indicated

by lighted ranges and marked by lighted buoys and beacons.

Several chimneys and silos standing in the vicinity of the harbor at Oritkari are prominent from seaward.

10.11 The Port can be contacted on: 

10.11 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory deep-sea pilots are

provided by the Perameri Pilot Station, Bothnia Pilot (see

paragraph 10.10). For further information concerning pilotage,

see also paragraph 10.1.

10.11 Regulations.—The main routes leading to Oulu are situated

within Sector D of the Bothnia Vessel Traffic Service (VTS)

system. This system operates off the NW coast of Finland and

is mandatory. For further details of the VTS system, including

reporting procedures, see paragraph 10.1.

10.11 Anchorage.—The roadstead between Oulu and Pateniemi,

5.5 miles N, affords anchorage, in depths of 7 to 8m, mud. 

10.11 Anchorage may also be taken, in depths of 10 to 14m, clay

and sand, about 3 miles WNW of Oulu. 

10.11 Caution.—Numerous quantities of timber may be found

lying in the vicinity of the harbor at Pateniemi. 

Oulu to Kemi

10.12 The coast between Oulu and Kemi, 49 miles NNW, is

low, wooded, and fronted by numerous islands, islets, rocks,

and shoals. Some of these dangers lie up to 30 miles seaward

of the E shore of the gulf.

10.12 Other than the direct approach from seaward, there are two

routes leading from Oulu to Kemi. The principal coastal approach route is authorized for drafts up to 10m (see paragraph

10.10). The secondary inshore route, which detours via Martinniemi and Iin Roytta, is authorized for drafts up to 5.5m.

10.12 Martinniemi (65°13'N., 25°17'E.), a loading place with a

small harbor, lies about 11 miles N of Oulu and is approached

from the Oulu to Kemi inshore route. The entrance channel is

authorized for drafts up to 4.2m. Anchorage may be taken, in a

depth of 8m, good holding ground, about 0.4 mile off the

harbor breakwaters or, in a depth of 16m, about 1.3 miles

WSW of the breakwaters. Local knowledge is required. 

10.12 It was reported that the harbor is only used by small craft and

is no longer open to commercial traffic.

10.12 Iin Roytta (65°16'N., 25°12'E.), a small craft harbor, lies at

the SE end of an island of the same name. It is protected by

breakwaters, which extend from the E and S ends of the island,

and has depths of 2 to 3m.

10.12 An outer anchorage lies about 0.5 mile W of the island and

has a depth of 16m. An inner anchorage lies about 0.2 mile E

of the S extremity of the island and has a depths of 7 to 9m.

The anchorages are approached from the Oulu to Kemi inshore

route. The entrance channel is authorized for drafts up to 5.5m.

Local knowledge is required. 

10.12 Harkaletto Light (65°30'N., 24°50'E.) is shown from a

concrete tower, 11m high, standing on an islet 15 miles SSE of

Kemi. 

10.12 Kemi 1 Light (65°23'N., 24°06'E.) is shown from a prominent tower, 21m high with a helicopter platform, standing in

the SW approach to Kemi. A racon is situated at this light.

10.12 Rajamatalat, an isolated shoal patch with a least depth of

6.6m, lies about 4 miles N of Kemi 1 Light. Mutkamatala, with

a least depth of 5.7m, is a shoal patch lying on the E side of the

main approach channel, 8.5 miles NE of Kemi 1 Light.

10.12 Kemi 2 Light (65°30'N., 24°22'E.) is shown from a mast,

with a wind generator, standing 10 miles NE of Kemi 1 Light.

10.12 Lallin Moyly, an isolated shoal patch with a depth of 3.5m,

lies about 2 miles NNW of Kemi 2 Light. 

10.13 Keminkraaseli Light (65°36.6'N., 24°33.8'E.) is

shown from a prominent concrete tower, 25m high, standing 8

miles NE of Kemi 2 Light. A racon is situated at this light.

Courtesy of Port of Oulu

Oulu

Website: http://www.ouluport.com
152 Sector 10. Finland—West Coast—Hallgrund to the Swedish Border 

Pub. 195

10.13 Pohjantahti Beacon (65°37.6'N., 24°22.4'E.), equipped

with a racon, is situated about 7 miles N of Kemi 2 Light.

Directions.—The approach to this section of the Finnish

coast is difficult due to the wide belt of islands, islets, shoals,

and rocks fronting the coast at the N end of the Gulf of

Bothnia. These dangers may best be seen on the chart.

10.13 Recommended routes (channels), which may best be seen on

the chart, lead through these dangers and obstructions to the

ports. The inner fairways are indicated by lighted ranges and

marked by buoys and beacons.

10.13 From seaward, the land in the approach to Kemi is uniformly

low and cannot be distinguished from the offshore islands.

However, good references are provided by the lighthouses,

both Finnish and Swedish, and by the off-lying islands of Maloren (65°31'N., 23°34'E.) and Sandskar (65°35'N., 23°45'E.).

10.13 The main approach route leading to Kemi, which is authorized for drafts up to 10m, begins in the vicinity of Kemi 1

Light and leads NE and NNE for about 20 miles. It passes

close NW of Kemi 2 Light and about 2 miles W of Keminkraaseli Light.

10.13 The principal coastal route from Oulu, which is authorized

for drafts up to 10m, joins the main channel about 1 mile NNE

of Kemi 2 Light (see paragraph 10.10).

10.13 Caution.—Local magnetic anomalies exist within an area

lying between about 1.2 miles and 6 miles W of Harkaletto

Light (65°30'N., 24°50'E.).

Kemi (65°44'N., 24°34'E.)

World Port Index No. 27410

10.14 The port of Kemi is situated at the mouth of a river

that flows into the head of the Gulf of Bothnia. The town,

which is fronted by a small craft harbor, is served by two

commercial harbors. Ajos, the outer harbor, lies at the SW end

of a peninsula, about 4.5 miles SSW of the town. Veitsiluoto,

the inner harbor, lies at the SW side of an island, 3 miles SSE

of the town.

10.14 The principal imports are oil and chemicals. Steel and timber

products are exported.

10.14 Ice.—The harbor is normally frozen over from the beginning

of December to the end of May. Attempts are made to keep the

harbor open with the assistance of icebreakers. The Finnish

Board of Navigation determines the restrictions and requirements for vessels allowed to enter the harbor at this time. 

10.14 Tides—Currents.—The tides are negligible, but winds will

cause the water level to vary. During S winds, the water level

may rise up to 1.5m above normal. During N winds, the level

may fall as much as 0.8m.

10.14 Depths—Limitations.—The principal entrance channel

leading from seaward to the harbor at Ajos is authorized for

drafts up to 10m (see paragraph 10.13).

10.14 The installations at Ajos are protected by a detached breakwater, which lies at the W side of the harbor. Quay No. 1 has

two berths on each side and a ro-ro ramp. The NW side provides 185m of quayage, with depths of 7.3 to 8.3m alongside.

The SE side provides 160m of quayage, with a depth of 11.4m

alongside.

Kemi 1 Light

Kemi 2 Light

Keminkraaseli Light
Sector 10. Finland—West Coast—Hallgrund to the Swedish Border 153

Pub. 195

10.14 Quay No. 2 has three berths along the SE side. It provides

290m of quayage, with a depth of 9.3m alongside. Quay No. 3

has two berths along the NW side. It provides 185m of quayage, with a depth of 5.3m alongside. Quay No. 4 has one berth

along the SE side. It provides 90m of quayage, with a depth of

5.3m alongside.

10.14 The oil jetty, located at the SE side of the harbor, provides a

berth, 90m long, with a depth of 11.4m alongside. Tankers up

to 244m in length and 10m draft can be accommodated.

10.14 The main branch channel leading to Veitsiluoto is authorized

for drafts up to 7m.

10.14 The harbor at Veitsiluoto is centered around a pier which

extends 235m SSW from the island. Berth No. 1, which is

135m long, extends W from the root of the pier; Berth No. 2

and Berth No. 3, situated along the W side of the pier, provide

209m of quayage; Berth No. 4 and Berth No. 5, situated along

the E side of the pier, provide 230m of quayage; and Berth No.

6, which is 120m long, is situated close E of the pier. A ro-ro

ramp is located at the E side of the pier root. Vessels up to 7m

draft can be handled alongside within this harbor. 

10.14 Aspect.—The inner entrance fairways are indicated by

lighted ranges and marked by buoys and beacons.

10.14 A church with a tower and the town hall situated at Kemi are

prominent from seaward. Several conspicuous chimneys stand

in the vicinity of the harbor at Veitsiluoto.

10.14 Three conspicuous wind generators, 35m high, stand on the

S side of Ajos.

10.14 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots are provided by

the Perameri Pilot Station (Bothnia Pilot) located at Hailuoto

(see paragraph 10.10). For further information concerning

pilotage, see paragraph 10.1.

10.14 The pilot station at Ajos (65°40'N., 24°31'E.) is not permanently manned. Arrangements may be made to embark the

pilot at a position about 11 miles SSW of Ajos, close to Kemi 2

Light.

10.14 Regulations.—The main routes leading to Kemi are situated

within Sector D of the Bothnia Vessel Traffic Service (VTS)

system. This system operates off the NW coast of Finland and

is mandatory. For further details of the VTS system, including

reporting procedures, see paragraph 10.1.

10.14 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 16m,

about 0.9 mile SSW of the oil jetty head, close W of the main

entrance channel.

Kemi to the Swedish Border

10.15 Tornio (Roytta) (65°50'N., 24°09'E.), which is situated about 1.5 miles above the mouth of the Torniojoki River,

can only be reached by small craft. Roytta, the commercial

harbor for this industrial town, lies about 5 miles S and is situated close to the border between Sweden and Finland, on the

SW side of the island of Sellei.

 The border between Finnish and Swedish waters in this

vicinity extends S, close to the meridian of 24°10'E.

10.15 Ice.—From the middle of January to the beginning of May,

the harbor is generally frozen over.

10.15 Depths—Limitations.—The main entrance channel leading

to Roytta is authorized for drafts up to 8m. It initially follows

the main route leading from seaward to Kemi to a position

about 6 miles NNE of Kemi 2 Light. The channel then leads in

a general NW direction for about 11 miles to the harbor.

10.15 There are three main berths, the largest being 185m long,

with a depth of 8m alongside. Vessels up to 160m in length and

8m draft can be handled. There are facilities for timber, general

cargo, bulk, and LPG vessels. 

10.15 Aspect.—The main entrance fairway is indicated by lighted

ranges and marked by buoys. A conspicuous chimney stands in

the vicinity of the harbor.

10.15 The Port can be contacted on:

10.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots are provided by

the Perameri Pilot Station (Bothnia Pilot) located at Hailuoto

(see paragraph 10.10). For further information concerning

pilotage, see paragraph 10.1.

10.15 Regulations.—The main routes leading to Tornio are situated within Sector D of the Bothnia Vessel Traffic Service

(VTS) system. This system operates off the NW coast of

Finland and is mandatory. For further details of the VTS system, including reporting procedures, see paragraph 10.1.

10.15 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, by vessels with

local knowledge, in a depth of 8m, close E of the fairway,

about 1.2 miles SSE of the front range light.

Kemi—Veitsiluoto

Web: http://www.portofkemi.fi
Pub. 195

Glossaries 155

Glossaries

Swedish

SWEDISH English

A

a, alv, alven....................................................... stream, river

ankarplats .............................................................anchorage

ankarsattning ...................................... roadstead, anchorage

arna, arne ...................................... group of islands or rocks

as ..................................................................................ridge

B

back .............................................................................brook

backe................................................................................hill

badan, bade, baden ................................................reef, rock

bak.............................................................................beacon

bank .............................................................................. bank

barrskog....................................................coniferous woods

bassang .........................................................................basin

bat.................................................................................. boat

berg, berget.....................................................mountain, hill

bergspets..........................................................peak, summit

block....................................................................... boulders

boj................................................................................. buoy

borg...................................................................... castle, fort

branning.............................................................. rock awash

branningar ...............................................................breakers

brant.......................................................... steep, precipitous

bredning.................................wide place in river or channel

bro ..............................................................................bridge

brottsjo.....................................................................breakers

brygga................................................................. jetty, wharf

bukt, bukten.......................................................... bight, bay

by.................................................................................. town

D

dal................................................................................valley

dammar.........................................................................weirs

djup, djupet................................................... channel, sound

djupranna......................................................... deep channel

domkyrk .................................................................cathedral

dy................................................................................... mud

dykdalb.....................................................................dolphin

E

ebb .................................................................................. ebb

elv..................................................................................river

ensamt ..............................................................isolated rock

enslingje ............................................................... range line

F

fabrik .........................................................................factory

fabriksskorten......................................................... chimney

famn...........................................................................fathom

farja............................................................................... ferry

fartprovsbana...........................................measured distance

farvatten, farled ........................................................ fairway

fastning..................................................................... fortress

fiskegarn.................................................................. fish trap

fiskehamn .......................................................fishing harbor

fiskelage .........................................................fishing village

fiskevatten ...............................................................fisheries

fjall ................................................................. mountain, hill

fjard, fjarden.... fjord, bay, inlet, lake, sound, channel, strait

fjord, fjorden .................................................................fjord

flack, flak ..............................................................flat, shoal

flat ................................................................................... flat

flod ......................................................................flood, river

flyg ....................................................................aeronautical

flytdocka ......................................................... floating dock

forbjuden.............................................................. prohibited

forbjudet omrade.......................................... prohibited area

forhalningsboj ................................................ mooring buoy

forstord..................................................................destroyed

fortojningsring................................................. mooring ring

fot ................................................................................... foot

framtradante ................................... conspicuous, prominent

fyr.................................................................................. light

fyrhus ...................................................................lighthouse

fyrskepp.................................................................. lightship

fyrtorn ................................................................. light tower

G

gammal, gamla................................................................ old

gap.................................................... opening, inlet, passage

gard ....................................................... farm, country place

gatt............................................................ opening, entrance

grans............................................................. boundary, limit

gron ..............................................................................green

grund, grundet .............................................................. shoal

grundklack........................................................... shoal head

grus..............................................................................gravel

gul ..............................................................................yellow

H

hak, hake ................................ hook (of land), pointed shoal

hal...................................................................... hole, mouth

hals ................................................................. neck (of land)

halvo, halvon......................................................... peninsula

hammar ................................................... conspicuous point

hamn................................................. anchorage, bay, harbor

handelshamn .......................................... commercial harbor

hav.................................................................bay, sea, ocean

havsbukt ......................................................................... gulf

hog....................................................................... height, hill

hogslat....................................................................tableland

hogvatten..............................................................high water

hojd ................................................................................. hill

holm, holme, holmen ..................................................island

hus............................................................................... house

hufvud, huvud ......................................................cape, head

SWEDISH English
Pub. 195 

156 Glossaries

I

inlopp.......................................................................entrance

innerst................................................................... innermost

inre................................................................................inner

insegling ..................................................................entrance

insjo ................................................................................lake

is .......................................................................................ice

issignaler ............................................................. ice signals

J

jarnvag ......................................................................railroad

K

kabellangd .........................................................cable length

kaidam ............................................................................pier

kaj...................................................................... quay, wharf

kalv................................... small islet near a larger one, calf

kanal .............................................................................canal

kap .................................................................................cape

karantan ............................................................... quarantine

kase............................................................................beacon

klabbe .....................................bare rocky islet close inshore

klack ...........................................................underwater head

klapper......................................................................pebbles

klint ........................................summit of a steep hill or cliff

klippa................................................ cliff, rock above water

klippgrund .......................................................... rock, rocky

klockboj................................................................. bell buoy

kobb...................................................................... islet, rock

koping.................................................. market town, district

krigshamn............................................................war harbor

kulle.................................................................................hill

kummel........................................................ landmark, cairn

kust ...............................................................................coast

kustvakt ..............................................................coast guard

kvarn...............................................................................mill

kyrka.......................................................................... church

L

landningstrappa ...............................................landing stage

landtunga ...................................... spit of land, neck of land

lasarett ......................................................................hospital

lastageplats ......................................................loading place

lastbrygga .................................................... cargo jetty, pier

lag................................................................................... low

lage .................................................................. station, berth

lagvatten ............................................................... low water

led.............................................................................channel

lera..................................................................................clay

lill, lilla ..........................................................................little

livraddningsstation ....................................lifesaving station

ljudboj ..............................................................whistle buoy

ljudpipa......................................................................whistle

lod...................................................................................lead

lopp...........................................................................channel

lots ............................................................................... pilots

lotsstation .......................................................... pilot station

SWEDISH English

lund ............................................................................. grove

lusthus ............................................................ summerhouse

lysboj.................................................................... light buoy

M

mad........................ marsh, stretch of water with flat bottom

magasin ............................................ storehouse, warehouse

marke............................................................................ mark

medlerst, mellerst.......................................................central

mellan......................................................... between, middle

minerada omradet................................................mined area

missvisning ............................................................ variation

mol ................................................................................. mill

molo ............................................................................. mole

mudder .......................................................................... mud

muddrad ...................................................................dredged

mun ............................................................................ mouth

mynning ............................................... river mouth, estuary

N

nabb.....................................................................nose, point

nas .......................................................................cape, point

nedre............................................................................ lower

nodhamn..........................................................refuge harbor

nord, norr...................................................................... north

nordost....................................................................northeast

nordvast, nordvest .................................................northwest

norra, nordlig...........................................................northern

ny....................................................................................new

O

oar, oarna................................................................... islands

o, on.............................................................................island

ogrupp ...............................................................island group

oklar ............................................................................... foul

oljecistern................................................................. oil tank

oljeledning.......................................................... oil pipeline

oljehamn................................................................oil harbor

omrade.......................................................... district, ground

oresund.................................................................. the sound

orlogsvarv...................................................... naval shipyard

ost, oster ......................................................................... east

ostersjon .................................................................the baltic

ostra, ostlig................................................................ eastern

overskoljte...........................................................submerged

ovre ............................................................................. upper

P

pir ................................................................................... pier

platt ................................................................................. flat

plattboj ................................................................... can buoy

prick ......................................................................spar buoy

R

raddningsstation ........................................ lifesaving station

radiofyr..............................................................radiobeacon

ranna......................................................................... channel

redd ....................................................................... roadstead

SWEDISH English
Pub. 195

Glossaries 157 

rev................................................................. reef, spit, bank

rod ................................................................................... red

ros, rose ............................................... cairn, heap of stones

rott ................................................................................... red

S

samhalle................................................................settlement

sand ...............................................................................sand

sjo .................................................................................... sea

sjogras .....................................................................seagrass

sjomarke ..................................................................seamark

sjukhus......................................................................hospital

skal .............................................................................. shells

skans................................................................. fort, redoubt

skar .........................................above-water rock, rocky islet

skargard .............................fringing rocks, islets, and shoals

skog ............................................................................woods

skogbevaxt................................................................wooded

skorsten .................................................................. chimney

skrent .................................................................. slope, bluff

skyddsomrade............................................... protection area

slatprick ........................................................plain spar buoy

slick ...............................................................................ooze

slip ................................................................ marine railway

slott.............................................................................. castle

sluss ............................................................................... lock

sma ...............................................................................small

soder, sodre, syd ...........................................................south

sodra, sydlig ........................................................... southern

spets..............................................................................point

spetsboj.............................................................conical buoy

spir................................................................................ spire

spirboj....................................................................spar buoy

stad ............................................................................... town

stang ......................................................................pole, spar

stangda farvatter ..............................................closed waters

stangmark ..........................................................pole beacon

sten ...............................................................................stone

stor, stora .........................................................great or large

strand ...........................................................................beach

strom..........................................................................current

sund,sundet..................................................................sound

svart ..............................................................................black

SWEDISH English

syd, sodre .....................................................................south

sydost .....................................................................southeast

sydvast, sydvest.................................................... southwest

T

tavla.............................................................. board daymark

tidssignal .............................................................time signal

tidvatten.......................................................................... tide

tidvattensdocka.......................................................wet dock

tippningsplats ................................................... spoil ground

topp .......................................................................... summit

tidssignal .............................................................time signal

tidvatten.......................................................................... tide

torn .............................................................................. tower

torrdocka ................................................................. drydock

trianglepunkt ...........................................triangulation point

tullkammare ....................................................custom office

tunga...........................................................................tongue

U

udde.................................................... cape, point, headland

undervattenskabel....................................... submarine cable

undre ........................................................................... lower

utkikstorn ....................................................... lookout tower

V

vagbrytare............................................................breakwater

vaderkvarn.............................................................. windmill

vall....................................................................... steep coast

varv..........................................................................shipyard

vast, vest........................................................................ west

vastra, vastlig............................................................ western

vatten............................................................................water

vattenstandssignalstation.......................... tide signal station

vattentorn ...........................................................water tower

vik ........................................................................ bay, creek

vit .................................................................................white

vrak .............................................................................wreck

vrakboj ....................................... wreck or obstruction buoy

Y

ytstrom ..........................................................surface current

ytterest.................................................................. outermost

yttre, ytter..................................................................... outer

SWEDISH English
Pub. 195

158 Glossaries

Russian—Estonian—Latvian—Lithuanian

RUSSIAN (r)

ESTONIAN (e)

LATVIAN (la)

LITHUANIAN (li) English

A

aar (e) ...........................................................................coast

abajas (e) ........................................................................ bay

akmens (la) ...................................................................stone

alev, -id (e).........................................market town, borough

allvett (e) ...........................................................above water

alumine (e) .........................................................lower, front

ankruplats, ankrupagaid (e)..................................anchorage

asula, asundus (e) .................................................settlement

austrumi (la) ...................................................................east

B

baak (e)......................................................................beacon

bakan (r) .............................................................. large buoy

baklysh (r) .................................................rock above water

balts (la)....................................................................... white

banka (r) .............................................................shoal, bank

bar (r)............................................................................... bar

bashnya (r)................................................................... tower

basseyn (r) ................................................... basin, wet dock

bel-yy-aya, -oye (r)...................................................... white

bereg (r)........................................... shore, river bank, coast

beregov-oy, -aya, -oye (r) .......................................... coastal

berezhn-y, -aya, -oye (r) .......................inner, close offshore

bochka (r) ...................................mooring buoy, barrel buoy

bol'sh-oy,-aya,-oye (r) ........................................ great, large

bryuaga (r)...............................................pier, landing stage

buek (r) ....................................................small boat or float

bugor (r)..............................................................hill, mound

bukhta (r).................................... bight, inlet, bay, roadstead

bukhtochka (r) .......................................................cove, bay

burun (r).................................................................... breaker

buy (r)........................................................................... buoy

C

chern-yy, -aya, -oye (r).................................................black

ciems (la)...................................................... village, hamlet

D

damba (r) ......................................................... seawall, dike

del'ta (r) ........................................................................ delta

derevnya (r) ............................................................... village

derevo (r) ................................................................. tree free

dienvidi (la) ..................................................................south

dlinn-yy, -aya, -oye (r)................................................... long

dok (r)........................................................................... dock

dolgota (r).............................................................. longitude

dolina (r)......................................................................valley

dom (r).........................................................................house

doroga (r)....................................................................... road

dyun-y, a (r)....................................................... dunes, dune

E

edela (e)................................................................ southwest

elling (r) ................................................................... slipway

ezers (la).........................................................................lake

F

faarvater (e) .................................................... channel, strait

farvater (r) ..................................................channel, fairway

G

gavan' (r) ..................................................harbor, basin, bay

glubok-iy, -aya, -oye (r) ................................................deep

golets, gol'tsy (r) ..........................................mountain, peak

golomyann-yy, -aya, -oye (r)...................................open sea

golova (r).........................................................head (of pier)

gora (r) ...........................................................mountain, hill

gorlo (r) ........................................................................ strait

gorod (r) ................................................................city, town

gorodok (r) ..........................................................small town

granitsa (r)............................................................. boundary

greben (r)...................................................................... ridge

grund (e)....................................................................... shoal

gryada, gryady (r)..................... mountains, hill, bank, ridge

H

haabjas (e) ......................................................................boat

hall (e) ........................................................................... gray

hoone (e) ..................................................................... house

I

ida (e) ............................................................................. east

il (r) ............................................................................... mud

ilist-yy, -aya, -oye (r)................................................. muddy

J

jaa (e) ...............................................................................ice

jaam (e) ........................................................ railroad station

jame (e) .............................................................thick, heavy

jarsk (e) ........................................................................ steep

jarv, -ed (e) .....................................................................lake

joesuu (e)............................................................river mouth

joed (e) .........................................................................rivers

jogi (e)........................................................................... river

joom (e)........................................................ reef, sand bank

K

kaevand (e)............................................................... channel

kagu (e) ..................................................................southeast

kai (e) ............................................................................quay

kalasadam (r)..................................................fishing harbor

RUSSIAN (r)

ESTONIAN (e)

LATVIAN (la)

LITHUANIAN (li) English
Pub. 195

Glossaries 159 

kalda (e)........................................................................coast

kalju (e) ......................................................................... rock

kallas (e) .......................................................................shore

kallutus (e)...................................................................... tide

kalnas (li )........................................................................hill

kamen' (r) ............................................................rock, stone

kamennyy (r) ..................................... masonry, stony, rocky

kamni (r)...........................................................rocks, stones

kamyennaya banka (r) ........................................rocky shoal

kamyennaya gryada (r)................................................... spit

kanal (e)........................................................................canal

kanal (r) ......................................................... channel, canal

kants (e).......................................................................... fort

kapp (e)..........................................................................cape

kare (e) ............................................................... grassy islet

kari (e) ................................................... reef, shallow, shoal

karestik .........................................................rapids, cataract

karestiku (e)...........................................................waterfalls

kari (e) ..............................................................reef, shallow

kekur (r)...............................................................pillar, rock

kesk (e) ......................................................... middle, central

keskmine (e) ................................................. middle, central

kevad (e) ..................................................................... spring

kholm (r).................................................................... hillock

khram (r).................................................................... temple

khrebet (r)....................... ridge, mountain range, mountains

kindlus (e)....................................................................... fort

kink (e) ............................................................................hill

kirde (e) ..................................................................northeast

kirik, kirikud (e) ........................................................ church

kitsus (e) .................................................................. narrows

kivi (e) .................................................................stone, rock

koleno (r).............................reach (of a channel, etc.), bend

kollane (e).................................................................. yellow

korga (r)..............................................................rocky shoal

korge (e) ........................................................................ high

korotk -iy, -aya, -oye (r) ............................................... short

korsten (e)............................................................... chimney

kosa (r)............................................................................ spit

koshka (r).......................................................... drying shoal

kosk (e)....................................................... waterfall, rapids

kovsh (r) ........................................................................cove

kran (r)..........................................................................crane

krasn-yy, -aya, -oye (r) .................................................... red

krest (r) .........................................................................cross

krutoy, -aya, -oye, -ye (r)..............................................steep

kruus (e) ..................................................................... gravel

kryazh (r)............................................ridge, hill, mountains

kuiv (e) ............................................................................dry

kungas (r) ............................................... flat-bottomed craft

kurk (e) ............................................... channel, strait, sound

kula, -d (e) ................................................................. village

kulm (e) ......................................................................... cold

kultuk (r)......................................................................... bay

kungas (e) ........................................................................hill

RUSSIAN (r)

ESTONIAN (e)

LATVIAN (la)

LITHUANIAN (li) English

L

laas, laane (e) ................................................................ west

laev (e).........................................................................vessel

laevasild (e) .................................................................... pier

laguna (r)....................................................................lagoon

laht (e) ............................................bay, inlet, sound, harbor

laid (e) .........................................................................island

lainetemurd (e)........................................................breakers

lakhti (r) ..............................................bay, cove, bight, gulf

led (r)................................................................................ice

lednik (r).....................................................................glacier

lesnoy (r) .......................................................wooded, forest

liiva kunkad (e) ...................................................sand dunes

liivakivi (e) ............................................................sandstone

liman (r) .......................................estuary, lake, lagoon, bay

linn (e)...................................................................town, city

lodu (e)................................................................bog, marsh

loode, loe (e) .........................................................northwest

loots (e) ......................................................................... pilot

loss (e)......................................................................... castle

lotsman (r)..................................................................... pilot

lotsmanskaya stantsiya (r)................................. pilot station

louna (e) .......................................................................south

lounaida (e) ............................................................southeast

lounalaane (e)....................................................... southwest

luda, ludka (r)............................................. small rocky islet

lumi (e)......................................................................... snow

lyuna (e) .......................................................................south

M

maa (e) ....................................................... shoal, islet, land

maabumis sild (e)............................................ landing stage

maamark (e) .......................................................... landmark

machta (r)......................................................................mast

madal (e) ................................................ low, shallow, shoal

madal vesi (e)........................................................low water

madalik, -ud (e)................................................ shoal, shoals

malen'k -iy, -aya, -oye (r)................................... little, small

mal -yye, -aya, -oye (r) ...................................... little, small

marios (li)...................................................................lagoon

materik (r) .............................................mainland, continent

maed (e) ......................................................mountains, hills

magi (e) .......................................................... mountain, hill

markpuu (e)................................................conspicuous tree

mayak (r)..............................................................lighthouse

mel' (r).......................................................................... shoal

melk -iy, -aya, -oye (r) ...................................shallow, shoal

melkovodn -y, -aya, -oye (r)..................................... shallow

merekael (e) ......................................................sound, strait

merelaht (e) ............................................................ gulf, bay

meremark (e)........................................................... seamark

mererand (e )...........................................................seashore

mererohi (e).............................................................seaweed

meresopp (e).................................................................creek

RUSSIAN (r)

ESTONIAN (e)

LATVIAN (la)

LITHUANIAN (li) English
Pub. 195 

160 Glossaries

merevool (e) ...............................................................stream

meri (e) .......................................................sea, bight, ocean

mets (e)............................................................. wood, forest

milya (r)......................................................................... mile

mol (r).................................................................. mole, jetty

more (r).................................................................sea, sound

morskaya kapusta (r) ..................................................... kelp

most (r) .......................................................................bridge

muda (e) ........................................................................ mud

munakivid (e) ............................................boulders, shingle

must (e).........................................................................black

muul (e) ........................................................................ mole

myel (r).........................................................................shoal

myelk -y, -aya, -oye (r).............................................shallow

mys (r) ................................................ cape, headland, point

N

nadvodn -y, -aya, -oye (r) ..................................above water

navolok (r) .................................................... cape, headland

neem (e)...............................................................cape, point

nina (e) ................................................................cape, point

nizhn -iy, -yaya, -eye (r) .............................................. lower

nizk -iy, -aya, -oye (r)..................................................... low

nord (e) .........................................................................north

nos (r) ..........................................................cape, spit, point

nov -yy, -aya, -oye (r).....................................................new

nukk (e) ...............................................................cape, point

O

oblast' (r)...........................................administrative division

obryv (r) .......................................................bluff, precipice

ogon (r)............................................................ light (or fire)

oja (e) .........................................................................stream

okean (r) ......................................................................ocean

opasnot' (r)................................................................. danger

org (e) ..........................................................................valley

ost (e)..............................................................................east

osta (la).............................................................. port, harbor

ostrov (r)......................................................................island

ostrovok (r).....................................................................islet

osyp' (r)...................................................................landslide

otmel (r)............... shoal, bank or reef extending from shore

ots (e)...................................................................point, cape

ozero (r)..........................................................................lake

P

paak (e)......................................................................beacon

paare (e)........................................................................... bar

pakhta (r) ................................................. bluff, stoney bank

paastejaam (e)............................................lifesaving station

paat (e)........................................................................... boat

pank (e)................................................................ banks, spit

parre (e) ........................................................................... bar

pealvett (e).......................................................... underwater

peastepaat (e)............................................................lifeboat

RUSSIAN (r)

ESTONIAN (e)

LATVIAN (la)

LITHUANIAN (li) English

peen (e)........................................................................... fine

pehme (e) ....................................................................... soft

perebor, perekat (r)....................................bar, ledge, shoals

peredn -iy, -yaya, -eye (r)..............................................front

peresheyek (r)........................................................... isthmus

perv -yy, -aya, -oye (r) ................................................... first

peschan -yy, -aya, -oye (r)........................................... sandy

pesok (r) ................................................................ sandbank

pik (r) ...........................................................peak, mountain

pikhya (e) ..................................................................... north

pilseta (la)..............................................................town, city

pirs (r).................................................................... jetty, pier

plavnya (r) ............................................................... mud flat

poberezh'ye, pomor'ye (r) ............................ coast, seashore

podvodn -yy, -aya, -oye (r)..................................submerged

pohi (e)......................................................................... north

pohja (e) ....................................................... north, northern

pohjaida (e) ............................................................northeast

pohjalaane (e)........................................................northwest

poi (e)............................................................................buoy

poluostrov (r) ........................................................ peninsula

pomor'ye (r).................................................................. coast

poolsaar (e)............................................................ peninsula

port (r) ................................................................port, harbor

poselok (r) ..................................................................village

priberezh'ye (r)...................................................coast, shore

prikladnoy chas (r) ........................mean high water interval

priliv (r).............................................................. flood (tide)

primorskiy (r)......................................................... maritime

pristan' (r).................................................pier, jetty, landing

pritok (r)..................................................................tributary

prokhod (r) ...................................................... passage, pass

proliv (r) ......................................................... strait, channel

protok (r) .................................. canal, channel, watercourse

protoka (r) ...........................................channel in river delta

pruum (e).................................................................... brown

put' (r)...................................................................route, way

punane (e)........................................................................ red

puu (e) ...............................................................woods, trees

pyatno (r)............................................................ shoal patch

R

raba (e) .......................................................... swamp, marsh

radiomayak (r)...................................................radiobeacon

ragas (li) ....................................................................... point

rags (la) .............................................. point, cape, headland

rahu (e)................. bank, reef, rocky islet, rock above water

rand (e)...............................................................shore, coast

ranna (e) .............................................................coast, shore

rani (e)...................................................................... pebbles

ravnina (r)..................................................................... plain

razvaliny (r).................................................................. ruins

reid (e)................................................................... roadstead

reka, rechka (r)..................................................river, stream

reyd (r) .................................................................. roadstead

RUSSIAN (r)

ESTONIAN (e)

LATVIAN (la)

LITHUANIAN (li) English
Pub. 195

Glossaries 161 

rif (r) ...............................................................................reef

riff (e) .............................................................................reef

roheline (e) .................................................................. green

rossyp' (r)............................................................... sandbank

rozhok (r).......................................................................cape

rukav (r).......................................... channel, stream, branch

rungas (e)........................................................................cliff

S

saar, saar (e).................................................................island

sadam, -ad (e) .................................................... harbor, port

sala (li, la)....................................................................island

salm (e)......................................................................... strait

savi (e)............................................................................clay

seleniye, selo (r) ......................................settlement, village

seljandiku (e)....................................................ridge of land

seredina (r) ................................................................ middle

seriy (r) .......................................................................... gray

sever (r).........................................................................north

severn -yy, -aya, -oye (r) .........................................northern

shar (r) .......................................................................... strait

shchel' (r)............................................................. gap, gorge

shest (r)................................................................. pole, staff

shirota (r).................................................................. latitude

shkhery (r) ................................................................skerries

sihtpagid (e)................................................... range beacons

silm (e) .........................................................narrow channel

siniy (r) .......................................................................... blue

sinnine (e)...................................................................... blue

sissesoit (e) ..............................................................entrance

skala (r)..................................................................rock, cliff

sneg (r)..........................................................................snow

somnitel'no (r) .....................................................is doubtful

soo, -d (e) ........................................................... marsh, bog

sopka (r) .......................................... hill, volcano, mountain

spornyy (r)...........................................................conflicting

sredn -yy, -yaya, -eye (r) ........................................... middle

stamik (r) .............................................................shoal, rock

stanovishche (r) ...................................camp, fishing village

star -yy, -aya, -oye (r)...................................................... old

stolb (r) .......................................post, column, upright rock

strelka (r) ............................................................ narrow spit

stvornyy znak (r) .............................................range beacon

sukh -oy, -aya, -oye (r) ....................................................dry

suu (e).........................................................................mouth

suud (e).........................................................................south

suur (e) .................................................................. large, big

sugavus (e)................................................................... depth

suzem, susha (r).......................................................dry land

T

techeniye (r) ..............................................................current

temn -y, -aya, -oye (r)...........................................dark color

tine (r)...................................................................ooze, mud

tolcheya (r) .......................................................confused sea

RUSSIAN (r)

ESTONIAN (e)

LATVIAN (la)

LITHUANIAN (li) English

toll (e)...................................................................... customs

tolst -yy, -aya, -oye (r).................................................. thick

tonk -iy, -aya, -oye (r) .................................................... thin

tonn (e)..........................................................................buoy

torn (e)......................................................................... tower

tousu (e) ....................................................................... flood

tret -iy, 'ya, 'ye (r) ..........................................................third

tserkov' (r) ..................................................................church

tuleboi (e)............................................................. light buoy

tulelaev (e).......................................................... light vessel

tuli (e)............................................................................ light

tullepaak (e) .................................................. lighted beacon

U

udu (e) ............................................................................. fog

urbkivi (e)................................................................. boulder

ust'ye (r) .............................................. river mouth, channel

utes (r) ................................................................... cliff, crag

uus (e).............................................................................new

ulemine (e) .......................................................... upper, rear

V

valge (e)........................................................................white

vana (e)............................................................................ old

varemed (e) .................................................................. ruins

vaike (e).............................................................. small, little

vain (e) ......................................................................... strait

varav (e) ..................................................................entrance

veeneelus (e) .............................................................tide-rip

vekha (r) ................................................................spar buoy

verkhn -iy, -yaya, -eye (r)............................................ upper

vershina (r) ......................................................summit, peak

vileboi (e).........................................................whistle-buoy

vkhod (r).........................................................entrance, inlet

vneshn -iy, -yaya, -eye (r) ............................................ outer

vnutrenn -iy, -yaya, -eye (r) ......................................... inner

vodopad (r)............................................................. waterfall

vodorosl' morskaya (r) ............................................seaweed

vodovorot (r) ............................................... whirlpool, eddy

volnolom (r) ........................................................breakwater

voolu (e) .................................................................... current

vorota (r) .................................entrance, strait, channel pass

vostochn -yy, -aya, -oye (r) ....................................... eastern

vostok (r)........................................................................ east

vozyshenie (r)........................................................ high land

vrakk (e)......................................................................wreck

vtor -oy, -aya, -oye (r) ............................................... second

vulkan (r)..................................................................volcano

vyerkhn -u, -yaya, -eye (r) .......................................... upper

vyssh -iy, -aya, -eye (r)............................................... higher

Y

yakornoye mesto (r) ............................................. anchorage

Yar(y) (r) ............................................ cliff(s), steep bank(s)

RUSSIAN (r)

ESTONIAN (e)

LATVIAN (la)

LITHUANIAN (li) English
Pub. 195 

162 Glossaries

yug (r)...........................................................................south

yuzhn -yy, -aya, -oye (r) ......................................... southern

Z

zadn -iy, -yaya, -eye (r) ..................................................rear

zaimka (r) ................................................... settlement, farm

zaliv (r) .......................................................... gulf, bay, inlet

zamok (r) ..................................................................... castle

zapad (r) ........................................................................west

RUSSIAN (r)

ESTONIAN (e)

LATVIAN (la)

LITHUANIAN (li) English

zapadn -yy, -yaya, -oye (r) ....................................... western

zastruga (r) ...............................sandbar, sandspit, sandbank

zavod (r) .................................................. factory, mill, plant

zavod' (r) ..............................................................cove, inlet

zelen -yy, -aya, -oye (r) ................................................green

zemlya (r)........................................................... land, island

zhelt -y, -aya, -oye (r).................................................yellow

znak (r)............................................................beacon, mark

zona (r)..........................................................................zone

zvelav'ye (r).........................................................cape, point

RUSSIAN (r)

ESTONIAN (e)

LATVIAN (la)

LITHUANIAN (li) English
Pub. 195

Glossaries 163

Finnish

FINNISH English

A

alempi.......................................................................... lower

ankkuripaikka........................................................roadstead

ankkuripohja.........................................................anchorage

aukko ..............................................................strait, channel

E

etela ..............................................................................south

etelainen ................................................................. southern

H

hieta, hiekka ..................................................................sand

I

iso ....................................................................... great, large

ita....................................................................................east

itainen........................................................................eastern

J

jaa .....................................................................................ice

jarvi ................................................................................lake

joki.................................................................................river

jyrkka.............................................................................bluff

K

kallio.................................................... rock, cliff, mountain

kanaali ......................................................................channel

kannas.......................................................................isthmus

kanava.......................................................................channel

kari............................................................ reef, shoal, island

kaupunki................................................................city, town

kello................................................................................ bell

keltainen .................................................................... yellow

kirkko ........................................................................ church

kivi.......................................................................rock, stone

kumpeli......................................................................beacon

kyla............................................................................ village

kynnys ............................................................................. bar

L

lahti.......................................................bay, gulf, cove, inlet

laituri ............................................................pier, quay, jetty

laivaranta ........................................................... wharf, quay

lansi ...............................................................................west

lantinen.....................................................................western

lieju................................................................................ mud

linna..................................................................... fort, castle

linnotus........................................................................... fort

loisto..............................................................................light

luoto.............................. island, shoal, peninsula, rocky islet

luotsi............................................................................ pilots

M

majakka.................................................. lighthouse, beacon

maki................................................................ hill, mountain

matala.................................................... shallow, shoal bank

matalikko............................................................ bank, shoal

meri ...................................................................... sea, ocean

merimerkki.................................................beacon, seamark

merkki ..................................................................mark, sign

metsa ........................................................................... forest

musta............................................................................black

muta............................................................................... mud

N

niemeke ......................................................... point (of land)

niemi ...................................... peninsula, point, cape, island

P

pieni..............................................................................small

pikku .................................................................. small, little

pohja.................................................. north, bottom, ground

pohjoinen.................................................................northern

poiju ..............................................................................buoy

pookin ......................................................................... tower

punainen.......................................................................... red

purjehdusmerkki .............................................beacon, mark

puro ............................................................................stream

R

rannikko ....................................................................... coast

ranta.........................................................shore, beach, bank

reimari...................................................................spar buoy

reitti....................................................strait, course, channel

reivi ................................................................................ reef

riutta ............................................................................... reef

S

saari............................... island, section of island, peninsula

salmi....................................................... strait, channel, bay

satama ........................................................................ harbor

savi .................................................................................clay

selka ............................................................... body of water

silta..................................................................... bridge, pier

sininen............................................................................blue

sisa.....................................................................inside, inner

sisamainen.................................................................... inner

sora..............................................................................gravel

suomi......................................................................... finland

suu......................................................mouth, entrance, inlet

suuri....................................................................... big, great

T

taipale....................................................................... isthmus

talo................................................................house, building

tie.......................................................................road, course

FINNISH English
Pub. 195 

164 Glossaries

torni ................................................................ tower, steeple

tulli .......................................................................... customs

tumma............................................................................ dark

U

ulkomainen...................................................................outer

V

vaalea.................................................................light (color)

vaara ...............................................................hill, mountain

FINNISH English

valkoinen......................................................................white

vayla...........................................................channel, fairway

vesi ................................................................. body of water

viheria, vihrea ..............................................................green

viitta ......................................................................spar buoy

vuori ...................................................................... mountain

Y

ylempi ......................................................................... upper

FINNISH English
Sec. 

Para.

165

Pub. 195

How to use the Index—Gazetteer

Geographic names of navigational features are generally those used by the nation having sovereignty and are listed

alphabetically. Diacritical marks, such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to specific letters in certain foreign

languages, are not used in the interest of typographical simplicity.

Geographic names or their spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political status of an area by the United States

Government. Positions are approximate and are intended merely as locators to facilitate reference to the charts.

To use as a Gazetteer note the position and Sector number of the feature and refer to the Chart Information diagram for the

Sector. Plot the approximate position of the feature on this diagram and note the approximate chart number.

To use as an Index of features described in the text note the paragraph number at the right. To locate this feature on the best

scale chart use the Gazetteer procedure above. 

Index—Gazetteer

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec. 

Para.

A

ABORDSSUNDET 62 46 N 17 58 E 6.40

AEGNA LIGHT 59 36 N 24 44 E 1.8

AGO LIGHT 61 33 N 17 28 E 6.23

AHVENAN-MEREN CHANNEL 59 32 N 20 18 E 4.6

AJAX SHOAL 59 44 N 23 13 E 2.4

ALA 61 13 N 17 10 E 6.19

ALAND ISLANDS 60 05 N 19 47 E 4.9

ALANDSFJARDEN 62 40 N 17 56 E 6.40

ALMON 62 23 N 17 28 E 6.31

ALNOSUNDET 62 26 N 17 24 E 6.32

ANGERMANALVEN 62 48 N 17 58 E 6.43

ANGESON 63 44 N 20 54 E 8.20

ARGON 61 33 N 17 27 E 6.23

ARGOS GRUND LIGHT 60 38 N 18 22 E 5.11

ARHOLMA 59 50 N 19 07 E 5.2

ARKHIPELAG BOL’SHOY FISKAR 60 24 N 27 56 E 2.24

ARMBAGEN 59 38 N 19 58 E 4.4

ARMBAGEN 64 41 N 21 26 E 9.11

ARNOVIKEN 61 43 N 17 24 E 6.27

ARTUNMATALA 65 15 N 24 07 E 10.10

ASKJA 63 01 N 18 13 E 6.49

ASTHOLMSUDDE 62 23 N 17 44 E 6.31

AVIKREBUKTEN 62 28 N 17 44 E 6.37

AXELSVIK 65 46 N 23 22 E 9.24

B

BALSON 61 43 N 17 32 E 6.27

BANKA RUISMATALA 60 25 N 28 13 E 2.24

BANKA SHREDNYAYA 60 11 N 28 20 E 2.31

BARSTAHAMN 62 52 N 18 24 E 6.46

BENGTSKAR 59 43 N 22 30 E 4.2

BERGO LIGHT 61 49 N 17 25 E 6.28

BERGOFJARDEN 63 15 N 19 02 E 6.53

BERGSKARET 64 48 N 21 07 E 9.11

BERGUDDEN LIGHT 63 47 N 20 51 E 8.20

BJORN BEACON 60 57 N 17 14 E 6.11

BJORN LIGHT 60 38 N 17 59 E 5.11

BJUREN 63 45 N 20 36 E 8.10

BJUROKLUBB 64 29 N 21 35 E 9.7

BLACKKALLEN LIGHT 64 20 N 21 31 E 9.7

BLOMMAN 61 12 N 17 16 E 6.15

BOGSKAR 59 30 N 20 21 E 4.4

BOISTO 60 20 N 26 30 E 2.15

BOKULLANKIVI LIGHT 59 51 N 21 25 E 4.3

BOLLSTA 62 59 N 17 42 E 6.45

BONAN LIGHT 60 44 N 17 19 E 6.5

BONDEN 63 26 N 20 03 E 8.3

BONDENSGRUND 63 28 N 19 46 E 8.3

BORUSSIAGRUND LIGHT 65 21 N 22 16 E 9.15

BRAMON 62 13 N 17 43 E 6.30

BRANNFORS 65 01 N 21 24 E 9.14

BREDNORET 63 56 N 20 48 E 8.11

BREDSKAR 63 40 N 20 20 E 8.7

BRITAS KLACK 61 53 N 17 28 E 6.28

BUREA 64 37 N 21 14 E 9.9

BYSKE 64 57 N 21 14 E 9.13

BYVIKEN 62 33 N 17 53 E 6.37

BYVIKEN 63 48 N 20 52 E 8.20

C

CAMPSGRUND 60 42 N 17 51 E 6.2

D

DEGERFJARDEN 63 24 N 19 20 E 6.55

DIGSKAR 60 10 N 26 16 E 2.13

DOCKSTA 63 03 N 18 20 E 6.49

DOMMASKAR 59 45 N 22 30 E 4.2

DRAGHALLAN LIGHT 62 20 N 17 26 E 6.32

E

EDSATTERFJARDEN 62 54 N 18 27 E 6.48

EDVARDSLACK 65 15 N 22 34 E 9.16

EFESGRUND 63 23 N 19 47 E 8.3

EGGEGRUND LIGHT 60 44 N 17 34 E 6.4

ELINSGRUND 63 19 N 19 53 E 8.2

EMSALO 60 15 N 25 37 E 2.13

ENSJKAR 61 14 N 17 17 E 6.14

ESPOONLAHTI 60 05 N 24 40 E 2.11

EURAJOKI 61 15 N 21 30 E 7.10

EYSTRASALTBANKEN 61 46 N 18 52 E 6.28

F

FABODVALLSHARARNA 61 12 N 17 11 E 6.15

FADIKARI 61 44 N 21 18 E 7.13

FALKENSGRUND 65 01 N 22 41 E 9.16

FALKGRUND 63 51 N 20 53 E 8.20

FALLISKAR BEACON 63 04 N 20 48 E 8.13

FANBYVIKEN 63 20 N 19 13 E 6.53

FARSTUGRUNDEN LIGHT 65 20 N 22 45 E 9.19

FARSTUGRUNDET LIGHT 65 20 N 22 45 E 9.16

FINNGRUNDEN 60 59 N 18 36 E 6.3

FINNGRUNDET LIGHT 60 59 N 18 36 E 6.3

FINNHALLAN 64 47 N 21 15 E 9.11

FISKE 61 31 N 17 13 E 6.22

FJARDGRUND LIGHT 63 40 N 20 20 E 8.7

FLASAN LIGHT 63 01 N 18 41 E 6.50

FLOTJAN 59 49 N 19 47 E 4.5

FORSMARK 60 24 N 18 13 E 5.7

FURUOGRUND 64 55 N 21 14 E 9.13

G

GARDFJARDEN 64 28 N 21 43 E 9.8

GASHALLAN 61 01 N 17 17 E 6.10

GASHALLAN 62 35 N 21 03 E 7.19
166 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 195

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

GASOREN LIGHT 64 40 N 21 19 E 9.10

GASSKVATTAN BEACON 60 11 N 26 03 E 2.13

GAVAN VYSOTSK 60 37 N 28 34 E 2.26

GAVIKSFJARDEN 62 52 N 18 16 E 6.46

GAVLE 60 41 N 17 10 E 6.7

GETABERGET 60 23 N 19 51 E 4.11

GISSLAN 60 10 N 19 18 E 4.10

GNAGGEN LIGHT 62 57 N 18 37 E 6.49

GRAN 62 01 N 17 38 E 6.29

GRASKARSBADAN LIGHT 60 02 N 24 54 E 2.11

GRETASKLACKAR 61 31 N 17 47 E 6.23

GRILLKLIPPAN 65 23 N 22 31 E 9.16

GRISSLEHAMN 60 06 N 18 49 E 5.3

GROSSGRUNDEN 63 39 N 20 51 E 8.20

GRUNDKALLEN LIGHT 60 30 N 18 51 E 5.10

GRUNDSKATEN 64 26 N 21 37 E 9.7

GUBBEN LIGHT 62 21 N 17 35 E 6.31

GUMBODA 64 14 N 21 06 E 9.4

GUNVORSGRUND LIGHT 63 29 N 20 27 E 8.7

GUSTAVSVIK 62 50 N 17 53 E 6.44

H

HAAPASAARI 60 17 N 27 12 E 2.17

HAILUOTO 65 03 N 24 49 E 10.10

HALLGRUND 63 39 N 22 25 E 10.2

HALLGRUND LIGHT 61 17 N 17 24 E 6.20

HALLSTAVIK 60 03 N 18 35 E 5.5

HALSAREN 60 13 N 18 55 E 5.10

HALSOKLIPPOR LIGHT 65 43 N 23 27 E 9.21

HAMINA 60 34 N 27 12 E 2.20

HAMMARUDDA 60 05 N 19 46 E 4.9

HAMNSKAR 60 13 N 26 18 E 2.15

HANKO 59 49 N 22 57 E 2.3

HANKONIEMI 59 49 N 22 54 E 2.2

HAPARANDA 65 50 N 24 08 E 9.26

HARGSHAMN 60 11 N 18 27 E 5.6

HARKALETTO LIGHT 65 30 N 24 50 E 10.12

HARKMERI 62 12 N 21 20 E 7.15

HARMAJA LT 60 06 N 24 59 E 2.12

HARNOKLUBB LIGHT 62 36 N 18 04 E 6.38

HARNON 62 36 N 17 59 E 6.38

HARNOSAND 62 38 N 17 56 E 6.42

HELLNAS 63 17 N 22 14 E 8.16

HELSINGKALLAN 63 36 N 21 50 E 8.15

HELSINKI 60 10 N 24 58 E 2.12

HELSINKI LIGHT 59 57 N 24 56 E 2.11

HEMSON 62 43 N 18 05 E 6.39

HERTSOBERGET 65 36 N 22 12 E 9.19

HEVOSKARI 64 12 N 23 34 E 10.7

HIETAKARI 60 24 N 27 00 E 2.18

HIMANKA 64 04 N 23 39 E 10.6

HOGBERGET 65 08 N 21 30 E 9.17

HOGBONDEN LIGHT 62 52 N 18 29 E 6.47

HOGGRUND 59 55 N 24 02 E 2.8

HOGSTEN 60 21 N 19 27 E 4.12

HOLICKSKAR LIGHT 61 37 N 17 27 E 6.24

HOLMOARNE 63 40 N 20 52 E 8.19

HOLMOGADD 63 36 N 20 47 E 8.21

HOLMON 63 47 N 20 54 E 8.20

HOLMSUND 63 42 N 20 21 E 8.9

HOLMUDDSTRANNAN 60 44 N 17 20 E 6.5

HOPPETSGRUND 60 22 N 18 53 E 5.10

HORNEFORS 63 37 N 19 54 E 8.5

HUDIKSGRUND 61 36 N 17 25 E 6.24

HUDIKSVALL 61 35 N 17 28 E 6.24

HUDIKSVALL 61 44 N 17 07 E 6.25

HUGINSGRUND 63 34 N 20 46 E 8.21

HULKARI OTS LIGHT 59 32 N 24 34 E 1.8

HUNDGRUND 62 07 N 17 48 E 6.30

HUSUM 63 20 N 19 09 E 6.54

HYLKKARI LIGHT 60 57 N 21 10 E 7.3

I

IGGESUND 61 38 N 17 07 E 6.26

IGGON LIGHT 60 52 N 17 18 E 6.4

IHASALU NINA 59 32 N 25 09 E 1.11

IIN ROYTTA 65 16 N 25 12 E 10.12

INKOO 60 01 N 23 58 E 2.9

ISOARI 60 43 N 21 01 E 4.11

ISOKARI 60 43 N 21 01 E 7.2

J

JAGAROREN 63 41 N 20 55 E 8.20

JARNASHAMN 63 26 N 19 41 E 8.2

JARNASUDDE 63 26 N 19 39 E 6.56,

8.2

JARNGRYNNORNA 60 34 N 19 53 E 4.12

JATTHOLMARNA 61 57 N 17 31 E 6.29

JUDASTERNARNE 62 40 N 20 45 E 7.19

JUMINDA NINA LIGHT 59 39 N 25 31 E 1.11

JURMO 59 50 N 21 36 E 4.2

JUSSARO 59 50 N 23 34 E 2.7

K

KABERNEEME LAHT 59 32 N 25 14 E 1.11

KADETTEN 65 23 N 22 41 E 9.16

KAGEFJARDEN 64 49 N 21 07 E 9.11

KAGEHAMN 64 50 N 21 02 E 9.12

KAGNASHALLAN LIGHT 64 45 N 21 18 E 9.11

KAIJAKARI LIGHT 61 37 N 21 22 E 7.11

KAJAKULMA LIGHT 61 00 N 21 11 E 7.3

KALAJOKI 64 16 N 23 56 E 10.7

KALBADAGRUND 59 59 N 25 36 E 2.13

KALLA LIGHT 61 16 N 21 21 E 7.10

KALLAN 60 27 N 19 45 E 4.12

KALLAN LIGHT 63 45 N 22 32 E 10.2

KALLEN 65 28 N 22 43 E 9.16

KALLERO 60 21 N 18 16 E 5.7

KALLVIKEN 64 20 N 21 22 E 9.6

KALLVIKSKLUBBEN 64 18 N 21 23 E 9.6

KANTLAX 63 25 N 22 18 E 8.16

KANTVIK 60 05 N 24 23 E 2.10

KARINGSKAR 63 54 N 20 51 E 8.10

KARLSBORG 65 48 N 23 17 E 9.24

KARSKAR 60 40 N 17 18 E 6.9

KASKINEN 62 23 N 21 14 E 7.18

KASKO 62 23 N 21 14 E 7.18

KASSALA 61 57 N 21 21 E 7.14

KATTGRUNDET 62 16 N 17 45 E 6.31

KAVONSELKA 60 28 N 27 48 E 2.23

KEJVSALO FJARDEN 60 22 N 26 08 E 2.15

KEMI 65 44 N 24 34 E 10.14

KEMI 1 LIGHT 65 23 N 24 06 E 10.12

KEMI 2 LIGHT 65 30 N 24 22 E 10.12

KEMINKRAASELI LIGHT 65 37 N 24 34 E 10.13

KERI SAAR 59 42 N 25 01 E 1.3

KHEMMINGINLETTO 60 27 N 27 50 E 2.23

KILPISAARI 60 17 N 27 18 E 2.21

KINNBACKSFJARDEN 65 03 N 21 28 E 9.14

KIVILETTO 60 18 N 26 57 E 2.18

KLINGERFJARDEN 62 29 N 17 28 E 6.35

KOIVISTON SALMI 60 28 N 28 30 E 2.29

KOKKOLA 63 51 N 23 06 E 10.5

KOKKOLA LIGHT 64 00 N 22 52 E 10.4

KOKSNAN 60 28 N 19 57 E 4.13

KOPLI LAHT 59 27 N 24 39 E 1.8

KOPMANHOLMEN 63 10 N 18 35 E 6.51

KOPPARGRUNDET BEACON 63 56 N 22 43 E 10.4

KOTKA 60 28 N 26 58 E 2.19

KOTKAN MAJAKKA LIGHT 60 10 N 26 39 E 2.17

KOVERHAR 59 55 N 23 19 E 2.5

KOXNAN 60 28 N 19 57 E 4.13

KRAKSKAR LIGHT 61 34 N 17 20 E 6.24

KRAMFORS 62 56 N 17 48 E 6.45

KRISTIINANKAUPUNGIN LT 62 12 N 21 10 E 7.15

KRISTIINANKAUPUNKI 62 17 N 21 24 E 7.16

KRISTINESTAD 62 17 N 21 24 E 7.16

KUNDA LAHT 59 32 N 26 32 E 1.14

KUNDA SADAM 59 32 N 26 32 E 1.14

KUORSALO 60 28 N 27 23 E 2.21

KUPELI LIGHT 61 38 N 21 20 E 7.11

KUSON 61 02 N 17 14 E 6.13

KYLMAPIHLAJA LIGHT 61 09 N 21 18 E 7.6

KYLORN 63 32 N 19 46 E 8.4
Index—Gazetteer 167

Pub. 195

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

L

LAGSKAR 59 50 N 19 55 E 4.5

LAHEPERE LAHT 59 22 N 24 12 E 1.8

LAITAKARI LIGHT 61 03 N 21 13 E 7.5

LALATTA LIGHT 60 17 N 26 33 E 2.15

LANGDEN 59 47 N 23 15 E 2.4

LANGHAREN 60 41 N 17 17 E 6.9

LANGROUDDEN 63 24 N 19 31 E 6.55

LAPPOHJA 59 54 N 23 16 E 2.5

LARSGRUNDET LIGHT 65 28 N 22 28 E 9.16

LASKER 64 18 N 21 21 E 9.6

LELLERINSAARET 60 24 N 26 58 E 2.18

LEPANEN 64 14 N 23 39 E 10.7

LETIPEA NEEM 59 33 N 26 37 E 1.14

LILLA TARNSKAR 59 45 N 22 58 E 2.2

LILLBADAN LIGHT 63 39 N 20 21 E 8.7

LILLGRUND 62 03 N 17 40 E 6.30

LILLGRUNDET 63 51 N 22 37 E 10.4

LILLHALLANSGRUND 63 49 N 20 52 E 8.20

LILLHARUN 59 44 N 21 24 E 4.3

LIMO LIGHT 60 43 N 17 22 E 6.5

LJUSNE 61 12 N 17 08 E 6.17

LJUSNEFJARDEN 61 13 N 17 12 E 6.15

LOKSA SADAM 59 35 N 25 42 E 1.12

LOMONOSOV 59 55 N 29 46 E 3.5

LONDONSKAYA OTMEL 59 59 N 29 30 E 3.3

LORDAGSHALLAN 63 26 N 19 54 E 8.3

LORUDDEN 62 14 N 17 40 E 6.30

LOTSGRUND LIGHT 63 11 N 20 43 E 8.14

LOVIISA 60 27 N 26 14 E 2.16

LOVISA 60 27 N 26 14 E 2.16

LOVSELE 64 18 N 21 15 E 9.5

LOVSTABUKTEN 60 38 N 17 45 E 6.2

LUGNVIK 62 56 N 17 55 E 6.44

LULEA 65 35 N 22 10 E 9.19

LUNDE 62 53 N 17 53 E 6.44

LUNGON 62 39 N 18 04 E 6.38

LUNGOSUNDET 62 40 N 18 03 E 6.40

LUODEMATALA LIGHT 65 10 N 25 00 E 10.10

LUPPI 60 14 N 27 02 E 2.18

LUTSKARSGRUND LIGHT 65 40 N 23 20 E 9.21

LUZHSKAYA GUBA 59 44 N 28 19 E 1.19

LYOKKI TOWER 60 56 N 21 08 E 7.4

M

MAARIANHAMINA 60 06 N 19 55 E 4.8

MAJAKARTTI 60 19 N 27 35 E 2.21

MAKIHUOTO 59 55 N 24 20 E 2.8

MALOREN 65 32 N 23 34 E 9.20

MALOREN LIGHT 65 32 N 23 34 E 9.20

MANTYLUOTO 61 36 N 21 29 E 7.12

MARHALLAN 60 02 N 19 52 E 4.7, 4.8

MARIEHAMN 60 06 N 19 55 E 4.8

MARJANIEMI LIGHT 65 02 N 24 34 E 10.10

MARKET 60 18 N 19 08 E 5.9

MARKETSKALLEN 60 19 N 19 02 E 5.9

MARTINNIEMI 65 13 N 25 17 E 10.12

MASSKAR TOWER 63 44 N 22 35 E 10.2

MATTSUNDBERGET 65 33 N 21 56 E 9.19

MERIKALLAT 65 02 N 24 05 E 10.10

MERIKARI 60 21 N 27 06 E 2.18

MERIKARVIA 61 51 N 21 29 E 7.14

MERIKARVIAN MAJAKKA LIGHT 61 56 N 21 17 E 7.13

MICKELSORAR 63 26 N 21 46 E 8.15

MO 63 33 N 19 52 E 8.5

MOHNI SAAR 59 41 N 25 48 E 1.12

MOHNISAAR 59 41 N 25 48 E 1.3

MOLDOVA 59 26 N 27 03 E 1.15

MONASSUNDET 63 29 N 22 19 E 8.16

MORGONLANDET 59 46 N 22 42 E 4.2

MORRIS LT BEACON 61 35 N 21 25 E 7.11

MUNSALAN 63 23 N 22 18 E 8.16

MUUGA 59 30 N 24 56 E 1.10

MYRAN 61 36 N 17 28 E 6.24

MYS KRESTOVYY 60 31 N 28 14 E 2.24

MYS KURGAL'SKIY 59 47 N 28 06 E 1.18

MYS KYURENNIYEMI 60 16 N 28 55 E 2.31

MYS LOUNATRIVI 60 01 N 27 00 E 1.5

MYS SHEPELEVSKIY 59 59 N 29 08 E 1.22

MYS STIRSUDDEN 60 11 N 29 01 E 2.31

MYS USTINSKIY 59 55 N 28 59 E 1.21

N

NAANTALI 60 28 N 22 02 E 4.16

NAHKIAINEN LIGHT 64 37 N 23 54 E 10.8

NAISSAAR 59 34 N 24 31 E 1.8

NARVA JOESUU 59 28 N 28 03 E 1.17

NARVA LAHT 59 33 N 27 30 E 1.15

NARVA LIGHT 59 28 N 28 03 E 1.17

NORDMALINGSFJARDEN 63 28 N 19 33 E 6.56

NORDVALEN LIGHT 63 32 N 20 47 E 8.22

NORRA KVARKEN 63 40 N 20 53 E 8.19

NORRA LANGROGRUNDET 63 19 N 19 41 E 8.2

NORRA STORBADAN 62 12 N 21 20 E 7.15

NORRBYSKAR 63 33 N 19 52 E 8.5

NORRFJARDEN 63 52 N 20 45 E 8.10

NORRSKAR 63 14 N 20 39 E 8.13

NORRSKAR LIGHT 63 14 N 20 36 E 8.13

NORRSUNDET 60 56 N 17 10 E 6.12

NORRUTHARET LIGHT 61 16 N 17 18 E 6.20

NORSTROMSGRUND 65 10 N 22 25 E 9.15

NORSTROMSGRUND LIGHT 65 07 N 22 19 E 9.15

NORTHOLMEN 63 34 N 19 29 E 6.57

NOTHOLMEN 63 34 N 19 29 E 6.57

NURMES LIGHT 61 12 N 21 20 E 7.6

NYGRAN LIGHT 65 01 N 21 42 E 9.15

NYGRUNDET LIGHT 63 44 N 22 32 E 10.2

NYHAMN LIGHT 59 58 N 19 57 E 4.5

O

ODELGRUND 63 25 N 20 34 E 8.22

OHTAKARI 64 05 N 23 24 E 10.6

OLDBERGSGRUND LTBUOY 60 19 N 18 59 E 5.10

OLEG 59 35 N 21 58 E 4.2

OLKILUOTO 61 14 N 21 27 E 7.10

OLOFSGRUND 61 34 N 17 28 E 6.24

OMNEFJARDEN 62 57 N 18 28 E 6.48

OREFJARDEN 63 30 N 19 48 E 8.4

OREGRUND 60 20 N 18 27 E 5.7

OREGRUNDS SKARGARD 60 16 N 18 36 E 5.4

ORGRUNDET BEACON 63 47 N 22 33 E 10.4

ORNSKOLDSVIK 63 17 N 18 43 E 6.52

ORO 59 49 N 22 20 E 4.2

ORRENGRUND 60 16 N 26 27 E 2.15

ORRSKARSHAMMEN 61 13 N 17 10 E 6.18

ORSKAR LIGHT 60 32 N 18 23 E 5.11

OSMUSSAAR ISLAND 59 18 N 23 22 E 1.2

OSTRA KVARKEN 63 33 N 20 51 E 8.24

OSTROV DOLGIY KAMEN 60 28 N 27 52 E 2.24

OSTROV GOGLAND 60 03 N 26 59 E 1.5

OSTROV IGRIVVY 60 36 N 28 28 E 2.25

OSTROV KOPYTIN 60 26 N 27 42 E 2.23

OSTROV KOTLIN 60 00 N 29 46 E 3.3

OSTROV KOZLINYY 60 27 N 27 47 E 2.23

OSTROV KREPYSH 60 38 N 28 32 E 2.26

OSTROV MAYACHNYY 60 34 N 28 26 E 2.25

OSTROV MOSHCHNNY 60 00 N 27 50 E 1.5

OSTROV NERVA 60 15 N 27 57 E 2.22

OSTROV RODSHER 59 58 N 26 41 E 1.4

OSTROV RONDO 60 27 N 28 22 E 2.24

OSTROV SESKAR 60 02 N 28 23 E 1.5

OSTROV SOMMERS 60 12 N 27 39 E 2.22

OSTROV SYARKKYALUOTO 60 18 N 28 48 E 2.31

OSTROV VIKHREVOY 60 34 N 28 26 E 2.25

OTROV BOLSHOY TYUTERS 59 51 N 27 11 E 1.4

OTTERHALLAN LIGHT 61 16 N 17 18 E 6.20

OULU 65 01 N 25 28 E 10.11

OULU 1 LIGHT 65 11 N 24 30 E 10.10

OULU 2 LIGHT 65 10 N 24 35 E 10.10

OULU 3 LIGHT 65 09 N 24 40 E 10.10

P

PAKLISKI LAHT 59 20 N 24 00 E 1.6

PAKRI NEEM 59 23 N 24 02 E 1.6

PALDISKI 59 21 N 24 02 E 1.7
168 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 195

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

PARRIO 60 28 N 27 42 E 2.22

PELLINGE 60 13 N 25 50 E 2.15

PERNAJA 60 26 N 26 03 E 2.15

PERTUNMATALA 64 21 N 23 54 E 10.7

PETLANDSKAR 63 39 N 20 24 E 8.7

PETTERSSONSGRUND 60 41 N 20 44 E 4.13

PHAVUORI 62 17 N 21 39 E 7.15

PIETARI 61 21 N 21 23 E 7.10

PIETARSAARI 63 41 N 22 40 E 10.3

PIKASAARE OTS LIGHT 59 36 N 24 31 E 1.8

PITEA 65 19 N 21 29 E 9.17

PITKYAPASSKIY REYD 60 29 N 27 56 E 2.24

POHJA UHTJA 59 41 N 26 31 E 1.4

POHJANLAHTI 59 59 N 23 27 E 2.5

POHJANTAHTI BEACON 65 38 N 24 22 E 10.13

POOSASPEA NEEM 59 14 N 23 31 E 1.6

PORIN MAJAKKA LIGHT 61 42 N 21 14 E 7.11

PORKKAL KALLBADAN REEF 59 52 N 24 18 E 2.8

PORKKALANSELKA 60 00 N 24 10 E 2.8

PORRKALA 60 05 N 24 23 E 2.10

PORVOO 60 23 N 25 40 E 2.14

PORVOO LIGHT 60 06 N 25 36 E 2.13

POVOROTNYY LIGHT 60 34 N 28 26 E 2.25

PRANGLI SAAR 59 38 N 25 00 E 1.3

PRASTGRUNDET 61 21 N 17 20 E 6.22

PRASTSKAR ANCHORAGE 64 02 N 20 55 E 3.4, 9.3

PRIMORSK 60 22 N 28 38 E 2.30

PROLIV BYERKEZUND 60 28 N 28 30 E 2.29

PURRUTSGRUND LIGHT 60 47 N 17 27 E 6.4

R

RAAHE 64 41 N 24 25 E 10.9

RAAHE LIGHT 64 39 N 24 14 E 10.8

RAHJA 64 12 N 23 44 E 10.7

RAMMUSAAR 59 35 N 25 14 E 1.3

RANKIN KIVIKARI 60 21 N 26 57 E 2.18

RANKKI 60 22 N 26 58 E 2.18

RANNO 60 32 N 20 12 E 4.13

RASKARSON 63 12 N 18 53 E 6.50

RATA STORGRUND 63 59 N 21 07 E 9.2

RATAN 64 00 N 20 54 E 9.2

RATASKAR LIGHT 64 00 N 20 54 E 9.2

RAUMA 61 08 N 21 30 E 7.9

RAUMAN MAJAKKA LIGHT 61 09 N 21 10 E 7.5

REKA LUGA 59 40 N 28 19 E 1.20

REMMARHARET 61 51 N 17 26 E 6.28

RETONPAASI 60 22 N 27 01 E 2.18

REVELJEN 61 07 N 17 21 E 6.14

REVET LIGHT 63 39 N 20 20 E 8.7

REYD SHTANDART 60 28 N 27 48 E 2.23

RIHTNIEMI LIGHT 61 05 N 21 18 E 7.5

RITGRUND LIGHT 63 26 N 21 30 E 8.15

RODHALL 60 36 N 17 59 E 5.1

RODHAMNSFJARDEN LIGHT 59 56 N 19 58 E 4.5

RODKALLEN 65 19 N 22 22 E 9.15

RODKALLEN SODRA LT 65 19 N 22 22 E 9.15

RODOGUBBEN LIGHT 62 23 N 17 36 E 6.31

ROMELSON 64 53 N 21 17 E 9.13

RONNSKAR 65 02 N 21 33 E 9.14

RONNSKARET 63 05 N 20 48 E 8.13

ROYTTA 65 50 N 24 09 E 10.15

RUNDVIK 63 32 N 19 27 E 6.57

RUSSARO 59 46 N 22 57 E 2.2

S

SAGGRUND 61 12 N 17 12 E 6.15

SAIMAA CANAL 60 43 N 28 45 E 2.28

SALGRUND LIGHT 62 20 N 21 12 E 7.17

SALSKAR 60 25 N 19 36 E 4.9

SALTARSFJARDEN 60 56 N 17 11 E 6.11

SAMMO 60 51 N 21 06 E 7.3

SANDBACK 60 46 N 20 45 E 7.2

SANDSKAR 65 35 N 22 45 E 9.22

SANDVIK 65 44 N 23 46 E 9.26

SANKT PETERBURG 59 56 N 30 18 N 3.6

SANNASUNDET 62 42 N 18 00 E 6.40

SANTAKARI TOWER 61 07 N 21 17 E 7.6

SAPPI LIGHT 61 29 N 21 21 E 7.11

SEGELSKAR 59 46 N 23 23 E 2.4

SEVERNYY VIRGINY 59 57 N 26 52 E 1.4

SEXTANTINMATALA 61 07 N 21 05 E 7.5

SHEPELEVSKIY LIGHT 59 59 N 29 08 E 1.22

SIDEBY 62 02 N 21 20 E 7.14

SIGNILSKAR 60 12 N 19 20 E 4.10

SIIPYY 62 02 N 21 20 E 7.14

SIKEA 64 09 N 20 59 E 9.3

SILLAMAE 59 24 N 27 45 E 1.16

SILPORT 59 24 N 27 45 E 1.16

SIMPGRUND 64 58 N 22 04 E 9.15

SIMPHAMN 63 40 N 20 14 E 8.6

SIMPNASKLUBB 59 54 N 19 05 E 5.2

SJALBADAN BEACON 63 15 N 19 12 E 6.53

SJALNOUDDE 63 20 N 19 15 E 6.53

SJOASEN 65 32 N 23 21 E 9.22

SJOGRUND 62 47 N 20 32 E 7.20

SKAGHALLAN LIGHT 63 11 N 19 00 E 6.50

SKAGS FLASER LIGHT 63 12 N 19 05 E 6.53

SKAGSKAMN 63 13 N 19 02 E 6.53

SKAGSUDDE 63 11 N 19 01 E 6.50

SKAGSUDDEN 65 42 N 23 06 E 9.23

SKALA KHALLI 60 24 N 28 08 E 2.24

SKARPUDDEN 62 29 N 17 49 E 6.37

SKARVEN LIGHT 60 18 N 26 21 E 2.15

SKARVGADDARNA LIGHT 60 11 N 26 08 E 2.13

SKEDE 63 15 N 19 01 E 6.53

SKELLEFTEBUKTEN 64 41 N 21 15 E 9.9

SKELLEFTEHAMN 64 41 N 21 14 E 9.10

SKOGBY 59 55 N 23 19 E 2.5

SKOLDVIK 60 23 N 25 40 E 2.14

SKOMMARSKATEN LIGHT 63 12 N 18 53 E 6.50

SKOTGRONNAN 64 36 N 21 30 E 9.9

SKOTGRUNNAN 64 36 N 21 30 E 9.9

SKRADDARHALLAN LIGHT 60 46 N 17 22 E 6.5

SKUTSKAR HARNAS 60 39 N 17 24 E 6.8

SKVATTAN BEACON 63 08 N 20 42 E 8.14

SMASKAREN 65 29 N 22 44 E 9.16

SNOAN 63 29 N 19 54 E 8.4

SODERHAMN 61 18 N 17 05 E 6.21

SODERHAMNSFJARDEN 61 17 N 17 10 E 6.20

SODERSKAR BEACON 60 07 N 25 25 E 2.13

SODRA KVARKEN 60 18 N 19 00 E 5.8

SODRA KVARKEN LIGHT 60 26 N 19 05 E 5.9

SODRA SALSKAR 60 25 N 19 36 E 4.9,

4.12

SODRASUNDET 62 36 N 17 56 E 6.40

SOLOVJEVA 60 11 N 19 11 E 5.9

SORAKER 62 30 N 17 30 E 6.36

SORKALLEN 64 14 N 21 28 E 9.6

ST. PETERSBURG 59 56 N 30 18 E 3.6

STAKKI 61 51 N 21 18 E 7.13

STIRSUDDEN LIGHT 60 11 N 29 01 E 2.31

STOCKA 61 54 N 17 21 E 6.29

STOCKVIK 62 20 N 17 23 E 6.34

STOR TAKTAREN 60 20 N 26 22 E 2.15

STORA FJADERAGG 63 49 N 21 00 E 8.20

STORA INLOPP 62 39 N 18 00 E 6.40

STORBADAN LIGHT 63 25 N 19 35 E 6.56

STORBRANNINGEN LIGHT 63 38 N 20 22 E 8.7

STORGRUND 62 19 N 21 05 E 7.17

STORGRUND 63 12 N 19 07 E 6.53

STORJGRUNDET 61 09 N 17 27 E 6.14

STORJUNGFRUN 61 10 N 17 20 E 6.14

STORO LIGHT 65 42 N 23 06 E 9.21

STORON 62 46 N 18 13 E 6.39

STORREMMARGRUND LIGHT 62 20 N 21 13 E 7.17

STROMMINGSBADAN 62 59 N 20 45 E 7.20

STROMSKATEN LIGHT 62 40 N 18 00 E 6.38

STUBBEN 63 31 N 22 10 E 8.15

SUNDHARU 59 47 N 23 33 E 2.7

SUNDSMARS REDD 61 01 N 17 13 E 6.13

SUNDSVALL 62 23 N 17 21 E 6.33

SUNDSVALLSBUKEN 62 20 N 17 35 E 6.31

SUOMEN LEIJIONA 59 28 N 20 49 E 4.4

SUUR PAKRI 59 20 N 23 54 E 1.2

SUUR PELLINKI 60 13 N 25 50 E 2.15

SUURUPI 59 28 N 24 23 E 1.8

SVALANSGRUND 65 05 N 22 38 E 9.16

SVARTKLUBBEN LIGHT 60 11 N 18 50 E 5.4

SVENSKA BJORN LIGHT 59 33 N 20 01 E 4.4

SYDOSTBROTTEN 63 23 N 20 07 E 8.3
169 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 195

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

SYDOSTBROTTEN LIGHT 63 21 N 20 11 E 8.3

SYDVASTBROTTEN 63 25 N 20 02 E 8.3

SYLEN 60 15 N 18 27 E 6.3

T

TAFTELANDET 63 47 N 20 33 E 8.10

TAINIO LIGHT 60 13 N 26 25 E 2.15

TALLINN 59 27 N 24 26 E 1.9

TALLINNA LAHT 59 36 N 24 40 E 1.8

TALLINNA MADAL 59 42 N 24 44 E 1.3

TAMMIO 60 25 N 27 25 E 2.21

TAMMISAARI 59 59 N 23 26 E 2.6

TANKAR 63 57 N 22 51 E 10.4

TARNGRUNDEN 63 48 N 20 47 E 8.10

TATTINGEN 61 26 N 17 17 E 6.22

TAUVO 64 49 N 24 33 E 10.10

TIISKERI 60 10 N 26 16 E 2.13

TJARUSKARSSUND 63 28 N 19 46 E 8.3

TOLBUKHIN LIGHT 60 03 N 29 33 E 3.3

TOOMANINA 59 15 N 23 40 E 1.6

TOREHAMN 65 54 N 22 39 E 9.23

TORNIO 65 50 N 24 09 E 10.15

TORPO 60 10 N 19 37 E 4.9

TRINDKALLEN 64 16 N 21 31 E 9.6

TRODJEHALLAN LIGHT 60 48 N 17 21 E 6.4

TROSKELN 59 39 N 19 50 E 4.5

TROSKELN VASTRA LIGHT 59 40 N 19 52 E 4.5

TRULLEVIN 63 57 N 23 03 E 10.4

TRUTSKARSBADEN LIGHT 65 44 N 23 23 E 9.21

TUPPARNA 61 10 N 17 20 E 6.14

TURKU 60 27 N 22 15 E 4.15

TVARMINNEO 59 51 N 23 14 E 2.4

U

ULKOKALLA 64 20 N 23 27 E 10.6

ULLANGERSFJARDEN 63 01 N 18 25 E 6.49

ULVOAMA 63 01 N 18 38 E 6.49

ULVOHAMN 63 01 N 18 39 E 6.49

ULVVIK 62 40 N 17 52 E 6.41

UMEA 63 42 N 20 21 E 8.9

UNDERSTEN LIGHT 60 17 N 18 55 E 5.10

UST LUGA 59 40 N 28 19 E 1.20

UTANSJO 62 46 N 17 56 E 6.41

UTGRYNNAN LIGHT 63 21 N 20 46 E 8.14

UTO 59 47 N 21 22 E 4.3

UTO LANGAN 59 41 N 21 30 E 4.3

UUS MADAL 59 40 N 24 36 E 1.8

UUSIKAARLEPYY 63 31 N 22 32 E 10.2

UUSIKAUPUNKI 60 48 N 21 24 E 7.8

V

VAASA 63 06 N 21 35 E 8.18

VAASA LIGHT 63 14 N 20 55 E 8.14

VAHEMADA 59 31 N 24 40 E 1.8

VAINDLO 59 49 N 26 22 E 1.4

VAINUPAA 59 35 N 26 16 E 1.13

VAJA 62 59 N 17 43 E 6.45

VAKTAREN LIGHT 63 37 N 20 25 E 8.7

VALASSAARET 63 25 N 21 05 E 8.15

VALASSAARET LIGHT 63 25 N 20 04 E 8.15

VALLINSGRUNDET LIGHT 63 19 N 19 25 E 6.55

VALLVIK 61 11 N 17 10 E 6.16

VALLVIK LIGHT 61 12 N 17 11 E 6.15

VANNSKAREN LIGHT 64 10 N 21 08 E 9.3

VANO KALKSKAR 59 47 N 22 05 E 4.2

VANOREN 64 32 N 21 33 E 9.9

VANTA LITETS GRUND 62 30 N 18 16 E 6.37

VASTERBADAN 59 50 N 23 52 E 2.7

VASTRA BANKEN LIGHT 60 53 N 17 55 E 6.3

VASTRA KVARKEN 63 42 N 20 43 E 8.23

VASTRA MORSKAS 59 47 N 21 09 E 4.4

VATSKAR 60 18 N 26 07 E 2.15

VEITKARA 60 16 N 27 15 E 2.17

VEKARA 60 51 N 21 01 E 7.3

VERGI SADAM 59 36 N 26 05 E 1.13

VESSOLANDET 60 17 N 25 43 E 2.13

VIKSBERGET 64 21 N 21 22 E 9.6

VIPPGRUND LIGHT 65 45 N 23 28 E 9.21

VIROLAHTI 60 32 N 27 45 E 2.24

VITFAGELRANNAN LIGHT 65 29 N 22 25 E 9.19

VITGRUND LIGHT 61 23 N 17 12 E 6.22

VIVSTAVARV 62 29 N 17 22 E 6.36

VUOSAARI 60 13 N 25 11 E 2.12

VYBORG 60 43 N 28 45 E 2.27

VYBORGSKIY 60 32 N 28 23 E 2.25

VYBORGSKIY ZALIV 60 30 N 28 22 E 2.25

VYBORGSKIY ZALIV 60 30 N 28 30 E 1.1

VYSOTSK 60 37 N 28 34 E 2.26

Y

YKSKIVI SHOAL 64 13 N 23 11 E 10.6

YKSPIHLAJA 63 51 N 23 06 E 10.5

YTTERGRUND 61 18 N 17 21 E 6.22

YTTERGRUND LIGHT 61 59 N 21 18 E 7.13

YTTERISKAN LIGHT 60 44 N 17 20 E 6.5

YTTERNASAN LIGHT 62 58 N 18 33 E 6.49

YTTERSTBERG 60 34 N 20 32 E 4.13

YTTERSTBERGSBROTT 60 37 N 20 33 E 4.13

YTTRE BORGEN 60 16 N 19 16 E 4.10

Z

ZALIV PRIMORSK 60 22 N 28 38 E 1.1

ZALIV VIRO-LAKHTI 6032N2745E 2.19